As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2015

 

Registration No. 333-206176

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM SF-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.

(Depositor to Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   57-1173164
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

Commission File Number of depositor: 333-206176            
   
Central Index Key Number of depositor: 0001226006
   
Central Index Key Number of sponsor: 0001602566

 

Synchrony Bank
(Exact name of sponsor as specified in its charter)

 

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06902

(877) 441-5094

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Daniel Ro, Esq.

Senior Counsel

SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, CT 06902

(203) 585-6254

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies To:

 

Julie A. Gillespie, Esq.
Mayer Brown LLP
71 S. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 701-7132

(Counsel to Sponsor, Registrant and
Depositor)

 

Jan C. Stewart, Esq.
Mayer Brown LLP
71 S. Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
(312) 701-8859

(Counsel to Sponsor, Registrant and
Depositor)

 

John Arnholz, Esq.

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

111 Pennsylvania Ave. NW

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 739-5705

(Counsel to Underwriters)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : From time to time after this registration statement becomes effective, as determined by market conditions.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form SF-3 are to be offered pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x

 

If this Form SF-3 is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form SF-3 is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   

Title of each class of
securities to be
registered
  Amount to be
registered
    Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit (1)
    Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)(2)
    Amount of
registration
fee (2)
 
Asset-Backed Notes     (3)     100 %   $ 4,455,686,786.21     $ 476,758.49  

 

 

(1) Estimated for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The Registrant previously filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-181466) (the “Prior Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which became effective on August 10, 2012.  Pursuant to the Prior Registration Statement, there are $4,160,196,214 of unsold amount of Asset Backed Notes thereunder (the “Unsold Securities”). A registration fee of $476,758.49 was paid in connection with the Unsold Securities and is carried forward and applied against $4,455,686,786.21 in securities registered hereunder pursuant to Rule 457(p). After the sale of the Unsold Securities, the registrant is registering an unspecified amount of Asset Backed Notes in reliance on Rule 456(c) and Rule 457(s) of the Securities Act.
(3) With respect to any securities denominated in any foreign currency, the amount to be registered shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof based on the prevailing exchange rate at the time such security is first offered.

 

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 
     

 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated [●] [●], 20[●]

 

Prospectus

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust

Issuing Entity
Central Index Key Number: 0001290098

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

Depositor
Central Index Key Number: 0001226006

Synchrony Bank

Sponsor

Central Index Key Number: 0001602566

 

$[Aggregate Amount] Series 20[●]-[●] Asset Backed Notes [(1)]

 

 
 

Class A Notes

 

Class [B] Notes (2)

 

Class [C] Notes (2)

 

Class [D] Notes (2)

Principal amount   $[●] (3)   $[●] (3)   $[●] (3)   $[●] (3)
Interest rate   [[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year (4)   [[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year (4)   [[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year (4)   [[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year (4)
Interest payment dates  

monthly on the 15 th , beginning

[●] [●], 20[●]

 

monthly on the 15 th , beginning

[●] [●], 20[●]

 

monthly on the 15 th , beginning

[●] [●], 20[●]

 

monthly on the 15 th , beginning

[●] [●], 20[●]

Expected principal payment date   [●] payment date   [●] payment date   [●] payment date   [●] payment date
Final maturity date   [●] payment date   [●] payment date   [●] payment date   [●] payment date
Price to public   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)
Underwriting discount   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)
Proceeds to issuing entity   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)   $[●] (or [●]%)

 

 

[(1) The issuing entity is also issuing Class [●] notes in the amount of $[●]. The Class [●] notes are not offered by this prospectus and will initially be retained by the depositor or purchased by an affiliate of the depositor.]
[(2) The depositor will retain any Class A notes, Class [B] notes, Class [C] notes or Class [D] notes not sold pursuant to this prospectus. No underwriting discount will be paid to the underwriters in respect of the Class [B] notes, Class [C] notes or Class [D] notes retained by the depositor or purchased by an affiliate of the depositor.]
(3) The issuing entity may offer and sell Class A notes, Class [B] notes, Class [C] notes and Class [D] notes having an aggregate initial principal amount that is either greater or less than the amount shown above. In that event, the initial principal amount of each class of notes and the initial excess collateral amount will be proportionally increased or decreased.
(4) [Further disclosure of how [●]-month LIBOR is determined and disclosure of how the interest rate for the initial interest payment date is calculated are included under “ Disclosure of Series Provisions—Interest Rate Payments ” on page [●].]

 

The Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes will be issued as fixed rate notes, floating rate notes or in tranches of some portion of each type. We refer in this prospectus to notes that bear interest at a floating rate as “floating rate notes” and to notes that bear interest at a fixed rate as “fixed rate notes.” The portion of each class of notes that will bear interest at a fixed rate and the portion of each class of notes that will bear interest at a floating rate will be set forth in the final prospectus.

 

The Class A notes benefit from credit enhancement in the form of subordination of the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes and a specified amount of excess collateral. [The Class B notes benefit from credit enhancement in the form of subordination of the Class C notes and the Class D notes and a specified amount of excess collateral.] [The Class C notes benefit from credit enhancement in the form of subordination of the Class D notes and a specified amount of excess collateral.] [The Class D notes benefit from credit enhancement in the form of a specified amount of excess collateral [and a spread account].][In addition, the [Class A][Class B][Class C][and][Class D] notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of a [cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty].] [In addition, the issuing entity will enter into an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] for the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes and the Class D notes with [●], as the initial counterparty.]

 

The notes will be paid from the issuing entity’s assets consisting primarily of receivables in a portfolio of private label and co-branded revolving credit card accounts owned by Synchrony Bank.

 

We expect to issue your series of notes in book-entry form on or about [●] [●], 20[●].

 

You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page [●] in this prospectus.

 

A note is not a deposit and neither the notes nor the underlying accounts or receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. The notes are obligations of Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust) only and are not obligations of or interests in RFS Holding, L.L.C., Synchrony Bank (formerly known as GE Capital Retail Bank), SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, their respective affiliates or any other person.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved these notes or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Underwriters of the Class A notes

 

[Underwriters of the Class B notes]

 

[Underwriters of the Class C notes]

 

[Underwriters of the Class D notes]

 

[●] [●], 20[●]

 

[CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

[Note: The following table will be included for each pay-as-you-go takedown.]

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
  Amount to
be
registered
  Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit (1)
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
  Amount of
registration
fee (2)
Class A Asset-Backed Notes   [●][ (3)]   100%   [●]   [●]
Class [B] Asset-Backed Notes   [●][ (3)]   100%   [●]   [●]
Class [C] Asset-Backed Notes   [●][ (3)]   100%   [●]   [●]
Class [D] Asset-Backed Notes   [●][ (3)]   100%   [●]   [●]

 

 

(1) Estimated for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2) [In addition to the pay-as-you-go registration fee paid as noted in the table above, a registration fee of $[ ] was previously paid with respect to $[ ] of notes being offered pursuant to this prospectus. Such fees were carried forward from the registrant’s previously filed Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-181466), which became effective on August 10, 2012, and applied to the notes offered hereunder pursuant to Rule 457(p).][To be inserted if the filing fee for any takedown is paid in part from fees carried forward pursuant to Rule 457(p) and in part on a pay-as-you-go basis.]
(3) [With respect to any securities denominated in any foreign currency, the amount to be registered shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof based on the prevailing exchange rate at the time such security is first offered.]]

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
Summary of Terms 1
Series 20[●]-[●] 1
Offered Notes 2
Structural Summary 3
Issuing Entity 3
Collateral for the Notes 3
Compliance with Underwriting Criteria 4
Addition of Assets to the Trust 4
Removal of Assets from the Trust 4
Other Series of Notes 5
Equity Amount 5
Allocations of Collections and Losses 5
Application of Finance Charge Collections 7
Application of Principal Collections 8
Interest on the Notes 8
Credit Enhancement 9
[Interest Rate Swaps 11
Early Amortization Events 12
Events of Default 13
Optional Redemption 13
Servicing and Servicer’s Fee 13
Fees and Expenses for Asset Review 14
Tax Status 14
State Tax Consequences 14
ERISA Considerations 14
Risk Factors 15
Ratings 15
RFS Holding, L.L.C. 15
Risk Factors 16
Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure 16
Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business 22
Risks Relating to Regulation 32
Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks 40
Risks Related to the Company’s Separation from GE 42
The Sponsor 43
Synchrony Bank 43
Credit Card Activities 44
Program Agreements 45
Account Origination 46
Underwriting Process 47
Marketing Programs 48
Sponsor’s Securitization Experience 48
Bank’s Ability to Change Account Terms and Procedures 49
Assignment of Bank’s Obligations; Additional Sponsors and Sellers 49
Credit Risk Retention 50
The Depositor 51
RFS Holding, L.L.C. 51
Assignment of Depositor’s Interests 51
The Trust 52
Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust 52
Restrictions on Activities 53
Administrator 54
Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount 56
Transfer and Assignment of Receivables 57
Perfection and Priority of Security Interests 58
Conservatorship and Receivership; Bankruptcy 59
FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act 61
Annual Compliance Statement 63
The Servicers 63
SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL 63
Synchrony Bank 63
Servicing Procedures 63
Data Processing 64
Collection Account and Other Trust Accounts 64
Collections; Commingling 65
Delinquency and Collections Procedures 65
Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs 66
Servicer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants 67
Limitations on Servicer’s Liability 68
Servicer Default; Successor Servicer 68
Resignation of Servicer 70
Merger or Consolidation of Servicer 70
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses 71
Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance 71
Servicer Performance Guaranty 72
The Indenture Trustee 72
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 72
Duties and Responsibilities of Indenture Trustee 73
Limitations on Indenture Trustee’s Liability 73
Compensation and Indemnification of Indenture Trustee 73
Appointment of Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees 74
Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee 74
The Owner Trustee 74
BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware 74
Duties and Responsibilities of Owner Trustee 75
Limitations on Owner Trustee’s Liability 76
Compensation and Indemnification of Owner Trustee 76
Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee; Eligibility 77
[Derivative Counterparty] 77
The Asset Representations Reviewer 77
[Originators] 78
The Trust Portfolio 78

 

i  

 

 

Account Terms 79
Consumer Protection Laws 80
Representations and Warranties of the Depositor 81
Representations and Warranties of the Sellers 84
Addition of Trust Assets 86
Removal of Accounts 88
Notice of Changes in Trust Portfolio 89
Receivables Performance 89
Delinquency and Loss Experience 90
Balance Reductions 92
Revenue Experience 92
Composition of the Trust Portfolio 92
Review of Pool Asset Disclosure 96
Compliance with Underwriting Criteria 97
Static Pool Information 98
Asset Representations Review 98
Delinquency Trigger 98
Asset Review Voting 99
Fees and Expenses for Asset Review 99
Asset Review 100
Resignation and Removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer 100
Repurchase of Receivables 101
Demands for Repurchase 101
Dispute Resolution Procedures 102
Maturity Considerations 102
Controlled Accumulation Period 103
Early Amortization Period 103
Payment Rates 103
Description of the Notes 104
General 104
New Issuances of Notes 105
Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections 106
Funding Period 107
Credit Enhancement 107
Global Notes 108
Definitive Notes 110
Interest Payments 111
Principal Payments 111
Early Amortization Events 112
Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default 113
Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections 115
Shared Principal Collections 115
Discount Option 116
Voting Rights; Amendments 116
Fees and Expenses Payable From Collections 119
Final Payment of Principal 120
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 121
Description of Series Provisions 121
General 121
Collateral Amount 121
[Funding Period 122
Allocation Percentages 122
Interest Payments 123
[Interest Rate Swaps 124
Revolving Period; Source of Principal Payments 126
Controlled Accumulation Period 126
Early Amortization Period 127
Credit Enhancement 127
Application of Finance Charge Collections 130
Reallocation of Principal Collections 131
Investor Charge-Offs 132
Sharing Provisions 132
Principal Accumulation Account 133
Excess Collateral Amount 134
Reserve Account 134
Spread Account 135
Spread Account Distributions 136
Early Amortization Events 136
Events of Default 138
Redemption Amount 138
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses 139
Reports to Noteholders 139
Investor Communications 140
Legal Proceedings 140
[Certain Relationships and Related Transactions] 141
Ownership of Transaction Parties 141
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences 142
Tax Characterization of the Trust 142
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes 142
Trust Tax Consequences 145
ERISA Considerations 145
Underwriting 147
Use of Proceeds 149
European Investment Restrictions 150
Legal Matters 150
Where You Can Find More Information 150
Forward-Looking Statements 151
Glossary of Terms for Prospectus 152
INDEX 155
   
ANNEX I - OTHER SERIES OF NOTES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING A-I-1
   
ANNEX II - MONTHLY NOTEHOLDER’S STATEMENT SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST A-II-1
   
ANNEX III – STATIC POOL DATA A-III-1
   
ANNEX IV - GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES A-IV-1

 

ii  

 

 

Important Notice about Information Presented in this Prospectus

 

You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus, including the information incorporated by reference. We (RFS Holding, L.L.C.) have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

We include cross-references in this prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find further related discussions. The preceding Table of Contents provides the pages on which these captions are located.

 

This prospectus uses defined terms. You can find a glossary of these terms under the caption “ Glossary of Terms for Prospectus ” beginning on page [●] in this prospectus. Except as the context may otherwise require in this prospectus, references to “Synchrony” are to SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL and references to the “Company” are to Synchrony and its subsidiaries.

 

Volcker Rule Considerations

 

The issuing entity is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the notes pursuant to the indenture on the closing date will not be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”).  In making this determination, on the date of this prospectus and immediately following the issuance of the notes pursuant to the indenture on the closing date, the issuing entity will be relying on an exemption from registration set forth in Section 3(c)(5) under the Investment Company Act, although the issuing entity may be entitled to rely on other statutory or regulatory exclusions and exemptions under the Investment Company Act on the date of this prospectus, on the closing date or in the future.  The issuing entity is being structured so as not to constitute a “covered fund” for purposes of the regulations adopted under Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, commonly referred to as the “ Volcker Rule .” 

 

Compliance with Registration Requirements

 

We have performed various reviews relating to compliance with the registration requirements and as of the date of this prospectus we have met the registrant requirements required by General Instruction I.A.1 of Form SF-3.

 

iii  

 

 

Summary of Terms

 

Issuing Entity : Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust)
   
Depositor : RFS Holding, L.L.C.
   
Sponsor and Originator : Synchrony Bank (formerly known as GE Capital Retail Bank)
   
Servicer : SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL (“ Synchrony ” and together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”)
   
Servicer Performance Guarantor: GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC
   
Administrator : Synchrony
   
Indenture Trustee : Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
   
Owner Trustee : BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware
   
Asset Representations Reviewer : [___________________]
   
Expected Closing Date : On or about [●] [●], 20[●]
   
Commencement of Accumulation Period  
   
(subject to adjustment) : The first day of the [●] monthly period preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date
   
Expected Principal Payment Date :

[●] payment date

 

Final Maturity Date :

[●] payment date

 

Clearance and Settlement : DTC/Clearstream/Euroclear
   
Denominations : The notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $[100,000][1,000] and in integral multiples of $[1,000][1].
   
Servicing Fee Rate : 2% per year
   
Initial Collateral Amount  
   
(subject to increase or decrease) : $[●]
   
Primary Assets of the Issuing Entity : Receivables generated by a portfolio of private label and co-branded revolving credit card accounts owned by Synchrony Bank
   
Offered Notes : The Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes] are offered by this prospectus. [The Class [●] notes [will be retained by the depositor and] are not offered hereby.]

 

Series 20[●]-[●]

 

Class   Amount
(subject to increase or decrease)
    % of Initial
Collateral Amount
 
Class A notes   $           %
Class B notes [(1)]   $           %
Class C notes [(1)]   $           %
Class D notes [(1)]   $           %
Excess collateral amount   $           %
Initial collateral amount   $           %

 

 

[(1) The Class [B][,] [and] [C] [and] [D] notes are not offered hereby.]

 

  1  

 

 

Offered Notes

 

 
 

Class A

 

Class [B]

 

Class [C]

 

Class [D]

                 
Principal Amount (subject to increase or decrease):   $[●]   $[●]   $[●]   $[●]
                 
Anticipated Ratings ( 1 ) :   We expect that the Class A notes will receive credit ratings from [two] nationally recognized statistical rating organizations hired by the sponsor to rate the notes (the “Hired Agencies”).   We expect that the Class B notes will receive credit ratings from the Hired Agencies.   We expect that the Class C notes will receive credit ratings from the Hired Agencies.   We expect that the Class D notes will receive credit ratings from the Hired Agencies.
                 
Credit Enhancement:   Subordination of Class B, Class C and Class D and excess collateral amount [and an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the floating rate Class A notes][cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty][surety bond][insurance policy]   Subordination of Class C and Class D and excess collateral amount [and an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the floating rate Class B notes][cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty][surety bond][insurance policy]   Subordination of Class D and excess collateral amount [and an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the floating rate Class C notes][cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty][surety bond][insurance policy]   Subordination of excess collateral amount[, a spread account][and an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the floating rate Class D notes][cash collateral account][cash collateral guaranty][surety bond][insurance policy]
                 
Interest Rate:  

[[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year

 

 

[[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year

 

 

[[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year

 

 

[[●]-month LIBOR plus] [●]% per year

 

                 
Interest Accrual Method:  

[30] [actual]/360

 

 

[30] [actual]/360

 

 

[30] [actual]/360

 

 

[30] [actual]/360

 

                 
Interest Payment Dates:  

Monthly (15th), beginning
[●] [●], 20[●]

 

Monthly (15th), beginning
[●] [●], 20[●]

 

Monthly (15th), beginning
[●] [●], 20[●]

 

Monthly (15th), beginning
[●] [●], 20[●]

                 
[Interest Rate Index Reset Date:]   [Two London business days before each interest payment date]   [Two London business days before each interest payment date]   [Two London business days before each interest payment date]   [Two London business days before each interest payment date]
                 
ERISA Eligibility:   [Yes, subject to important considerations described under “ ERISA Considerations ” in this prospectus.]   [Yes, subject to important considerations described under “ ERISA Considerations ” in this prospectus.]   [Yes, subject to important considerations described under “ ERISA Considerations ” in this prospectus.]   [Yes, subject to important considerations described under “ ERISA Considerations ” in this prospectus.]
                 
Debt for United States Federal Income Tax Purposes:   Yes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to important considerations described under “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus.   Yes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to important considerations described under “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus.   Yes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to important considerations described under “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus.   Yes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and subject to important considerations described under “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus.

 

 

( 1 )      Ratings on the notes are expected to be monitored by the Hired Agencies while the notes are outstanding.

 

  2  

 

 

Structural Summary

 

This summary is a simplified presentation of the major structural components of Series 20[●]-[●]. It does not contain all of the information that you need to consider in making your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire document before you purchase any notes.

 

 

 

* Certain receivables were transferred by Synchrony Bank to PLT Holding, L.L.C. which in turn transferred those receivables to RFS Holding, L.L.C.

 

Issuing Entity

 

The notes will be issued by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust), a Delaware statutory trust, which is referred to in this prospectus as the issuing entity or the trust. The owner trustee of the trust in BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware. The notes will be issued under an indenture supplement to an indenture, each between the trust and the indenture trustee. The trust’s principal offices are at the following address: c/o SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, as administrator, 777 Long Ridge Rd., Building B, 3 rd Floor, Stamford, CT 06902. The contact phone number is (877) 441-5094.

 

The indenture trustee is Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

 

Collateral for the Notes

 

The notes are secured by a pool of receivables that arise under certain of Synchrony Bank’s private label and co-branded revolving credit card accounts. The accounts designated to the trust were originated under the bank’s Retail Card platform. Retail Card is a leading provider of private label credit cards, and also provides co-branded cards (which are also referred to as dual cards, since they can combine features and benefits of private label credit cards with multi-merchant acceptance of general purpose credit cards) and small and medium-sized business credit products. We refer to the receivables securing the notes as the transferred receivables, and we refer to the accounts that have been designated as trust accounts as the trust portfolio.

 

The following information regarding the trust portfolio is as of [●] [●], 20[●]:

 

total transferred receivables: $[●]

 

principal receivables: $[●]

 

finance charge receivables: $[●]

 

total number of accounts designated to the trust portfolio: [●]

 

As of [●] [●], 20[●]:

 

The accounts designated for the trust portfolio had an average total receivable balance of approximately $[●] and an average credit limit of approximately $[●].

 

For accounts designated for the trust portfolio, the percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate total credit limit was [●]%.

 

The average age of the accounts designated for the trust portfolio was approximately [●] months.

 

For additional information, see “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio ” in this prospectus.

 

We have performed a review of the transferred receivables and the disclosure required to be included in this prospectus relating to the transferred receivables by Item 1111 of Regulation AB. This review was designed and effected to provide us with

 

  3  

 

 

reasonable assurance that such disclosure is accurate in all material respects. For additional information, see “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure ” in this prospectus.

 

Compliance with Underwriting Criteria

 

As described under “ The Sponsor—Underwriting Process ”, the bank makes virtually all underwriting and authorization decisions using an automated system. In cases where a newly approved cardholder or an existing cardholder has requested a credit limit that exceeds the amount set by the automated system, the related application is forwarded to the Credit Solutions group for further consideration. [●] credit line decisions relating to accounts in the trust portfolio, including new origination and adjustments to existing credit lines, were received by the Credit Solutions group between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●] and a subset of these credit line decisions that passed the initial screen were subject to judgmental underwriting by the Credit Solutions group during the same time period.

 

Based on a review of the credit line decisions made by the Credit Solutions group between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●], the depositor has identified [●] credit line decisions relating to accounts in the trust portfolio as exceptions to the underwriting guidelines disclosed in this prospectus. The aggregate balance of all trust accounts for which exceptions were identified represents less than [●]% of the aggregate balance of the transferred receivables. The review of the transferred receivables and the disclosure performed by the depositor and the results of the review are described under “ Review of Pool Assets ” and “ Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below.

 

Addition of Assets to the Trust

 

When an account has been designated as a trust account, Synchrony Bank continues to own the account, but we buy all receivables existing at the time of designation or created later and transfer them to the trust. Synchrony Bank has the option to designate additional accounts, which must meet the criteria for eligible accounts described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” in this prospectus, as trust accounts from time to time. If the volume of additional accounts designated exceeds specified periodic limitations, then additional new accounts can only be designated if the rating agency condition is satisfied. Satisfaction of the rating agency condition is also required if Synchrony Bank wishes to designate any accounts that it acquired from third-party financial institutions or accounts in a new retailer program.

 

See “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the limitations on our ability to designate additional accounts. In addition, Synchrony Bank is required to designate additional accounts as trust accounts if the amount of principal receivables held by the trust falls below a specified minimum, as more fully described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ” in this prospectus.

 

Removal of Assets from the Trust

 

Optional Removals

 

We have the right to remove accounts from the list of designated accounts and to repurchase the related receivables from the trust in two circumstances. First, when the trust holds excess receivables, we may remove accounts and repurchase the related receivables on a random basis, subject to the satisfaction of the rating agency condition. Second, some retailers have the right to purchase or to designate a third party to purchase receivables relating to their credit card program if the program is terminated. If a retailer exercises this right, we will remove and repurchase the related accounts and receivables and are not required to satisfy the rating agency condition. The conditions that must be satisfied when we remove accounts from the list of designated accounts are more fully described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Removal of Accounts ” in this prospectus.

 

Required Removals

 

We are required to repurchase receivables from the trust if it is discovered that they did not satisfy eligibility requirements in some material respect at the time that we transferred them to the trust and the ineligibility results in a charge-off or an impairment of the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or their proceeds. Similarly, the servicer is required to purchase receivables from the trust if the servicer fails to satisfy any of its obligations in connection with the transferred receivables or trust accounts and the failure results in a material impairment of the transferred receivables or subjects their proceeds to a conflicting lien. These repurchase and purchase obligations are subject to cure periods and are more fully described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” and “ The Servicers—Servicer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants ” in this prospectus.

 

  4  

 

 

Other Series of Notes

 

The trust has issued other series of notes and may issue additional series of notes from time to time in the future. A summary of the series of notes expected to be outstanding as of the closing date is in “ Annex I: Other Series of Notes Issued and Outstanding ,” which is included at the end of this prospectus and is incorporated into this prospectus. Neither you nor any other noteholder will have the right to receive notice of, or consent to, the issuance of future series of notes.

 

No new series of notes may be issued unless the conditions described in “ Description of the Notes—New Issuances of Notes ” in this prospectus are satisfied, including:

 

the rating agency condition is satisfied;

 

we certify, based on facts known to the certifying officer, that the new issuance will not cause an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of distributions to be made to the noteholders of any series or class;

 

after giving effect to the new issuance, the free equity amount would not be less than the minimum free equity amount and the amount of principal receivables held by the trust and the principal amount of any participation interests held by the trust, together with any amount on deposit in the excess funding account, would at least equal the required minimum amount for the trust; and

 

an opinion with respect to certain tax matters is delivered.

 

Equity Amount

 

We refer to the excess of the sum of the total amount of principal receivables and the principal amount of any participation interests held by the trust, plus any balance in the excess funding account and the amount of principal collections on deposit in other trust accounts, over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all of the trust’s notes as the equity amount. To provide support for your notes, we are required to maintain an equity amount in the trust of not less than the excess collateral amount for your notes. The excess collateral amount for your series provides credit enhancement by absorbing losses and uncovered dilution on the transferred receivables allocated to your series to the extent not covered by finance charge collections available to your series.

 

The equity amount at any time may exceed the excess collateral amount for your series and any excess collateral amounts required to be maintained for other series of notes. We refer to this excess amount, if any, as the free equity amount. We are required to maintain a minimum free equity amount equal to the product of the highest required retained transferor percentage for any series of outstanding notes and the aggregate principal receivables securing the notes. The required retained transferor percentage for Series 20[●]-[●] and each other outstanding series of notes is [●]%.

 

The excess collateral amount for your series and a portion of the free equity amount also enhance the likelihood of timely payment of principal on your notes through cash flow subordination because of two features of your series.

 

The first feature is that the numerator for your series’ allocation percentage for principal collections includes the excess collateral amount. This results in the share of principal collections corresponding to the excess collateral amount being available for required principal payments on the notes or deposits to the principal accumulation account before any such collections are applied to reduce the excess collateral amount.

 

The second feature is that the numerator for your series’ allocation percentage for principal collections does not reduce as principal payments are made to your series or collections are accumulated to repay your notes. Since the collateral amount for your series does reduce as a result of principal payments and principal accumulation, effectively a portion of your principal allocation during an accumulation or amortization period comes from principal collections corresponding to the free equity amount.

 

Allocations of Collections and Losses

 

Your notes represent the right to receive principal and interest, which is secured in part by the right to payments from a portion of the collections on the transferred receivables. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate to the collateral amount for your series a portion of defaulted principal receivables and

 

  5  

 

 

will also allocate a portion of the dilution on the transferred receivables to the collateral amount for your series if the dilution is not offset by the free equity amount and we fail to comply with our obligation to reimburse the trust for the dilution. Dilution means any reduction to the principal balances of the transferred receivables because of merchandise returns or any other reason except losses or payments.

 

The portion of collections and defaulted principal receivables allocated to the collateral amount for your series will be based mainly upon the ratio of the collateral amount for your series to the aggregate amount of principal receivables securing the notes. The way this ratio is calculated for purposes of allocating principal collections will vary during each of three periods that will or may apply to your notes:

 

The revolving period , which will begin on the closing date and will end when either of the other two periods begins.

 

The controlled accumulation period , which is scheduled to begin on the first day of the [●] monthly period preceding the expected principal payment date, but which may begin earlier or later, and end when the notes have been paid in full. However, if an early amortization event occurs before the controlled accumulation period begins, there will be no controlled accumulation period and an early amortization period will begin. If an early amortization event occurs during the controlled accumulation period, the controlled accumulation period will end, and an early amortization period will begin.

 

The early amortization period , which will only occur if one or more adverse events, known as early amortization events, occur.

 

For most purposes, the collateral amount used in determining these ratios will be reset no less frequently than at the end of each monthly period. References in this prospectus to the monthly period related to any payment date refer to [the period beginning on the 22 nd day of the second preceding calendar month and ending on the 21 st day of the immediately preceding calendar month][the calendar month immediately preceding such payment date]. [We expect to change the definition of monthly period for your series and each other outstanding series of notes to mean the calendar month preceding each payment date. This change is expected to occur during 2016, although the related amendment to implement such change is subject to various conditions, and we cannot assure you that the amendment will occur or that the timing for such amendment will not change.]

 

The first monthly period for your series will begin on the closing date and end on [●] [●], 20[●]. However, for allocations of principal collections during the controlled accumulation period or the early amortization period, the collateral amount as of the end of the revolving period will be used.

 

The initial collateral amount for your series as of the closing date will equal the sum of the initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes as of the closing date plus an initial excess collateral amount described in “ Summary of Terms ” above. The collateral amount will thereafter be reduced by:

 

principal collections to the extent applied to make principal payments on the notes (other than principal payments made from funds on deposit in the spread account) or to fund the principal accumulation account;

 

reductions in the excess collateral amount that result from reductions in the required excess collateral amount;

 

the amount of any principal collections to the extent reallocated to cover interest[, senior swap payments], payments to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust and monthly servicing fee payments for your series; and

 

your series’ share of defaults and uncovered dilution to the extent not funded from finance charge collections and investment earnings allocated to your series.

 

Any reduction in the collateral amount because of reallocated principal collections, defaults or uncovered dilution will be reimbursed to the extent that your series has finance charge collections and other amounts treated as finance charge collections available for this purpose in future periods.

 

As described under “— Credit Enhancement—Subordination ” below in this summary and in “ Risk Factors Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Payments on the Class B notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes ,” “ Risk Factors Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Payments on the Class C notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes ,” “ Risk Factors Risks Relating to the

 

  6  

 

 

Securitization Structure—Payments on the Class D notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes ” and in “ Description of Series Provisions—Subordination ,” the excess collateral amount provides credit enhancement by absorbing reductions in the collateral amount because of reallocated principal collections, defaults and uncovered dilution. If the total amount of these types of reductions exceeds the excess collateral amount, then the Class D notes may not be repaid in full. If the total amount of these types of reductions exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amount of the Class D notes, then the Class C notes may not be repaid in full. If the total amount of these types of reductions exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amounts of the Class D notes and the Class C notes, then the Class B notes may not be repaid in full. If the total amount of these types of reductions exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amounts of the Class D notes, the Class C notes and the Class B notes, then the Class A notes may not be repaid in full.

  

Application of Finance Charge Collections

 

The trust will apply your series’ share of collections of finance charge receivables[, net swap receipts], recoveries and investment earnings each month in the following order of priority:

 

to pay, pro rata, the following amounts allocated to your series: accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the indenture trustee up to a maximum amount of $[●] for each calendar year, the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the owner trustee up to a maximum amount of $[●] for each calendar year and the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the administrator for the trust up to a maximum amount of $[●] for each calendar year;

 

to pay the servicing fee for your series (to the extent not directly paid by the trust to the servicer during the month);

 

to pay interest on the Class A notes [and to make senior swap payments under the Class A interest rate swap];

 

to pay interest on the Class B notes [and to make senior swap payments under the Class B interest rate swap];

 

to pay interest on the Class C notes [and to make senior swap payments under the Class C interest rate swap];

 

to pay interest on the Class D notes [and to make senior swap payments under the Class D interest rate swap];

 

to cover your series’ share of defaults and uncovered dilution;

 

to increase the collateral amount to the extent of reductions in your series’ collateral amount resulting from defaults and uncovered dilution allocated to your series and from reallocated principal collections, in each case that have not been previously reimbursed;

 

to fund, in limited circumstances, a reserve account to cover interest payment shortfalls for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes during the controlled accumulation period;

 

to make a deposit, if needed, to the spread account for the Class D notes up to the required spread account amount;

 

without duplication of the amount specified in the seventh bullet point above in respect of uncovered dilution, to cover your series’ share of the excess, if any, of the minimum free equity amount over the free equity amount, which will be calculated as described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections ”;

 

[to make subordinated termination payments and any other payments or deposits relating to the Class A interest rate swap;]

 

to make subordinated termination payments and any other payments or deposits relating to the Class B interest rate swap;]

 

to make subordinated termination payments and any other payments or deposits relating to the Class C interest rate swap;]

 

unless an early amortization event has occurred, to pay, pro rata, remaining amounts owed to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust that are allocated to your series;

 

  7  

 

 

to other series that share excess finance charge collections with Series 20[●]-[●];

 

if an early amortization event has occurred, first, to make principal payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes, in that order of priority, and second, to pay, pro rata, remaining amounts owed to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust that are allocated to your series; and

 

to us.

 

Collections of finance charge receivables, recoveries, investment earnings and certain other amounts that are initially allocated to another series will be used to cover any shortfalls to the extent those amounts are not needed by those other series and the excess funds are allocated to your series as described in “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections ” in this prospectus.

 

Application of Principal Collections

 

The trust will apply your series’ share of collections of principal receivables each month as follows:

 

Revolving Period

 

During the revolving period, no principal will be paid to, or accumulated for, your series.

 

Controlled Accumulation Period

 

During the controlled accumulation period, your series’ share of principal collections will be deposited in a principal accumulation account, up to a specified deposit amount on each payment date. Unless an early amortization event occurs, amounts on deposit in that account will be paid on the expected principal payment date first to the Class A noteholders, then to the Class B noteholders, then to the Class C noteholders and then to the Class D noteholders, in each case until the specified class of notes is paid in full or the amounts available are depleted.

 

Early Amortization Period

 

An early amortization period for your series will start if an early amortization event occurs. The early amortization events for your series are described below in this summary and under “ Description of Series Provisions—Early Amortization Events ” in this prospectus. During the early amortization period, your series’ share of principal collections will be paid monthly first to the Class A noteholders, then to the Class B noteholders, then to the Class C noteholders and then to the Class D noteholders, in each case until the specified class of notes is paid in full.

 

Reallocation of Principal Collections

 

During any of the above periods, principal collections allocated to your series may be reallocated, if necessary, to make required payments of interest on the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes[, senior swap payments due from the trust], payments to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust and monthly servicing fee payments not made from your series’ share of finance charge collections and other amounts treated as finance charge collections and excess finance charge collections available from other series that share with your series. This reallocation is one of the ways that the notes obtain the benefit of subordination, as described under “ Credit Enhancement—Subordination ” in this summary. The amount of reallocated principal collections available to each class is limited by the amount of subordination available to that class.

 

Shared Principal Collections

 

[Your series is a principal sharing series; however, your series will not be entitled to share excess principal collections from other series on any payment date during an early amortization period that is prior to the expected principal payment date unless all outstanding series of notes are in early amortization periods.][Your series is not a principal sharing series.] See “ Description of the Notes—Shared Principal Collections ” in this prospectus.

 

At all times, collections of principal receivables allocated to your series that are not needed to make deposits or payments for your series will be: first , made available to other series, second , deposited in the excess funding account if needed to maintain the minimum free equity amount for the trust, and third , distributed to us or our assigns.

 

Interest on the Notes

 

Each class of notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date to but excluding [●] [●], 20[●], and for each following interest period at the applicable rate per annum specified below:

 

  8  

 

 

Class A:     [LIBOR plus][●]%

Class B:     [LIBOR plus][●]%

Class C:     [LIBOR plus][●]%

Class D:     [LIBOR plus][●]%

 

Interest on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes will be calculated based on [the actual number of days in the related interest period and] a 360-day year [of twelve 30-day months (and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days)].

 

[For purposes of determining the interest rate applicable to [the floating rate Class A notes,] [the floating rate Class B notes,] [the floating rate Class C notes] [and] [the floating rate Class D notes] for each interest period, LIBOR will be determined two London business days before that interest period begins. For each date of determination, LIBOR will equal the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a [●]-month period (and, solely for purposes of determining LIBOR for the first interest period as described in the following paragraph, a [●]-month period), as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that system, LIBOR will be determined as described in “ Description of Series Provisions—Interest Payments .”]

 

[LIBOR for the first interest period will be determined by straight-line interpolation, based on the actual number of days in the period from the closing date to but excluding [●], [●], between two rates determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph, one of which will be determined for a maturity of one month and the other of which will be determined for a maturity of two months.]

 

Credit Enhancement

 

Credit enhancement for your series includes subordination of junior classes of notes and the excess collateral amount. [A spread account also provides credit enhancement primarily for the benefit of the Class D notes.]

 

Credit enhancement for your series is for your series’ benefit only, and you are not entitled to the benefits of credit enhancement available to other series.

 

Subordination

 

Credit enhancement for the Class A notes includes the subordination of the Class B notes, the Class C notes, the Class D notes and the excess collateral amount. Credit enhancement for the Class B notes includes the subordination of the Class C notes, the Class D notes and the excess collateral amount. Credit enhancement for the Class C notes includes the subordination of the Class D notes and the excess collateral amount. Credit enhancement for the Class D notes includes the subordination of the excess collateral amount.

 

Subordination serves as credit enhancement in the following way. The more subordinated, or junior, classes of notes will not receive payments of interest or principal until required payments have been made to the more senior classes. As a result, subordinated classes will absorb any shortfalls in collections or deterioration in the collateral for the notes prior to senior classes. The excess collateral amount for your series is subordinated to all of the classes of notes, so it will absorb shortfalls and collateral deterioration before any class of notes.

 

[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account]

 

The notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a cash collateral guaranty, secured by the deposit of cash or permitted investments in a cash collateral account, reserved for the beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty][a cash collateral account].

 

[The cash collateral account will be funded by an initial cash deposit.] The amounts [on deposit in the cash collateral account] [available under the cash collateral guaranty] may be increased under the circumstances described below under “ Description of Series Provisions—Credit Enhancement—[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account] .”

 

The amount available from [the cash collateral guaranty] [the cash collateral account] will be limited to $[●]. Payments will be made [to beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty from the cash collateral account] [from the cash collateral account] under the circumstances under “ Description of Series Provisions—Credit Enhancement—[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account] .”]

 

[Derivative Agreements

 

The notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a currency swap][a cap (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest in excess of a specified percentage rate)][a collar (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest below a specified percentage rate and above a higher

 

  9  

 

 

specified percentage rate)]. In general, the trust will receive payments from counterparties to the derivative agreements in exchange for the trust’s payments to them, to the extent required under the derivative agreements. [Describe specific terms of the derivative agreement applicable to a series or class of notes and a description of the related counterparty.]

 

Based on a reasonable good faith estimate of maximum probable exposure, the aggregate significance percentage of each derivative agreement is [less than 10%][at least 10% but less than 20%][20% or more].

 

The initial counterparty for the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D derivative agreements is [●], a [●]. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Interest Rate Swap Counterparty.

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 10%, but less than 20%, financial data required by Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 20%, financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

For a discussion of certain risks arising from a default by a swap counterparty under the Class A, Class B, Class C or Class D derivative agreements or from the early termination of any of the derivative agreements, see “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Default by a counterparty to a derivative agreement or termination of a derivative agreement could lead to commencement of an early amortization period ” and[“ Description of Series Provisions—Derivative Agreements ” and “ —Early Amortization Events. ”]

 

[[Surety Bond][Insurance Policy]

 

[Insurance with respect to [your series][the Class [●] notes] will be provided by one or more insurance companies. This insurance will guarantee, with respect to [one or more classes of] your series, [distributions of interest or principal in the manner and amount specified in this prospectus.]

 

[A surety bond will be purchased for the benefit of the holders of [your series][the class [●] notes] to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect to that [series][class] of notes in the following manner and amount: [specify manner and amount distributions of interest or principal are assured].

 

The provider of the [surety bond][insurance policy] is [●], a [●]. [Insert description regarding general character of the business of the enhancement provider.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the cash flow supporting any offered class of the notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(i) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 20% or more of the cash flow supporting any offered class of the notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation AB.]]

 

[Spread Account

 

A spread account will provide additional credit enhancement for your series, primarily for the benefit of the Class [●] notes. The spread account initially will not be funded. After the Series 20[●]-[●] notes are issued, deposits into the spread account will be made each month from finance charge collections allocated to your series, other amounts treated as finance charge collections and excess finance charge collections available from other series up to the required spread account amount. The required spread account amount is described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Spread Account.

 

The spread account will be used to make interest payments on the Class [●] notes [and senior swap payments due from the trust under the Class [●] interest rate swap] if finance charge collections allocated to your series, other amounts treated as finance charge collections and excess finance charge collections available from other series are insufficient to make those payments.

 

Unless an early amortization event occurs, the amount, if any, remaining on deposit in the spread account on the expected principal payment date for the Class [●] notes, after making the payments described in the preceding paragraph, will be applied to pay principal on the Class [●] notes, to the extent that the Class [●] notes have not been paid in full after application of all principal collections on that date. Except as provided in the following paragraph, if an

 

  10  

 

 

early amortization event occurs, the amount, if any, remaining on deposit in the spread account, after making the payments described in the preceding paragraph, will be applied to pay principal on the Class [●] notes on the earlier of the final maturity date and the first payment date on which the outstanding principal amount of the Class [A] notes, Class [B] notes and Class [C] notes has been paid in full.

 

In addition, on any day after the occurrence of an event of default with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] and the acceleration of the maturity date, the indenture trustee will withdraw from the spread account the outstanding amount on deposit in the spread account and deposit that amount in the distribution account for distribution to the Class D noteholders, Class A noteholders, Class B noteholders and Class C noteholders, in that order of priority, to fund any shortfalls in amounts owed to those noteholders.]

 

[Reserve Account]

 

[Support for your series or the Class [●] notes or any related enhancement will be provided by a reserve account. [The reserve account will be funded by [an initial cash deposit][, the retention of a portion of periodic distributions of principal or interest or both otherwise payable to one or more classes of notes, including the subordinated notes,] [or the provision of a letter of credit, guarantee, insurance policy or other form of credit] [or any combination of these arrangements].] The reserve account will be established to assist with the subsequent distribution of principal or interest on the [Class [●] notes][notes of your series] [or any other amount owing on any related enhancement in the manner provided in this prospectus].

 

[Interest Rate Swaps

 

The trust will enter into an interest rate swap for the floating rate Class A notes, an interest rate swap for the floating rate Class B notes, an interest rate swap for the floating rate Class C notes, and an interest rate swap for the floating rate Class D notes, each covering the period from the closing date through the final maturity date.

 

The notional amounts of the Class A interest rate swap, the Class B interest rate swap, the Class C interest rate swap, and the Class D interest rate swap will, for each interest period, equal the outstanding principal amounts of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes and the floating rate Class D notes, respectively, as of the end of the first day of the related interest period. Under each swap, prior to each payment date, two interest amounts will be calculated on the outstanding principal amount of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes or the floating rate Class D notes, as applicable:

 

a floating interest amount, accruing at the applicable [one-month LIBOR] and based on the actual number of days in the interest period and a year of 360 days; and

 

a fixed interest amount, accruing at the specified fixed interest rate and based on twelve 30-day months and a year of 360 days.

 

If the floating interest amount is greater than the fixed interest amount, the trust will receive a payment from the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. Alternatively, if the fixed interest amount is greater than the floating interest amount, the trust will be required to make a payment to the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. The specified fixed interest rate for each of the Class A interest rate swap, the Class B interest rate swap, the Class C interest rate swap and the Class D interest rate swap is not expected to be higher than [●]% per year.

 

Based on a reasonable good faith estimate of maximum probable exposure, the aggregate significance percentage of each interest rate swap agreement is [less than 10%][at least 10% but less than 20%][20% or more].

 

The initial swap counterparty for the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D interest rate swaps is [●], a [●]. See “ Derivative Counterparty.

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 10%, but less than 20%, financial data required by Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 20%, financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

For a discussion of certain risks arising from a default by a swap counterparty under the Class A, Class B, Class C or Class D interest rate swap or from the early termination of any of the interest rate swaps, see “ Risk Factors— Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Default by a swap

 

  11  

 

 

counterparty or termination of the Class A, Class B, Class C or Class D interest rate swap could reduce or delay payments and may cause commencement of an early amortization period or a reduction in the ratings of the notes ” and “ Description of Series Provisions—Interest Rate Swaps ” and “ —Early Amortization Events. ”]

 

Early Amortization Events

 

The trust will begin to repay the principal of the notes before the expected principal payment date if an early amortization event occurs. An early amortization event will occur if the finance charge collections on the receivables are too low or if defaults on the receivables are too high. The minimum amount that must be available for payments to your series in any monthly period, referred to as the base rate, is the result, expressed as a percentage, of the sum of the interest payable on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes [net of any net swap receipts received by the trust or any net swap payments due from the trust] for the related interest period, plus your series’ share of the servicing fee for the related monthly period and, subject to certain limitations, your series’ share of fees, expenses and other amounts owing to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust, divided by the sum of the collateral amount and amounts on deposit in the principal accumulation account, each as of the close of business on the last day of that monthly period. If the average net portfolio yield for your series, calculated as described in the following sentence, for the [●] monthly period[s] preceding the [●] 20[●] payment date or, thereafter, any three consecutive monthly periods is less than the average base rate for the same two or three consecutive monthly periods, an early amortization event will occur. The net portfolio yield for your series for any monthly period will be the result, expressed as a percentage, of the amount of finance charge collections and other amounts treated as finance charge collections allocated to your series for that monthly period, other than excess finance charge collections [and net swap receipts, if any, received by the trust], net of the amount of defaulted principal receivables and uncovered dilution allocated to your series for that monthly period, divided by the sum of the collateral amount and amounts on deposit in the principal accumulation account, each as of the close of business on the last day of that monthly period.

 

The other early amortization events are:

 

our failure to make required payments or deposits or material failure by us to perform other obligations, subject to applicable grace periods;

 

material inaccuracies in our representations and warranties, subject to applicable grace periods;

 

the Series 20[●]-[●] notes are not paid in full on the expected principal payment date;

 

bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to us or any originator of accounts designated under the receivables sale agreement in the future;

 

we are unable to transfer additional receivables to the trust or Synchrony Bank is unable to transfer additional receivables to us;

 

we do not transfer receivables in additional accounts or participations to the trust when required;

 

certain servicer defaults, as further described in this prospectus under the caption “ The Servicers—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ,” and other specified material defaults of the servicer occur, subject to applicable grace periods;

 

[failure of a swap counterparty to make a payment under any of the interest rate swaps for the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes or the floating rate Class D notes in respect of a payment obligation arising as a result of LIBOR being greater than the specified fixed rate for the related interest rate swap, and the failure is not cured within 5 business days after the payment is due;]

 

[the early termination of the interest rate swap for any of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes or the floating rate Class D notes unless the trust obtains a replacement interest rate hedging arrangement or enters into another arrangement acceptable to the rating agencies within [●] business days after the termination;]

 

  12  

 

 

the trust becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act; or

 

an event of default occurs for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes and their maturity date is accelerated.

 

The early amortization events for Series 20[●]-[●] are more fully described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Early Amortization Events ” in this prospectus.

 

Events of Default

 

The Series 20[●]-[●] notes are subject to events of default described under “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default ” in this prospectus. These include:

 

failure to pay interest on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes for 35 days after it becomes due and payable;

 

failure to pay principal on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes when it becomes due and payable on the final maturity date for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes;

 

bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the trust; and

 

material failure by the trust to perform its obligations under the indenture, subject to applicable grace periods.

 

In the case of an event of default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes automatically will become immediately due and payable. If any other event of default occurs and continues with respect to the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, the indenture trustee or holders of not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes may declare the principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes to be immediately due and payable. These declarations may be rescinded by holders of not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes if the related event of default has been cured, subject to the conditions described under “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default ” in this prospectus.

 

After an event of default and the acceleration of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, funds allocated to the Series 20[●]-[●] notes and on deposit in the collection account, the excess funding account and the other trust accounts will be applied to pay principal of and interest on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes to the extent permitted by law. Principal collections and finance charge collections allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] will be applied to make monthly principal and interest payments on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes until the earlier of the date those notes are paid in full or the final maturity date.

 

If the Series 20[●]-[●] notes are accelerated or the trust fails to pay the principal of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes on the final maturity date, subject to the conditions described in this prospectus under “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default ,” the indenture trustee may, if legally permitted, cause the trust to sell principal receivables in an amount equal to the collateral amount for Series 20[●]-[●] and the related finance charge receivables.

 

Optional Redemption

 

We have the option to purchase the collateral amount for your series when the outstanding principal amount for your series has been reduced to 10% or less of the initial principal amount, but only if the purchase price paid to the trust is sufficient to pay in full all amounts owing to the noteholders [and any swap counterparty]. The purchase price for your series will equal the collateral amount for your series plus the applicable allocation percentage of finance charge receivables. See “ Description of the Notes—Final Payment of Principal ” and “ Description of Series Provisions—Redemption Amount ” in this prospectus.

 

Servicing and Servicer’s Fee

 

Prior to May 22, 2008, the servicer for the trust was GE Money Bank (now known as Synchrony Bank). On May 22, 2008, GE Money Bank (now known as Synchrony Bank) transferred the servicing role to General Electric Capital LLC (formerly known as General Electric Capital Corporation) (“ GE Capital ”) and on December 2, 2015, GE Capital transferred the servicing role to Synchrony. Synchrony may from time to time enter into subservicing arrangements with affiliated or unaffiliated companies. See “ The Servicers ” in this prospectus.

 

GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC (“ GE Capital Global ”), an affiliate of General Electric Company

 

  13  

 

 

(“ GE ”) guarantees the obligations of Synchrony as servicer. On November 17, 2015, GE completed the previously announced split-off of Synchrony from GE as described under “ The Sponsor .” As a result, Synchrony is no longer an affiliate of GE. If not terminated earlier, the servicer performance guaranty provided by GE Capital Global will terminate on the date on which the notes of all series that were outstanding on July 16, 2014 have been paid in full, which is expected to be the September 2019 payment date. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Company’s Separation from GE—We expect GE to cease to be involved with the securitization .” See “ The Servicers—Servicer Performance Guaranty ” for a description of the other circumstances that may give rise to the termination of the servicer performance guaranty.

 

Synchrony, as servicer, receives a fee for its servicing activities. The share of the servicing fee allocable to Series 20[●]-[●] for each payment date will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) [●]% and (b) the collateral amount for Series 20[●]-[●] on the last day of the prior monthly period. However, the servicing fee for the first monthly period will be based on the number of days in the first monthly period. The servicing fee allocable to Series 20[●]-[●] for each payment date will be paid from your series share of collections of finance charge receivables[, net swap receipts], recoveries and investment earnings each month as described in “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above and in “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections.

 

Fees and Expenses for Asset Review

 

The asset representations reviewer will be paid an annual fee of $[●] by Synchrony in accordance with the asset representations review agreement. However, that fee does not include the fees and expenses of the asset representations reviewer in connection with an asset review. Under the asset representations review agreement, the asset representations reviewer will be entitled to receive a fee in connection with the asset review of [$[ ] for each account containing a Subject Receivable][$[ ] per hour][insert any other rate agreed upon by asset representations reviewer and Synchrony], which fee will be paid by Synchrony.

 

Tax Status

 

Subject to important considerations described under “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus, Mayer Brown LLP, as tax counsel to the trust, is of the opinion that under existing law the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes [and the Class D notes] (other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and that the trust will not be classified as an association or constitute a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. By your acceptance of a Series 20[●]-[●] note, you will agree to treat your Series 20[●]-[●] notes as debt for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus for additional information concerning the application of federal income tax laws.

 

State Tax Consequences

 

The tax discussion in this prospectus does not address the tax treatment of the issuing entity, the notes or noteholders under any state or local tax laws, which may differ materially from the federal income tax treatment of such persons and instruments. The jurisdictions in which these state and local tax issues may arise include those in which the holder is taxable, Synchrony Bank and servicer carry on their activities, and the obligors on the accounts and receivables are located. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisors regarding the state tax treatment of the issuing entity as well as any state tax consequences to you of purchasing, holding and disposing of your notes.

 

ERISA Considerations

 

Subject to important considerations described under “ ERISA Considerations ” in this prospectus, the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes] are eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or individual retirement accounts. Each purchaser will be deemed to represent and warrant that either it is not acquiring the note with assets of (or on behalf of) a benefit plan or any other plan that is subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or to any applicable law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or its purchase, holding and disposition of the notes will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or a violation of any substantially similar applicable law. If you are contemplating purchasing the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes or the Class D

 

  14  

 

 

notes] on behalf of or with plan assets of any plan or account, we suggest that you consult with counsel regarding whether the purchase or holding of the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes or the Class D notes] could give rise to a prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or a violation of any substantially similar applicable law. Benefit plans that are subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code may not acquire the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes or the Class D notes] at any time that such notes do not have a current investment grade rating from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. See “ ERISA Considerations ” in this prospectus for additional information.

 

Risk Factors

 

There are material risks associated with an investment in the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes], and you should consider the matters set forth under “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page [●].

 

Ratings

 

We expect that the Class A notes, the Class [B] notes, the Class [C] notes and the Class [D] notes will receive credit ratings from the Hired Agencies.

 

Any rating assigned to the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C or the Class D notes] by a Hired Agency will reflect the rating agency’s assessment solely of the likelihood that noteholders will receive timely payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the final maturity date for the Class A notes[, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes], and will be based primarily on the value of the transferred receivables and the credit enhancement provided. The rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell any notes. The rating does not constitute a comment as to the marketability of any notes, any market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings on the notes are expected to be monitored by the Hired Agencies while the notes are outstanding. Any rating can be changed or withdrawn by a Hired Agency at any time. In addition, a rating agency not hired by the sponsor to rate the transaction may provide an unsolicited rating that differs from (or is lower than) the ratings provided by the Hired Agencies.

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

 

Our address is 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902. Our phone number is (877) 441-5094.

 

  15  

 

 

This prospectus uses defined terms. You can find a glossary of terms under the caption “ Glossary of Terms for Prospectus ” beginning on page [●] in this prospectus.

 

Risk Factors

 

The following is a summary of the principal risk factors that apply to an investment in the notes. You should consider the following risk factors before deciding whether to purchase the notes:

 

Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure

 

It may not be possible to find a purchaser for your notes.

 

There is currently no secondary market for the notes and we cannot assure you that one will develop. As a result, you may not be able to resell your notes at all, or may be able to do so only at a substantial loss. The underwriters may assist in resales of the notes, but they are not required to do so. We do not intend to apply for the inclusion of the notes on any exchange or automated quotation system. A trading market for the notes may not develop. If a trading market does develop, it might not continue or it might not be sufficiently liquid to allow you to resell any of your notes. The secondary market for asset-backed securities could experience an onset of significant reduced liquidity. If a period of illiquidity occurs, it may adversely affect the market value of your notes.

 

[Payments on the Class B notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes.

 

If you buy Class B notes, your interest payments will be subordinate to interest payments on the Class A notes, and your principal payments will be subordinate to principal payments on the Class A notes as follows:

 

You will not receive any interest payments on your Class B notes on any payment date until the full amount of interest then payable on the Class A notes [and senior swap payments, if any, due from the trust under the Class A interest rate swap] has been paid in full.

 

In addition, you will not receive any principal payments on your Class B notes on any payment date until the entire principal amount of the Class A notes has been paid in full.

 

As a result of these features, any reduction in the collateral amount for your series due to charge-offs, dilution or reallocation of principal will reduce payments on the Class B notes before reducing payments on the Class A notes. If the total amount of these reductions exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amount of the Class D notes and Class C notes, then the Class B notes may not be repaid in full. If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class A noteholders have been paid in full before any payments would be made to the Class B noteholders.]

 

[Payments on the Class C notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes.

 

If you buy Class C notes, your interest payments will be subordinate to interest payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes, and your principal payments will be subordinate to principal payments on the Class A notes and the Class B notes as follows:

 

You will not receive any interest payments on your Class C notes on any payment date until the full amount of interest then payable on the Class A notes and the Class B notes [and senior swap payments, if any, due from the trust under the Class A and Class B interest rate swaps] has been paid in full.

 

In addition, you will not receive any principal payments on your Class C notes on any payment date until the entire principal amount of the Class A notes and the Class B notes has been paid in full.

 

As a result of these features, any reduction in the collateral amount for your series due to charge-offs, dilution or reallocation of principal will reduce payments on the Class C notes before reducing payments on the Class A notes or

 

  16  

 

 

 

the Class B notes. If the total amount of these reductions exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amount of the Class D notes, then the Class C notes may not be repaid in full. If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class A noteholders have been paid in full and then to the Class B noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class B noteholders have been paid in full before any payments would be made to the Class C noteholders.]

 

[Payments on the Class D notes are subordinate to payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes.

 

If you buy Class D notes, your interest payments will be subordinate to interest payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes, and your principal payments will be subordinate to principal payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes as follows:

 

You will not receive any interest payments on your Class D notes on any payment date until the full amount of interest then payable on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes [and senior swap payments, if any, due from the trust under the Class A, Class B and Class C interest rate swaps] has been paid in full.

 

In addition, you will not receive any principal payments on your Class D notes on any payment date until the entire principal amount of the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes has been paid in full.

 

As a result of these features, any reduction in the collateral amount for your series due to charge-offs, dilution or reallocation of principal will reduce payments on the Class D notes before reducing payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes or the Class C notes. If the total amount of these reductions exceeds the excess collateral amount, then the Class D notes may not be repaid in full. If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class A noteholders have been paid in full, then to the Class B noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class B noteholders have been paid in full and then to the Class C noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to the Class C noteholders have been paid in full before any payments would be made to the Class D noteholders.]

 

Commingling of payments could cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes.

 

So long as the servicer (or, so long as a servicer performance guaranty remains in effect, the applicable servicer performance guarantor) maintains credit ratings that satisfy certain ratings requirements specified in the indenture, and there exists no servicer default, collections on the transferred receivables will not be required to be deposited into the related collection account until the payment date. Currently, although the conditions for monthly deposits are satisfied, the servicer has agreed with GE Capital Global to make daily deposits of collections to the collection account pursuant to the terms of the servicer performance guaranty. Pending deposit into the related collection account, collections may be held by the servicer and invested at its own risk and for its own benefit, and will not be segregated from funds of the servicer. If the servicer were unable to remit such funds or did not for any reason remit such funds, you might experience delays in payments on your notes or might incur a loss.

 

Synchrony Bank may change the terms and conditions of the accounts in a way that reduces collections.

 

Synchrony Bank transfers the receivables but continues to own the credit card accounts. As owner of the accounts, Synchrony Bank retains the right to change various account terms or treatment, including finance charges, other fees, the required monthly minimum payment, payment due dates and allocation of payments. These changes may be voluntary on the part of Synchrony Bank or may be required by law, market conditions or other reasons. Changes in the terms or treatment of the accounts may reduce the amount of receivables arising under the accounts, reduce the portfolio yield, reduce the amount of collections on those receivables or otherwise alter payment patterns.

 

  17  

 

 

Payments to you could be accelerated, delayed or reduced as a result of these changes. Changes could also cause a reduction in the credit ratings on your notes.

 

Charged-off receivables or uncovered dilution could reduce payments to you.

 

The primary risk associated with extending credit to Synchrony Bank’s customers under its credit card programs is the risk of default or bankruptcy of the customer, resulting in the customer’s account balance being charged-off as uncollectible. Synchrony Bank relies principally on the customer’s creditworthiness for repayment of the account and usually has no other recourse for collection. In certain circumstances, Synchrony Bank may not be able to successfully identify and evaluate the creditworthiness of cardholders to minimize delinquencies and losses. General economic factors, such as the rate of inflation, unemployment levels and interest rates, may result in greater delinquencies that lead to greater credit losses among customers.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions and the success of the servicer’s collection and recovery efforts, the trust’s delinquency and net credit card receivable charge-off rates are affected by the average age of the various credit card account portfolios. The average age of credit card receivables affects the stability of delinquency and loss rates of the portfolio because delinquency and loss rates typically increase as the average age of accounts in a credit card portfolio increases. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will charge-off the receivables arising in accounts designated to the trust in accordance with the trust’s collection policies if the receivables become uncollectible. The collateral securing your notes will be allocated a portion of these charged-off receivables. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Allocation Percentages ” and “— Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus.

 

Unlike charged-off receivables, reductions in the receivables due to returns of merchandise, unauthorized charges or disputes between a cardholder and a merchant, called dilution, are typically absorbed by reductions in our interest in the trust or reimbursed by us through cash deposits to the excess funding account and are not intended to be allocated to the collateral securing your notes. However, to the extent our interest is insufficient to cover dilution for any monthly period and we then default in our obligation to compensate the trust for these reductions, the collateral securing your notes will be allocated a portion of the uncovered dilution.

 

If the amount of charged-off receivables and any uncovered dilution allocated to the collateral securing your notes exceeds the amount of funds available to reimburse those amounts, you may not receive the full amount of principal and interest due to you. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Investor Charge-Offs ” and “ The Servicers—Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus.

 

Limited remedies for breaches of representations could reduce or delay payments.

 

When we transfer the receivables to the trust, we make representations and warranties relating to the validity and enforceability of the transferred receivables, and as to the perfection and priority of the trust’s interest in the receivables. However, neither the owner trustee nor the indenture trustee will make any examination of the receivables or the related assets to determine the presence of defects or compliance with the representations and warranties or for any other purpose.

 

A representation or warranty relating to the receivables may be violated if the related obligors have defenses to payment or offset rights, or our creditors or creditors of Synchrony Bank claim rights to the trust assets. If a representation or warranty is violated, we may have an opportunity to cure the violation. If we are unable to cure any violation within the specified time period and the violation has a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the availability of the proceeds to the trust, we must, if requested, accept reassignment of the receivables affected by the violation. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” in this prospectus.

 

It may be difficult to find a suitable successor servicer if Synchrony ceases to act as servicer.

 

If Synchrony is terminated as servicer as described under “ The Servicers—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ” in this prospectus, the trust may have difficulty finding a suitable successor servicer. Potential successor servicers may not have the capacity to adequately perform the duties required of a successor servicer or may not be

 

  18  

 

 

willing to perform those duties for the amount of the servicing fee currently payable under the servicing agreement. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, the indenture trustee will automatically become the successor servicer. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the indenture trustee, does not have credit card operations. If Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is automatically appointed as successor servicer it may not have the capacity to perform the duties required of a successor servicer and current servicing compensation under the servicing agreement may not be sufficient to cover its actual cost and expenses of servicing the accounts.

 

Synchrony Bank may not be able to designate new accounts to the trust when required by transaction documents.

 

If at the end of any monthly period, the amount of receivables in the trust falls below a specified level described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ,” we will be required to cause Synchrony Bank to designate additional accounts to the trust and transfer additional receivables to the trust on or before the tenth business day following that monthly period. There is no guarantee that Synchrony Bank will have sufficient accounts to designate to the trust. This could cause a possible delay or reduction in payments on your notes. If we do not transfer sufficient receivables to the trust within the grace period specified in this prospectus, an early amortization event would occur. If this were to happen, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.

 

Other series of notes may have different terms that may affect the timing and amount of payments to you.

 

The trust has issued other series of notes and expects to issue additional series of notes from time to time. Other series of notes may have terms that are different than the terms for your series, including different early amortization events or events of default. In addition, the early amortization events and events of default for other series of notes may be subject to grace periods or rights to cure that are different than the grace periods or rights to cure applicable to the same or similar early amortization events or events of default for your series. As a result, other series of notes may enter into early amortization periods prior to the payment of principal on your series of notes. This could reduce the amount of principal collections available to your series at the time principal collections begin to be accumulated or paid for the benefit or your series and could cause a possible delay or reduction in payments on your notes. Additional series of notes may be issued without any requirement for notice to, or consent from, existing noteholders. For a description of the conditions that must be met before the trust can issues new notes, see “ Description of the Notes—New Issuances of Notes ” in this prospectus.

 

The issuance of new notes could adversely affect the timing and amount of payments on outstanding notes. For example, if additional notes in the same group as your series for purposes of sharing excess finance charge collections are issued after your notes and those notes have a higher interest rate than your notes, this could result in a reduction in the amount of excess funds from other series available to pay interest on your notes. Also, when new notes are issued, the voting rights of your notes will be diluted.

 

Recharacterization of principal receivables would reduce principal receivables and may require the addition of new receivables.

 

As described under “ Description of the Notes—Discount Option ” in this prospectus, we may designate a portion of some or all transferred receivables that would otherwise be treated as principal receivables to be treated as finance charge receivables. This designation should decrease the likelihood of an early amortization event occurring as a result of a reduction of the average net portfolio yield for a given period. However, this designation will also reduce the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables, which may increase the likelihood that we will be required to add receivables to the trust. If we were unable to add receivables, one or more series of notes, including your series, could go into early amortization.

 

The note interest rate and the receivables interest rate may re-set at different times, resulting in reduced or early payments to you.

 

Some accounts have finance charges assessed at a variable rate based on a designated index, which rate may or may not be subject to a specified floor. A series of notes may bear interest either at a fixed rate or at a floating rate

 

  19  

 

 

based on a different index. If the interest rate charged on the accounts declines, collections of finance charge receivables may be reduced without a corresponding reduction in the amounts of interest payable on your notes and other amounts required to be paid out of collections of finance charge receivables. If the interest rate on the accounts declines or the interest rate on a series increases, this could decrease the spread, or difference, between collections of finance charge receivables and those collections allocated to make interest payments on your notes. This would increase the risk of early repayment of your notes, as well as the risk that there may not be sufficient collections to make all required payments on your notes.

 

We may assign our obligations as depositor and Synchrony may assign its obligations as servicer.

 

Either we or Synchrony may transfer our rights and obligations in our respective capacities as depositor or servicer to one or more entities without noteholders’ consent so long as specific conditions are satisfied. See “ The Depositor—Assignment of Depositor’s Interests ” and “ The Servicers—Resignation of Servicer ” and “— Merger or Consolidation of Servicer ” in this prospectus. The entity assuming the rights and obligations may or may not be affiliated with us or Synchrony, as applicable. After the assignment, either we or Synchrony, as the case may be, would have no further liability or obligation under the documents relating to the notes and the trust, other than those liabilities that arose prior to the transfer.

 

Addition of credit card accounts to the trust may decrease the credit quality of the assets securing the repayment of your notes. If this occurs, your receipt of payments of principal and interest may be reduced, delayed or accelerated.

 

The assets of the trust securing the notes change every day. We may choose, or may be required, to add credit card receivables to the trust. The credit card accounts from which these receivables arise may have different terms and conditions from the credit card accounts already designated for the trust. For example, the new credit card accounts may have higher or lower fees or interest rates, or different payment terms. We cannot guarantee that new credit card accounts will be of the same credit quality as the credit card accounts currently or historically designated for the trust. If the credit quality of the assets in the trust were to deteriorate, the trust’s ability to make payments on the notes could be adversely affected. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ” in this prospectus.

 

The ratings for the offered notes are limited in scope and may be lowered or withdrawn, or the offered notes may receive an unsolicited rating, which may have an adverse effect on the liquidity or the market price of the offered notes.

 

Security ratings are not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the offered notes, inasmuch as the rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. A rating of the offered notes addresses the likelihood of the timely payment of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal of the offered notes on the final maturity date pursuant to their respective terms. There is no assurance that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if in its judgment circumstances in the future so warrant. Neither the depositor nor the sponsor nor any of their affiliates will have any obligation to replace or supplement the credit enhancement, or to take any other action to maintain any ratings of the offered notes. A rating agency may revise or withdraw the ratings at any time in its sole discretion, including as a result of a failure by the sponsor to comply with its obligation to post information provided to the Hired Agencies on a website that is accessible by a rating agency that is not a Hired Agency.

 

The Hired Agencies have been hired by the sponsor to provide their ratings on the offered notes. We note that a rating agency may have a conflict of interest where, as is the case with the ratings of the offered notes by the Hired Agencies, the sponsor or the issuer of a security pays the fee charged by the rating agency for its rating services.

 

It is possible that other rating agencies not hired by the sponsor may provide an unsolicited rating that differs from (or is lower than) the rating provided by the Hired Agencies. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of the existence of any unsolicited rating provided (or to be provided at a future time) by any rating agency not hired to rate the transaction. However, there can be no assurance that an unsolicited rating will not be issued prior to or after the closing date, and none of the sponsor, the depositor nor any underwriter is obligated to inform investors (or potential investors) in the offered notes if an unsolicited rating is issued after the date of this prospectus. Consequently, if you intend to purchase offered notes, you should monitor whether an unsolicited rating

 

  20  

 

 

of the offered notes has been issued by a non-hired rating agency and should consult with your financial and legal advisors regarding the impact of an unsolicited rating on a class of offered notes. If any non-hired rating agency provides an unsolicited rating that differs from (or is lower than) the rating provided by the Hired Agencies, the liquidity or the market value of your offered note may be adversely affected.

 

Geographic concentration may result in more risk to you.

 

As of [●] [●], 20[●], the servicer’s records indicate that, based on billing addresses, obligors on the accounts were concentrated in [●], [●], [●], [●] and [●]. No other state accounted for more than 5% of the number of accounts or 5% of the total receivables balances as of that date. Economic conditions or other factors affecting these states in particular could adversely impact the delinquency or credit loss experience of the trust portfolio and could result in delays in payments or losses on the notes. See “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio—Composition by Billing Address ” in this prospectus.

 

Charge-offs may increase which could reduce payments to you.

 

The global financial and economic crisis has had an adverse effect on the financial condition of many consumers in the United States, which was also reflected in the performance of the trust portfolio in recent years. Despite certain signs of improvement, including recent declines in the domestic unemployment rate, the global economic environment remains volatile and could continue to present challenges having an adverse effect on the trust portfolio for the foreseeable future. More specifically, increases in delinquencies and charge-offs could occur, particularly if conditions in the general economy deteriorate.

 

If the amount of charged-off receivables and any uncovered dilution allocated to your series exceeds the amount of funds available to reimburse those amounts, you may not receive the full amount of principal and interest due to you. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Investor Charge-Offs ” and “ The Servicers—Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus.

 

[Default by a swap counterparty or termination of the Class A, Class B, Class C or Class D interest rate swap could reduce or delay payments and may cause commencement of an early amortization period or a reduction in the ratings of the notes.

 

The interest rate swaps expose you to risks arising from the failure of either a swap counterparty or the trust to perform its obligations thereunder or from the early termination of an interest rate swap. If a swap counterparty does not make a required payment, the trust will have less funds available to make interest payments on the notes. Continuance of such failure for five business days will cause the early amortization period to commence. If either a swap counterparty or the trust does not make a payment due under an interest rate swap, the other party may initiate an early termination of the interest rate swap. If the ratings of a swap counterparty are reduced below certain levels established by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ Standard & Poor’s ”), Moody’s Investors Service (“ Moody’s ”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“ Fitch ”), that swap counterparty will be required to assign its rights and obligations under the applicable interest rate swap to a replacement swap counterparty, obtain a letter of credit or guaranty or make other arrangements satisfactory to the rating agencies within certain grace periods. The interest rate swaps may be terminated if the swap counterparty fails to do so. If an interest rate swap is terminated or a swap counterparty fails to perform its obligations (whether following a downgrade or otherwise), we cannot assure you that the trust would be able to enter into a replacement interest rate swap or make other arrangements to hedge the trust’s interest payment obligations. The early termination of an interest rate swap will cause an early amortization event and commencement of the early amortization period if the trust does not enter into a replacement interest rate swap or enter into an alternative arrangement satisfactory to the rating agencies.

 

If the early amortization period commences as a result of any of the foregoing, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes. If the affected interest rate swap is not terminated following the swap counterparty’s failure to perform, the trust may have less funds available to pay interest on the notes. In addition, the ratings of the notes may be reduced, which could affect your ability to sell your notes. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Interest Rate Swaps ” and “ —Early Amortization Events .”]

 

  21  

 

 

[Default by a counterparty to a derivative contract or termination of a derivative contract could lead to the commencement of an early amortization period.

 

The trust may enter into one or more derivative contracts for the benefit of your series. Derivative contracts include interest rate swaps, currency swaps, credit swaps, interest rate caps or interest rate floors.

 

If a counterparty to a derivative contract for your series does not make a required payment, the trust will have less funds available to make payments on your notes. This could cause delays or reductions in the amount of interest or principal paid to you. The failure of a counterparty to make a required payment may also, subject to any applicable grace periods specified in this prospectus, cause an early amortization event and commencement of the early amortization period. If this were to happen, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.

 

If any derivative contract for your series were to terminate, the trust might not be able to enter into a replacement derivative contract. For example, a derivative contract may terminate if the counterparty is downgraded or if the counterparty defaults on its obligations. The early termination of a derivative contract may[, subject to any applicable grace periods specified in this prospectus,] cause an early amortization event and commencement of the early amortization period if the trust does not enter into a replacement derivative contract. If this were to happen, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.]

 

An increase in the initial principal amount of the notes may dilute your voting rights.

 

The trust may offer and sell notes of your series having an initial principal amount that is greater than the principal amount shown on the cover page of this prospectus depending on market conditions and demand for the notes of your series. In that event, the initial principal amount of each class of notes of your series will be proportionally increased. As a result, the voting rights of your notes will be diluted. Dilution of voting rights decreases your ability to influence actions under the indenture and other transaction documents to the extent such actions are subject to a vote.

 

Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business

 

Economic and social factors may adversely affect cardholder payment patterns, finance charge rates and credit card usage, and may affect the timing and amount of payments to you.

 

The amount of principal collections and finance charge collections available to pay your notes on any payment date or, if applicable, to make deposits into the principal accumulation account for your series will depend on many factors, including:

 

the rate of repayment of credit card balances by cardholders, which may be earlier or later than expected;

 

the periodic finance charge rates applicable to the accounts designated to the trust;

 

the extent of credit card usage by cardholders, and the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust; and

 

the rate of default by cardholders, which means that receivables may not be paid at all.

 

Changes in payment patterns, finance charge rates and credit card usage result from a variety of economic and social factors. Economic factors include, among others, the rate of inflation, unemployment levels, the availability and cost of credit (including mortgages) and real estate values. Social factors include, among others, consumer and business confidence levels and the public’s attitude about incurring debt and the stigma of personal bankruptcy. In addition, acts of terrorism or natural disasters in the United States and the political and/or military response to any such events or the commencement of hostilities between the United States and a foreign nation or nations may have an adverse effect on general economic conditions, consumer and business confidence and general market liquidity.

 

  22  

 

 

Key macroeconomic conditions historically have affected the performance of the trust portfolio and the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition and are likely to affect them in the future. Consumer confidence, unemployment and housing indicators are among the factors that often impact consumer spending behavior. Poor economic conditions reduce the usage of Synchrony Bank’s credit cards and other financing products and the average purchase amount of transactions on the credit cards, which reduces the amount of principal collections and finance charge collections available to make payments on your notes and the rate of creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust. Poor economic conditions also adversely affect the ability and willingness of customers to pay amounts owed to us, increasing delinquencies, bankruptcies and charge-offs, and decreasing recoveries. We believe the delinquency rate in the Company’s portfolio is at historically low levels and charge-off rates in the Company’s portfolio are back to pre-recession levels, and they both may increase and are likely to increase materially if economic conditions deteriorate.

 

While certain economic conditions in the United States have shown signs of improvement, economic growth has been slow and uneven as consumers continue to recover from previously high unemployment rates, lower housing values, concerns about the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address this, as well as economic and political conditions in the global markets. A prolonged period of slow economic growth or a significant deterioration in economic conditions would likely affect consumer spending levels and the ability and willingness of customers to pay amounts owed on the trust accounts, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, and could have a material adverse effect on the performance of the transferred receivables and your notes.

 

We cannot assure the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust or that any particular pattern of cardholder payments will occur. A significant decline in the amount of new receivables generated could result in the commencement of an early amortization period for one or more series of notes, including your series. If an early amortization event occurs, you could receive payment of principal sooner than expected. In addition, changes in finance charges can alter the monthly payment rates of cardholders. A significant decrease in monthly payment rates could slow the return or accumulation of principal during an amortization period or accumulation period. See “ Maturity Considerations ” in this prospectus.

 

Termination of certain credit card programs could lead to a reduction of receivables in the trust.

 

Synchrony Bank operates its private label and co-branded credit card programs with various retailers under program agreements, some of which, if not extended, are scheduled to expire while your notes are outstanding. Historically, there has been turnover in Synchrony Bank’s retailer partners, and Synchrony Bank expects that this will continue in the future. There is significant competition for Synchrony Bank’s existing retailer partners, and its failure to retain its existing larger partner relationships upon the expiration of a relationship or its earlier loss of a relationship upon the exercise of a retailer partner’s early termination rights as described below could have a material adverse effect on Synchrony Bank’s results of operation and financial condition to the extent it does not acquire new retailer partners of similar size and profitability or otherwise grow its business. Such a failure could have an adverse effect on the volume of receivables in the trust. Synchrony Bank expects to have significant concentration in its largest relationships for the foreseeable future.

 

The program agreements typically have contract terms ranging from approximately [●] to [●] years and remaining terms ranging from approximately [●] to [●] years. Some of those program agreements provide that, upon expiration or termination, the retailer may purchase or designate a third party to purchase the receivables generated with respect to its program, including the receivables in the trust. Approximately [●]% of the accounts would be subject to removal from the trust and approximately [●]% of the total receivables in the trust as of [●] [●], 20[●] would be subject to purchase prior to the expected principal payment date for your series if the related program agreements were not extended.

 

In addition, the program agreements generally permit the retailers or Synchrony Bank to terminate the program agreements prior to the respective termination dates for the programs if the other party materially breaches its obligations under the related program agreements, subject to any cure rights under the related program agreements. Certain program agreements are also subject to early termination in the event the related retailer becomes insolvent, becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding or has a material change in financial condition, upon the occurrence of a significant change in law or upon the occurrence of other specified portfolio-related performance triggers or other

 

  23  

 

 

events of default. The program agreements generally may be terminated prior to scheduled expiration upon mutual agreement between Synchrony Bank and the related retailers.

 

If a program agreement were terminated as described above and the related retailer were to exercise its right to purchase the related accounts and receivables and Synchrony Bank were unable to provide receivables arising under newly designated additional accounts to replace those purchased by the retailers, an early amortization period could begin. If an early amortization period commences as a result of a termination of one or more program agreements, you could be paid sooner than expected and may not be able to reinvest the amount paid to you at the same rate you would have been able to earn on your notes.

 

Synchrony Bank’s results are impacted, to a significant extent, by the financial performance of Synchrony Bank’s retailers.

 

Synchrony Bank’s ability to generate new receivables and the finance charges and fees and other income associated with them is dependent upon sales of merchandise and services by its retailers. The retail industry in which Synchrony Bank’s retailers operate is intensely competitive. Synchrony Bank’s retailers compete with retailers and department stores in their own geographic areas, as well as catalog and internet sales businesses. Synchrony Bank’s retailers’ sales may decrease or may not increase as we anticipate for various reasons, some of which are in the retailers’ control and some of which are not. For example, retailer sales may be adversely affected by macroeconomic conditions having a national, regional or more local effect on consumer spending, business conditions affecting a particular retailer or industry, or catastrophes affecting broad or more discrete geographic areas. If Synchrony Bank’s retailers’ sales decline for any reason, it generally results in lower credit sales, and therefore lower receivables volume and associated interest and fees and other income for Synchrony Bank from their customers. In addition, if a retailer closes some or all of its stores or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding (or if there is a perception that it may become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding), its customers who have used Synchrony Bank’s financing products may have less incentive to pay their outstanding balances to Synchrony Bank, which could result in higher charge-off rates than anticipated and Synchrony Bank’s costs for servicing its customers’ accounts may increase. This risk is particularly acute with respect to Synchrony Bank’s largest retailers. Moreover, if the financial condition of a retailer deteriorates significantly or a retailer becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, Synchrony Bank may not be able to recover for customer returns, customer payments made in retailer stores or other amounts due to Synchrony Bank from the retailer. A decrease in sales by Synchrony Bank’s retailers for any reason or a bankruptcy proceeding involving any of them could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and the ability of Synchrony Bank to originate additional receivables to be transferred to the issuing entity. See “— Synchrony Bank may not be able to designate new accounts to the trust when required by the transaction documents .”

 

Origination patterns of receivables and operations of retailers could reduce collections; and a retailer bankruptcy or other adverse events relating to a retailer included in the trust portfolio may affect the timing and amount of payments to you.

 

Except for co-branded credit cards, Synchrony Bank’s ability to generate new receivables is dependent upon sales at or through the retailers. The retailing and credit card industries are intensely competitive. Generally, the retailers compete not only with other retailers and department stores in the geographic areas in which they operate, but also with numerous other types of retail outlets, including catalog and internet sales businesses. We cannot assure you that the retailers will continue to generate receivables at the same rate as in prior years. Also, if a retailer were to close some or all of its stores or otherwise stop honoring the related credit cards, the loss of utility of the affected credit cards could reduce the cardholders’ incentive to pay their outstanding balances.

 

Recently, the United States has experienced a period of economic slowdown. While certain economic conditions in the United States have shown signs of improvement, economic growth has been slow and uneven as consumers continue to recover from previously high unemployment rates, lower housing values, concerns about the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be taken to address this, as well as economic and political conditions in the global markets. A prolonged period of slow economic growth or a significant deterioration in economic conditions would likely affect consumer spending levels and may increase the risk that a retailer becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy or other similar law. The bankruptcy of a retailer could lead to a significant decline in the amount of new receivables and could lead to

 

  24  

 

 

increased delinquencies and defaults on the receivables associated with a retailer that is subject to a proceeding under bankruptcy or similar laws. Any of these effects of a retailer bankruptcy could result in the commencement of an early amortization period for one or more series of notes, including your series, particularly if such an event were to occur with respect to a retailer relating to a large percentage of the trust assets. The largest retailer programs included in the trust portfolio are disclosed under “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio—Composition by Retailer ” in this prospectus. If an early amortization event occurs, you could receive payment of principal sooner than expected. See “ Maturity Considerations ” in this prospectus.

 

Synchrony Bank’s ability to generate new receivables is also dependent upon its ability to compete in the current industry environment. Synchrony Bank’s retailers generally accept most major credit cards and various other forms of payment, and therefore Synchrony Bank’s success depends on their active and effective promotion of its products to their customers. Synchrony Bank depends on its retailers to integrate the use of its credit products into their store culture by training their sales associates about Synchrony Bank’s products, having their sales associates encourage their customers to apply for, and use, Synchrony Bank’s products and otherwise effectively marketing Synchrony Bank’s products. Retailers may also implement or fail to implement changes in their systems and technologies that may disrupt the integration between their systems and technologies and Synchrony Bank’s systems, which could disrupt the use of Synchrony Bank’s products. The failure by Synchrony Bank’s retailers to effectively promote and support its products as well as changes they may make in their business models that negatively impact card usage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations, and the rate at which new receivables are created. In addition, if retailers engage in improper business practices, do not adhere to the terms of the program agreements or other contractual arrangements or standards, or otherwise diminish the value of Synchrony Bank’s brand, Synchrony Bank may suffer reputational damage and customers may be less likely to use Synchrony Bank’s credit cards, which could reduce the rate at which new receivables are created. Additionally, sometimes upon expiration of a credit card program with Synchrony Bank, a retailer may choose to transfer its program to a competitor.

 

In addition, Synchrony Bank offers co-branded credit cards for certain retailers, and certain holders of private label credit card accounts have been solicited to replace their private label credit cards with co-branded credit cards. When a cardholder’s private label credit card that is currently designated to the trust is replaced by a co-branded credit card, the private label credit card account will be removed from the trust in accordance with the provisions of the securitization documents. The balance, if any, on the private label credit card that is replaced by a co-branded credit card will be reduced to zero upon the activation of the new co-branded credit card. Co-branded credit card accounts were first designated to the trust portfolio in June 2007 and additional co-branded credit card accounts may be designated to the trust portfolio in the future subject to substantially the same conditions that apply to the designation of private label accounts. See “ The Sponsor—Credit Card Activities ” in this prospectus.

 

The Company will need additional financing, and its borrowing costs are higher, following the initial public offering of Synchrony’s common stock and the Separation of Synchrony from GE; adverse financial market conditions or the Company’s inability to effectively manage its funding and liquidity risk could have a material adverse effect on its funding, liquidity and ability to meet its obligations.

 

The Company needs to effectively manage its funding and liquidity in order to meet its cash requirements such as day to day operating expenses, extensions of credit to its customers, payments of principal and interest on its borrowings and payments on its other obligations. Historically, the Company’s primary sources of funding and liquidity have been, and following the initial public offering of Synchrony’s common stock (the “ IPO ”) and the Separation of Synchrony from GE (as described under “ The Sponsor ”), continue to be, collections from its customers, deposits, funds from securitized financings and proceeds from unsecured borrowings. Prior to the IPO and the Separation, the Company’s unsecured borrowings came from an affiliate of GE and the Company believes its affiliation with GE made it easier and less expensive for it to obtain some of its funding from third parties. As a result of the IPO and the Separation, the Company does not expect to receive funding from GE or its affiliates and the Company expects borrowing costs from third parties to be higher than its historical costs from affiliates of GE. In addition, as a result of the IPO and the Separation, it may be more difficult for the Company to securitize its loans because Synchrony’s credit ratings from the rating agencies are lower than the historical credit ratings of General Electric Capital Corporation, which had indirectly owned all of the common stock of Synchrony Bank prior to the IPO, which may cause investors, and the credit rating agencies, to view Synchrony Bank as a weaker sponsor. To compensate, the Company’s recent issuances of asset backed securities have required, and future issuances likely

 

  25  

 

 

will require, additional credit enhancements and may require higher interest rates and, even then, the credit ratings on the Company’s asset backed securities may be lower than they have been historically. In addition, to maintain the current credit ratings of certain series of notes issued by the trust in light of the IPO, we previously amended the terms of those notes to increase the credit enhancement for those notes. These factors and actions may increase the costs of securitizing the Company’s loans relative to its historical costs or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s financial flexibility.

  

In addition, regulatory reforms have recently been proposed or adopted in the United States and internationally that are intended to address certain issues that affected banks in the recent financial crisis. These reforms, generally referred to as “ Basel III ,” subject banks to more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements.  To the extent that the Basel III requirements result in increased costs to the banks providing undrawn committed capacity under the Company’s securitization programs, these costs are likely to be passed on to the Company.  In addition, in response to Basel III, some banks in the market (including certain of the private lenders in the Company’s securitization programs) have added provisions to their credit agreements permitting them to delay disbursement of funding requests for 30 days or more. If the bank lenders require delayed disbursements of funding and/or higher pricing for committing undrawn capacity to Synchrony Bank, Synchrony Bank’s cost of funding and access to liquidity could be adversely affected.

 

While financial market conditions have generally stabilized and improved since the financial crisis, there can be no assurance that significant disruptions, uncertainties and volatility will not occur in the future. If the Company is unable to continue to finance its business, access capital markets and attract deposits on favorable terms and in a timely manner, or if the Company experiences an increase in its borrowing costs or otherwise fails to manage its liquidity effectively, its results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected, which could affect Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate new receivables and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company’s inability to securitize its loans would have a material adverse effect on its business, liquidity, cost of funds and financial condition.

 

The Company uses the securitization of its loans as a significant source of funding. Although the securitization market for credit card loans has been re-established following the financial crisis that began in 2008, the market may experience future disruptions. The Company’s ability to securitize its loans in the future will depend on a variety of factors, including the conditions in the securities markets in general and the credit card asset backed securities market in particular, the overall credit quality of the Company’s credit card loans and the conformity of the loans and its securitization program to rating agency requirements, the costs of securitizing loans and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax requirements governing securitization transactions. The Company’s ability to securitize its loans in the future may also be affected by regulatory requirements in connection with the Company’s Separation from GE. See “—Risks Related to the Company’s Separation from GE—The Company may need to obtain regulatory approvals to continue its securitization activities after its separation from GE.” If the Company is unable to refinance existing asset backed securities with new asset backed securities, it may be limited by structural and regulatory constraints on its ability to refinance these asset backed securities with bank deposits or other funding at Synchrony Bank, and therefore the Company would be required to rely on sources outside of Synchrony Bank, which may not be available or may be available only at higher cost. A prolonged inability to securitize the Company’s loans on favorable terms, or at all, or to refinance Synchrony Bank’s asset backed securities would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, liquidity, cost of funds and financial condition, the ability of Synchrony Bank to originate new receivables and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

Synchrony Bank’s inability to grow its deposits in the future could materially adversely affect its liquidity and ability to grow its business.

 

Synchrony Bank obtains deposits directly from retail and commercial customers or through brokerage firms that offer Synchrony Bank’s deposit products to their customers. A key part of Synchrony Bank’s liquidity plan and funding strategy is to significantly expand its direct deposits. Although Synchrony Bank expects to reduce the proportion of its funding provided by brokered deposits in connection with Synchrony Bank’s application to the Federal Reserve Board (as described under “ The Sponsor—Synchrony Bank ”), Synchrony Bank also intends to continue to rely on brokered deposits as a source of funding.

 

  26  

 

 

The deposit business is highly competitive, with intense competition in attracting and retaining deposits. Synchrony Bank competes on the basis of the rates it pays on deposits, features and benefits of its products, the quality of its customer service and the competitiveness of its digital banking capabilities. Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate and maintain retail deposits is also highly dependent on the strength of Synchrony Bank and the perceptions of consumers and others of its business practices and its financial health. Adverse perceptions regarding Synchrony Bank’s reputation could lead to difficulties in attracting and retaining deposits accounts. Negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including lending practices, regulatory compliance, inadequate protection of customer information or sales and marketing activities, and from actions taken by regulators or others in response to such conduct. In addition, Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate and maintain deposits could be adversely affected by the loss of Synchrony Bank’s association with GE’s brand and reputation as a result of the Separation (as described under “ The Sponsor ”).

 

The demand for the deposit products that Synchrony Bank offers may also be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products or the availability of competing products. Competition from other financial services firms and others that use deposit funding products may affect deposit renewal rates, costs or availability. Changes that Synchrony Bank makes to the rates offered on its deposit products may affect its profitability and liquidity.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “ FDIA ”) prohibits an insured bank from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in the bank’s normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless it is “well-capitalized,” or it is “adequately capitalized” and receives a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC ”). A bank that is “adequately capitalized” and accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. There are no such restrictions under the FDIA on a bank that is “well-capitalized.” Limitations on Synchrony Bank’s ability to accept brokered deposits for any reason (including regulatory limitations on the amount of brokered deposits in total or as a percentage of total assets) in the future could materially adversely impact Synchrony Bank’s funding costs and liquidity. Any limitation on the interest rates Synchrony Bank can pay on deposits could competitively disadvantage Synchrony Bank in attracting and retaining deposits and have a material adverse effect on its business, which could consequently have a material adverse effect on Synchrony Bank’s ability to continue to originate new receivables.

 

The Company’s business depends on its ability to successfully manage its credit risk, and failing to do so may result in high charge-off rates.

 

The Company’s success depends on its ability to manage its credit risk while attracting new customers with profitable usage patterns. The Company selects its customers, manages their accounts and establishes terms and credit limits using proprietary scoring models and other analytical techniques that are designed to set terms and credit limits to appropriately compensate the Company for the credit risk it accepts, while encouraging customers to use their available credit. The models and approaches the Company uses to manage its credit risk may not accurately predict future charge-offs due to various reasons.

 

The Company’s ability to manage credit risk and avoid high charge-off rates also may be adversely affected by economic conditions that may be difficult to predict, such as the recent financial crisis. Although delinquencies and charge-offs [continued to decline through 2014], they both may increase in the future and are likely to increase materially if economic conditions deteriorate. The Company remains subject to conditions in the consumer credit environment. There can be no assurance that the Company’s credit underwriting and risk management strategies will enable it to avoid high charge-off levels or delinquencies, or that the Company’s allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to cover actual losses.

 

A customer’s ability to repay the transferred receivables or other obligations owed to the Company can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card and other loans (including student loans). These changes can result from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in payment obligations, and could reduce the ability of the Company’s customers to meet their payment obligations to other lenders and to the Company. In addition, a customer’s ability to repay the transferred receivables and other obligations to the Company can be negatively impacted by the restricted availability of credit

 

  27  

 

 

to consumers generally, including reduced and closed lines of credit. Customers with insufficient cash flow to fund daily living expenses and lack of access to other sources of credit may be more likely to increase their card usage and ultimately default on their payment obligations to the Company, resulting in higher credit losses in the Company’s portfolio and the trust portfolio. The Company’s collection operations may not compete effectively to secure more of customers’ diminished cash flow than the Company’s competitors. In addition, the Company may not identify customers who are likely to default on their payment obligations to the Company and reduce the Company’s exposure by closing credit lines and restricting authorizations quickly enough, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, and may result in increased delinquencies and losses on the transferred receivables.

 

The Company’s ability to manage credit risk also may be adversely affected by legal or regulatory changes (such as bankruptcy laws and minimum payment regulations) and collection regulations, competitors’ actions and consumer behavior, as well as inadequate collections staffing, techniques, models and performance of vendors such as collection agencies.

 

Competition in the consumer finance industry is intense.

 

The success of the Company’s business depends on its ability to retain existing retailers and attract new retailers. The competition for retailers is intense and becoming more competitive. The Company’s primary competitors for retailers include major financial institutions, such as Alliance Data, American Express, Capital One, Chase, Citibank, TD Bank and Wells Fargo, and to a lesser extent, potential retailers’ own in-house financing capabilities. Some of the Company’s competitors are substantially larger, have substantially greater resources and may offer a broader range of products and services. The Company competes for retailers on the basis of a number of factors, including program financial and other terms, underwriting standards, marketing expertise, service levels, product and service offerings (including incentive and loyalty programs), technological capabilities and integration, brand and reputation. In addition, some of the Company’s competitors for retailers have a business model that allows for their retailers to manage underwriting (e.g., new account approval), customer service and collections, and other core banking responsibilities that the Company retains but some retailers may prefer to handle. As a result of competition, the Company may be unable to acquire new retailers, lose existing relationships to competing companies or find it more costly to maintain its existing relationships.

 

The Company’s success also depends on its ability to attract and retain customers and generate usage of its products by them. The consumer credit and payments industry is highly competitive and the Company faces an increasingly dynamic industry as emerging technologies enter the marketplace. As a form of payment, the Company’s products compete with cash, checks, debit cards, general purpose credit cards (including Visa and MasterCard, American Express and Discover Card), other private label card brands and, to a certain extent, prepaid cards. The Company also competes with non-traditional providers such as PayPal. In the future, the Company expects its products may face increased competition from new emerging payment technologies, such as Apple Pay, Google Wallet, Softcard and Square, as well as consortia of merchants that are expected to combine payment systems to reduce interchange and other costs (e.g., CurrentC), to the extent that the Company’s products are not accepted in, or compatible with, such technologies. The Company may also face increased competition from current competitors or others who introduce or embrace disruptive technology that significantly changes the consumer credit and payment industry. The Company competes for customers and their usage of the Company’s products, and to minimize transfers to competitors of customers’ outstanding balances, based on a number of factors, including pricing (interest rates and fees), product offerings, credit limits, incentives (including loyalty programs) and customer service. Although the Company offers a variety of consumer credit products, some of its competitors provide a broader selection of services, including home and automobile loans, debit cards and bank branch ATM access, which may position them better among customers who prefer to use a single financial institution to meet all of their financial needs. Some of the Company’s competitors are substantially larger than the Company, which may give those competitors advantages, including a more diversified product and customer base, the ability to reach out to more customers and potential customers, operational efficiencies, more versatile technology platforms, broad-based local distribution capabilities and lower-cost funding. In addition, some of the Company’s competitors, including new and emerging competitors in the digital and mobile payments space, are not subject to the same regulatory requirements or legislative scrutiny to which the Company is subject, which also could place the Company at a competitive disadvantage. Customer attrition from any or all of the Company’s credit products or any lowering of the pricing of the Company’s products by reducing interest rates or fees in order to retain customers

 

  28  

 

 

could reduce the Company’s revenues and therefore the Company’s earnings, as well as reduce collections available to make payments on the notes and the creation of additional receivables in the accounts designated to the trust.

 

If the Company is unable to compete effectively for retailers and customer usage, its business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected, and Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate new receivables and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio could be materially adversely affected.

 

The Company’s business is heavily concentrated in U.S. consumer credit, and therefore its results are more susceptible to fluctuations in that market than a more diversified company.

 

The Company’s business is heavily concentrated in U.S. consumer credit. As a result, the Company is more susceptible to fluctuations and risks particular to U.S. consumer credit than a more diversified company. For example, the Company’s business is particularly sensitive to macroeconomic conditions that affect the U.S. economy, consumer spending and consumer credit. The Company is also more susceptible to the risks of increased regulations and legal and other regulatory actions that are targeted at consumer credit or the specific consumer credit products that the Company offers (including promotional financing). Due to the Company’s CareCredit platform (which is not currently designated to the trust), the Company is also more susceptible to increased regulations and legal and other regulatory actions targeted at elective healthcare related procedures or services, in contrast to other industries. The Company’s business concentration could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and the trust portfolio.

 

Fraudulent activity associated with the Company’s products and services could negatively impact the Company’s operating results, brand and reputation and cause the use of its products and services to decrease and its fraud losses to increase.

 

The Company is subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with its retailers, customers and third parties handling customer information. The Company’s fraud-related losses have increased significantly since 2011. The Company’s fraud-related losses are due primarily to the co-branded card product, which has grown in recent years, and like the overall market for general purpose credit cards has experienced significant counterfeit and mail/phone fraud. The Company’s private label credit card product is also susceptible to application fraud, because among other things, it provides immediate access to the credit line at the time of approval. Credit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are prevalent, and perpetrators are growing more sophisticated. Sales on the internet and through mobile channels are becoming a larger part of the Company’s business and fraudulent activity is higher as a percentage of sales in those channels than in stores. Co-branded cards and private label credit cards are susceptible to different types of fraud, and, depending on the Company’s product channel mix (including as a result of the introduction, if any, of a Synchrony-branded general purpose credit card), the Company may continue to experience variations in, or levels of, fraud-related expense that are different from or higher than that experienced by some of the Company’s competitors or the industry generally.

 

The risk of fraud continues to increase for the financial services industry in general, and credit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are likely to continue to be prevalent, and perpetrators are growing more sophisticated. The Company’s resources, technologies and fraud prevention tools may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. For example, credit cards with embedded security chip technology (such as “EMV” chips) provide additional security against fraudulent activity and have been widely adopted in Europe and Asia, but merchants in the United States have been slow to adopt the technology. As a result, although the Company is in the process of rolling out this technology with several retailers, the Company’s credit cards continue to use the traditional magnetic stripes for card processing and therefore do not benefit from the embedded security chip feature, and the Company’s adoption of this technology would still require wider acceptance by merchants to reduce the Company’s risk. The level of the Company’s fraud charge-offs and results of operations and the fraud charge-offs on the trust portfolio could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. High profile fraudulent activity also could negatively impact the Company’s brand and reputation, which could negatively impact the use of the Company’s cards and thereby have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate receivables. In addition, significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention (such as increased customer notification requirements and mandatory issuance of cards with EMV chips), which could increase the Company’s costs and also negatively

 

  29  

 

 

impact the Company’s operating results, brand and reputation and could lead the Company to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase the Company’s costs.

 

Cyber-attacks or other security breaches could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and the performance of the trust portfolio.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company collects, processes and retains sensitive and confidential information regarding its retailers and its customers. The Company also has arrangements in place with its retailers and other third parties through which it shares and receives information about their customers who are or may become the Company’s customers. Although the Company devotes significant resources and management focus to ensuring the integrity of its systems through information security and business continuity programs, its facilities and systems, and those of its retailers and third-party service providers, are vulnerable to external or internal security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming or human errors, or other similar events. The Company and its retailers and third-party service providers have experienced all of these events in the past and expect to continue to experience them in the future. These events could interrupt the Company’s business or operations, result in significant legal and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to the Company’s reputation or a loss of confidence in the security of the Company’s systems, products and services. Although the impact to date from these events has not had a material adverse effect on the Company, we cannot be sure this will be the case in the future.

 

Information security risks for large financial institutions like the Company have increased recently in part because of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others. In addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers recently have engaged in attacks against large financial institutions that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as consumer-facing web sites. The Company’s Separation from GE (as described under “ The Sponsor ”) and its emergence as a separately branded company could increase the Company’s profile and therefore its risk of being targeted for cyber-attacks and other security breaches, including attacks targeting its key business services and websites. The Company is not able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. The Company employs detection and response mechanisms designed to contain and mitigate security incidents, but early detection may be thwarted by sophisticated attacks and malware designed to avoid detection.

 

The Company also faces risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding its customers through various third-parties, including its retailer partners, retailers that are not the Company’s partners where co-branded cards are used, merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, card networks (e.g., Visa and MasterCard) and its processors (e.g., First Data Corporation (“ First Data ”)). Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that the Company does not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third-parties could impact the Company through no fault of its own and in some cases the Company may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them. The Company also relies on numerous other third-party service providers, such as Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. (“ FIS ”), to conduct other aspects of its business operations and faces similar risks relating to them. While the Company regularly conducts security assessments on significant third-party service providers, the Company cannot be sure that their information security protocols are sufficient to withstand a cyber-attack or other security breach.

 

The access by unauthorized persons to, or the improper disclosure by the Company of, confidential information regarding its customers or its own proprietary information, software, methodologies and business secrets could interrupt the Company’s business or operations, result in significant legal and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to its reputation or a loss of confidence in the security of its systems, products and services, all of which could have a material adverse impact on its business, financial condition and results of operations, and its ability to originate new receivables and service the trust portfolio. In addition, recently there have been a number of well-publicized attacks or breaches directed at others in the credit card industry that have heightened concern by consumers generally about the security of using credit cards, which have caused some consumers, including the

 

  30  

 

 

Company’s customers, to use the Company’s credit cards less in favor of alternative methods of payment and has led to increased regulatory focus on, and potentially new regulations relating to, these matters. Further cyber-attacks or other breaches in the future, whether affecting the Company or others, could intensify consumer concern and regulatory focus and result in reduced use of the Company’s cards and increased costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, and consequently a material adverse effect on Synchrony Bank’s ability to continue to originate new receivables.

 

The failure of third parties to provide various services that are important to the Company’s operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

Some services important to the Company’s business are outsourced to third-party vendors. For example, the Company’s credit card transaction processing, production and related services (including the printing and mailing of customer statements) are handled by First Data, and the technology platform for the Company’s online retail deposits is managed by FIS. First Data and FIS and, in some cases other third-party vendors, are the sole source or one of a limited number of sources of the services they provide for the Company. It would be difficult and disruptive for the Company to replace some of its third-party vendors, particularly First Data and FIS, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide the Company with these services in the future (as a result of their financial or business conditions or otherwise), and the Company’s business and operations likely would be adversely affected. The Company’s principal agreements with First Data expire under their existing terms (assuming the Company exercises its unilateral extension rights but the agreements are not otherwise renewed or extended by mutual agreement of the parties) at various times between 2016 and 2020. The Company’s principal agreement with FIS expires under its existing terms (assuming the Company exercises its unilateral extension rights but the agreement is not otherwise renewed or extended by mutual agreement of the parties) in 2020. In addition, if a third-party provider fails to provide the services the Company requires, fails to meet contractual requirements, such as compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or suffers a cyber-attack or other security breach, the Company’s business could suffer economic and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

Disruptions in the operation of the Company’s computer systems and data centers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate new receivables and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company’s ability to deliver products and services to its retailers and its customers, service its loans and otherwise operate its business and comply with applicable laws depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of its computer systems and data centers, as well as those of its retailers and third-party service providers. These computer systems and data centers may encounter service interruptions at any time due to system or software failure, natural disaster or other reasons. In addition, the implementation of technology changes and upgrades to maintain current and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause the Company’s failure to comply with applicable laws, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

In connection with the Company’s Separation from GE (as described under “ The Sponsor ”), the Company must migrate and, in some cases, establish with third parties, key parts of its technology infrastructure, including its data centers. When the Company migrates its data centers, its retailers will also need to make changes to their networks to establish connectivity with the Company. These infrastructure changes, both the ones that the Company makes and the ones required of the Company’s retailers, may cause disruptions, systems interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays. In addition, the Company has entered into transitional services arrangements with GE pursuant to which GE will provide certain services to the Company relating to technology and business-processes. Some of these transitional arrangements may remain in effect through 2016, and during the transitional period the Company will rely on GE to provide these services. The complexities of these arrangements and the services provided will increase the operational risk associated with the Company’s Separation from GE (as described under “ The Sponsor ”), and this increased risk could result in unanticipated expenses, disruptions to the Company’s operations or other adverse consequences, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

  31  

 

 

The Company expects that new technologies and business processes applicable to the consumer credit industry will continue to emerge, and these new technologies and business processes may be better than those currently used by the Company. The pace of technology change is high and the consumer credit industry is intensely competitive, and we cannot assure you that the Company will be able to sustain its investment in new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete and better ones become available. A failure to maintain current technology and business processes could cause disruptions in the Company’s operations or cause its products and services to be less competitive, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, Synchrony Bank’s ability to continue to originate new receivables and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Company has international operations that subject the Company to various international risks as well as increased compliance and regulatory risks and costs.

 

The Company has international operations, primarily in India, the Philippines and Canada, and some of its third-party service providers provide services to the Company from other countries, all of which subject the Company to a number of international risks, including, among others, sovereign volatility and socio-political instability. United States regulations also govern various aspects of the international activities of domestic corporations and increase the Company’s compliance and regulatory risks and costs. Any failure by the Company or its service providers to comply with applicable United States regulations, as well as the regulations in the countries and markets in which the Company or its service providers, as applicable, operate, could result in fines, penalties, injunctions or other similar restrictions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition and the servicing of the trust portfolio.

 

Risks Relating to Regulation

 

The Company’s business is subject to extensive government regulation, supervision, examination and enforcement, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s business, including its relationships with its customers, is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination under U.S. federal, state and foreign laws and regulations. These laws and regulations cover all aspects of the Company’s business, including lending practices, treatment of the Company’s customers, safeguarding deposits, customer privacy and information security, capital structure, liquidity, dividends and other capital distributions, transactions with affiliates and conduct and qualifications of personnel. As a savings and loan holding company, Synchrony is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. As a large provider of consumer financial services, the Company is also subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the CFPB. Synchrony Bank is a federally chartered savings association. As such, Synchrony Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“ OCC ”), which is its primary regulator, and by the CFPB. In addition, Synchrony Bank, as an insured depository institution, is supervised by the FDIC. The Company and Synchrony Bank are regularly reviewed and examined by their respective regulators, which results in supervisory comments and directions relating to many aspects of the Company’s business that require response and attention.

 

Banking laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect federally insured deposits, the federal Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and not intended to protect the Company or holders of notes issued by the trust. If the Company fails to satisfy applicable laws and regulations, the Company’s and Synchrony Bank’s respective regulators have broad discretion to enforce those laws and regulations, including with respect to the operation of the Company’s business. The Company’s regulators also have broad discretion with respect to the enforcement of applicable laws and regulations, including through enforcement actions that could subject the Company to civil money penalties, customer remediations, increased compliance costs, and limits or prohibitions on the Company’s ability to offer certain products and services or to engage in certain activities. In addition, to the extent the Company undertakes actions requiring regulatory approval or non-objection, the Company’s regulators may make their approval or non-objection subject to conditions or restrictions that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Any other actions taken by the Company’s regulators could also have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, reputation and brand, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, some of the Company’s competitors are subject to different,

 

  32  

 

 

and in some cases less restrictive, legislative and regulatory regimes, which may have the effect of providing them with a competitive advantage over the Company.

 

New laws or regulations or policy or practical changes in enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to the Company’s businesses, or the Company’s own reexamination of its current practices, could adversely impact its profitability, require the Company to change certain business practices or alter its relationships with customers or expose the Company to additional costs (including increased compliance costs and/or customer remediation). For example, the CFPB has broad authority over the Company’s businesses. See “ —There continues to be uncertainty as to how the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s actions will impact the Company’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s business .”

 

The Company is also subject to potential enforcement and other actions that may be brought by state attorneys general or other state enforcement authorities and other governmental agencies. Any such actions could subject the Company to civil money penalties and fines, customer remediations and increased compliance costs, as well as damage the Company’s reputation and brand and limit or prohibit the Company’s ability to offer certain products and services or engage in certain business practices. For a discussion of risks related to actions or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, see “ —Litigation, regulatory actions and compliance issues could subject the Company to significant fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs and/or requirements resulting in increased expenses and the trust could be named as a defendant in litigation or be subject to regulatory actions .”

 

Litigation, regulatory actions and compliance issues could subject the Company to significant fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs and/or requirements resulting in increased expenses and the trust could be named as a defendant in litigation or be subject to regulatory action.

 

The Company’s business is subject to increased risks of litigation and regulatory actions as a result of a number of factors and from various sources, including the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry, the focus of state and federal prosecutors on banks and the financial services industry and the structure of the credit card industry.

 

In the normal course of business, from time to time, the Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its business activities. Certain of the legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In addition, while historically the arbitration provision in the Company’s customer agreements generally has limited the Company’s exposure to consumer class action litigation, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in enforcing the arbitration clause in the future. There may also be legislative, administrative or regulatory efforts to directly or indirectly prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses, including by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“ CFPB ”), or the Company may be compelled as a result of competitive pressure or reputational concerns to voluntarily eliminate pre-dispute arbitration clauses.

 

As an assignee of credit card receivables, the trust could likewise be subject to the risks of litigation and regulatory actions discussed above. In particular, one recent judicial decision by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, Madden v. Midland Funding, LLC (No. 14-2131-cv, 2015 WL 2435657), has created uncertainty as to whether non-bank entities purchasing loans originated by a bank may rely on federal preemption of state usury laws, and such decision may create an increased risk of litigation by plaintiffs challenging the trust’s ability to collect interest in accordance with the account terms of certain receivables. In Madden , the Second Circuit concluded that a non-bank assignee of a loan originated by a national bank is not entitled to rely on the National Bank Act’s preemption of state usury laws. Although the Madden decision specifically addressed preemption under the National Bank Act, such decision could support future challenges to federal preemption for other federally-chartered depository institutions, including federal savings associations like Synchrony Bank. Although there can be no assurances as to the outcome of any potential litigation, or the possible impact of the litigation on the trust, we believe that the Second Circuit’s decision in Madden should not limit the ability of Synchrony Bank to securitize its credit card receivables or the ability of the trust to collect interest on the trust receivables in accordance with their account terms. We believe the facts presented in the Madden case are distinguishable from the sale of receivables by Synchrony Bank to the trust in that Synchrony Bank continues to own the credit card accounts giving rise to the

 

  33  

 

 

trust receivables, Synchrony Bank continues to service the trust receivables and the trust is an affiliate of Synchrony Bank.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding the Company’s business (collectively, “ regulatory matters ”), which could subject the Company to significant fines, penalties, obligations to change its business practices or other requirements resulting in increased expenses, diminished earnings and damage to its reputation. The current environment of additional regulation, increased regulatory compliance efforts and enhanced regulatory enforcement has resulted in significant operational and compliance costs and may prevent or make it less attractive for Synchrony Bank to continue providing certain products and services. There is no assurance that these regulatory matters or other factors will not, in the future, affect how Synchrony Bank conducts its business and in turn have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Any such actions may also cause the transferred receivables to be unenforceable, give rise to defenses to payments by the obligors on the transferred receivables or require Synchrony Bank to make downward adjustments on the transferred receivables, resulting in reductions in the aggregate principal balance of the transferred receivables in the trust portfolio and/or a reduction in the related finance charges, either of which may cause an early amortization of your notes, a delay in payments on the notes or losses on your notes.

 

In addition to litigation and regulatory matters, from time to time, through the Company’s operational and compliance controls, the Company identifies compliance issues that require the Company to make operational changes and, depending on the nature of the issue, result in financial remediation to impacted cardholders. These self-identified issues and voluntary remediation payments could be significant depending on the issue and the number of cardholders impacted. They also could generate litigation or regulatory investigations that subject the Company to additional adverse effects on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the sellers, the issuing entity, Synchrony Bank or the Company.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “ Dodd-Frank Act ”) was enacted on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive and significant legislation that, among other things:

 

creates a liquidation framework for the resolution of certain bank holding companies and other nonbank financial companies, defined as “covered financial companies,” in the event such a company, among other things, is in default or in danger of default and the resolution of such a company under other applicable law would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, and also for the resolution of certain of their respective subsidiaries, defined as “covered subsidiaries,” in the event any such subsidiary, among other things, is in default or in danger of default and the liquidation of that subsidiary would avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability or economic conditions of the United States, as described in more detail under “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act ”;

 

creates a new framework for the regulation of over-the-counter derivatives activities;

 

strengthens the regulatory oversight of securities and capital markets activities by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”); and

 

creates the CFPB, an agency responsible for administering and enforcing the laws and regulations for consumer financial products and services.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also required the SEC to review any references to or requirements regarding credit ratings in its regulations, remove those references or requirements and substitute other appropriate standards of creditworthiness in place of the credit ratings, and undertake a number of rulemakings related to the asset backed securities market. One aspect of these rulemaking efforts will involve a review by the SEC of certain exclusions and exemptions that allow asset backed issuers to avoid being regulated as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”). The SEC has recently issued an advance

 

  34  

 

 

notice of proposed rulemaking indicating that it is considering proposed amendments to these exclusions and exemptions under the Investment Company Act and requesting comment as to the scope and content of any future amendment proposal. If the SEC were to narrow or eliminate the exclusions and exemptions under the Investment Company Act that are currently available to the issuing entity, or were to impose additional conditions for relying on such exclusions and exemptions, the issuing entity could be required to stop issuing asset backed securities or could be required to comply with additional conditions that could affect the notes issued by the issuing entity. If any future amendment adopted by the SEC were to cause the issuing entity to be subject to regulation as an investment company, an early amortization event would occur for the notes. The effects of the SEC’s review of the Investment Company Act and other rulemaking efforts relating to asset backed securities will not be known for an extended period of time, and no assurance can be given that future rulemakings will not have a significant impact on the issuing entity, including on the amount of notes issued in the future.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder have had, and may continue to have, a significant adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations restrict certain business practices, impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, as well as additional costs (including increased compliance costs and increased costs of funding raised through the issuance of asset-backed securities), on the Company, limit the fees Synchrony Bank can charge for services and impact the value of the Company’s assets.

 

Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the adoption of additional rules to implement. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. As a result, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations remains unclear and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In particular, no assurance can be given that the new standards will not have a significant impact on the issuing entity, us, the sellers, Synchrony Bank or the Company, including on the level of transferred receivables held in the issuing entity, the servicing of those transferred receivables, or the amount of notes issued in the future and on the regulation and supervision of Synchrony or its affiliates (including us, the issuing entity, Synchrony Bank or the sellers).

 

In addition, no assurances can be given that the liquidation framework for the resolution of covered financial companies or their covered subsidiaries would not apply to the Company, resulting in a repudiation of any of the transaction documents where further performance is required or an automatic stay or similar power preventing the indenture trustee, the noteholders or other transaction parties from exercising their rights. This repudiation power could also affect certain transfers of the interests in receivables as further described under “ —If we, any seller other than Synchrony Bank or the issuing entity became a debtor in a bankruptcy case or became subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority of the FDIC, delays or reductions in payment of your notes could occur ” above. Application of this liquidation framework could materially adversely affect the timing and amount of payments of principal and interest on your notes.

 

There continues to be uncertainty as to how the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s actions will impact the Company’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s business.

 

The CFPB, which commenced operations in July 2011, has broad authority over the businesses in which the Company engages. This includes authority to write regulations under federal consumer financial protection laws and to enforce those laws against and examine large financial institutions, such as the Company, for compliance. The CFPB is authorized to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices” through its regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority. The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC and state government agencies may also invoke their supervisory and enforcement authorities to prevent unfair or deceptive acts or practices. These federal and state agencies are authorized to remediate violations of consumer protection laws in a number of ways, including collecting civil money penalties and fines and providing for customer restitution. The CFPB also engages in consumer financial education, requests data and promotes the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. In addition, the CFPB maintains an online complaint system that allows consumers to log complaints with respect to various consumer finance products, including the products the Company offers. This system could inform future CFPB decisions with respect to its regulatory, enforcement or examination focus.

 

  35  

 

 

There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s strategies and priorities, including in both its examination and enforcement processes, will impact the Company’s business and its results of operations going forward. Actions by the CFPB could result in requirements for the Company to alter or cease offering affected products and services, making them less attractive and restricting the Company’s ability to offer them. For example, in July 2012, the CFPB issued an industry bulletin regarding marketing practices with respect to credit card add-on products, including debt cancellation products. The Company has made a number of changes, including changes in response to the CFPB bulletin, with respect to its marketing and sale of debt cancellation products to credit card customers, including ceasing all telesales of such products, and the Company has also enhanced the disclosures associated with its website sales of such products. In addition, in October 2013, the CFPB published its first biennial report reviewing the impact of the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “ CARD Act ”) on the consumer credit card market. In the report, the CFPB identified practices that may warrant further scrutiny by it, including add-on products (such as debt protection, identity theft protection, credit score monitoring and other products that are supplementary to the extension of credit), cards that charge substantial application fees, and deferred interest offers and products (which could include the Company’s promotional financing products). The report further identified concerns regarding the adequacy of online disclosures, as well as of the disclosures associated with rewards products and grace periods. Separately, the CFPB is also studying pre-dispute arbitration clauses, and the Company’s litigation exposure could increase if the CFPB exercises its authority to limit or ban pre-dispute arbitration clauses.

 

Although the Company has committed significant resources to enhancing its compliance programs, changes by the CFPB in regulatory expectations, interpretations or practices or interpretations that are different or stricter than those of the Company or those adopted in the past by other regulators could increase the risk of additional enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Actions by the CFPB could result in requirements to alter the Company’s products and services that may make them less attractive to consumers or less profitable to the Company. Future actions by the CFPB (or other regulators) against the Company or its competitors that discourage the use of products offered by the Company or suggest to consumers the desirability of other products or services could result in reputational harm and a loss of customers. If the CFPB changes regulations that were adopted in the past by other regulators and transferred to the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act, or modifies through supervision or enforcement past related regulatory guidance or interprets existing regulations in a different or stricter manner than they have been interpreted in the past by the Company, the industry or other regulators, the Company’s compliance costs and litigation exposure could increase materially. If future regulatory or legislative restrictions or prohibitions are imposed that affect the Company’s ability to offer promotional financing for certain of the Company’s products or require the Company to make significant changes to its business practices, and the Company is unable to develop compliant alternatives with acceptable returns, these restrictions or prohibitions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, and could have a material adverse effect on Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate new receivables and Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes certain state officials to enforce regulations issued by the CFPB and to enforce the Dodd-Frank Act’s general prohibition against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices. This could make it more difficult than in the past for federal financial regulators to declare state laws that differ from federal standards to be preempted. To the extent that states enact requirements that differ from federal standards or state officials and courts adopt interpretations of federal consumer laws that differ from those adopted by the CFPB, the Company may be required to alter or cease offering products or services in some jurisdictions, which would increase compliance costs and reduce the Company’s ability to offer the same products and services to consumers nationwide, and the Company may be subject to a higher risk of state enforcement actions.

 

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase the Company’s costs, affect or limit how the Company collects and uses personal information and adversely affect the Company’s business opportunities.

 

The Company is subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and the Company could be negatively impacted by them. For example, in the United States, certain of the Company’s businesses are subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“ GLBA ”) and implementing regulations and guidance. Among other things, the GLBA: (i) imposes certain limitations on the ability of financial institutions to share consumers’ nonpublic personal information with

 

  36  

 

 

nonaffiliated third parties, (ii) requires that financial institutions provide certain disclosures to consumers about their information collection, sharing and security practices and affords customers the right to “opt out” of the institution’s disclosure of their personal financial information to nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and (iii) requires financial institutions to develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate to the financial institution’s size and complexity, the nature and scope of the financial institution’s activities, and the sensitivity of customer information processed by the financial institution as well as plans for responding to data security breaches.

 

Moreover, various United States federal banking regulatory agencies, states and foreign jurisdictions have enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory and/or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Many of these requirements also apply broadly to the Company’s retailers that accept the Company’s cards. In many countries that have yet to impose data security breach notification requirements, regulators have increasingly used the threat of significant sanctions and penalties by data protection authorities to encourage voluntary notification and discourage data security breaches.

 

Furthermore, legislators and/or regulators in the United States and other countries in which the Company operates are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on its current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, its collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer and/or employee information, and some of its current or planned business activities. This could also increase the Company’s costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. In the United States, this includes increased privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications.

 

Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting customer and/or employee data to which the Company is subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict the Company’s ability to provide certain products and services (such as products or services that involve the Company sharing information with third parties or storing sensitive credit card information), which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s profitability. The Company’s failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory investigations and government actions, litigation, fines or sanctions, consumer or retailer actions and damage to the Company’s reputation and its brand, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operation, the ability of Synchrony Bank to originate new receivables or Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

Failure to comply with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws could have significant adverse consequences for the Company.

 

The Company maintains an enterprise-wide program designed to enable the Company to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act. This program includes policies, procedures, processes and other internal controls designed to identify, monitor, manage and mitigate the risk of money laundering or terrorist financing posed by the Company’s products, services, customers and geographic locale. These controls include procedures and processes to detect and report suspicious transactions, perform customer due diligence, respond to requests from law enforcement, and meet all recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to particular transactions involving currency or monetary instruments. The Company cannot be sure its programs and controls will be effective to ensure the Company’s compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, and the Company’s failure to comply could subject the Company, including Synchrony Bank, to significant sanctions, fines, penalties and reputational harm, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, the ability of Synchrony Bank to originate new receivables or Synchrony’s ability to service the trust portfolio.

 

  37  

 

 

Regulatory action could cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes.

 

If Synchrony Bank were to become insolvent, or if Synchrony Bank were to violate laws or regulations applicable to it, the FDIC could act as conservator or receiver for Synchrony Bank. In that role, the FDIC would have broad powers to repudiate contracts to which Synchrony Bank was party if the FDIC determined that the contracts were burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of Synchrony Bank’s affairs. Among the contracts that might be repudiated is the receivables sale agreement under which Synchrony Bank transfers receivables to us and the subservicing agreement between Synchrony and Synchrony Bank, pursuant to which Synchrony Bank performs certain services with respect to the receivables.

 

Also, we could not exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate, or declare a default under the receivables sale agreement or the subservicing agreement, or otherwise affect Synchrony Bank’s rights under the receivables sale agreement or the subservicing agreement without the FDIC’s consent, for 90 days after the receiver is appointed or 45 days after the conservator is appointed, as applicable. During the same period, the FDIC’s consent would also be needed for any attempt to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of Synchrony Bank. The requirement to obtain the FDIC’s consent before taking these actions relating to a bank’s contracts or property is sometimes referred to as an “ automatic stay .”

 

The FDIC’s repudiation power would enable the FDIC to repudiate any ongoing repurchase or indemnity obligations of Synchrony Bank under the transaction documents. However, because we have structured, and will structure, the transfers of receivables under the receivables sale agreement between Synchrony Bank, PLT Holding, L.L.C. (“ PLT Holding ”), RFS Holding, Inc. and us, as well as the transfer of receivables under the receivables purchase agreement between Synchrony Bank and PLT Holding, with the intent that such transfers would be characterized as legal true sales, the FDIC should not be able to recover the transferred receivables using its repudiation power.

 

Nevertheless, if the transfers of receivables by Synchrony Bank to PLT Holding or us were not respected as legal true sales, then we or PLT Holding, as applicable, would be treated as having made a loan to Synchrony Bank, secured by the transferred receivables. The FDIC ordinarily has the power to repudiate a secured loan and then recover the collateral after paying damages in an amount equal to the lender’s “actual direct compensatory damages” determined as of the date of the FDIC’s appointment as conservator or receiver. There is no statutory definition of “actual direct compensatory damages,” but the term does not include damages for lost profits or opportunity.

 

The staff of the FDIC takes the position that upon repudiation these damages would not include interest accrued to the date of actual repudiation, so the issuing entity would receive interest only through the date of the appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. Since the FDIC may delay repudiation for up to 180 days following that appointment, the issuing entity may not have a claim for interest accrued during this 180-day period. In addition, in one case involving the repudiation by the Resolution Trust Corporation, formerly a sister agency of the FDIC, of certain secured zero-coupon bonds issued by a savings association, a United States federal district court held that “actual direct compensatory damages” in the case of a marketable security meant the market value of the repudiated bonds as of the date of repudiation. If that court’s view were applied to determine the “actual direct compensatory damages” in the circumstances described above, the amount of damages could, depending upon circumstances existing on the date of the repudiation, be less than the principal amount of the related securities and the interest accrued thereon to the date of payment.

 

The FDIC has adopted a “safe harbor” rule that enables investors in asset backed securities to avoid the risk of indirect recovery of receivables described above if the conditions of the safe harbor are satisfied. Under the rule, the FDIC has stated that, if certain conditions are met, it will not use its repudiation power to reclaim, recover or recharacterize as property of an FDIC-insured bank any financial assets transferred by that bank in connection with a securitization transaction. Synchrony Bank cannot guarantee that any issuance of notes will have the benefit of the safe harbor rule and no legal opinion will be delivered in connection with the issuance of the notes as to the applicability of the safe harbor to the transfers of the receivables to us.

 

Regardless of whether the transfers under the receivables sale agreement between Synchrony Bank, PLT Holding, RFS Holding, Inc. and us are respected as legal true sales, as conservator or receiver for Synchrony Bank, the FDIC could:

 

  38  

 

 

require the issuing entity or any of the other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the receivables; or

 

request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against Synchrony Bank.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, and (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC.

 

If the FDIC were to successfully take any of these actions, delays in payments on the notes could occur and the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in losses to you.

 

If a conservator or receiver were appointed for Synchrony Bank, an early payment of principal on all outstanding series could result. Under the terms of the agreement that governs the transfer of the receivables from us to the trust, new principal receivables would not be transferred to the trust.

 

As described below under “ —If we, any seller other than Synchrony Bank or the issuing entity became a debtor in a bankruptcy case or became subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority of the FDIC, delays or reductions in payments of your notes could occur ” and “ —The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the sellers, the issuing entity, Synchrony Bank or the Company ” and under “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act ” in this prospectus, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the FDIC authority to act as receiver of bank holding companies, financial companies and their respective subsidiaries in specific situations under the Orderly Liquidation Authority (“ OLA ”) and there is no assurance that the FDIC’s authority would not extend to Synchrony, which is the holding company for Synchrony Bank, or their respective subsidiaries, including us, each seller of receivables that is a subsidiary of Synchrony or the issuing entity.

 

The operations and financial condition of Synchrony Bank, as a federal savings association, are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal law. The OCC, which is the primary federal agency empowered to regulate and supervise federal savings associations, has broad enforcement powers over Synchrony Bank. If, at any time, the OCC were to conclude that any securitization agreement of Synchrony Bank, or the performance of any obligation under such an agreement, or any activity of Synchrony Bank that is related to the operation of its credit card business or its obligations under the related securitization agreements, constitutes an unsafe or unsound banking practice, or violates any law, rule or regulation applicable to Synchrony Bank, the OCC has the power to take action the OCC determines to be appropriate, including taking actions that may violate the provisions of the securitization agreement or may cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes.

 

Current, pending and proposed regulation and legislation relating to consumer protection laws may impede collection efforts or reduce collections.

 

Various federal and state consumer protection laws regulate the creation and enforcement of consumer loans, including credit card accounts and receivables. Such laws and regulations, among other things, limit the fees and other charges that Synchrony Bank can impose on customers, limit or prescribe certain other terms of Synchrony Bank’s products and services or require specified disclosures to consumers. In addition, numerous legislative and regulatory proposals are advanced each year which, if adopted, could have a material adverse effect on the amount of collections available to the trust or further restrict the manner in which the servicer may conduct its activities on behalf of the trust.

 

The CARD Act was enacted in 2009 and most of the requirements became effective in 2010. The CARD Act made numerous amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, requiring Synchrony Bank to make significant changes to many of its business practices, including marketing, underwriting, pricing and billing. The CARD Act’s restrictions on Synchrony Bank’s ability to increase interest rates on existing balances to respond to market conditions and credit risk ultimately limits Synchrony Bank’s ability to extend credit to new customers and provide additional

 

  39  

 

 

credit to current customers. Other CARD Act restrictions, such as limitations on late fees, have resulted and will continue to result in reduced interest income and loan fee income.

 

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, a federal consumer protection regulator with authority to make further changes to certain federal consumer protection regulations. Among other things, the CFPB may take action to prevent Synchrony Bank and other entities from engaging in unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer involving a consumer financial product or service. Evolution of the “abusive” standard could result in changes to pricing, practices, procedures and other activities relating to the accounts in ways that could reduce the associated return. It is unclear what changes will be promulgated by the CFPB and what effect, if any, such changes would have on the trust assets. See “ —The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may continue to have, a significant impact on us, the sellers, the issuing entity, Synchrony Bank or the Company ” and “ There continues to be uncertainty as to how the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s actions will impact the Company’s business; the agency’s actions have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on the Company’s business ” below. The Dodd-Frank Act also transferred supervisory responsibility for Synchrony Bank on July 21, 2011 to the CFPB for consumer regulatory matters and to the OCC for other matters. It is unknown at this time what, if any, impact this transfer may have on Synchrony Bank.

 

The requirements of the CARD Act and any future adverse changes in federal and state consumer protection laws or regulations, or adverse changes in their applicability or interpretation, could make it more difficult for the servicer to collect payments on the receivables or could reduce the finance charges and other fees that can be charged, resulting in reduced collections. If as a result of the requirements of the CARD Act or any adverse changes in these laws or regulations or in their interpretation, Synchrony Bank or its affiliates were required to reduce their finance charges and/or fees, resulting in a corresponding decrease in the effective yield of the credit card accounts designated to the trust, an early amortization event could occur and could result in an acceleration of payment or reduced payments on your notes.

 

Receivables that do not comply with consumer protection laws may not be valid or enforceable under their terms against the obligors on those receivables. If a cardholder sought protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws, a court could reduce or discharge completely the cardholder’s obligations to repay amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related receivables would be charged off as uncollectible. See “ The Trust Portfolio—Consumer Protection Laws ” in this prospectus.

 

From time to time, Congress and state legislatures may also consider legislation to regulate credit card interchange fees and other credit card practices. It is not clear at this time what new limitations on credit card practices, new required disclosures or restrictions on interchange fees may be adopted by these legislative bodies, if relevant or applicable legislation will be adopted at the federal or state level and, if adopted, what impact any new limitations or requirements would have on Synchrony Bank or the Company.

 

Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks

 

Some liens may be given priority over your notes, which could cause delayed or reduced payments.

 

We, Synchrony Bank and each other seller under the receivables sale agreement account for our respective transfers of the receivables as sales. Even so, a court could conclude that we, Synchrony Bank or any seller own the receivables and that the trust holds only a security interest in the receivables. Even if a court would reach that conclusion, however, steps will be taken to give the indenture trustee a first-priority perfected security interest in the receivables. Nevertheless, a federal or state tax, governmental or other nonconsensual lien on our property or the property of any seller arising prior to the time a receivable is transferred to the trust may have priority over the trust’s interest in that receivable. Regardless of whether the transfers of the receivables are sales or secured borrowings, if any such liens exist, the claims of the creditors holding such liens would be superior to our rights or the rights of the trust, thereby possibly delaying or reducing payments on the notes. Furthermore, if the FDIC were appointed as Synchrony Bank’s receiver or conservator, administrative expenses of the receiver or conservator may have priority over the trust’s interest in the receivables. See “ The Trust—Perfection and Priority of Security Interests ” in this prospectus.

 

  40  

 

 

So long as the conditions discussed in “ The Servicers—Collections; Commingling ” in this prospectus are satisfied, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, may make deposits of collections on a monthly basis. Although such conditions are currently satisfied, the servicer has agreed in the servicer performance guaranty to make deposits of collections into the collection account within two business days of processing. However, if the servicer elects to make monthly deposits of collections, such collections held by the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will be commingled during the monthly period and used for the benefit of the servicer prior to each payment date, and the trust may not have a first-priority perfected security interest in those collections during the commingling period. In addition, if a receiver or conservator were appointed for Synchrony Bank, the indenture trustee may not be able to obtain, or may experience delays in obtaining, control of collections that are in possession of Synchrony Bank at the time of such appointment. If any such event occurs, the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in losses to you.

 

If we, any seller other than Synchrony Bank or the issuing entity became a debtor in a bankruptcy case or became subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority of the FDIC, delays or reductions in payment of your notes could occur.

 

We and the issuing entity are bankruptcy remote subsidiaries of Synchrony, and our limited liability company agreement and the trust agreement of the issuing entity limit the nature of our respective businesses. If, however, we became a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could conclude that we effectively still own the transferred receivables. This could happen if a court presiding over our bankruptcy were to conclude either that the transfers of the receivables by us to the trust were not “true sales” or that we and the trust should be treated as the same person for bankruptcy purposes. In addition, if any seller under the receivables sale agreement that is eligible to be a debtor in a bankruptcy case were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could conclude that such transfers were not “true sales” of such receivables and that as a result such seller still owned such transferred receivables. If any of the bankruptcy-related events described in this paragraph were to occur, then you could experience delays or reductions in payments as a result of:

 

the automatic stay which prevents secured creditors from exercising remedies against a debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the court and provisions of the bankruptcy code that permit substitution of collateral;

 

tax or government liens on our property or the property of any seller that arose prior to the transfer of a receivable to the trust having a right to be paid from collections before the collections are used to make payments on the notes; or

 

the fact that the trust might not have a perfected security interest in any cash collections on the receivables held by the servicer at the time that a bankruptcy proceeding begins. See “ The Servicers—Collections; Commingling ” in this prospectus for a description of the conditions under which the servicer is allowed to commingle collections with its funds.

 

As discussed in more detail under “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act ,” if the FDIC were appointed receiver of the Company, as a covered financial company, or receiver of us, any seller other than Synchrony Bank under the receivables sale agreement or the issuing entity as covered subsidiaries of Synchrony under the OLA, the FDIC would have various powers, including the power to repudiate any contract to which Synchrony, we, such seller or the issuing entity, as applicable, was a party, if the FDIC determined that performance of the contract was burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of that entity’s affairs. In addition, if we were to become subject to the OLA as a covered subsidiary for which the FDIC is appointed as receiver and therefore treated as a covered financial company, the FDIC as receiver could assert that we still effectively own the transferred receivables and that the issuing entity should be treated as having made a loan to us secured by the transferred receivables. In addition, if any seller (other than Synchrony Bank) were to become subject to the OLA as a covered financial company, the FDIC could assert that the transfers of receivables by such seller to us were not “true sales” of such receivables and that as a result such seller still effectively owns such transferred receivables and that we should be treated as having made a loan to such seller secured by such transferred receivables. In such case, the FDIC could repudiate the loan to us or such seller, as applicable, and pay us damages as described under “ The Trust—FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

  41  

 

 

If the issuing entity itself were to become subject to the OLA as a covered financial company of Synchrony, the FDIC may repudiate the debt of the issuing entity. In such an event, the related series of noteholders would have a secured claim in the receivership of the issuing entity, but delays in payments on such series of notes and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.

 

Among other things, if the FDIC were appointed as receiver for us, any seller or the issuing entity, the FDIC could also:

 

require the issuing entity or any of the other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the receivables; or

 

request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against us, such seller or the issuing entity.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC and (3) any person exercising any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare a default under any contract to which Synchrony or any covered subsidiary (including us or the issuing entity) subject to the OLA as a covered financial company, is a party, or to obtain possession of, or exercise control over, any property of a party subject to the OLA, or affect any contractual rights of any party subject to the OLA, without the consent of the FDIC for 90 days after appointment of the FDIC as receiver.

 

If the FDIC, as receiver for us, PLT Holding or the issuing entity, were to take any of the actions described above, payments or distributions of principal and interest on your notes could be delayed or reduced.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Separation from GE

 

GE will have a limited role in the securitization and its role will terminate.

 

As described under “ The Sponsor ” in this prospectus, on November 15, 2013, GE announced that it planned a staged exit from its North American retail finance business. The first step in that exit was an initial public offering of the common stock of Synchrony on August 5, 2014. On November 17, 2015, GE announced the completion of the Separation. Following the Separation, GE no longer owns any shares of the Company’s common stock. See “ The Sponsor .”

 

On July 16, 2014, GE Capital resigned as administrator and Synchrony accepted its appointment as administrator. On December 2, 2015, GE Capital resigned as servicer and Synchrony accepted its appointment as successor servicer and assumed the responsibilities as servicer. GE Capital Global guarantees the obligations of Synchrony as Servicer. If not terminated earlier, the servicer performance guaranty provided by GE Capital Global will terminate on the date on which the notes of all series that were outstanding on July 16, 2014 have been paid in full, which is expected to be the September 2019 payment date.

 

The Separation of the Company from GE could adversely affect the Company’s business and profitability and the Company would no longer be able to benefit from GE’s strong brand and reputation.

 

In the past, the Company has marketed many of its products using the “GE” brand name and logo, and the Company believes the association with GE has provided many benefits, including:

 

a world-class brand associated with trust, integrity and longevity;

 

perception of high-quality products and services;

 

strong capital base and financial strength;

 

  42  

 

 

preferred status among its retailers, customers and employees; and

 

established relationships with bank and other regulators.

 

The Separation of the Company from GE (as described under “ The Sponsor ”) could adversely affect the Company’s ability to attract and retain retailers. The Company may be required to provide more favorable pricing and other terms to retailers and take other actions to maintain its relationship with existing, and attract new, retailers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, and could have a material adverse effect on Synchrony Bank’s ability to originate new receivables.

 

Although the Company does not expect a material loss of customers or usage following the Separation (or more difficulty attracting new customers and increasing their usage) because the Company’s product will continue to be closely associated with its partners and their brands, the Company cannot be sure this will be the case. In addition, although Synchrony Bank’s capital was increased in connection with the IPO and the customer-facing aspects of the Company’s business have remain largely unchanged following the Separation, the Company cannot be sure that it will not lose deposits or have more difficulty attracting new deposits because of depositor concerns that the Company is no longer be part of GE and benefitting from its brand and financial strength.

 

We cannot predict the effect that the Separation from GE will have on the Company’s retailers, customers, depositors or employees and the risks relating to the Separation could materialize in the future.

 

The Company will only have the right to use the GE brand name and logo for a limited period of time and if the Company fails to establish a new, independently recognized brand name, the Company could be adversely affected.

 

In March 2014, Synchrony Bank’s parent changed its corporate name to “SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL” and in June 2014 GE Capital Retail Bank changed its corporate name to “Synchrony Bank.” Pursuant to a transitional trademark license agreement, GE granted the Company the right to use certain “GE,” “GE Capital,” “GE Capital Retail Bank,” “GE Money” and “GECAF” marks and related GECAF logos and the GE monogram in connection with the Company’s products and services until such time as GE ceased to beneficially own more than 50% of Synchrony’s outstanding common stock, subject to certain exceptions (e.g., the Company generally will have a right to use those marks and related logos and the monogram on its credit cards for a period of three and a half years after the completion of the IPO). Development of a new brand is an expensive, uncertain and long-term process. When the Company’s right to use the GE brand name and logo expires, the Company may not be able to maintain or enjoy comparable name recognition or status under their new brand. If the Company is unable to successfully manage the transition of its business to its new brand in a timely manner, its reputation among, and relationship with, its partners, customers, depositors and employees and its ability to originate new receivables could be adversely affected.

 

[Insert any additional risk factors as necessary]

 

The Sponsor

 

Synchrony Bank

 

Synchrony Bank (the “ bank ”), formerly known as GE Capital Retail Bank and GE Money Bank, is the sponsor of the transactions described in this prospectus. The bank has designated a pool of accounts and transfers receivables in the designated accounts to us on an ongoing basis. The bank may also designate additional accounts under the receivables sale agreement in the future, and the receivables existing in those accounts and any receivables arising in those accounts in the future will be transferred to us. See “ The Trust—Transfer and Assignment of Receivables ” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the agreement under which the bank transfers receivables to us.

 

The bank is an FDIC-insured federal savings association which is regulated, supervised and examined by the OCC. The bank is also subject to the supervision of the CFPB for consumer regulatory matters. The predecessor to

 

  43  

 

 

the bank, GE Capital Consumer Card Co., was established in 1988 under a previous name, Monogram Bank, USA, as a limited purpose credit card bank and converted to a federally chartered savings association in 2003. On February 7, 2005, Monogram Credit Card Bank of Georgia merged into GE Capital Consumer Card Co. and the surviving entity changed its name to GE Money Bank. The bank changed its name from GE Money Bank to GE Capital Retail Bank on October 1, 2011 and from GE Capital Retail Bank to Synchrony Bank on June 2, 2014.

 

As of February 7, 2005, the bank assumed the obligations of Monogram Credit Card Bank of Georgia as seller of the receivables to us under the receivables sale agreement and as servicer of the receivables under the servicing agreement. On February 5, 2006, all of the common stock of the bank was contributed by GE Capital to its direct, wholly owned subsidiary, GE Consumer Finance, Inc., a newly created holding company. On April 1, 2013, GE Consumer Finance, Inc. in turn contributed all of the common stock of the bank to its wholly owned subsidiary, Synchrony (formerly named GE Capital Retail Finance Corporation).

 

Synchrony is a holding company primarily for the legal entities that historically conducted GE’s North American retail finance business. During the period from April 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013, as part of a regulatory restructuring, substantially all of the assets and operations of GE’s North American retail finance business, including the bank, were transferred to Synchrony.

 

On November 15, 2013, GE announced that it planned a staged exit from its North American retail finance business. The first step in that exit was an initial public offering of the common stock of Synchrony on August 5, 2014, followed by an additional issuance of shares of its common stock on September 3, 2014 pursuant to an option granted to the underwriters in the IPO. On November 17, 2015, GE completed the previously announced split-off of Synchrony by accepting 671,366,809 shares of GE common stock from GE’s shareholders in exchange for 705,270,833 shares of Synchrony common stock representing all the Synchrony shares that GE owned (the “ Separation ”).

 

[If applicable for any prospectus included in this registration statement: Information regarding the sponsor’s financial condition to the extent there is a material risk that the effect on its ability to comply with the provisions in the transaction agreements relating to the repurchase obligations for those assets resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on the performance of the trust portfolio or performance of the notes.]

 

Credit Card Activities

 

The bank offers its credit products through three sales platforms: Retail Card, Payment Solutions and CareCredit. The accounts designated to the trust were originated under the bank’s Retail Card platform. Retail Card is a leading provider of private label credit cards, and also provides co-branded cards (which are also referred to as dual cards, since they can combine features and benefits of private label credit cards with multi-merchant acceptance of general purpose credit cards) and small and medium-sized business credit products. Private label credit cards are retailer-branded credit cards that are used primarily for the purchase of goods and services from the program participant or within the program network. The bank’s patented co-branded cards are credit cards that function as a private label credit card when used to purchase goods and services from the bank’s program participants and as a general purpose credit card when used elsewhere.

 

The bank predominantly offers private label credit card accounts. The private label credit card account business consists of revolving consumer credit account programs established with retailers that have been approved by the bank. Open-end revolving credit card accounts are offered to customers of those retailers. Each credit card account is established primarily for the purchase of goods and services of a particular retailer. In addition, in some cases, cardholders may be permitted to access their credit card accounts for cash advances.

 

In certain cases, the bank, together with its retail partners, have been replacing private label credit cards offered to their customers with co-branded MasterCard and Visa general purpose credit cards that may be used to purchase goods and services wherever MasterCard and Visa cards, as the case may be, are accepted, and the bank has the ability to issue co-branded cards for use on the American Express and Discover networks. For many programs, the bank also offers such co-branded credit cards to new customers at the point of sale. Such co-branded cards may in the future make up a larger or smaller portion of the bank’s portfolio. The bank currently offers to originate co-

 

  44  

 

 

branded credit cards for several retailers including Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club, JCPenney and Gap. The bank has previously offered co-branded credit cards for other retailers including Lowe’s, and may in the future offer co-branded credit cards for other retailers. Certain holders of private label credit card accounts have been solicited to replace their private label credit cards with co-branded credit cards. In the future the bank expects to solicit other holders of private label credit card accounts to replace their private label credit cards with co-branded credit card accounts.

 

Generally, when a cardholder receives a co-branded credit card as a replacement for its private label credit card, the cardholder will have up to either 90 days or 120 days, depending on the applicable replacement process, to accept a co-branded credit card. If the cardholder does not accept a co-branded credit card, its existing private label credit card account will remain open. In addition, in most cases, the co-branded credit cards are offered at the point of sale at the same retail locations where private label credit cards are offered. When a cardholder’s private label credit card that is currently designated to the trust is replaced by a co-branded credit card, the private label credit card account will be removed from the trust in accordance with the provisions of the securitization documents. The balance, if any, on the private label credit card that is replaced by a co-branded credit card will be reduced to zero and in connection therewith the balance will be transferred to the successor co-branded credit card account. Co-branded credit card accounts were first designated to the trust portfolio in June 2007 and additional co-branded credit card accounts may be designated to the trust portfolio in the future subject to substantially the same conditions that apply to the designation of private label accounts.

 

The bank’s co-branded cards are currently offered in association with either the MasterCard or Visa network. Merchants that accept co-branded cards receive a portion of the total purchase price reduced by an interchange fee imposed by the network, a portion of which is used to compensate card issuing banks. Since the co-branded cards issued by the bank can be used for purchases through one of these systems, charges on those cards will generate interchange revenue for the bank in connection with purchases by cardholders other than at the retailer related to the co-branded card. When co-branded card accounts are designated as part of the trust portfolio, the bank will be required to transfer to us, and we will in turn transfer to the trust, a portion of the interchange from accounts in the related retailer’s co-branded card program. The portion of interchange to be transferred is meant to approximate the interchange attributable to cardholder charges for merchandise and services on the co-branded accounts that are designated to the trust portfolio. Interchange received by the trust will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables.

 

Program Agreements

 

Retailers that are approved and accepted into a private label or co-branded credit card program, which we refer to as the bank’s partners, enter into a credit card program agreement with the bank. Our use of the term “partners” to refer to these entities is not intended to, and does not, describe the bank’s legal relationship with them, imply that a legal partnership or other relationship exists between the parties or create any legal partnership or other relationship. The program agreements vary on a retailer-by-retailer basis, and may be amended from time to time. Under these agreements, the bank issues credit cards to approved customers and owns the underlying account and all receivables generated thereunder from the time of origination, unless otherwise sold following origination.

 

The program agreements typically have contract terms ranging from approximately [five to ten] years and remaining terms as indicated in this prospectus under “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business—Termination of certain credit card programs could lead to a reduction of receivables in the trust .” Most program agreements have renewal clauses that provide for automatic renewal for one or more years until terminated by the bank or the related retailer. The bank typically seeks to renew the program agreements well in advance of their termination dates, however there is no assurance that the bank and the retailers will mutually agree on any such renewal.

 

The program agreements set forth the circumstances in which a party may terminate the agreement prior to expiration. The program agreements generally permit the bank and its partners to terminate the agreement prior to the scheduled termination date for various reasons, including, if the partner breaches its obligations. Some program agreements also permit the retailer to terminate the program if the bank fails to meet certain service levels or changes certain key accountholder terms or credit criteria, if the bank fails to achieve certain targets with respect to approvals of new customers as a result of the credit criteria it uses, if the bank elects not to increase the program size

 

  45  

 

 

when the outstanding receivables under the program reach certain thresholds or is not adequately capitalized, or if certain force majeure events occur or certain changes in the bank’s ownership (which Synchrony does not believe were triggered by the IPO or Separation) occur. Certain of the program agreements are also subject to early termination by a party if the other party has a material adverse change in its financial condition. Historically, these rights have not been triggered or exercised. Some program agreements provide that, upon termination or expiration, the retailer may purchase or designate a third party to purchase the accounts and receivables generated with respect to its program, including receivables in the trust, at fair market value or a stated price, including all related customer data. If these terminations and purchases were to occur with respect to retailers whose programs generate a significant portion of the trust’s receivables, and the bank were unable to provide receivables arising under newly designated additional accounts to replace those purchased by a retailer, an early amortization period could begin. See “ Risk factors—Risks Relating to the Credit Card Business—Termination of certain credit card programs could lead to a reduction of receivables in the trust ” in this prospectus.

 

The program agreements typically provide that the bank may chargeback a purchase if a customer raises a valid dispute concerning the merchandise which is not resolved or the validity of the charge or if there is a violation of certain terms of the program agreement. The program agreements may also provide for chargeback of a purchase if there is fraud and the merchant failed to follow the operating procedures documented in the program agreement or otherwise provided by the bank. In most other cases there is no recourse to the merchant because of the failure of the customer to pay.

 

Account Origination

 

The bank has separately developed programs to promote credit with each of the retailers and has developed varying credit decision guidelines for the different retailers. The bank originates revolving credit card accounts through several different channels, including in-store, mail, internet, mobile, telephone and pre-approved solicitations. Additionally, and as further described in the last paragraph of this section, the bank has and may in the future acquire accounts that were originated by third parties in connection with establishing programs with new retailers.

 

Applicants provide information such as name, address, telephone number, date of birth and social security number. Once inputted into the credit application system, the application is screened for information such as applicant age or critical missing information which would result in a policy rejection of the application. After clearing these screens, the application is scored based on the applicant’s credit bureau report obtained from one of the three major credit bureaus using industry and proprietary credit models. Accounts that are identified as involving potential fraud will go through an additional authentication process(es) before being approved. The bank also compares applicants’ names against the Specially Designated Nationals list maintained by The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), as well as screens that account for adherence to the USA PATRIOT Act and CARD Act requirements, including ability to pay requirements. Qualifying credit scores and initial credit line assignments are determined for each portfolio and product type by the risk management team.

 

The process for submitting an application through a retail client location requires the retailer to transmit the applicant’s information to the bank after obtaining positive identification and providing the applicant with key account terms. Once received, the bank’s proprietary application review system automatically screens the application for content, credit worthiness and ability to pay. If the application is approved, the customer is provided an account number and advised of an initial credit line either electronically or by phone. When an application is approved, the retail client offers the new account holder the opportunity to shop immediately on the account. Initial disclosures are provided to the customer at the retail client location, and the credit cards and a copy of the account agreement are mailed to the cardholder following approval.

 

Applications submitted through the mail or over the internet or mobile channel are processed similarly. Internet and mobile applicants enter their application information to a secure website, which transmits the information onto the bank’s screening system. Approvals are generally instant and are communicated online or via the mobile device used to apply for the card. If the application is declined or referred for additional reviews, the applicant is advised that it will be notified of the final decision by mail. If an applicant applies by mail, application information is submitted to the bank by mail and entered into our screening system. Mail applicants are notified of the bank’s credit decision by mail.

 

  46  

 

 

The bank occasionally uses pre-approved account solicitations for certain retail programs. Potential applicants are pre-screened using information provided by the retailer or obtained from outside lists, and qualified individuals each receive a pre-approved credit offer by mail or email.

 

When the bank enters into a new credit card program agreement, it may acquire a portfolio of existing accounts and receivables that were originated by a predecessor under a prior program with the same retailer (or in certain circumstances, originated by the retailer partner itself). In such cases, the bank evaluates the portfolio of accounts and receivables that may accompany the retailer partnership in the context of the broader terms of the transaction to determine whether to acquire some or all of the pre-existing accounts and receivables. In those instances when the bank does elect to acquire accounts and receivables originated by a predecessor, the bank manages the accounts in the manner described under “ —Customer Account Management ,” “ —Credit Authorization of Individual Accounts ” and “ —Fraud Investigation ” below.

 

Underwriting Process

 

Account Underwriting and Credit Guidelines . Regardless of the channel through which a credit account is originated, in making the initial credit approval decision to open a credit account or otherwise grant credit, the bank follows a series of credit risk and underwriting procedures. In most cases, when applications are made in-store or by internet or mobile, the process is fully automated and applicants are notified of the bank’s credit decision immediately. The bank generally obtains certain information provided by the applicant and obtains a credit bureau report from one of the major credit bureaus. The credit report information the bank obtains is electronically transmitted and translated into industry scoring models and the bank’s proprietary scoring models developed to calculate a credit score. The risk management team determines in advance the qualifying credit scores and initial credit line assignments for each portfolio and product type. The bank periodically analyzes performance trends of accounts originated at different score levels as compared to projected performance, and adjusts the minimum score or the opening credit limit to manage risk. Different scoring models may be used depending upon bureau type and account source.

 

Virtually all underwriting and authorization decisions are automated. In some situations, a customer may request a higher credit limit than what is initially offered by the bank. In these instances, the request is evaluated through the bank’s automated credit line increase underwriting process. To the extent that an evaluation of a particular applicant’s request cannot be accommodated through the bank’s automated evaluation process, a manual decision could occur which would be supported by additional information obtained from the customer. The bank also applies additional application screens based on various inputs, including credit bureau information, to help identify potential fraud and prior bankruptcies before qualifying the application for approval.

 

Acquired Portfolio Evaluation . The bank’s risk management team evaluates each portfolio the bank acquires in connection with establishing programs with new retailers to ensure the portfolio satisfies its credit risk guidelines. As part of this review, the bank receives data on the third-party accounts and loans, which allows the bank to assess the portfolio on the basis of certain core characteristics, such as historical performance of the assets and distributions of credit and loss information. In addition, the bank benchmarks potential portfolio acquisitions against its existing programs to assess relative current and projected risks. Finally, the bank’s risk management team must approve the acquisition, taking into account the results of its risk assessment process. Once assets are migrated to the bank’s systems, the bank’s account management protocols will apply immediately as described under “— Customer Account Management ,” “ —Credit Authorization of Individual Transactions ” and “— Fraud Investigation ” below.

 

[Describe underwriting policies for receivables originated by a third-party to the extent acquired portfolio has not been evaluated as described above.]

 

Customer Account Management . The bank regularly assesses the credit risk exposure of its customer accounts. This ongoing assessment includes information relating to the customer’s performance with respect to its account with the bank, as well as information from credit bureaus relating to the customer’s broader credit performance. To monitor and control the quality of the bank’s loan portfolio (including the portion of the portfolio originated by third parties), the bank uses behavioral scoring models that the bank has developed to score each active account on its monthly cycle date. Proprietary risk models, together with the FICO ® credit scores obtained on each active account no less than quarterly, are an integral part of the bank’s credit decision-making process. Depending on the duration

 

  47  

 

 

of the customer’s account, risk profile and other performance metrics, the account may be subject to a range of account actions, including limits on transaction authorization and increases or decreases in purchase and cash credit limits.

 

Credit Authorizations of Individual Transactions . Once an account has been opened, when a credit card is used to make a purchase in-store at one of the bank’s retailers’ locations or on-line, point-of-sale terminals or on-line sites have an on-line connection with the bank’s credit authorization system, which allows for real-time updating of accounts. Each potential sales transaction is passed through a transaction authorization system, which takes into account a variety of behavior and risk factors to determine whether the transaction should be approved or declined, and whether a credit limit adjustment is warranted.

 

Fraud Investigation . The bank provides follow up and research with respect to different types of fraud such as fraud rings, new account fraud and transactional fraud. The bank has developed a proprietary fraud model to identify new account fraud and deployed tools that help identify transaction purchase behavior outside a customer’s established pattern. The bank’s proprietary model is also complemented by externally sourced models and tools used across the industry to better identify fraud and protect the bank’s customers. The bank also is continuously implementing new and improved technologies to detect and prevent fraud. Recently the bank began implementing security chip technology (such as so-called “EMV chips”) with some of its retailers.

 

Marketing Programs

 

Following new account opening, the bank has an ongoing lifecycle marketing program, the primary purpose of which is to promote cardholders’ loyalty to the retailers. Working in close collaboration with each retailer client, the bank develops card marketing programs that promote retailers’ cardholder sales for creditworthy cardholders. Direct mail, email and monthly billing statement messages and inserts provide direct marketing communications for cardholders. This supports the retailer’s in-store programs by encouraging both store traffic and card usage. These programs include promotional financial offers, cardholder events, product discounts, dollar-off certificates, accountholder sales, reward points and offerings, new product announcements and previews and free or reduced cost gift wrapping, alteration or delivery services.

 

Through the bank’s customer relationship management and data analytics teams, the bank tracks cardholder responsiveness to marketing programs and uses this research to target marking messages and promotional offers to cardholders based on their individual characteristics, such as length of relationship and spending pattern. For example, if a cardholder responds positively to a coupon sent by email message, the bank will tailor future marketing messages so that they are delivered by email message. The bank’s ability to target marketing messages and promotions is enhanced for co-branded programs because the bank receives, collects and analyzes data on in-store and other spending.

 

The bank also manages a number of ongoing retail loyalty programs as part of the private label and co-branded credit card benefits offered to specific retailers. These programs typically provide cardholders with rewards in the form of merchandise discounts that are earned based on achieving a pre-set spending level on the card. The merchandise discounts can be mailed to the cardholder, accessed online or may be immediately redeemable at the retailer’s store. Other programs provide cash back or reward points, which are redeemable for a variety of products or awards. These loyalty programs are designed to generate incremental purchase volume per customer, while reinforcing the value of the card to the customer and strengthening customer loyalty.

 

The bank is also continuously working with its retail clients to identify improved private label card and co-brand strategies and to increase overall card demand and usage through improved value, card utility, functionality and convenience. Major product improvements may be introduced from time to time through widespread card reissues, direct mail and in-store marketing campaigns.

 

Sponsor’s Securitization Experience

 

The bank has been engaged (including through predecessor entities) in the securitization of credit card receivables since 1997. The bank continues to engage in credit card securitization transactions through both public

 

  48  

 

 

and private offerings of asset backed notes, both of which are predominantly executed through the trust. The bank also from time to time assumes the role of sponsor and servicer in pre-existing securitizations of acquired businesses.

 

None of the bank’s securitization transactions have experienced early amortizations, servicer defaults or events of default. On a few occasions, private transactions have been modified to adjust for a retailer’s insolvency or the termination of a credit card program. Neither we nor the bank or the trust can guarantee that there will not be any early amortizations, servicer defaults or events of default in the future.

 

Bank’s Ability to Change Account Terms and Procedures

 

The bank has agreed that it will comply with the credit card program agreements relating to the accounts and its policies and procedures relating to the accounts unless the failure to do so would not materially or adversely affect our rights. The bank may change the terms and provisions of the credit card program agreements, the agreements between the bank and the cardholders relating to the accounts or policies and procedures, including changing the required minimum monthly payment, calculation of the amount, or the timing of, charge-offs and periodic finance charges and other fees applicable to the accounts, as required by law or so long as any changes made are also made to any comparable segment of the bank’s revolving credit card accounts which have characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the accounts that are the subject of the applicable change except as otherwise restricted by any agreement between the bank and a third-party or by the terms of the credit card program agreements (in each case, subject to applicable law).

 

The bank has also agreed that it will not reduce the finance charges and other fees on the accounts, if we inform the bank that as a result of the reduction, we have a reasonable expectation that the portfolio yield for any series of notes as of the time of the reduction would be less than the base rate for that series, except as required by law and as the bank deems necessary in order to maintain its credit card business, based on its good faith assessment, in its sole discretion, of the nature of the competition in the credit card business. In any event, the bank will not reduce the periodic finance charges assessed on any transferred receivable or other fees on any account if (i) the reduction would cause the trust to fail to make required payments under the indenture and (ii) noteholders representing more than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of each affected series of notes have not consented to the reduction.

 

Assignment of Bank’s Obligations; Additional Sponsors and Sellers

 

The obligations of the bank under the receivables sale agreement are not assignable and no person may succeed to the rights of the bank under the receivables sale agreement, except in the following circumstances:

 

(1) the merger or consolidation of the bank or the conveyance by the bank of its business substantially as an entirety, in each case that does not cause a breach of the covenant described in the following paragraph;

 

(2) the designation by the bank of additional persons to originate receivables and/or sell receivables to us under the receivables sale agreement so long as the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied; and

 

(3) conveyances, mergers, consolidations, assumptions, sale or transfers to other entities provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the bank delivers an officer’s certificate to us indicating that the bank reasonably believes that the action will not result in a material adverse effect on the bank’s ability to perform its obligations under the transaction documents, the validity or enforceability of the transaction documents, the transferred receivables or our interest or the bank’s interest in the transferred receivables;

 

(b) the bank delivers an officer’s certificate and opinion of counsel described in clause (2) of the following paragraph; and

 

  49  

 

 

(c) the purchaser, pledgee, transferee or other entity succeeding to the obligations of the bank expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, to perform every covenant and obligation of the bank under the receivables sale agreement.

 

The bank will covenant that it will not consolidate with or merge into any other entity or convey its business substantially as an entirety to any person unless:

 

(1) the entity, if other than the bank, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires the property or assets of the bank:

 

(a) is organized under the laws of the United States or any one of its states; and

 

(b) expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, to perform every covenant and obligation of the bank under the receivables sale agreement;

 

(2) the bank delivers to us an officer’s certificate stating that the merger, consolidation or transfer and the related supplemental agreement comply with any applicable terms of the receivables sale agreement and that all conditions precedent relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with, and an opinion of counsel to the effect that the related supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the surviving entity, subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions; and

 

(3) the bank delivers notice of the applicable transaction to each Hired Agency.

 

Credit Risk Retention

 

[As described under “ The Depositor ,” RFS Holding, L.L.C., an affiliate of the sponsor, is the sole certificate holder of the trust and has the right to receive all cash flows associated with the transferor interest.  Other affiliates, including Synchrony, have purchased, and may in the future purchase, Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes issued by the trust, [including [a portion of] the Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes issued in Series 20[__]-[__]].   [If applicable: Disclose any hedge (security specific or portfolio) materially related to the credit risk of the retained notes that was entered into by the sponsor, or if known, by an affiliate of the sponsor to offset the risk position held.] [Insert prior to effectiveness of Risk Retention Rules.]]

 

[In accordance with the credit risk retention rules of Regulation RR issued by the SEC, either we, as depositor, or the bank, as sponsor, is required to retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the transferred receivables. We intend to satisfy the risk retention requirements by maintaining a seller’s interest, calculated in accordance with Regulation RR, in a minimum amount not less than (i) five percent of the excess of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all outstanding notes issued by the issuing entity, other than any notes that are at all times held by the bank or one or more wholly-owned affiliates of the bank, over the aggregate amount of principal collections on deposit in segregated principal accumulation accounts for the payment of principal with respect to such notes (which excess we refer to as the “adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests” in this section) minus (ii) funds on deposit in the excess funding account. For purpose of the calculation described in the preceding sentence, a wholly-owned affiliate of the bank will include any person, other than the issuing entity, that directly or indirectly, wholly controls (i.e. owns 100% of the equity in such person), is wholly controlled by, or is wholly under common control with, the bank. The required seller’s interest will be held by us through our holding of the Free Equity Amount in an amount not less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount described under ‘The Trust—Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount .”

 

The seller’s interest will be calculated as the sum of the total amount of principal receivables and the principal amount of any participation interests held by the trust, over the aggregate of the collateral amounts for all series of notes. As of the closing date, we expect to maintain a seller’s interest equal to at least $[●], which will equal [●]% of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests. For the purposes of determining the seller’s interest on the closing date, we have used the aggregate amount of principal receivables as of [insert date not more than 60 days prior to the date of first use of the disclosure], and the outstanding principal balance of the notes expected to be outstanding as of the closing date. We will disclose on a Form 8-K within a reasonable time after the closing date

 

  50  

 

 

the amount of the seller’s interest on the closing date if materially different from that disclosed in this prospectus. In addition, we will disclose on each monthly Form 10-D the amount of the seller’s interest as of each monthly measurement described below.

 

We will calculate the seller’s interest as a percentage of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests as of [insert applicable measurement date]. If such percentage is not at least five percent by [insert applicable cure date not to exceed one month], we will fail to satisfy the risk retention requirements of Regulation RR. However, we will not violate the requirements of Regulation RR if the required seller’s interest falls below five percent of the adjusted outstanding ABS investor interests if an early amortization period commences for all outstanding series of notes and we were in compliance with the risk retention requirements as of the commencement of early amortization, and no additional notes are issued thereafter. [In addition, affiliates of the sponsor, including Synchrony, have purchased, and may in the future purchase, Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes issued by the trust, [including [a portion of] the Class B notes, Class C notes and Class D notes issued in Series 20[__]-[__]].]

 

We will not purchase or sell a security or other financial instrument, enter into any derivative, agreement or position that reduces or limits our financial exposure to the seller’s interest that we will retain to satisfy the risk retention requirement of Regulation RR to the extent such activities would be prohibited hedging activities in accordance with Regulation RR.] [Insert after effectiveness of Risk Retention Rules.]

 

The Depositor

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

 

We—RFS Holding, L.L.C.—are a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on December 19, 2002, and are a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Synchrony, which is also the indirect parent of the bank. We were organized for the purpose of purchasing, holding, owning and transferring receivables and related activities. We have been securitizing credit card receivables as described in this prospectus since our formation and have not been engaged in any activities other than securitizing assets.

 

As described under “ The Trust—Transfer and Assignment of Receivables ,” we transfer all receivables transferred to us by the bank to the trust on an on-going basis. We are the sole certificateholder of the trust and have the right to receive all cash flows from the assets of the trust other than the amounts required to make payments for any series of notes. Our interest is called the transferor interest and is evidenced by a transferor certificate issued by the trust under its trust agreement.

 

Assignment of Depositor’s Interests

 

The trust agreement provides that we may sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer our interest in all or a portion of the transferor interest. Before we may transfer our interest in the transferor interest, the following must occur:

 

(1) the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied with respect to the transfer;

 

(2) we deliver an opinion of counsel to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a) the transfer will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding class of notes that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance;

 

(b) the transfer will not cause the trust to be deemed to be an association, or publicly traded partnership, taxable as a corporation; and

 

(c) the transfer will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder; and

 

  51  

 

 

(3) we deliver an opinion to the effect that the transfer does not require registration of the interest under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or state securities laws except for any registration that has been duly completed and become effective.

 

We may consolidate with, merge into, or sell our business to another entity, in accordance with the transfer agreement if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(1) the entity, if other than us, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires our property and assets:

 

(a) is organized under the laws of the United States or any one of its states and is either (x) a business entity that may not become a debtor in a proceeding under the bankruptcy code or (y) a special-purpose corporation, the powers and activities of which are limited to the performance of our obligations under the transfer agreement and other transaction documents; and

 

(b) expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, each of our covenants and obligations;

 

(2) we deliver to the trust an officer’s certificate stating that the merger, consolidation or transfer and the related supplemental agreement comply with any applicable terms of the transfer agreement and that all conditions precedent relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with and an opinion of counsel to the effect that, the related supplemental agreement is valid and binding with respect to the surviving entity, enforceable against the surviving entity, subject to insolvency and equity related exceptions; and

 

(3) the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied with respect to the transaction.

 

The conditions described in this paragraph do not apply to any consolidation or merger if we would be the surviving entity.

 

The Trust

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust)—which is referred to in this prospectus as the “trust” or the “issuing entity”—will issue your notes. The trust is a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware. It is operated under a trust agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, between us and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as owner trustee. On September 8, 2014, the name of the trust was changed from GE Capital Card Master Note Trust to Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust. We are the sole equity member of the trust.

 

The activities of the trust consist of:

 

acquiring and owning the trust assets and the proceeds of those assets;

 

issuing and making payments on the notes, the transferor certificate and any supplemental certificates issued by the trust; and

 

engaging in related activities.

 

The trust may not engage in any activity other than in connection with the activities listed above or other than as required or authorized by the trust agreement, the agreements pursuant to which the receivables are transferred from the bank to us and from us to the trust, the indenture and the indenture supplements or any related agreements. The fiscal year of the trust ends on December 31 st of each year, unless changed by the trust. The trust will notify the indenture trustee of any change in its fiscal year.

 

  52  

 

 

The trust agreement may be amended by us and the owner trustee if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and we have delivered an officer’s certificate to the effect that the amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the noteholders. Without the consent of all noteholders, no amendment to the trust agreement may increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the noteholders or reduce the percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the notes, the holders of which are required to consent to any amendment.

 

The administrator may perform certain discretionary activities with regard to the administration of the trust and the notes, as described in “— Administrator ” in this prospectus. The servicer may also perform certain discretionary activities with regard to the trust’s assets, as described in “ The Servicers ” in this prospectus. We, as holder of the transferor certificate, may also direct the owner trustee to perform certain discretionary activities with regard to the trust, as described in “ The Owner Trustee—Duties and Responsibilities of Owner Trustee ” in this prospectus.

 

The trust’s principal offices are at the following address: c/o SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, as administrator, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06927. Our telephone number at that address is (203) 585-2400.

 

Restrictions on Activities

 

As long as the notes are outstanding, the trust will not, among other things:

 

except as expressly permitted by the indenture or the transfer agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the trust;

 

claim any credit on, or make any deduction from payments in respect of the principal and interest payable in respect of, the notes—other than amounts withheld under the Code or applicable state law—or assert any claim against any present or former noteholder because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the assets of the trust that secure the notes;

 

voluntarily dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part or reorganize its business or affairs;

 

permit (A) the validity or effectiveness of the indenture or the lien under the indenture to be impaired, or permit any person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the notes under the indenture except as may be expressly permitted by the indenture, (B) any lien or other claim of a third party to be created with respect to the assets of the trust securing the notes or (C) the lien of the indenture not to constitute a valid first-priority perfected security interest in the assets of the trust that secure the notes;

 

engage in any business or activity other than in connection with, or relating to the financing, purchasing, owning, selling and servicing of the transferred receivables and the other property securing the notes, the issuance of the notes and the other transactions contemplated by the trust agreement and other transaction documents as described under “— Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust ” in this prospectus;

 

incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than the notes, except as contemplated by the indenture and other transaction documents;

 

make any loan or advance to any person; or

 

consent to any reduction in periodic finance charges assessed on any transferred receivable transferred under the transfer agreement without the consent of noteholders representing more than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of each affected series of notes if the reduction would cause the trust to fail to make required payments under the indenture on any payment date.

 

The indenture also provides that the trust may not consolidate with, merge into or sell its business to, another entity, unless:

 

(1) the entity:

 

  53  

 

 

(a) is organized under the laws of the United States or any one of its states;

 

(b) is not subject to regulation as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

 

(c) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, the trust’s obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the notes and the performance of every covenant of the trust under the indenture;

 

(d) in the case of a sale of the trust’s business, expressly agrees, by supplemental indenture that (i) all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred by the trust will be subject and subordinate to the rights of the noteholders and (ii) it will make all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the notes; and

 

(e) in the case of a sale of the trust’s business, expressly agrees to indemnify the indenture trustee for any loss, liability or expense arising under the indenture and the notes;

 

(2) no event of default will exist immediately after the merger, consolidation or sale;

 

(3) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied;

 

(4) the trust will have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a) the transaction will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding class of notes as to which an opinion of counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance that those notes would be characterized as debt;

 

(b) the transaction will not cause the trust to be deemed to be an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; and

 

(c) the transaction will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder;

 

(5) any action necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by the indenture will have been taken; and

 

(6) the trust has delivered to the indenture trustee an opinion of counsel and officer’s certificate each stating that the consolidation, merger or sale satisfies all requirements under the indenture and that the supplemental indenture is duly authorized, executed and delivered and is valid, binding and enforceable.

 

Administrator

 

Synchrony acts as administrator for the trust. See “ The Sponsor—Synchrony Bank ” in this prospectus for a description of the business of Synchrony. On July 16, 2014, GE Capital resigned as administrator and Synchrony accepted its appointment as administrator.

 

The administrator will provide the notices and perform on behalf of the trust other administrative duties of the trust under the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement and the indenture. The administrator, on behalf of the trust, will monitor the performance of the trust under the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement and the indenture and advise the trust when action is necessary to comply with the trust’s duties under those agreements. The administrator will prepare, or cause to be prepared, for execution by the trust, all documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions that the trust is required to prepare, file or deliver under the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement and the indenture and will take all appropriate action that is the duty of the trust or the owner trustee to take under those agreements, including:

 

  54  

 

 

enforcing the obligations of the servicer under the servicing agreement and the delivery of a servicer termination notice and appointment of a successor servicer under the circumstances described in “ The Servicers—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ” in this prospectus;

 

the removal of the indenture trustee and the appointment of a successor indenture trustee under the circumstances described in “ The Indenture Trustee—Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee ” in this prospectus; and

 

the removal of the owner trustee and the appointment of a successor owner trustee upon the resignation or removal of the owner trustee.

 

With respect to any matters that in the reasonable judgment of the administrator are non-ministerial, the administrator will not take any action unless the administrator has first notified the owner trustee or the trust, as applicable, of the proposed action within a reasonable amount of time prior to the taking of that action and the owner trustee or the trust has consented to that action or provided alternative direction. Non-ministerial matters that may be performed by the administrator on behalf of the trust include:

 

the initiation or settlement of any claim or lawsuit brought by or against the trust other than in connection with the collection of the transferred receivables;

 

the amendment of the servicing agreement, the transfer agreement, the indenture or any other related document; and

 

the appointment of successor note registrars, paying agents, indenture trustees, administrators and servicers.

 

The administrator is an independent contractor and is not subject to the supervision of the trust or the owner trustee concerning the manner in which it performs its obligations under the administration agreement.

 

As compensation for the performance of its duties under the administration agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses relating to those duties, the administrator is entitled to receive $350 per month payable in arrears on each payment date. Payment of this fee is solely an obligation of the trust.

 

The administrator may resign by providing the trust and the servicer with at least 60 days’ prior written notice. Upon resignation of the administrator, the resigning administrator will continue to perform its duties as administrator until the later of (a) 45 days after delivery to the trust, the indenture trustee and the servicer of notice of its resignation and (b) the date on which the resigning administrator becomes unable to act as administrator as specified in the notice of resignation and an accompanying opinion of counsel.

 

The trust may remove the administrator without cause by providing the administrator and the servicer with at least 60 days’ prior written notice. At the sole option of the trust, the administrator may also be removed immediately upon written notice of termination from the trust to the administrator and us if any of the following events occurs:

 

the administrator defaults in the performance of any of its duties and, after notice of the default, does not cure the default within ten days or, if the default cannot be cured in ten days, does not give, within ten days, assurance of cure that is reasonably satisfactory to the trust; or

 

certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events relating to the administrator.

 

Upon the administrator’s receipt of notice of termination, the predecessor administrator will continue to perform its duties as administrator until the date specified in the notice of termination or, if no date is specified in a notice of termination, until receipt of notice.

 

  55  

 

 

If the administrator is terminated, the trust will appoint a successor administrator. No resignation or removal of the administrator will be effective until a successor administrator has been appointed by the trust and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the appointment.

 

The administrator will indemnify the trust and its employees, trustees and agents against any liabilities and expenses incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the instructions given by the administrator under the administration agreement or the failure by the administrator to perform its obligations under the administration agreement.

 

The administration agreement may be amended by the trust and the administrator.

 

Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount

 

The trust’s capital structure has three main elements:

 

notes issued to investors, which are summarized in Annex I to this prospectus;

 

excess collateral amounts, which are portions of the transferred receivables that provide credit enhancement for various series of notes by absorbing losses and uncovered dilution on the transferred receivables allocated to the related series to the extent not covered by finance charge collections available to that series; and

 

the free equity amount, as described below.

 

We use the term “ equity amount ” to refer to the result of the following calculation:

 

the sum of the total amount of principal receivables (including the principal amount of any participation interests held by the trust), plus any balance in the excess funding account and the amount of principal collections on deposit in other trust accounts; minus

 

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all of the trust’s notes.

 

The equity amount at any time may exceed the sum of the excess collateral amounts for all series of notes. We refer to this excess amount, if any, as the Free Equity Amount. We are required to maintain a minimum Free Equity Amount at least equal to the Minimum Free Equity Amount. The calculations of the Free Equity Amount and the Minimum Free Equity Amount are described more specifically in the “ Glossary of Terms for Prospectus ” in this prospectus.

 

On each business day on which the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will deposit collections of transferred principal receivables and excess shared principal collections otherwise distributable to us or our assigns into the excess funding account until the Free Equity Amount equals the Minimum Free Equity Amount. On any payment date on which one or more series are in an amortization period, the trust will determine the aggregate amounts of principal shortfalls, if any, for these series remaining after application of shared principal collections, as described under “ Description of the Notes Shared Principal Collections ” in this prospectus, and will instruct the indenture trustee to withdraw funds on deposit in the excess funding account to cover remaining principal shortfalls, subject to the limitations described in the following sentence. The amount to be withdrawn from the excess funding account and treated as shared principal collections for any payment date may not exceed the amount by which the Free Equity Amount would be less than zero if there were no funds on deposit in the excess funding account on that payment date.

 

In addition, as described in “ The Trust Portfolio—Addition of Trust Assets ” in this prospectus, if at the end of any Monthly Period, the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount, we will be required to designate additional accounts to the trust.

 

  56  

 

 

Transfer and Assignment of Receivables

 

Under a receivables purchase agreement entered into by the bank in 1997, the bank, in its capacity as transferor, transferred receivables in designated accounts on an ongoing basis to RFS Funding Trust or its predecessor, RFS Funding Incorporated. RFS Funding Trust was a special purpose Delaware statutory trust that, among other things, issued a certificate representing a beneficial interest in the transferred receivables, which certificate was the primary initial asset of the trust. As of September 25, 2003, the 1997 agreement was replaced by two new agreements:

 

the receivables sale agreement, between the bank, as seller, and us, as buyer—which we refer to as the receivables sale agreement; and

 

a receivables purchase and contribution agreement between us, as seller, and RFS Funding Trust, as buyer—which we refer to as the trust receivables purchase agreement.

 

Under the receivables sale agreement, the bank has designated a pool of accounts and transfers receivables in the designated accounts to us on an ongoing basis. The bank may also designate additional accounts under the receivables sale agreement in the future, and the receivables existing in those accounts and any receivables arising in those accounts in the future will be transferred to us. Prior to August 16, 2004, under the trust receivables purchase agreement, in our capacity as transferor, we transferred all receivables sold to us by the bank to RFS Funding Trust. On August 16, 2004, RFS Funding Trust transferred and assigned all then existing transferred receivables to the trust. RFS Funding Trust was then terminated. Since August 16, 2004, we have transferred all receivables sold to us by the bank to the trust under a transfer agreement between us and the trust. The trust receivables purchase agreement terminated along with RFS Funding Trust, but the representations and warranties relating to transferred receivables that we made under that agreement survived that termination and have been transferred to the trust.

 

On February 26, 2009, we designated certain accounts in the trust portfolio as removed accounts and the related receivables were reassigned to us. We transferred such receivables to PLT Holding, and on the removal date the bank entered into a receivables purchase agreement with PLT Holding pursuant to which the bank has transferred all newly created receivables originated in the removed accounts after the removal date to PLT Holding. On March 21, 2012, the bank designated a subset of the accounts previously removed from the trust portfolio as additional accounts. On the related account addition date, PLT Holding sold to us all receivables then existing in the additional accounts pursuant to the receivables sale agreement, and we transferred such receivables to the trust. After the addition date, any receivables arising in such accounts will be transferred directly by the bank to us, and will not be sold to PLT Holding. PLT Holding was designated as an additional seller under the receivables sale agreement with respect to such receivables, but PLT Holding is not expected to sell additional receivables under the receivables sale agreement in the future. RFS Holding, Inc., which owns 100% of the ownership interest in PLT Holding, was also added as a seller under the receivables sale agreement, solely for the purpose of assigning to us any interest that it might retain in the receivables being transferred by PLT Holding to us, as a result of having financed PLT Holding’s acquisition of such receivables. RFS Holding, Inc. will have no other obligations under the receivables sale agreement.

 

We obtain a portion of the funds used to purchase receivables from the bank under an intercompany line of credit with RFS Holding, Inc., which is a subsidiary of Synchrony and our direct parent. RFS Holding, Inc. in turn finances advances to us under an intercompany line of credit with Synchrony. We use a portion of the proceeds of the notes and collections on the receivables that are distributed to us to reduce the outstanding amount under the line of credit with RFS Holding, Inc. from time to time.

 

If a receiver or conservator is appointed for the bank or we become a debtor in a bankruptcy case or other specified liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events occur or the bank becomes unable for any reason to transfer receivables to us in accordance with the receivables sale agreement, we will immediately cease to purchase receivables under the receivables sale agreement.

 

We, the bank and each other person that is designated as a seller under the receivables sale agreement have indicated and, in connection with each future transfer of receivables to the trust, will indicate in our computer files or books and records that the receivables have been conveyed to the trust. In addition, we and the bank have provided or caused to be provided and, in connection with each future designation of trust accounts, will provide, or

 

  57  

 

 

cause to be provided, to the indenture trustee, computer files or microfiche lists, containing a true and complete list showing each trust account, identified by account number. Neither we, the bank nor any other seller will deliver to the indenture trustee any other records or agreements relating to the trust accounts or the transferred receivables, except in connection with additions or removals of accounts. Except as stated in this paragraph, the records and agreements that the bank maintains relating to the trust accounts and the transferred receivables are not and will not be segregated from other documents and agreements relating to other credit card accounts and receivables and are not and will not be stamped or marked to reflect the transfers described in this paragraph, but the bank’s or other applicable seller’s computer records are and will be required to be marked to evidence these transfers. We, the bank and each other seller under the receivables sale agreement have filed in all appropriate jurisdictions Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with respect to the transferred receivables meeting the requirements of applicable law. See “ Risk Factors—Security Interest and Bankruptcy Related Risks—Some liens may be given priority over your notes, which could cause delayed or reduced payments ” and “— Perfection and Priority of Security Interests ” in this prospectus.

 

Perfection and Priority of Security Interests

 

In the receivables sale agreement, the bank and each other seller will represent and warrant that its transfer of receivables constitutes a valid sale and assignment of all of its right, title and interest in and to the receivables. In the transfer agreement, we will represent and warrant that the transfer agreement creates in favor of the trust (x) a valid first-priority perfected security interest in our rights in the receivables in existence on the date of termination of RFS Funding Trust or at the time that receivables in additional accounts are transferred, as the case may be, and (y) a valid first-priority perfected security interest in our rights in the receivables arising in accounts already designated for the trust portfolio on and after their creation, in each case until termination of the trust. For a discussion of the trust’s rights arising from these representations and warranties not being satisfied, see “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” in this prospectus.

 

We will represent in the transfer agreement and the bank and each other seller will represent in the receivables sale agreement that the receivables are “accounts” or “general intangibles” for purposes of the UCC. Both the sale of accounts and general intangibles that are payment intangibles and the transfer of accounts and general intangibles as security for an obligation are subject to the provisions of Article 9 of the UCC. Therefore, we, the bank and each other seller will file appropriate UCC financing statements to perfect the respective transferee’s security interest in the receivables.

 

There are limited circumstances in which prior or subsequent transferees of receivables could have an interest in those receivables with priority over the trust’s interest. Under the receivables sale agreement, however, the bank and each other seller will represent and warrant that it has transferred the receivables to us free and clear of the lien of any third party other than the trust and the indenture trustee, subject to specified liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement. In addition, the bank will covenant that it will not sell, create or permit to exist any lien on any receivable, subject to specified liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement. Similarly, under the trust receivables purchase agreement and the transfer agreement, we represented and warranted, or will represent and warrant, that the receivables were transferred to RFS Funding Trust or the trust, as the case may be, free and clear of the lien of any third party other than the indenture trustee, subject to specified liens permitted by the trust receivables purchase agreement and the transfer agreement. In addition, we will covenant that we will not create or permit to exist any lien on any receivable other than to the trust, subject to specified liens permitted by the transfer agreement. Nevertheless, a tax, governmental or other nonconsensual lien on our property, the bank’s property or the property of any other seller arising prior to the time a receivable is transferred to the trust may have priority over the trust’s interest in that receivable. Furthermore, if the FDIC were appointed as the bank’s receiver or conservator, administrative expenses of the receiver or conservator may have priority over the trust’s interest in the receivables.

 

So long as the conditions discussed in “ The Servicers—Collections; Commingling ” in this prospectus continue to be satisfied, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will be permitted to make deposits of collections on a monthly basis. Cash collections held by the servicer, on behalf of the trust, therefore will be commingled and used for the benefit of the servicer prior to each payment date, and the trust may not have a first-priority perfected security interest in those collections. In addition, if a receiver or conservator were appointed for the bank, the indenture trustee may not be able to obtain, or may experience delays in obtaining, control of collections that are in possession

 

  58  

 

 

of the bank at the time of such appointment. If any such event occurs, the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in losses to you.

 

Conservatorship and Receivership; Bankruptcy

 

The bank is a federal savings association and is regulated and supervised principally by the OCC, which is required to appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for the bank if specified events occur relating to the bank’s financial condition or the propriety of its actions. In addition, the FDIC could appoint itself as conservator or receiver for the bank.

 

In its role as conservator or receiver, the FDIC would have broad powers to repudiate contracts to which the bank was a party if the FDIC determined that the contracts were burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of the bank’s affairs. Among the contracts that might be repudiated is the receivables sale agreement under which the bank transfers receivables to us.

 

Also, we could not exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate, or declare a default under the receivables sale agreement, or otherwise affect the bank’s rights under the receivables sale agreement without the FDIC’s consent, for 90 days after the receiver is appointed or 45 days after the conservator is appointed, as applicable. During the same period, the FDIC’s consent would also be needed for any attempt to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of the bank. The requirement to obtain the FDIC’s consent before taking these actions relating to a bank’s contracts or property is sometimes referred to as an “ automatic stay .”

 

The FDIC’s repudiation power would enable the FDIC to repudiate any ongoing repurchase or indemnity obligations of the bank under the transaction documents. However, because we have structured, and will structure, the transfers of receivables under the receivables sale agreement between the bank, the other sellers and us, as well as the transfer of the receivables under the receivables purchase agreement between the bank and PLT Holding, with the intent that such transfers would be characterized as legal true sales, the FDIC should not be able to recover the transferred receivables using its repudiation power.

 

Nevertheless, if the transfers of receivables by the bank to us or PLT Holding were not respected as legal true sales, then we or PLT Holding, as applicable, would be treated as having made a loan to the bank, secured by the transferred receivables. The FDIC ordinarily has the power to repudiate a secured loan and then recover the collateral after paying damages in an amount equal to the lender’s “actual direct compensatory damages” determined as of the date of the FDIC’s appointment as conservator or receiver. There is no statutory definition of “actual direct compensatory damages,” but the term does not include damages for lost profits or opportunity.

 

The staff of the FDIC takes the position that upon repudiation these damages would not include interest accrued to the date of actual repudiation, so the issuing entity would receive interest only through the date of the appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. Since the FDIC may delay repudiation for up to 180 days following that appointment, the issuing entity may not have a claim for interest accrued during this 180-day period. In addition, in one case involving the repudiation by the Resolution Trust Corporation, formerly a sister agency of the FDIC, of certain secured zero-coupon bonds issued by a savings association, a United States federal district court held that “actual direct compensatory damages” in the case of a marketable security meant the market value of the repudiated bonds as of the date of repudiation. If that court’s view were applied to determine the “actual direct compensatory damages” in the circumstances described above, the amount of damages could, depending upon circumstances existing on the date of the repudiation, be less than the principal amount of the related securities and the interest accrued thereon to the date of payment.

 

The FDIC has adopted a “ safe harbor ” rule that enables investors in asset backed securities to avoid the risk of indirect recovery of receivables described above if the conditions of the safe harbor are satisfied. Under the rule, the FDIC has stated that, if certain conditions are met, it will not use its repudiation power to reclaim, recover or recharacterize as property of an FDIC-insured bank any financial assets transferred by that bank in connection with a securitization transaction. The bank cannot guarantee that any issuance of notes will have the benefit of the safe harbor rule and no legal opinion will be delivered in connection with the issuance of the notes as to the applicability of the safe harbor to the transfers of the receivables to us.

 

  59  

 

 

Regardless of whether the transfers under the receivables sale agreement between the bank, PLT Holding and us are respected as legal true sales, as conservator or receiver for the bank, the FDIC could:

 

require the issuing entity or any of the other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the receivables; or

 

request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against the bank.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, and (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC.

 

If the FDIC were to successfully take any of these actions, delays in payments on the notes could occur and the amount payable to you could be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in losses to you.

 

If bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings occur with respect to the bank, we will promptly notify the indenture trustee and an early amortization event will occur with respect to each series. Under the transfer agreement, newly created receivables will not be transferred to the trust on and after any of these bankruptcy or insolvency related events.

 

We and the trust are separate, bankruptcy-remote affiliates of Synchrony, and our limited liability company agreement and the trust agreement for the trust contain limitations on the nature of our respective businesses. The indenture trustee and each noteholder by its acceptance of a note have agreed that it will not directly or indirectly institute or cause to be instituted against the trust any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy law unless noteholders of not less than 66⅔% of the outstanding principal amount of each class of notes has approved such filing. They will also covenant not to institute this type of proceeding against us in any case.

 

If, however, we or the trust became a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could conclude that we effectively still own the transferred receivables. This could happen if a court presiding over our bankruptcy were to conclude either that the transfers of the receivables to the trust were not “true sales” or that we and the trust should be treated as the same person for bankruptcy purposes. In addition, if any seller under the receivables sale agreement that is eligible to be a debtor in a bankruptcy case were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a court could conclude that such transfers were not “true sales” of such receivables and that as a result such seller still owned such transferred receivables. If any of the bankruptcy-related events described in this paragraph were to occur, then you could experience delays in payment on the notes and possible reductions in the amount of those payments as a result of:

 

the automatic stay which prevents secured creditors from exercising remedies against a debtor in bankruptcy without permission from the court and provisions of the bankruptcy code that permit substitution of collateral;

 

tax or government liens on our property that arose prior to the transfer of a receivable to the trust having a right to be paid from collections before the collections are used to make payments on the notes; or

 

the fact that the trust might not have a perfected interest in any cash collections on the receivables held by the servicer at the time that a bankruptcy proceeding begins. See “ The Servicers—Collections; Commingling ” in this prospectus for a description of the time the servicer is allowed to commingle collections with its funds.

 

  60  

 

 

Application of federal and state insolvency and debtor relief laws would affect the interests of the noteholders if those laws result in any receivables being charged-off as uncollectible. See “ The Servicers—Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus.

 

FDIC’s Orderly Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, gives the FDIC authority to act as receiver of bank holding companies, financial companies and their subsidiaries in specific situations under the OLA as described in more detail below. The OLA provisions became effective on July 22, 2010. The proceedings, standards, powers of the receiver and many other substantive provisions of OLA differ from those of the United States bankruptcy code in several respects. To address some of these differences, the FDIC in July of 2011 adopted a regulation confirming that the treatment under OLA of preferential transfers is intended to be consistent with similar provisions in, and doctrines developed under, the United States bankruptcy code. In addition, because the legislation remains subject to clarification through FDIC regulations and has yet to be applied by the FDIC in any receivership, it is unclear exactly what impact these provisions will have on any particular company, including Synchrony, us, the sellers (other than the bank) or the issuing entity, or its creditors.

 

There is uncertainty about which companies will be subject to OLA rather than the bankruptcy code. For a company to become subject to OLA, the Secretary of the Treasury (in consultation with the President of the United States) must determine, among other things, that the company is in default or in danger of default, the failure of such company and its resolution under the bankruptcy code would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States, no viable private sector alternative is available to prevent the default of the company and an OLA proceeding would mitigate these adverse effects. We, the sellers (other than the bank) and the issuing entity could also potentially be subject to the provisions of OLA as “covered subsidiaries” of Synchrony. For us or the issuing entity to be subject to receivership under OLA (1) the FDIC would have to be appointed as receiver for Synchrony under OLA and (2) the FDIC and the Secretary of the Treasury would have to jointly determine that (a) we, such seller or the issuing entity, as applicable, were in default or in danger of default, (b) the liquidation of that covered subsidiary would avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability or economic conditions of the United States and (c) such appointment would facilitate the orderly liquidation of Synchrony. In addition, GE Capital Global could potentially be subject to the provisions or OLA as a “covered financial company.”

 

No assurance can be given that OLA would not apply to Synchrony, us, any seller (other than the bank), the issuing entity or GE Capital Global or, if it were to apply, that the timing and amounts of payments to the related series of noteholders would not be less favorable than under the bankruptcy code.

 

If the FDIC were appointed receiver of Synchrony, us, the issuing entity or GE Capital Global under OLA, the FDIC would have various powers under OLA, including the power to repudiate any contract to which Synchrony, we, any seller (other than the bank), the issuing entity or GE Capital Global, as applicable, was a party, if the FDIC determined that performance of the contract was burdensome and that repudiation would promote the orderly administration of Synchrony’s affairs, our affairs, the issuing entity’s affairs or GE Capital Global’s affairs, as applicable. Among the contracts that might be repudiated are the receivables sale agreement, servicing agreement, the administration agreement, the transfer agreement, the indenture and the servicer performance guaranty. In January 2011, the Acting General Counsel of the FDIC issued an advisory opinion covering, among other things, its intended application of the FDIC’s repudiation power under OLA. In that advisory opinion, the Acting General Counsel stated that nothing in the Dodd-Frank Act changes the existing law governing the separate existence of separate entities under other applicable law. As a result, the Acting General Counsel was of the opinion that the FDIC as receiver for a covered financial company, which could include Synchrony or its subsidiaries (including the depositor, the issuing entity and any seller (other than the bank) that is a subsidiary of Synchrony) or GE Capital Global, cannot repudiate a contract or lease unless it has been appointed as receiver for an entity that is party to the contract or lease or the separate existence of that entity may be disregarded under other applicable law. In addition, the Acting General Counsel was of the opinion that until such time as the FDIC Board of Directors adopts a regulation further addressing the application of Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, if the FDIC were to become receiver for a covered financial company, the FDIC will not, in the exercise of its authority under Section 210(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, reclaim, recover, or recharacterize as property of that covered financial company or the receivership assets transferred by that covered financial company prior to the end of the applicable transition period of a regulation provided that such transfer satisfies the conditions for the exclusion of such assets from the property

 

  61  

 

 

of the estate of that covered financial company under the United States Bankruptcy Code. Although this advisory opinion does not bind the FDIC or its Board of Directors, and could be modified or withdrawn in the future, the advisory opinion also states that the Acting General Counsel will recommend that the FDIC Board of Directors incorporate a transition period of 90 days for any provisions in any further regulations affecting the statutory power to disaffirm or repudiate contracts. The foregoing Acting General Counsel’s interpretation applies to all notes issued by revolving trusts or master trusts prior to the end of the applicable transition period. To the extent any future regulations or subsequent FDIC actions in an OLA proceeding involving the Company (including the depositor, the issuing entity and any other seller (other than the bank) that is a subsidiary of Synchrony) or GE Capital Global, are contrary to this advisory opinion, payment or distributions of principal and interest on the notes issued by the trust could be delayed or reduced.

 

In addition, if we or any seller (other than the bank) were to become subject to OLA as a covered financial company, the FDIC as receiver could assert that we or such seller, as applicable, still effectively own the transferred receivables and that the issuing entity should be treated as having made a loan to us or such seller, as applicable, secured by the transferred receivables. The FDIC ordinarily has the power to repudiate secured loans and then recover the collateral after paying damages, as described further below, to the lenders. If the FDIC repudiated that loan, the amount of compensation that the FDIC would be required to pay would be limited to “actual direct compensatory damages” determined as of the date of the FDIC’s appointment as receiver. There is no general statutory definition of “actual direct compensatory damages” in this context, but the term does not include damages for lost profits or opportunity. However, under OLA, in the case of any debt for borrowed money, actual direct compensatory damages is no less than the amount lent plus accrued interest plus any accreted original issue discount as of the date the FDIC was appointed receiver and, to the extent that an allowed secured claim is secured by property the value of which is greater than the amount of such claim and any accrued interest through the date of repudiation or disaffirmance, such accrued interest.

 

The FDIC could also:

 

  require the issuing entity or other transaction parties to go through an administrative claims procedure to establish its rights to payments collected on the receivables if the FDIC is appointed as receiver for us or the applicable seller;

 

  request a stay of proceedings to liquidate claims or otherwise enforce contractual and legal remedies against us or the issuing entity;

 

repudiate Synchrony’s ongoing obligations under the servicing agreement, such as its duty to collect and remit payments or otherwise service the receivables if the FDIC is appointed for Synchrony, or GE Capital Global’s obligations under the servicer performance guaranty; or

 

  prior to any such repudiation of the servicing agreement, prevent any of the indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor servicer.

 

There are also statutory prohibitions on (1) any attachment or execution being issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, (2) any property in the possession of the FDIC, as receiver, being subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure or sale without the consent of the FDIC and (3) any person exercising any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare a default under any contract to which Synchrony, or we or the issuing entity as a covered subsidiary treated as a covered financial company, is a party, or to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of a party subject to the OLA, or affect any contractual rights of any party subject to the OLA, without the consent of the FDIC for 90 days after appointment of FDIC as receiver.

 

If the issuing entity were itself to become subject to OLA as a covered subsidiary treated as a covered financial company, the FDIC may repudiate the debt of the issuing entity. In such an event, the related series of noteholders would have a secured claim in the receivership of the issuing entity but delays in payments on such series of notes and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur.

 

  62  

 

 

If the FDIC, as receiver for Synchrony, any applicable seller, the issuing entity or GE Capital Global, were to take any of the actions described above, payments or distributions of principal and interest on your notes could be delayed or reduced.

 

Annual Compliance Statement

 

The trust will be required to present to the indenture trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the trust, an officer’s certificate as to the performance of its obligations under the indenture.

 

The Servicers

 

SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL

 

Synchrony, a Delaware corporation, acts as servicer for the trust. On December 2, 2015, GE Capital resigned as servicer and Synchrony accepted its appointment as servicer. GE Capital Global, an affiliate of GE, guarantees the obligations of Synchrony as Servicer. Synchrony has been engaged in servicing receivables since its incorporation.

 

Synchrony, acting through various affiliated subservicers, is the primary servicer for the bank’s credit card operations and performs servicing operations in offices located in multiple cities throughout the United States, India and the Philippines. The services provided within each location can be customized to support the particular requirements of each retailer. The internal control environment at each location ensures security while maximizing customer service. In addition, the servicers are responsible for following all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to the credit card programs including but not limited to insurance laws, the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“ FCRA ”), the Fair Credit Billing Act and the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, each of their implementing regulations, and any applicable state laws. The bank monitors the servicers’ activities to ensure compliance.

 

[If applicable for any prospectus included in this registration statement: Information regarding the servicer’s financial condition to the extent there is a material risk that the effect on one or more aspects of servicing resulting from such financial condition could have a material impact on performance of the trust portfolio or performance of the notes.]

 

Synchrony Bank

 

The bank, as subservicer, is primarily responsible for receiving and processing collections on the receivables. Collections on the trust assets are primarily deposited into lockbox accounts owned by the bank prior to the deposit of such collections into trust accounts. See “ The Sponsor ” for a description of the bank’s securitization experience.

 

Synchrony may from time to time enter into additional subservicing arrangements with other affiliated and unaffiliated companies. Synchrony or a subservicer may terminate its subservicing agreement from time to time, in each case in accordance with the terms of the applicable subservicing agreement. If a subservicing agreement is terminated, Synchrony may or may not enter into a subservicing agreement with a new subservicer. Notwithstanding any such subservicing arrangement, Synchrony remains primarily liable for all obligations under the servicing agreement.

 

Servicing Procedures

 

Synchrony, as servicer, has agreed to conduct the servicing, administration and collection of the receivables owned by the trust with reasonable care and diligence and in accordance with the credit card program agreements and the trust’s collection policies.

 

The servicer is authorized under the servicing agreement to take any and all reasonable steps determined by the servicer to be necessary or desirable and consistent with the ownership of the transferred receivables by the trust and the pledge of the transferred receivables to the indenture trustee to:

 

  63  

 

 

collect all amounts due under the transferred receivables, including endorsing its name on checks and other instruments representing collections on the transferred receivables;

 

executing and delivering any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to the transferred receivables;

 

make withdrawals from the collection account and any other account established for a series of notes;

 

take any action required or permitted under any enhancement for any class of notes; and

 

keep and maintain all documents, books, computer records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all the transferred receivables.

 

In addition, after the transferred receivables become delinquent and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, the servicer may take any and all reasonable steps determined by the servicer to be necessary or desirable to:

 

commence proceedings with respect to the enforcement of payment of the transferred receivables,

 

adjust, settle or compromise any payments due under the transferred receivables, and

 

initiate proceedings against any collateral securing the obligations due under the transferred receivables, in each case, consistent with the credit and collection policies,

 

The servicer will not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the transferred receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables.

 

On behalf of the trust, the servicer will also direct the paying agent to make payments on the notes.

 

The servicer will be required to maintain fidelity bond or other appropriate insurance coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering those actions, and in an amount, in each case as the servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.

 

[If applicable for any prospectus included this registration statement: Description of any material changes to the servicer’s policies and procedures for credit card receivables during the past three years.]

 

Data Processing

 

Certain data processing and administrative functions associated with the servicing of a portion of the bank’s credit card portfolio are currently being performed on behalf of the bank by First Data. First Data was established in 1971 as the data processing unit of Mid-America Bankcard Association. In 1980, American Express acquired First Data Resources, Inc. and in 1992, First Data Resources, Inc. became an independent company as a subsidiary of First Data Corp. According to First Data Resources, Inc., it is a global provider of comprehensive transaction processing products and services to credit, debit, commercial, private label and other prepaid card offerings. First Data Resources, Inc.’s home office in the United States is located in Atlanta, Georgia.

 

Collection Account and Other Trust Accounts

 

The trust has established and maintains a collection account and an excess funding account. Both the collection account and the excess funding account must be segregated accounts maintained in the corporate trust department of the indenture trustee or maintained with a depository institution that has either a short-term or long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to each of the rating agencies.

 

  64  

 

 

The funds on deposit in these accounts may only be invested, at the direction of the administrator, in highly rated investments that meet the criteria described in the indenture or the related indenture supplement for that series. Investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the excess funding account will be treated as finance charge collections and allocated to each series based on the respective allocation percentages for each series. Investment earnings on amounts in the collection account will be withdrawn from the collection account and paid to us.

 

Synchrony will make all determinations with respect to the deposit of collections to the trust accounts and the transfer and disbursement of those collections. No party will independently verify the account activity for the trust accounts.

 

Collections; Commingling

 

The trust currently causes to be deposited by the servicer (and all subservicers), into the collection account, all payments made on transferred receivables within two business days after processing, subject to the second following paragraph. The trust may instead make monthly deposits of these collections by no later than the first payment date after the end of the related Monthly Period, so long as one of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(1) the servicer provides to the trust a letter of credit, surety bond or other arrangement covering risk of collection from the servicer acceptable to the rating agencies;

 

(2) the servicer (or so long as a servicer performance guaranty remains in effect, the servicer performance guarantor) has and maintains a short-term debt rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s, if rated by Standard & Poor’s, F-1 by Fitch, if rated by Fitch, and P-1 by Moody’s, if rated by Moody’s; or

 

(3) with respect to collections allocated to any series, any other conditions specified in the related indenture supplement are satisfied.

 

Synchrony currently satisfies the requirements of clause (2) above, because GE Capital Global, as servicer performance guarantor, maintains the required ratings described in such clause (2). If in the future the requirements for monthly deposits are no longer satisfied, the trust or the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will be required to deposit all payments made on the transferred receivables into the collection account by no later than the second business day after processing.

 

The servicer, on behalf of the trust, is only required to make daily or periodic deposits to the collection account during any Monthly Period to the extent that the funds are expected to be needed for deposit into other trust accounts or for distribution to noteholders or other parties on or prior to the related payment date. For this purpose, estimates of interest due on each series of notes and other trust expenses will be used to determine what funds are expected to be needed for deposit or distribution, based on the assumption that no early amortization event or event of default will occur, unless the trust has actual knowledge that such an event has occurred. If the collection account balance ever exceeds the amount expected to be needed for those deposits or distributions, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, may withdraw the excess and release it to the trust for the trust’s own use. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the trust may retain and pay, or cause to be paid, directly to the servicer the servicing fee for any series and will not be required to deposit those amounts in the collection account.

 

Under the terms of each credit card processing agreement, many of the retailers accept payments on the accounts at their stores. These amounts are netted against payments owed by the bank to the retailers on a periodic basis. However, the bank is obligated to transfer the full amount of all payments made on transferred receivables, without giving effect to any netting of payments owed by the bank, into the collection account.

 

Delinquency and Collections Procedures

 

Efforts to collect delinquent receivables are made by Synchrony’s and certain of its affiliates’ collections departments and, if necessary, by external collection agencies and attorneys. As of December 31, 2014, Synchrony’s internal collection departments included several collection sites with approximately 438 full-time equivalent frontline collectors and approximately 37 full-time equivalent managers. Synchrony’s internal collection

 

  65  

 

 

sites are located in the continental United States and Puerto Rico. The bank also utilizes Genpact International, which has approximately 573 full-time equivalent collectors and collection sites located in India, the Philippines and Guatemala.

 

External agencies are used for a portion of the collections efforts. These agencies are most often utilized for collection of pre-charge-off accounts that are 60 or more days delinquent, although external agencies may also be used for pre-charge-off accounts that are less than 60 days delinquent. Agencies are also used for locating cardholders who have no valid phone number associated with an account on the system. External attorneys are used for charge-off accounts only.

 

For accounts that are billed as 15 days past due, collection efforts vary from one to 14 days after the billing date. For accounts that are billed as 30 or more days past due, collection efforts generally begin one day after the billing date. Typically, no more than five attempts to contact the obligor on an account will be made per day until contact is made. If a cardholder promises to pay, 10 days is the longest time period between attempts to the cardholder. Collection efforts are based upon customer account characteristics. These characteristics include the cardholder’s payment history and delinquency status, and whether the account was a first payment default. These characteristics are analyzed to determine the optimal collection strategy, which could include scheduling an account to receive a telephone call, a letter or e-mail, a 2Way Connect call (interactive voice response), or no action at the present time. The Company uses several collection strategy tools and related software packages to automate the collection process in addition to a standardized automated daily calling procedure that maximizes its opportunity to contact the cardholder. In addition, a collection website offers delinquent cardholders self serve options to resolve their delinquency.

 

Special payment plans are available to cardholders that are experiencing a financial hardship on a temporary or permanent basis. These programs are either 12 or 48 months in length, and may include receiving a reduction of both minimum payment due and the monthly APR. These programs require specific account criteria for eligibility and a monthly payment to remain in the program. Proposals from consumer credit counseling service agencies are reviewed for eligibility and if accepted cardholders can be enrolled in the particular workout program for up to 60 months.

 

Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs

 

Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council guidelines are followed for charge-off procedures relating to aged, bankrupt, fraudulent and deceased accounts. An account must be in existence for at least nine months and the cardholder must make three consecutive monthly minimum payments before an account can be re-aged. No account may be re-aged more than once in any twelve-month period or more than twice in a five-year period unless the cardholder qualifies for a troubled debt restructuring program, in which case one additional re-age is permitted during the five-year period.

 

An account is charged off as an aged credit loss after the account becomes 180 days past due. Charge-offs are executed on charge-off cycle dates which occur on various days during each Monthly Period. The number of different charge-off cycle dates in each Monthly Period varies, and as a result, the amount of charged-off receivables can vary between Monthly Periods with no corresponding change in the performance of the trust portfolio.

 

On the last day of the Monthly Period in which a receivable is charged-off, the receivable will be sold to us and will no longer be shown as an amount payable on the trust’s records. The purchase price that we pay to the trust for those defaulted receivables will be equal to the aggregate amount of recoveries on previously charged-off accounts that we have received from the bank for the same Monthly Period, which will be allocated to us on a reasonable basis based on the historical recovery experience for the bank’s portfolio of accounts.

 

Each series will be allocated a portion of defaulted receivables in each charged-off account in an amount equal to such series’ allocation percentage for defaulted receivables as of the date the account is charged off of the aggregate amount of transferred principal receivables in that account as of the date the account is charged off. The calculation of the allocation percentage for defaulted receivables for your series is described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Allocation Percentages ” in this prospectus.

 

  66  

 

 

Unlike defaulted receivables, dilution, which includes reductions in transferred principal receivables as a result of returns, unauthorized charges and the like, is not intended to be allocated to any series. Instead, these reductions are applied to reduce the Free Equity Amount, and to the extent they would reduce the Free Equity Amount below zero, we are required to deposit the amount of the reduction into the excess funding account. However, if we default in our obligation to make a payment to cover dilution, then a portion of any resulting shortfall in receivables will be allocated to each series. The amount of any such shortfall that would be allocated to each series, and your series’ share of uncovered dilution for each monthly period would be calculated as described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus.

 

On each payment date, if the sum of the defaulted receivables and any dilution allocated to any series is greater than the finance charge collections and other funds available to cover those amounts, then the collateral amount for that series will be reduced by the amount of the excess. Any reductions in the collateral amount for any series on account of defaulted receivables and dilution will be reimbursed to the extent that finance charge collections and other amounts on deposit in the collection account are available for that purpose on any subsequent payment date. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Allocation Percentages” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of how defaulted receivables and uncovered dilution can result in a reduction of the collateral amount for your series, and see “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections ” in this prospectus for a description of how such reductions may be reimbursed from available finance charge collections for your series.

 

Servicer’s Representations, Warranties and Covenants

 

The servicer will make customary representations and warranties to the trust as of the closing date for each series, including that:

 

the servicer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the servicing of the transferred receivables requires it to be qualified, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the servicer’s ability to perform its obligations under the servicing agreement or a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables;

 

the servicer has the power and authority to execute and deliver the servicing agreement and perform its obligations under the servicing agreement, and the servicing agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the servicer, enforceable against it, subject to insolvency and equity related exceptions;

 

no consent of, notice to, filing with or permits, qualifications or other action by any governmental authority is required for the due execution, delivery and performance of the servicing agreement, other than those that have already been obtained or made or where the failure to obtain any consent or take any action, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the servicer’s ability to perform its obligations under the servicing agreement or a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables; and

 

there is no pending or, to its actual knowledge, threatened litigation of a material nature asserting the invalidity of the servicing agreement or seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the servicing agreement.

 

The servicer will covenant and agree as follows:

 

to satisfy all obligations on its part under and in connection with the transferred receivables and the related accounts;

 

to maintain all necessary qualifications in order to properly service the transferred receivables and materially comply with applicable laws in connection with servicing the receivables and related accounts, if the failure to comply with those laws would cause a material adverse effect on the servicer’s ability to

 

  67  

 

 

perform its obligations under the servicing agreement and transaction documents or a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables; and

 

not to permit any rescission or cancellation of a transferred receivable except as ordered by a court or other governmental authority or in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with the trust’s collection policies.

 

If the servicer breaches the above covenants with respect to any transferred receivable or the related account, and as a result, the trust’s rights in, to or under the related transferred receivables are materially impaired or the proceeds of the transferred receivables are not available to the trust free and clear of any lien, then no later than 60 days from the earlier to occur of the discovery of the breach by the servicer or the receipt by the servicer of notice of the breach from the trust, all transferred receivables in the accounts to which the breach relates will be assigned to the servicer. On or prior to the related payment date, the servicer will pay the trust an amount equal to the amount of the transferred receivables required to be assigned to the servicer. The servicer will not be required to accept assignment of the receivables if on any day prior to the end of the 60-day period described above, the relevant breach has been cured and the covenant has been complied with in all material respects and the servicer has delivered an officer’s certificate describing the nature of the breach and the manner in which the breach was cured.

 

Limitations on Servicer’s Liability

 

The servicer will indemnify the trust and its affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees or agents for any losses suffered as a result of the servicer’s material breach of its obligations under the servicing agreement, except in each case, for losses resulting from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the indemnified party or recourse for uncollectible receivables. No indemnity payments by the servicer will be paid from the assets of the trust.

 

Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, neither the servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents will be liable to the trust, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the noteholders or any other person for any action or for refraining from taking any action in good faith in its capacity as servicer under the servicing agreement. However, the servicer will not be protected against any liability resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the servicing agreement. In addition, the servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the servicing agreement and which in its reasonable opinion may expose it to any expense or liability.

 

The servicer is not responsible under the servicing agreement to any person for indirect, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages arising from any transaction contemplated by the servicing agreement.

 

Servicer Default; Successor Servicer

 

The occurrence of any of the following events constitutes a servicer default for all series:

 

(1) failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit on or before the date occurring 5 business days after the date that payment, transfer or deposit is required to be made or given by the servicer under the servicing agreement; provided that, if the delay or default could not have been prevented by the exercise of reasonable due diligence by the servicer and the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then a servicer default will not be deemed to occur until 35 business days after the date of the failure;

 

(2) failure on the part of the servicer to observe or perform in any material respect any of its other covenants or agreements in the servicing agreement if the failure has a material adverse effect on the trust which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after notice to the servicer by the trust; provided that, if the failure could not have been prevented by the exercise of reasonable due diligence by the servicer and the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then the servicer shall have an additional 60 days to cure the default;

 

  68  

 

 

(3) the servicer delegates its duties, except as specifically permitted under the servicing agreement, and the delegation remains unremedied for 15 days after written notice to the servicer by the trust;

 

(4) any representation, warranty or certification made by the servicer in the servicing agreement, or in any certificate delivered in accordance with the servicing agreement, proves to have been incorrect when made if it:

 

(a) has a material adverse effect on the rights of the trust; and

 

(b) continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after notice to the servicer by the trust; provided that, if the delay or default could not have been prevented by the exercise of reasonable due diligence by the servicer and the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence, then the servicer shall have an additional 60 days to cure the default; or

 

(5) specific insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar events relating to the servicer.

 

The determination of a servicer default shall be based solely on the provisions of the servicing agreement, and the occurrence of a material instance of noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria specified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB will not be determinative that a servicer default has occurred.

 

The trust will covenant to the indenture trustee that it will notify the servicer of any failure or breach by the servicer described above if directed to do so by the indenture trustee or holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all series or, with respect to any failure by the servicer or any breach by the servicer of a representation, warranty or certification that does not relate to all series, holders of 25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all series to which the failure or breach relates.

 

If a servicer default occurs, for so long as it has not been remedied, the trust may give notice to the servicer, terminating all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under the servicing agreement. The trust will covenant to the indenture trustee that it will deliver notice to the servicer terminating all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under the servicing agreement if a servicer default described in clause (5) above occurs or if any other servicer default occurs and it is directed to terminate the servicer by the holders representing a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each affected series of notes.

 

Within 30 days after the trust gives notice of termination to the servicer, the trust will appoint a successor servicer. Because the bank, as servicer, has significant responsibilities with respect to the servicing of the transferred receivables, the indenture trustee may have difficulty finding a suitable successor servicer. Potential successor servicers may not have the capacity to adequately perform the duties required of a successor servicer or may not be willing to perform those duties for the amount of the servicing fee currently payable under the servicing agreement. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, the indenture trustee will automatically become the successor. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the indenture trustee, does not have credit card operations. If Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is automatically appointed as successor servicer it may not have the capacity to perform the duties required of a successor servicer and current servicing compensation under the servicing agreement may not be sufficient to cover its actual cost and expenses of servicing the accounts. If the indenture trustee is legally unable to act as servicer or if a majority of the noteholders so request in writing to the indenture trustee, the indenture trustee will appoint or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint an eligible servicer.

 

The trust has agreed in the indenture to enforce the obligations of the servicer under the servicing agreement and if a servicer default arises from the failure of the servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the servicing agreement with respect to the transferred receivables, the trust will take all reasonable actions available to it to remedy that failure. However, any default by the servicer in the performance of its obligations under the servicing agreement, other than a default that relates to a failure to make required deposits, may be waived by the trust, but only upon consent of the noteholders holding not less than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes for all series as to which that default relates.

 

  69  

 

 

The bank’s and our respective rights and obligations under the receivables sale agreement will be unaffected by any change in servicer.

 

If a conservator or receiver is appointed for the servicer, the conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent the trust from appointing a successor servicer.

 

Resignation of Servicer

 

The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties, except:

 

upon a determination by the servicer that performance of its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law, and there is no commercially reasonable action that the servicer could take to make the performance of its duties permissible under applicable law; or

 

with the consent of the trust, if the servicer has found a replacement servicer that is an eligible servicer and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the transaction.

 

If the servicer resigns or is terminated, the trust will appoint a successor servicer that has a long-term debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s and BBB- by Standard & Poor’s. On or after the date on which all notes that were outstanding on July 16, 2014 have either been paid in full or consented, this rating requirement will not apply to Synchrony or any affiliate of the bank and satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition will not be required for such resignation and appointment of Synchrony or an affiliate of the bank.

 

In addition, the servicer may also resign if (i) an affiliate of the bank has accepted its appointment as successor servicer and assumed the responsibilities as servicer on any date and (ii) if the successor servicer does not satisfy the ratings requirement set forth in the preceding paragraph, the successor servicer has a servicer performance guaranty in place with GE or an affiliate of GE that, at the time of appointment of the successor servicer, has a long-term debt rating at least equal to the long-term debt rating of GE Capital immediately prior to the time GE Capital resigned as servicer.

 

The servicer’s resignation will not become effective until a successor has assumed the servicer’s obligations and duties. The trust will notify each Hired Agency upon the appointment of a successor servicer. The servicer may delegate any of its servicing duties to another entity, but the servicer’s delegation of its duties will not relieve it of its liability and responsibility with respect to the delegated duties.

 

Merger or Consolidation of Servicer

 

The servicer may consolidate with, merge into, or sell its business to, another entity in accordance with the servicing agreement on the following conditions:

 

(1) the entity, if other than the servicer, formed by the consolidation or merger or that acquires the servicer’s property or assets:

 

(a) is a corporation or banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any one of its states;

 

(b) expressly assumes, by a supplemental agreement, every covenant and obligation of the servicer; and

 

(c) is an eligible servicer, unless upon effectiveness of the merger, consolidation or transfer, a successor servicer assumed the obligations of the servicer pursuant to the servicing agreement;

 

(2) the servicer delivers to the trust an officer’s certificate stating that the merger, consolidation or transfer and the related supplemental agreement comply with any applicable terms of the servicing agreement and that all conditions precedent relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with and an opinion of counsel to the effect that the related supplemental agreement is valid and binding with respect to the

 

  70  

 

 

surviving entity, enforceable against the surviving entity, subject to insolvency and equity related assumptions; and

 

(3) the servicer delivers notice of the applicable transaction to each Hired Agency.

 

The conditions described in this paragraph do not apply to any consolidation or merger if the servicer would be the surviving entity.

 

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

 

The servicer receives a monthly fee for its servicing activities equal to one-twelfth the product of the amount of transferred principal receivables and 2%. The share of the servicing fee allocable to each series for any payment date will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the servicing fee rate for that series and (b) the collateral amount for that series on the last day of the prior Monthly Period. The servicing fee rate for your series is described in “ Structural Summary—Servicing and Servicer’s Fee ” in this prospectus.

 

The servicer will pay from its servicing compensation expenses of servicing the receivables, other than federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, if any, of the trust.

 

Each series’ servicing fee is payable each period from collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the series. The portion of the servicing fee not allocated to any series of notes will be payable by the trust. The noteholders are not responsible for any servicing fee allocable to the trust.

 

Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance

 

The servicing agreement provides that on or before the 90 th day following the end of the servicer’s fiscal year, the servicer will deliver to the trust a report on assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria described in the following paragraph. Each assessment will include:

 

a statement of the servicing party’s responsibility for assessing compliance with the applicable servicing criteria;

 

a statement that the servicing party used the criteria described in the following paragraph to assess compliance with the applicable servicing criteria;

 

the servicing party’s assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria for the applicable fiscal year; and

 

a statement that a registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the servicing party’s assessment of compliance with the applicable servicing criteria for the applicable fiscal year.

 

To the extent required by applicable securities laws, a separate assessment of compliance and an attestation report for each party participating in the servicing function will be filed as exhibits to the trust’s annual report of Form 10-K, unless such entity’s activities relate to only 5% or less of the trust’s assets. For purposes of preparing the assessment of compliance described in the preceding paragraph, each servicing party will use the applicable servicing criteria set forth in relevant SEC regulations with respect to asset backed securities transactions taken as a whole involving that servicing party that are backed by the same types of assets as those backing the notes.

 

On or before the 90 th day following the end of the servicer’s fiscal year, the servicer and each subservicer that is responsible for the management or collection of the pool assets or making allocations or distributions to noteholders, other than any unaffiliated subservicer that services less than 10% of the trust’s assets, will provide an officer’s certificate to the trust to the effect that:

 

a review of the servicer’s activities during the applicable fiscal year and of its performance under the servicing agreement has been made under the officer’s supervision; and

 

  71  

 

 

to the best of the officer’s knowledge, based on the officer’s review, the servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under the servicing agreement in all material respects or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any of the servicer’s obligations in any material respect, specifying the nature and status of the failure.

 

Servicer Performance Guaranty

 

GE Capital Global is a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of GE. GE Capital Global guarantees the performance of Synchrony’s obligations as servicer pursuant to the servicer performance guaranty. Under that agreement, GE Capital Global is obligated to cause the performance of any term, covenant, condition, agreement or undertaking of the servicing in the servicing agreement within two business days notice, or, with respect to the failure to make any payment, deposit or transfer of funds, on the day of receipt of notice, from the trust or the indenture trustee that the servicer has failed to perform. GE Capital Global may, and following any downgrade of its long-term debt rating below the required ratings, must, assign its obligations under the servicer performance guaranty to (i) GE or (ii) an affiliate of GE that at the time of assignment has a long-term debt rating at least equal to the long-term debt rating of GE Capital immediately prior to the time GE Capital resigned as servicer and, for any assignment to an affiliate of GE other than an assignment due to the downgrade of GE Capital Global below the required ratings, satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. These provisions of the servicer performance guaranty may be amended by a written agreement of the servicer and GE Capital Global if the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and we have delivered an officer’s certificate to the effect that the amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the noteholders.

 

The Indenture Trustee

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

 

The indenture trustee is Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (“ DBTCA ”), a New York banking corporation. DBTCA has, and currently is, serving as indenture trustee for numerous securitization transactions and programs involving pools of credit card receivables.

 

DBTCA has provided the following information to us for inclusion in this prospectus:

 

DBTCA has been named as a defendant in civil litigation concerning its role as trustee of certain residential mortgage backed securities (“ RMBS ”) trusts. On June 18, 2014, a group of investors (“ Plaintiff Investors ”) filed a civil action against DBTCA and Deutsche Bank National Trust Company (“ DBNTC ”) in New York State Supreme Court purportedly on behalf of and for the benefit of 544 private-label RMBS trusts asserting claims for alleged violations of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and negligence based on DBTCA’s and DBNTC’s alleged failure to perform their obligations as trustees for the trusts (the “ NY Derivative Action ”). An amended complaint was filed on July 16, 2014, adding Plaintiff Investors and RMBS trusts to the NY Derivative Action. On November 24, 2014, the Plaintiff Investors moved to voluntarily dismiss the NY Derivative Action without prejudice. Also on November 24, 2014, substantially the same group of Plaintiff Investors filed a civil action against DBTCA and DBNTC in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ SDNY Action ”), making substantially the same allegations as the NY Derivative Action with respect to 564 RMBS trusts (542 of which were at issue in the NY Derivative Action). The SDNY Action is styled both as a derivative action on behalf of the named RMBS Trusts and, in the alternative, as a putative class action on behalf of holders of RMBS representing interests in those RMBS trusts. DBTCA is vigorously defending the SDNY Action. DBTCA has no pending legal proceedings (including, based on DBTCA’s present evaluation, the litigation disclosed in this paragraph) that would materially affect its ability to perform its duties as indenture trustee on behalf of the noteholders.

 

The sponsor and its affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee relationships with the indenture trustee and its affiliates.

 

  72  

 

 

Duties and Responsibilities of Indenture Trustee

 

The indenture trustee has agreed to perform only those duties specifically set forth in the indenture. Many of the duties of the indenture trustee are described throughout this prospectus. Under the terms of the indenture, the indenture trustee’s limited responsibilities include the following:

 

to deliver to noteholders of record certain notices, reports and other documents received by the indenture trustee, as required under the indenture;

 

to authenticate, deliver and cancel the notes of each series;

 

to serve as the initial transfer agent, paying agent and registrar;

 

to represent the noteholders in interactions with clearing agencies and other similar organizations;

 

to periodically report on and notify noteholders of certain matters relating to actions taken by the indenture trustee, property and funds that are possessed by the indenture trustee, and other similar matters; and

 

to perform certain other administrative functions identified in the indenture.

 

If an event of default occurs and the indenture trustee has actual knowledge of the occurrence of an event of default, the indenture trustee will exercise its rights and powers under the indenture using the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person would exercise in the conduct of his own affairs. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the indenture trustee may, in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the noteholders of the affected series by any appropriate proceedings as the indenture trustee may deem necessary to protect and enforce any of those rights. See “ The Indenture—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default .”

 

Limitations on Indenture Trustee’s Liability

 

The indenture trustee is not liable for any errors of judgment as long as the errors are made in good faith unless it is proved that the indenture trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, and the indenture trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to the indenture.

 

The indenture trustee will not be deemed to have knowledge of an event of default, early amortization event or servicer default unless a responsible officer of the indenture trustee has actual knowledge of the relevant event or the indenture trustee receives written notice of the relevant event from the trust or noteholders owning notes of the affected series or all series, as applicable, aggregating not less than 10% of the outstanding notes of the affected series or all series, as applicable. The indenture trustee will have no duty to monitor the performance of the trust or its agents and it will not have any liability in connection with the wrongdoing or failure to act by the trust. In addition, the indenture trustee will have no liability in connection with compliance of the trust or its agents with statutory or regulatory requirements related to the transferred receivables.

 

The indenture trustee is not required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under the indenture or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it reasonably believes that repayments of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense is not reasonably assured to it.

 

Compensation and Indemnification of Indenture Trustee

 

Under the terms of the indenture, the trust has agreed to pay the indenture trustee reasonable compensation for performance of its duties under the indenture and to reimburse the indenture trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. The trust has also agreed to indemnify the indenture trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any loss, liability or expense incurred by them to the extent arising out of the administration of the indenture and the

 

  73  

 

 

performance of the indenture trustees duties under the indenture, other than any expense or loss incurred by the indenture trustee through its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

A portion of the fees and other amounts owing to the indenture trustee will be payable from collections of finance charge receivables allocated to your series as described in “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections.

 

Appointment of Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees

 

For the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the collateral for the notes may at the time be located, the indenture trustee will have the power to appoint one or more co-trustees or separate trustees for the benefit of the noteholders, and to vest in any co-trustee or separate trustee all rights under the indenture with respect to the collateral for the notes and those powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the indenture trustee considers necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee will be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under the indenture and no notice to noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee will be required. If a separate trustee or co-trustee is appointed, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the indenture trustee will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the indenture trustee and the separate trustee or co-trustee jointly or, in any jurisdiction where the indenture trustee is incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts, singly by the separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the indenture trustee. No trustee appointed under the indenture will be personally liable for any act or omission of any other trustee appointed under the indenture. The indenture trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove, in its sole discretion, any separate trustee or co-trustee.

 

Resignation or Removal of Indenture Trustee

 

The indenture trustee may resign at any time. Noteholders holding not less than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all series may remove the indenture trustee and may appoint a successor indenture trustee. In addition, the trust will remove the indenture trustee if it ceases to be eligible to continue as an indenture trustee under the indenture or if the indenture trustee becomes insolvent or otherwise becomes legally unable to act as indenture trustee. If the indenture trustee resigns or is removed, the trust will then be obligated to appoint a successor indenture trustee. If a successor indenture trustee does not assume the duties of indenture trustee within 60 days after the retiring indenture trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring indenture trustee, the trust or noteholders representing not less than a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all series may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor indenture trustee. In addition, if the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as indenture trustee, any noteholder may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the indenture trustee and the appointment of a successor indenture trustee.

 

If an event of default occurs under the indenture, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the indenture trustee may be deemed to have a conflict of interest and be required to resign as indenture trustee for one or more classes of each series of notes. In that case, a successor indenture trustee will be appointed for one or more of those classes of notes and may provide for rights of senior noteholders to consent to or direct actions by the indenture trustee which are different from those of subordinated noteholders. Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of a successor indenture trustee for any class or series of notes will not become effective until the successor indenture trustee accepts its appointment.

 

The Owner Trustee

 

BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware

 

BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware is a Delaware banking corporation and an affiliate of The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, which provides support services on its behalf in this transaction. Its principal place of business is located at 301 Bellevue Parkway, 3 rd Floor, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration. BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware has acted as owner trustee on numerous asset backed transactions (with The Bank of New York Mellon providing administrative support), including the structure of the transaction referred to herein. While the structure of each transaction may differ, BNY Mellon Trust of

 

  74  

 

 

Delaware and The Bank of New York Mellon on its behalf are experienced in administering transactions of this kind. You may contact BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware by calling (302) 791-3610.

 

In the ordinary course of business, The Bank of New York Mellon is named as a defendant in or made a party to pending and potential legal actions. In connection with its role as trustee of certain RMBS transactions, The Bank of New York Mellon was named as a defendant in a lawsuit by a group of institutional investors. This lawsuit alleges that the trustee had expansive duties under the governing agreements, including the duty to investigate and pursue breach of representation and warranty claims against other parties to the RMBS transactions. While it is inherently difficult to predict the eventual outcomes of pending actions, The Bank of New York Mellon denies liability and intends to defend the litigation vigorously.

 

BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware has provided the above information for purposes of complying with Regulation AB. Other than the above paragraphs, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware has not participated in the preparation of, and is not responsible for, any other information contained in this prospectus.

 

Duties and Responsibilities of Owner Trustee

 

The owner trustee has agreed to hold in trust, for our use and benefit, the assets transferred to the trust under the transfer agreement. The owner trustee also acts a certificate registrar for purposes of registering the transfer of the transferor certificate and any supplemental certificates issued by the trust.

 

The owner trustee is authorized, and has been directed under the trust agreement, on behalf of the trust to direct the indenture trustee to authenticate and deliver the notes from time to time pursuant to our instructions. The owner trustee is also authorized, but is not obligated, to take all actions required of the trust under the transfer agreement, the indenture and any indenture supplement, the servicing agreement or any related agreement. The owner trustee will be deemed to have fulfilled its duties and responsibilities under the trust agreement or any other related agreement to the extent the administrator has agreed in the administration agreement to perform those duties or responsibilities and the owner trustee will not be liable for the failure of the administrator to carry out its obligations under the administration agreement.

 

The owner trustee does not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the trust unless we, as holder of the transferor certificate, have given our prior approval and delivered an officer’s certificate to the owner trustee certifying that we reasonably believe the trust is insolvent.

 

The owner trustee will not take any of the following actions unless the owner trustee has notified us, as holder of the transferor certificate, of the proposed action and we have not notified the owner trustee in writing prior to the 30 th day after receipt of the notice that we object to the proposed action:

 

the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the trust or the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the trust, in each case except with respect to claims or lawsuits for collection of the trust’s assets;

 

the election by the trust to file an amendment to its certificate of trust;

 

the amendment of the indenture;

 

the amendment of the administration agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner, or add any provision, that would not materially adversely affect our interests, as holder of the transferor certificate; or

 

the appointment pursuant to the indenture of a successor note registrar, paying agent or indenture trustee, or the consent to the assignment by the note registrar, paying agent or indenture trustee of its obligations under the indenture or the trust agreement, as applicable.

 

  75  

 

 

In addition, the owner trustee may not, except at our direction, remove the administrator or appoint a successor administrator.

 

To the extent not inconsistent with the trust agreement or any other related document, we, as holder of the transferor certificate, may direct the owner trustee in the management of the trust.

 

Limitations on Owner Trustee’s Liability

 

The owner trustee will not be liable under the trust agreement for any error of judgment made in good faith by a responsible officer of the owner trustee unless it is proved that the owner trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. The owner trustee will also not be liable for any action taken or not taken by the owner trustee in accordance with our instructions or the instructions of the administrator or the servicer.

 

No provision of the trust agreement or any related agreement requires the owner trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers under the trust agreement or any related agreement, if the owner trustee has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of the funds or adequate indemnity against the risk or liability is not provided or reasonably assured.

 

Under no circumstances will the owner trustee be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under the indenture or any of the related agreements, including principal or interest on the notes, or any representation, warranty or covenant of the trust. The owner trustee will in no event assume or incur any liability, duty or obligation to any noteholder.

 

The owner trustee will not be liable for the default or misconduct of the administrator, us, the indenture trustee or the servicer under the indenture, the transfer agreement or the related agreements or otherwise and the owner trustee will have no obligation or liability to perform the obligations of the trust under any agreement that are required to be performed by the administrator under the administration agreement, the indenture trustee under the indenture or the servicer under the servicing agreement; and the owner trustee will have no obligation to monitor any of the foregoing parties with respect to their respective obligations.

 

The owner trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the trust agreement for the trust, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under the trust agreement or otherwise, at the request, order or direction of us or our assigns unless we and our assigns offered to the owner trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the owner trustee. The right of the owner trustee to perform any discretionary act under the trust agreement or in any related agreement may not be construed as a duty, and the owner trustee will only be answerable for its gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any discretionary act.

 

Compensation and Indemnification of Owner Trustee

 

We will pay the owner trustee a fee as compensation for its services under the trust agreement and will reimburse the owner trustee for its reasonable expenses. We have also agreed to indemnify the owner trustee and its successors, assigns and agents against all liabilities and all reasonable costs and expenses which may be imposed in connection with the trust agreement, the related agreements, the trust’s assets and the administration of the trust’s assets, or the action or inaction of the owner trustee under the trust agreement. However, we will not be liable to the owner trustee or any other indemnified party for any liability or expense arising from the indemnified party’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or, with respect to the owner trustee, the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by the owner trustee in the trust agreement.

 

A portion of the fees and other amounts owing to the owner trustee will be payable from collections of finance charge receivables allocated to your series, to the extent we do not pay those amounts as described in “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections.

 

  76  

 

 

Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee; Eligibility

 

The owner trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice to the administrator. Upon receiving notice of the resignation of the owner trustee, the administrator will promptly appoint a successor owner trustee. If no successor owner trustee has been appointed within 30 days after the owner trustee gives notice of its resignation, the resigning owner trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor owner trustee.

 

The owner trustee must at all times:

 

(1) be a “bank” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

 

(2) be authorized to exercise corporate trust powers;

 

(3) have a combined capital and surplus at least $50 million and be subject to the supervision or examination by federal or state authorities; and

 

(4) have, or have a parent that has, a rating of at least “Baa3” by Moody’s or at least “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s.

 

If the owner trustee ceases to be meet the eligibility requirements described in the preceding paragraph and fails to resign after receiving notice of its ineligibility from the administrator, or if the owner trustee becomes legally unable to act or certain bankruptcy or insolvency related events occur with respect to the owner trustee, then the administrator may remove the owner trustee and appoint a successor owner trustee.

 

Any resignation or removal of the owner trustee will not become effective until acceptance of appointment of a successor owner trustee and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing owner trustee.

 

[Derivative Counterparty]

 

[Description of derivative counterparty, including the name of the derivative counterparty, the organizational form of the derivative counterparty, the general character of the business of the derivative counterparty, whether the significance percentage is less than 10%, at least 10% but less than 20% or 20% or more and any information required by Item 1100(e) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 10%, but less than 20%, financial data required by Item 1115(b)(1) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

[If the aggregate significance percentage of any derivative counterparty is greater than 20%, financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1115(b)(2) of Regulation AB will be provided.]

 

The Asset Representations Reviewer

 

[Insert information as required by Item 1109(b)(1) and (2) of Regulation AB.] [Insert description of the extent to which the asset representations reviewer has had prior experience serving as an asset representations reviewer for asset-backed securities transactions involving credit card receivables.]

 

The asset representations reviewer is not affiliated with the sponsor, the servicer, the depositor, the issuing entity, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any of their affiliates, nor has the asset representations reviewer been hired by the sponsor or an underwriter to perform pre-closing due diligence work on the receivables in the trust portfolio.

 

  77  

 

 

[Originators]

 

[With respect to any originator, or group of affiliated originators, apart from the sponsor or its affiliates that has originated, or is expected to originate, 10% or more of the pool assets, disclosure regarding identity of such originator(s).] [With respect to any originator, or group of affiliated originators, apart from the sponsor or its affiliates that has originated, or is expected to originate, 20% or more of the pool assets, disclosure required by Item 1110(b), including the identity of such originator(s), form of organization of such originator(s), a description of such originator(s) origination program and how long the originator has been engaged in originating assets as required by Item 1110(b)(2) of Regulation AB, a description of any interest that the originator(s), or any affiliate thereof, has retained in the transaction as required by Item 1110(b)(3) of Regulation AB, and for any originator required to repurchase or replace a pool asset for breach of a representation or warranty pursuant to the transaction agreements, information regarding the originator’s financial condition to the extent there is a material risk that the effect on its ability to comply with the provisions in the transaction agreements relating to the repurchase obligations for those assets resulting from such financial information could have a material impact on pool performance of the asset-backed securities.]

 

[If applicable: Identify any originator(s) originating less than 10% of the pool assets if the cumulative amount originated by parties other than the sponsor or its affiliates is more than 10% of the pool assets.]

 

The Trust Portfolio

 

We refer to the accounts that have been designated as trust accounts as the trust portfolio.

 

The transferred receivables consist of:

 

principal receivables, which are amounts charged by trust account cardholders for goods and services and cash advances; and

 

finance charge receivables, which are periodic finance charges, and other amounts charged to trust accounts, including late fees and return check fees.

 

In addition to the transferred receivables, the notes will be secured by:

 

all proceeds from these receivables and the amounts we pay the trust to purchase defaulted receivables;

 

all monies on deposit in specified trust accounts or investments made with these monies, including any earned investment proceeds allocated to the notes of any series;

 

a security interest in the trust’s rights under the agreement pursuant to which it purchases receivables from us and a security interest in the trust’s rights as assignee in the agreement pursuant to which we buy transferred receivables from the bank; and

 

proceeds from any credit enhancement or derivative contracts benefiting any series.

 

Participations or trust certificates representing undivided legal or beneficial ownership interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of credit card or other revolving credit account receivables owned by the bank or its affiliates and the funds collected thereon may also be added to the trust. Unless exempt from registration, any such participations or trust certificates will be registered under the registration statement relating to this prospectus by means of a post-effective amendment, and the terms of such participations or trust certificates will be described in the prospectus filed therewith.

 

The bank has the right, and in some cases the obligation, to designate from time to time additional eligible accounts to the trust portfolio and to convey to us, for further transfer to the trust, all receivables in those additional accounts, whether those receivables are then existing or thereafter created. The accounts and the related receivables may be originated by the bank or, with Hired Agency approval, acquired by the bank from others. The designation

 

  78  

 

 

of additional accounts and sale of related receivables to the trust will be limited by the conditions described in “— Addition of Trust Assets ” in this prospectus. Some, but not all, designations of additional accounts require satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

 

The accounts must meet eligibility standards as of the date the bank designates them as additional accounts. Once these accounts are designated, only the receivables arising under these accounts, and not the accounts themselves, are sold. In addition, as of the date on which any new receivables are created, we will represent and warrant to the trust that the receivables conveyed to the trust on that day meet the trust’s eligibility standards. However, we cannot guarantee that all the receivables and accounts will continue to meet the applicable eligibility requirements throughout the life of the trust. The trust’s eligibility requirements for accounts and receivables are described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” in this prospectus.

 

Under limited circumstances, the bank may also designate that some accounts will no longer be trust accounts, and the receivables originated under these accounts will be conveyed by the trust back to us, as described in this prospectus. Throughout the term of the trust, the transferred receivables will consist of:

 

receivables originated in the initial trust accounts; plus

 

receivables originated in any additional accounts; minus

 

receivables originated in any removed accounts; plus

 

any participation interests.

 

We cannot assure you that additional accounts will be of the same credit quality as previously designated trust accounts. Moreover, additional accounts may contain receivables which consist of fees, charges and amounts which are different from the fees, charges and amounts described in this prospectus. Additional accounts may also have different credit guidelines, balances and ages. Consequently, we cannot assure you that the trust accounts will continue to have the characteristics described in this prospectus as additional accounts are added. In addition, if the bank designates additional accounts with lower periodic finance charges, that designation may have the effect of reducing the portfolio yield.

 

Account Terms

 

The bank offers fixed rate and variable rate credit card accounts. The credit card accounts are generally unsecured. Finance charges are calculated by multiplying the daily balance or the average daily balance outstanding on an account during the monthly billing period by the applicable periodic finance charge rate. In certain instances, finance charges are assessed from the date of purchase. Payments are generally applied in the following order: (1) to fees and finance charges assessed on the account and (2) to the unpaid principal balance of purchases. Subject to applicable law and in some cases subject to retailer approval, the bank may change finance charge rates from time to time at its discretion. Generally, the minimum monthly payment amount is equal to the greater of a fixed dollar amount and a portion of the account balance sized to ensure required amortization of the account balance. Subject to applicable law, the bank may change the minimum monthly payment from time to time at its discretion.

 

The bank offers three primary types of promotional financing:

 

Deferred Interest—Interest accrues during a promotional period and becomes payable if the full purchase amount is not paid off during the promotional period.

 

No Interest—No interest accrues during a promotional period but begins to accrue thereafter on any outstanding amounts at the end of the promotional period.

 

Reduced Interest—Interest accrues monthly at a promotional interest rate during the promotional period.

 

For certain retailer programs, the no interest and reduced interest promotional periods may extend indefinitely.

 

  79  

 

 

Consumer Protection Laws

 

The relationship between the bank and its customers is regulated extensively under federal and state consumer protection laws. With respect to credit accounts issued by the bank, the most significant federal laws include the federal Truth in Lending Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the FCRA, Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the GLBA. These and other federal laws and regulations, among other things, require the disclosure of the cost of credit, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, require safe and sound banking operations, prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, restrict the bank’s ability to raise interest rates, and subject the bank to substantial regulatory oversight. State, and in some cases, local laws also may regulate the relationship between the bank and its U.S. customers in these areas, as well as in the areas of collection practices, and may provide other additional consumer protections. Moreover, the bank is subject to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which protects persons on active military service and their dependents from undue hardship resulting from their military service. The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act applies to all debts incurred prior to the commencement of active duty (including credit card and other open-end credit) and limits the amount of interest including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that is related to the obligation or liability.

 

The CARD Act was enacted in 2009 and most of the requirements became effective in 2010. The CARD Act made numerous amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, requiring the bank to make significant changes to many of its business practices, including marketing, underwriting, pricing and billing. The CARD Act’s restrictions on the bank’s ability to increase interest rates on existing balances to respond to market conditions and credit risk ultimately constrain the bank’s willingness to extend credit to new customers and provide additional credit to current customers. Other CARD Act restrictions, such as limitations on late fees, have resulted and will continue to result in reduced interest income and loan fee income.

 

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which regulates consumer financial products and services and certain financial services providers. The CFPB is authorized to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices” and ensure consistent enforcement of laws so that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services that are fair, transparent and competitive. The CFPB has rulemaking and interpretive authority under the Dodd-Frank Act and other federal consumer financial services laws, as well as broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over large providers of consumer financial products such as the Company. In addition, the CFPB maintains an online complaint system that allows consumers to log complaints with respect to various consumer finance products, including credit cards. The system could inform future agency decisions with respect to its regulatory, enforcement or examination focus. There continues to be uncertainty as to how the CFPB’s strategies and priorities, including in both its examination and enforcement processes, will impact the Company’s business and its results of operations going forward.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act enables merchants to offer discounts for the use of forms of payment other than credit cards and to establish certain minimum dollar amounts for credit card transactions notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the payment card network rules. These provisions of the Dodd Frank Act could reduce the use of credit cards by consumers. Furthermore, Congress and the states may enact new laws and amendments to existing laws to regulate further the consumer revolving credit industry.

 

The FCRA regulates the bank’s use of credit reports and the reporting of information to credit reporting agencies, and also provides a standard for lenders to share information with affiliates and certain third parties and to provide firm offers of credit to consumers. The FCRA also places further restrictions on the use of information shared between affiliates for marketing purposes, requires the provision of disclosures to consumers when risk-based pricing is used in a credit decision, and requires safeguards to help protect consumers from identity theft.

 

Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers including actual damages, statutory damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal banking regulators and the CFPB, as well as state attorneys general and other state and local consumer protection agencies, also may seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including civil money penalties.

 

  80  

 

 

In the past, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would have required additional transparency to foster greater competition with respect to interchange fees. If such legislation is introduced and passed, it could ultimately lead to direct government oversight and regulation of interchange fees. Visa Inc. and MasterCard Inc. have entered into a settlement agreement with retailers regarding interchange fees, which includes an agreement by the defendants to pay the retailers $6.05 billion, and to make association rule changes and give other relief. Although the settlement was approved by Judge John Gleeson on December 13, 2013, the National Retail Federation has appealed that settlement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit and recently, a large number of merchants filed a motion for leave with the court in an attempt to have the settlement vacated. Further, a number of merchants, including several large retailers, have elected to “opt out” of the proposed settlement. Opting out allows these retailers to commence separate actions on these matters and some of these merchants have already commenced new actions against Visa and MasterCard. Any reduction in the interchange fees paid by merchants to banks could adversely impact the business operations of credit card issuers and could reduce the amount of interchange included in finance charge collections.

 

The trust may be liable for violations of consumer protection laws that apply to the receivables, either as assignee from us with respect to obligations arising before transfer of receivables to the trust or as the party directly responsible for obligations arising after the transfer. In addition, a cardholder may be entitled to assert those violations by way of set-off against the obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing. All receivables that were not created in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of consumer protection laws, if the noncompliance has a material adverse effect on the noteholders’ interest therein, may be reassigned to us. For a discussion of the trust’s rights if receivables were not created in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws, see “— Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” in this prospectus.

 

Representations and Warranties of the Depositor

 

As of each date on which transferred receivables are transferred to the trust, we represent to the trust that:

 

each transferred receivable is an eligible receivable on the date it is transferred to the trust;

 

the transfer agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest in the transferred receivables which, upon filing of the financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the transfer agreement and upon creation of each transferred receivable, will be prior to all other liens other than liens permitted by the transfer agreement;

 

each transferred receivable constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” under the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

subject to liens permitted by the transfer agreement, we have not pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the transferred receivables and have not authorized the filing of and are not aware of any financing statements against us that included a description of collateral covering transferred receivables;

 

immediately prior to the transfer of the transferred receivables to the trust, we own and have good and marketable title to, or have a valid security interest in, each transferred receivable free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance other than liens permitted by the transfer agreement;

 

all required governmental approvals in connection with the transfer of each such receivable to the trust have been obtained and remain in full force and effect;

 

we have caused, or will have caused within 10 days of each designation of additional accounts, filings of all appropriate financing statements in the appropriate offices in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest of the trust in the transferred receivables; and

 

we have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the transferred receivables to the sale of the transferred receivables.

 

  81  

 

 

We made similar representations to RFS Funding Trust with respect to the transferred receivables transferred to RFS Funding Trust under the trust receivables purchase agreement prior to August 16, 2004. Prior to the termination of RFS Funding Trust, RFS Funding Trust assigned it rights under the trust receivables purchase agreement to the trust. Pursuant to the indenture, the trust granted a security interest in all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the trust under and with respect to the transfer agreement, including the representations and warranties described above, to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders.

 

For purposes of the representations above and the criteria for eligible receivables described below, liens permitted by the trust receivables purchase agreement and the transfer agreement include liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable, unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and liens created in favor of, or created by, the trust.

 

If any of these representations is not true in any material respect for any receivables as of the date specified in the representation and as a result of the breach any receivables in the related account become defaulted receivables or the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or the proceeds of the transferred receivables are impaired or are not available to the trust free and clear of any lien, other than liens permitted by the trust receivables purchase agreement and the transfer agreement, those receivables will be deemed to have a principal balance of zero for purposes of calculating the total amount of receivables in the trust and we are required to accept reassignment of the ineligible receivable. We will be permitted 60 days to cure the breach or a longer period, not to exceed 120 days as may be agreed to by the trust, after we receive notice of the breach from the trust.

 

Except under the circumstances described in the following sentence, we will purchase each ineligible receivable for a cash purchase price equal to the principal amount of the reassigned receivable, plus accrued finance charges as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period, by no later than the date on which collections of receivables for the related Monthly Period are required to be deposited in the collection account as described under “ The Servicers Collections; Commingling .” However, we are not required to make the payment described in the preceding sentence if the Free Equity Amount exceeds the Minimum Free Equity Amount, after giving effect to the exclusion of the ineligible receivable from the Aggregate Principal Receivables. Any deduction or deposit is considered a repayment in full of the ineligible receivable. Amounts paid by us in connection with the repurchase of receivables will be deemed to be principal collections to the extent that they represent the purchase price of principal receivables and will be deemed to be finance charge collections to the extent that they represent the purchase price of finance charge receivables, and will be allocated in the same manner as collections on the transferred receivables. See “ Description of the Notes—Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections .”

 

For purposes of the above representations and warranties, an eligible account is an account that satisfies the following criteria as of the date it is designated as a trust account:

 

it is either established or acquired by the bank or any other approved originator of accounts pursuant to a credit card program agreement with a retailer, which has been identified as an approved retailer in the trust receivables purchase agreement or the transfer agreement, as applicable, or is otherwise established or acquired by the bank or any other approved originator of accounts;

 

it is in existence and serviced by the bank, a successor servicer or a subservicer appointed by the servicer;

 

it has not been cancelled;

 

it is payable in United States dollars;

 

it is not a closed-end account;

 

except as provided below, it has not been identified as an account, the credit cards with respect to which have been reported as being lost or stolen or the cardholder of which is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding;

 

it does not have receivables that have been sold or pledged to any other party;

 

  82  

 

 

except as provided in the immediately following paragraph, it does not have any receivables that have been charged off as uncollectible in accordance with the bank’s credit and collection policies and that has not been identified by the applicable originator, or by the relevant cardholder, as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use of a credit card;

 

the cardholder of which has provided, as his or her most recent billing address, an address located in the United States or one of its territories or possessions or a United States military address; and

 

it does not have receivables that are obligations of the United States, any state or agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

 

Eligible Accounts may include accounts, the receivables in which have been written off as uncollectible, or as to which the bank or other originator of the account believes the related cardholder is bankrupt and certain receivables that have been identified by the cardholder as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use of credit cards or any credit cards have been reported to the bank or other originator, as applicable, as lost or stolen, so long as the balance of all receivables included in those accounts is reflected on the books and records of the bank or other originator, as applicable, as “zero” and charging privileges with respect to all such accounts have been cancelled and are not reinstated.

 

For purposes of the above representations and warranties, an eligible receivable is a receivable:

 

that has arisen under an eligible account;

 

that was created in compliance with the bank’s credit and collection policies and all requirements of law applicable to the bank or the originator of the related account that, if not complied with, would have a material adverse effect on the trust or any of its creditors;

 

that was created pursuant to a credit card program agreement between the cardholder and the bank or the originator of the related account which complies with all requirements of law applicable to the bank or the originator of the related account that, if not complied with, would have a material adverse effect on the trust or its assigns;

 

for which all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations with, any governmental authority required to be obtained or made by the bank or the originator of the related account in connection with the creation of the receivable or the execution, delivery and performance by the bank or the originator of the related account of the related credit card program agreement have been duly obtained or given and are in full force and effect as of the date of the creation of that receivable, except that a receivable will not fail to be an eligible receivable if the failure to obtain or make any such consent, license, approval, authorization or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the trust or its assigns;

 

as to which, immediately prior to being transferred to RFS Funding Trust or the trust, as applicable, we had good title free and clear of all liens and security interests arising under or through us and our affiliates, other than any liens permitted by the trust receivables purchase agreement and the transfer agreement;

 

that is the subject of a valid transfer and assignment, or the grant of a security interest, from us to the trust of all of our right, title and interest therein;

 

as to which we have not taken any action which, or failed to take any action the omission of which, would, at the time of transfer to the trust, impair the rights of the trust in the receivable;

 

that is the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the related cardholder, enforceable against that cardholder in accordance with its terms, subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions;

 

that constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York;

 

  83  

 

 

that, at the time of transfer to RFS Funding Trust or the trust, as applicable, has not been waived or modified except as permitted by the receivables sale agreement;

 

that, at the time of transfer to RFS Funding Trust or the trust, as applicable, is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including usury, other than some insolvency and equity related defenses or other than as to which a downward adjustment has been made pursuant to the receivables sale agreement; and

 

as to which we have satisfied all obligations required to be satisfied at the time it is transferred to RFS Funding Trust or the trust, as applicable.

 

On each day on which transferred receivables are transferred to the trust, we will also make representations and warranties to the trust as to:

 

our valid existence and good standing as a limited liability company and our ability to perform our obligations under the transfer agreement;

 

our qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where our ownership or lease of property or the conduct of our business requires us to be qualified and where the failure to be qualified or in good standing would have a material adverse effect on our ability to perform our obligations under the transaction documents or the receivables;

 

our due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of each transaction document to which we are a party; and

 

the enforceability of each transaction document against us as legal, valid and binding obligations subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions.

 

If any of the representations and warranties described in the immediately preceding paragraph is false in any material respect and the breach of the representation or warranty has a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the availability of the proceeds of the transferred receivables to the trust, then we will be obligated to accept retransfer of all of the transferred receivables. We will be permitted 60 days after we receive notice of such breach from the trust, or a longer period, not to exceed 120 days, as may be specified in the notice from the trust, to cure the breach.

 

The reassignment price would equal the aggregate amount of outstanding transferred receivables as of the end of the last preceding Monthly Period, but will in no event be less than the aggregate outstanding principal amounts for all series of notes, in each case as of the payment date on which the reassignment is scheduled to be made, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the notes through the payment date, plus any other amounts specified for any series in the related indenture supplement. The minimum reassignment price for your series will equal the redemption amount described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Redemption Amount .”

 

Reassignment of any affected receivables or all of the transferred receivables to us, as the case may be, is the sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and warranties described above.

 

Representations and Warranties of the Sellers

 

In the receivables sale agreement, the bank and each other person designated as a seller thereunder (other than RFS Holding, Inc.) represents and warrants to us as of each date on which receivables are transferred to us that:

 

each transferred receivable is an eligible receivable on the date it is transferred to us;

 

the receivables sale agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest in the transferred receivables, which will, upon filing of the financing statements required to be filed pursuant to the receivables sale

 

  84  

 

 

agreement and upon creation of each transferred receivable, be prior to all other liens other than liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement;

 

each transferred receivable constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” under the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

immediately prior to the conveyance of the transferred receivables under the receivables sale agreement, the seller owned and had good and marketable title to each such receivable free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance other than liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement;

 

all required governmental approvals in connection with the transfer of each such receivable to us have been obtained and remain in full force and effect;

 

the seller has caused, or will have caused within 10 days of each designation of additional accounts, filings of all appropriate financing statements in the appropriate offices in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to us in the transferred receivables;

 

subject to liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement, the seller has not pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in or otherwise conveyed any of the transferred receivables and has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the seller that included a description of collateral covering transferred receivables; and

 

the seller has received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the transferred receivables to the sale of the transferred receivables.

 

For purposes of the representations above and the criteria for eligible receivables described below, liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement include liens for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable, unperfected workers’, mechanics’, suppliers’ or similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and liens created in favor of, or created by, us.

 

If any of these representations is not true in any material respect for any receivables as of the date specified in the representation and as a result of the breach any receivables in the related account become defaulted receivables or our rights in the transferred receivables or the proceeds of the transferred receivables are impaired or are not available to us free and clear of any lien, other than liens permitted by the receivables sale agreement, those receivables will be deemed to be an ineligible receivable and will be subject to repurchase by the bank or the applicable seller as described below. The seller will be permitted 60 days to cure the breach or a longer period not to exceed 120 days agreed to by us after the seller discovers the breach or receives notice of the breach from us.

 

The applicable seller will repurchase each ineligible receivable for a purchase price equal to the purchase price paid by us for that receivable, less any principal collections received on the receivable since the date we purchased the receivable. The bank will pay the repurchase price on the first date on which additional receivables are sold to us after the repurchase obligation arises. The repurchase price will first be netted against the purchase price payable by us for receivables sold by the bank to us on the repurchase date, except that if we inform the bank that we require funds to make payments on account of the related ineligible receivable under the transfer agreement, trust receivables purchase agreement or one of the other transaction documents, the bank will instead pay the full repurchase price to us in cash. In the case of receivables reassigned to PLT Holding, the repurchase price will be payable in cash not later than the payment date following the Monthly Period in which the repurchase obligation arises.

 

In the receivables sale agreement, the bank and each other person designated as a seller thereunder (other than RFS Holding, Inc.) will also make representations and warranties to us as to:

 

its valid existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and its ability to perform its obligations under the receivables sale agreement;

 

  85  

 

 

its qualification to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be qualified and where the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the transaction documents, the validity or enforceability of the transaction documents, the transferred receivables or our interest or its interest in the transferred receivables;

 

the due authorization of its execution, delivery and performance of the receivables sale agreement and each transaction document to which it is a party;

 

the execution, delivery and performance by it of the receivables sale agreement and each transaction document to which it is a party do not violate any law or governmental regulation, except where a violation could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the transaction documents, the validity or enforceability of the transaction documents, the transferred receivables or our interest or its interest in the transferred receivables; and

 

the enforceability of each of the transaction documents against it as legal, valid and binding obligations, subject to permitted insolvency and equity related exceptions.

 

If any of the representations and warranties described in the immediately preceding paragraph is false in any material respect and the breach of the representation or warranty has a material adverse effect on the transferred receivables or the availability of the proceeds of the transferred receivables to us, then the bank or the applicable seller will be obligated to accept retransfer of all of the transferred receivables or in the case of PLT Holding, the transferred receivables that were transferred by PLT Holding to us. Such person will be permitted 60 days after it receives notice of such breach, or a longer period, not to exceed 150 days, as may be specified in the notice, to cure the breach.

 

In the case of a breach by the bank, the reassignment price would be payable on the first payment date following the Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises and would be equal to the aggregate amount of outstanding transferred receivables as of the end of the last preceding Monthly Period, but will in no event be less than the aggregate outstanding principal amounts for all series of securities, as of the payment date on which the reassignment is scheduled to be made, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the securities through the payment date, plus any other amounts specified for any series in the related indenture supplement. The minimum reassignment price for your series will equal the redemption amount described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Redemption Amount .” In the case of a breach by PLT Holding, PLT Holding would only be required to repurchase the portion of transferred receivables transferred by it, and the purchase price payable by PLT Holding would be determined as described above as if the related transferred receivables were ineligible receivables.

 

Addition of Trust Assets

 

We have the option to designate additional accounts to the trust portfolio, the receivables in which will be sold to us and assigned by us to the trust, if the bank is willing to designate additional accounts under the receivables sale agreement. We may continue designating additional accounts without obtaining confirmation of the ratings of any outstanding notes, so long as the following limits are not exceeded:

 

(1) for any Monthly Period, there may be no more than one designation of additional accounts per retailer and no designation may include any accounts acquired by the bank from third-party financial institutions or accounts in a new private label or co-branded credit card program;

 

(2) the principal balance of the additional accounts does not exceed either:

 

the product of:

 

(a) 15% and
(b) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period, minus the transferred principal receivables in the additional accounts added since that date,

 

  86  

 

 

measured for each such additional account as of the date that additional account was designated to be added to the trust; or

 

the product of:

 

(a) 20% and
(b) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the first day of the calendar year in which the addition is to occur, minus the transferred principal receivables in the additional accounts added since that date, measured for each such additional account as of the date that additional account was designated to be added to the trust; or

 

(3) the number of the additional accounts does not exceed either:

 

the product of:

 

(a) 15% and
(b) the number of accounts in the trust as of the first day of the third preceding Monthly Period, minus the number of additional accounts added since that date; or

 

the product of:

 

(a) 20% and
(b) the number of accounts in the trust as of the first day of the calendar year in which the addition is to occur, minus the number of additional accounts added since that date.

 

We may exceed these limitations or add accounts acquired by the bank from a third-party financial institution or accounts in a new private label or co-branded credit card program if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied for all outstanding series of notes.

 

If at the end of any Monthly Period, the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount, we will be required to designate additional accounts to the trust and assign the related receivables to the trust on or prior to the tenth business day following that Monthly Period unless the Free Equity Amount, calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on any outstanding series of notes to occur on the following payment date, is at least equal to the Minimum Free Equity Amount as of the close of business on any day that is after the last day of such Monthly Period but on or prior to the tenth business day following such Monthly Period. The amount of the required addition is the amount necessary so that the Free Equity Amount as of the close of business on the addition date, calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on any outstanding series of notes to occur on the following payment date, would at least equal the Minimum Free Equity Amount.

 

In addition, if at the end of any Monthly Period the Note Trust Principal Balance is less than the Required Principal Balance, we will be required to designate additional accounts to the trust and assign the related receivables to the trust on or prior to the tenth business day following that Monthly Period unless the Note Trust Principal Balance, calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on any outstanding series of notes to occur on the following payment date, is at least equal to the Required Principal Balance as of the close of business on any day that is after the last day of such Monthly Period but on or prior to the tenth business day following such Monthly Period. The amount of the required addition is the amount necessary so that the Note Trust Principal Balance as of the close of business on the addition date would at least equal the Required Principal Balance, calculated after giving effect to any payment of principal on any outstanding series of notes to occur on the following payment date.

 

When we transfer receivables in additional accounts to the trust, we must satisfy several conditions, including:

 

  87  

 

 

we must give the trust prior notice of each addition, and if the additional accounts would exceed the limits described above for additional accounts or include accounts purchased from third-party financial institutions, then the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied;

 

we must deliver a written assignment to the trust;

 

we must represent and warrant that:

 

each additional account is an eligible account and each receivable in such additional account is an eligible receivable as of the date the additional accounts are designated to be added to the trust portfolio;

 

no selection procedures that we believe to be materially adverse to the trust or any of its creditors were used in selecting the additional accounts from the available eligible accounts;

 

we are not insolvent on the addition date;

 

the transfer agreement and the related assignment create a valid security interest in those receivables free and clear of any liens except for liens permitted under the transfer agreement; and

 

we must deliver an opinion of counsel with respect to the perfection of the transfer and related matters.

 

As described in more detail under “ Review of Pool Asset Disclosure ,” in connection with account additions, we periodically identify accounts that meet the trust eligibility criteria described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” by screening the inventory of accounts owned by the bank (including accounts acquired from third party originators) for the applicable characteristics. No party will independently verify that the above conditions for the designation of additional accounts have been met.

 

Removal of Accounts

 

We also have the right to remove accounts from the list of designated accounts and to require the reassignment to us or our designee of all receivables in the removed accounts, whether the receivables already exist or arise after the designation. Our right to remove accounts is subject to the satisfaction of several conditions, including that:

 

(1) except in the case of removed accounts designated for purchase by a retailer under the terms of the retailer’s credit card agreement with the bank, the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

 

(2) we certify that:

 

(a) except in the case of removed accounts designated for purchase by a retailer under the terms of the retailer’s credit card agreement with the bank, we reasonably believe that individual accounts or administratively convenient groups of accounts, such as billing cycles, were chosen for removal on a random basis;

 

(b) except in the case of removed accounts designated for purchase by a retailer under the terms of the retailer’s credit card agreement with the bank, we reasonably believe that no selection procedures believed by us to be materially adverse to the trust or its creditors were used in selecting the removed accounts from among any pool of accounts of a similar type; and

 

(c) in our reasonable belief, the removal will not cause an early amortization event, or in the case of removed accounts designated for purchase pursuant to a retailer’s credit card agreement, we have used reasonable efforts to avoid having the removal result in an early amortization event; and

 

(3)          except in the case of removed accounts designated for purchase by a retailer under the terms of the retailer’s credit card agreement with the bank, the principal amount of the receivables in the removed accounts will

 

  88  

 

 

not exceed the lesser of (i) the excess of the Free Equity Amount over the Minimum Free Equity Amount or (ii) the excess of the aggregate outstanding balance of principal receivables, after giving effect to any discounting to treat a portion of transferred principal receivables as finance charge receivables, over the Required Principal Balance.

 

In addition, we may from time to time, remove accounts designated for purchase by a retailer under the terms of the retailer’s credit card program agreement with the bank. The repurchase price for these receivables will be calculated as if the receivables were ineligible receivables. Amounts received by the trust for these removed receivables will be treated as collections of transferred principal receivables.

 

From time to time, we may also designate accounts that meet one of the following criteria as removed accounts without satisfying the conditions described above: (a) accounts that have had a zero balance and on which no charges have been made for at least the preceding twelve months; or (b) accounts the obligor of which has agreed to open a credit card account in a related co-branded or dual credit card program in substitution for such account, provided that the balance of such account is zero or has been reduced to zero in connection with a balance transfer to the related co-branded or dual credit card account.

 

No party will independently verify that the above conditions for the removal of accounts have been met.

 

Notice of Changes in Trust Portfolio

 

If the designation of additional accounts or removal of accounts materially changes the composition of the trust portfolio, we will include updated information with respect to the composition of the trust portfolio in a report on Form 10-D, which will be filed with the SEC, unless similar information with respect to the trust portfolio was otherwise previously filed in a periodic report filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act or filed with the SEC in connection with the filing by us of a prospectus or registration statement relating to the trust.

 

Receivables Performance

 

The trust portfolio includes a subset of the accounts arising in the bank’s private label and co-branded credit card programs for specified retailers. We refer to these specified retailers as the “approved retailers.” The approved retailers are listed in the table “ Composition by Retailer ” under “ Composition of the Trust Portfolio ” below.

 

The tables below contain performance information for the receivables in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The composition of the trust portfolio is expected to change over time and accounts arising in the private label and co-branded card programs for additional retailers may be added to the trust portfolio in the future.

 

For purposes of the tables in this section:

 

Each Securitization Reporting Year is the period of twelve Monthly Periods ending on December 21 st of the related calendar year.

 

Receivables Outstanding is the sum of total receivables included in the trust portfolio as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

Principal Receivables Outstanding is the sum of principal receivables included in the trust portfolio as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

Average Principal Receivables Outstanding is the average of the balance of the Principal Receivables Outstanding as of the first day of each monthly period in the period indicated.

 

Accounts Outstanding is the sum of the number of accounts included in the trust portfolio as of the date or in the period indicated.

 

Average Accounts Outstanding is the average of the number of accounts in each monthly period in the period indicated.

 

  89  

 

 

Delinquency and Loss Experience

 

The following tables set forth the aggregate delinquency and loss experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the dates or periods shown. Please note that numbers and percentages presented in the tables in this section may not sum to the totals presented due to rounding.

 

[Discuss delinquency and loss trends.]

 

Receivables Delinquency Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

   

As of  [●] [●] ,

   

As of December 21,

 
   

20 [●]

   

20 [●]

   

20 [●]

 
   

Receivables

   

Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding

   

Receivables

   

Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding

   

Receivables

   

Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding

 
Receivables Outstanding   $                          $                 $        
Receivables Delinquent:                                                
30-59 Days             %             %             %
60-89 Days             %             %             %
90-119 Days             %             %             %
120-149 Days             %             %             %
150-179 Days             %             %             %
180 or More Days             %             %                
Total   $       %   $       %   $       %

 

   

As of December 21,

 
   

20 [●]

   

20 [●]

   

20 [●]

 
   

Receivables

   

Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding

   

Receivables

   

Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding

   

Receivables

   

Percentage of
Receivables
Outstanding

 
Receivables Outstanding   $           $                $        
Receivables Delinquent:                                                
30-59 Days             %             %             %
60-89 Days             %             %             %
90-119 Days             %             %             %
120-149 Days             %             %             %
150-179 Days             %             %             %
180 or More Days             %             %             %
Total   $              %   $       %   $       %

  

  90  

 

  

Account Delinquency Experience

  

   

As of [●] [●],

   

As of December 21,

 
   

20[●]

   

20[●]

20[●]

 
   

Accounts

   

Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding

   

Accounts

   

Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding

 

Accounts

   

Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding

 
Accounts Outstanding                                    
Accounts Delinquent:                                                
30-59 Days             %             %             %
60-89 Days             %             %             %
90-119 Days             %             %             %
120-149 Days             %             %             %
150-179 Days             %             %             %
180 or More Days            

%            

%            

 
%
Total           %          

%             %

 

   

As of December 21,

 
   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

 
   

Accounts

   

Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding

   

Accounts

   

Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding

   

Accounts

   

Percentage of
Total
Accounts
Outstanding

 
Accounts Outstanding                                    
Accounts Delinquent:                                                
30-59 Days             %             %             %
60-89 Days             %             %             %
90-119 Days             %             %             %
120-149 Days             %             %             %
150-179 Days             %             %             %
180 or More Days            

%            

%            

%
Total           %           %           %

  

Loss Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

  

   

[●] Month[s]
Ended
[●] [●],

   

Securitization Reporting Year

 
   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

 
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Gross Principal Charge-Offs   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Gross Principal Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)     %     %     %     %     %     %
Less:  Recoveries   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Net Principal Charge-Offs   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Net Principal Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)     %     %     %     %     %     %
Gross Charge-Off Accounts                                                
Average Accounts Outstanding                                                
Gross Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Accounts Outstanding (Annualized)     %     %     %     %     %     %

  

  91  

 

 

Balance Reductions

 

The accounts in the trust portfolio may have balance reductions granted for a number of reasons, including merchandise refunds, returns, and fraudulent charges. For the twelve months ended [●] [●], 20[●], the average monthly balance reduction rate for the approved portfolio of accounts attributable to such returns and fraud was [●]%.

 

Revenue Experience

 

The net revenues collected from finance charges and fees related to accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown are set forth in the following table. Fees include late fees, pay by phone fees, over limit fees, balance transfer fees, cash advance fees and returned check fees.

 

We cannot assure you that the future revenue experience for the receivables in the trust portfolio will remain similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Revenue Experience
(Dollars in Thousands)

  

   

[●] Month[s]
Ended 
[●] [●],

   

Securitization Reporting Year

 
   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

   

20[●]

 
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding   $            $     $     $     $     $  
Collected Finance Charges  and Fees   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Collected Finance Charges and Fees as a Percentage of Average Principal Receivables Outstanding (Annualized)     %     %     %     %     %     %

  

Composition of the Trust Portfolio

 

The receivables conveyed or to be conveyed to the trust have been or will be generated from transactions made by holders of credit card accounts included in the trust portfolio. A description of the bank’s credit card business is contained in this prospectus under the caption “ The Sponsor—Credit Card Activities .”

 

The following tables summarize the trust portfolio by various criteria as of [●] [●], 20[●] for each of the retailers included in the trust portfolio, except for the “ Composition by FICO ® Credit Score Range ” table, which reflects receivables balances as of [●] [●], 20[●], and the composition of accounts by FICO ® credit score as most recently refreshed.

 

Please note that numbers and percentages presented in the tables in this section may not sum to the totals presented due to rounding.

 

For purposes of the tables in this section:

 

Total Receivables Outstanding is the sum of principal receivables and finance charge receivables (which includes fee receivables) included in the trust portfolio in the period indicated.

 

Accounts is the number of accounts included in the trust portfolio as of the date or in the period indicated.
  92  

 

  

Composition by Retailer

  


Retailer

 

Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Percentage of 
Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Number
of Accounts

   

Percentage 
of Number 
of Accounts

 
[JCPenney]   $                      %                   %
[Lowe’s]             %             %
[Wal-Mart (1) ]             %             %
[Sam’s Club Dual Card]             %             %
[Sam’s Club (1) ]             %             %
[Gap Family Dual Card (2) ]             %             %
[Belk]             %             %
[Gap (3) ]             %             %
[Chevron]             %             %
[JCPenney Dual Card]             %             %
Other             %             %
Total   $       %           %

 

 
[(1) Sam’s Club and Wal-Mart are affiliated retailers. Sam’s Club cards may also be used at Wal-Mart locations, and Wal-Mart cards may be used at Sam’s Club locations if the cardholder belongs to the club. Figures shown here are based on which retailer is identified on the card, not where the purchase was made.]

 

[(2) Figures presented for Gap Family Dual Card include Old Navy Dual Card, Gap Dual Card and Banana Republic Dual Card, which are affiliated retailers. Each of these retailers’ cards may be used at the locations of the other two.]

 

[(3) Figures presented for Gap include Old Navy, Gap and Banana Republic, which are affiliated retailers. Each of these retailers’ cards may be used at the locations of the other two.]

 

Composition by Account Balance Range

  

Account Balance Range

 

Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Percentage of 
Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Number
of Accounts

   

Percentage 
of Number 
of Accounts

 
Credit Balance   $       %           %
No Balance             %             %
$0.01-$500.00             %             %
$500.01-$1,000.00             %             %
$1,000.01-$2,000.00             %             %
$2,000.01-$3,000.00             %             %
$3,000.01-$4,000.00             %             %
$4,000.01-$5,000.00             %             %
$5,000.01-$6,000.00             %             %
$6,000.01-$7,000.00             %             %
$7,000.01-$8,000.00             %             %
$8,000.01-$9,000.00             %             %
$9,000.01-$10,000.00             %             %
$10,000.01-$15,000.00             %             %
$15,000.01-$20,000.00             %             %
$20,000.01 or  more                        %             %
Total   $       %           %

  

  93  

 

 

Composition by Credit Limit Range

  


Credit Limit Range

 

Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Percentage of 
Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Number
of Accounts

   

Percentage 
of Number 
of Accounts

 
$0.01-$500.00   $                     %           %
$500.01-$1,000.00             %             %
$1,000.01-$2,000.00             %             %
$2,000.01-$3,000.00             %             %
$3,000.01-$4,000.00             %             %
$4,000.01-$5,000.00             %             %
$5,000.01-$6,000.00             %             %
$6,000.01-$7,000.00             %             %
$7,000.01-$8,000.00             %             %
$8,000.01-$9,000.00             %             %
$9,000.01-$10,000.00             %             %
$10,000.01 or more             %             %
Total   $       %           0 %

  

Composition by Account Age Range

 


Account Age Range

 

Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Percentage of 
Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Number
of Accounts

   

Percentage 
of Number 
of Accounts

 
Up to 6 Months   $                    %           %
6 Months to 12 Months             %             %
Over 12 Months to 24 Months             %             %
Over 24 Months to 36 Months             %             %
Over 36 Months to 48 Months             %             %
Over 48 Months to 60 Months             %             %
Over 60 Months to 72 Months             %             %
Over 72 Months to 84 Months             %             %
Over 84 Months to 96 Months             %             %
Over 96 Months to 108 Months             %             %
Over 108 Months to 120 Months             %             %
Over 120 Months             %             %
Total   $       %           100.0 %

  

Except for the applicable states listed below, no state accounted for more than 5% of the number of accounts or 5% of the total receivables balances, as applicable, as of [●] [●], 20[●] for each of the retailers included in the trust portfolio. Since the largest number of cardholders (based on billing addresses) whose accounts are designated for the trust portfolio were in the five states listed below, adverse economic conditions affecting cardholders residing in those areas could affect timely payment by the related cardholders of amounts due on the accounts and, accordingly, the rate of delinquencies and losses for the trust portfolio.

 

Composition by Billing Address

 

Billing Address

 

Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Percentage of 
Total Receivables
Outstanding

   

Number
of Accounts

   

Percentage 
of Number 
of Accounts

 
    $               %                  %
              %             %
              %             %
              %             %
              %             %
Other                   %             %
Total   $       %           %

 

  94  

 

 

Composition by Delinquency Status

 

Delinquency Status   Total Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage of 
Total Receivables
Outstanding  
    Number
of Accounts
    Percentage 
of Number 
of Accounts
 
Current, Credit and Zero Balance   $         %               %
1 – 29 Days               %               %
30 – 59 Days               %               %
60 – 89 Days               %               %
90 – 119 Days               %               %
120 – 149 Days               %               %
150 or More Days               %               %
Total   $         %               %

  

Composition by FICO ® Credit Score

 

A FICO ® credit score is a measurement derived from a proprietary credit scoring method owned by Fair, Isaac & Company to determine the likelihood that credit users will pay their credit obligations in accordance with the terms of their accounts. Although Fair, Isaac & Company discloses only limited information about the variables it uses to assess credit risk, those variables likely include, but are not limited to, debt level, credit history, payment patterns (including delinquency experience) and level of utilization of available credit. FICO ® credit scores range from 300 to 850, and a borrower with a higher score is statistically expected to be less likely to default in payment than a borrower with a lower score. FICO ® credit scores for any one individual may be determined by up to three independent credit bureaus. In determining whether to grant credit to a potential account holder, the bank uses a FICO ® credit score as reported by one of the three major credit bureaus. Therefore, certain FICO ® credit scores for an individual account holder based upon information collected by other credit bureaus could be different from the FICO ® credit score used by the bank.

 

FICO ® credit scores are based on independent, third-party information, the accuracy of which we cannot verify. FICO ® credit scores were not developed specifically for use in connection with credit card accounts, but for consumer credit products in general. The bank does not use standardized credit scores, such as a FICO ® credit score, alone to determine the credit limit or other terms that are approved or applied on an account. Rather, each application is scored based on the applicant’s credit bureau report using industry and proprietary credit models and bankruptcy scorecards. See “ The Sponsor—Account Origination ” in this prospectus.

 

FICO ® credit scores of an individual may change over time, depending on the conduct of the individual, including the individual’s usage of his or her available credit, and changes in credit score technology used by Fair, Isaac & Company. To the extent available, FICO ® credit scores are generally obtained at origination of the account and at least quarterly thereafter. Because the composition of the accounts designated for the trust may change over time, this table is not necessarily indicative of FICO ® credit scores at origination of the accounts or the composition of the accounts in the trust at any specific time thereafter.

 

The following table reflects receivables as of [●] [●], 20[●], and the composition of accounts by FICO ® credit score as most recently refreshed:

 

Composition by FICO ® Credit Score Range

  

 

FICO ® Credit Score Range (1)

  Total
Receivables
Outstanding
    Percentage
of Total Receivables
Outstanding
 
Less than or equal to 599   $       %
600 to 659             %
660 to 719             %
720 and above             %
No Score             %
Total   $       %

   

 
(1) FICO ® is a federally registered trademark of Fair, Isaac & Company.

 

  95  

 

 

Review of Pool Asset Disclosure

 

In connection with the offering of the notes, the depositor has performed a review of the transferred receivables and the disclosure required to be included in this prospectus relating to the transferred receivables by Item 1111 of Regulation AB (such disclosure, the “ Rule 193 Information ”). This review was designed and effected to provide the depositor with reasonable assurance that the Rule 193 Information is accurate in all material respects.

 

The Rule 193 Information consisting of factual information was reviewed and approved by those officers and employees of the depositor, the bank and their affiliates who are knowledgeable about such factual information. Counsel to the depositor reviewed the Rule 193 Information consisting of descriptions of portions of the transaction documents and compared that Rule 193 Information to the related transaction documents. Rule 193 Information consisting of descriptions of the program agreements for the approved portfolios was reviewed and compared to the applicable program agreements by officers of the bank familiar with those documents. Officers of the depositor and its affiliates also consulted with internal regulatory personnel and counsel with respect to the description of the legal and regulatory provisions that may materially and adversely affect the performance of the transferred receivables or payments on the notes.

 

Employees of the depositor and its affiliates, with the assistance of a third party engaged by the depositor, also performed a review of the statistical information in this prospectus with respect to the transferred receivables. The statistical information relating to the transferred receivables was compared to information from the bank’s database regarding the attributes of such receivables. The results of the review provided validation that the data is accurate and consistent in all material respects with the information maintained in the bank’s database.

 

As described under “ The Servicer—Data Processing ” in this prospectus, certain data processing and administrative functions associated with the servicing of the trust portfolio are currently being performed on behalf of the bank by First Data Resources, Inc. (“ FDR ”). Information processed by FDR is transferred to the bank’s information system, and the statistical information regarding the trust accounts that is included in this prospectus is derived from the bank’s information system. On a monthly basis, the bank verifies that data processed by FDR is accurately transferred to the bank’s information systems by reviewing a report that compares data fields including the total credit limits, delinquency statuses, late fees, finance charges and principal receivables of all accounts processed by FDR to the corresponding information reflected in the bank’s information systems for all accounts owned by the bank.

 

With respect to the disclosure under “ —Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below, the bank regularly engages in activities that are designed to monitor and measure compliance with its credit policy, including testing of automated approval systems and monthly monitoring and compliance checks with respect to credit line decisions that are not handled through the automated system.

 

To ensure models used in automated strategies are “good to use,” the bank utilizes a model governance framework which is in accordance with the latest regulatory guidance. Upon instances where deviation from expected performance is observed, the bank management team is notified, with an explanation of the results. This notification to bank management may result in re-evaluating and, potentially, re-building models.  When monitoring the quality of the automated decision approvals, the bank uses monthly portfolio performance packages. These packages summarize monthly approval trends by score range, channel and lines assigned.

 

As described in more detail under “ —Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below, if a cardholder requests a credit line that exceeds the amount set by the automated system, the related application is forwarded to a group referred to as “Credit Solutions” for further consideration. Credit line decisions made by the Credit Solutions group are monitored through a monthly process during which each underwriter has a minimum number of fifteen credit line decisions reviewed by a bank quality control analyst who rates each decision in accordance with an established review methodology.

 

Since July 1, 2010, additional procedures have been implemented to monitor the activities of the Credit Solutions group. On a monthly basis, a surveillance team screens all accounts that were handled by the Credit Solutions group to identify accounts that are considered higher risk for decisions outside the procedure. Such accounts are then re-evaluated to determine whether there were any exceptions from underwriting guidelines with

  96  

 

 

respect to the credit lines granted on such accounts. Approximately [●]% of all accounts reviewed by Credit Solutions went through this re-evaluating process between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●]. The results of this review are described under “ —Compliance with Underwriting Criteria ” below.

 

In connection with account additions, the depositor periodically identifies accounts that meet the trust eligibility criteria by screening the inventory of accounts owned by the bank (including accounts acquired from third party originators) for the applicable characteristics. The depositor then prepares a report that shows the applicable account characteristics for the accounts that passed the screen. This report is reviewed by the bank to ensure that the screen properly excluded any ineligible accounts. Among the population of eligible accounts, the bank, in its discretion, may apply additional screens based on certain account characteristics, including credit score and delinquency status, however, the bank is not required to do so. Once these additional screens have been applied, the bank randomly selects accounts from the remaining population of eligible accounts. In connection with each account addition, the depositor will represent that no selection procedures believed to be materially adverse to the interests of the issuing entity or the noteholders were utilized in selection of the additional accounts from the available eligible accounts.

 

Portions of the review of the legal, regulatory and statistical information were performed with the assistance of affiliates of the depositor and third parties engaged by the depositor, which determined the nature, extent and timing of the review and the level of assistance provided by its affiliates and the third parties. The depositor had ultimate authority and control over, and assumes all responsibility for, the review and the findings and conclusions of the review. The depositor attributes all findings and conclusions of the review to itself.

 

After undertaking the review described above, the depositor has concluded that it has reasonable assurance that the Rule 193 Information in this prospectus is accurate in all material respects.

 

Compliance with Underwriting Criteria

 

As described under “ The Sponsor—Underwriting Process ,” the bank makes virtually all underwriting and authorization decisions using an automated system that considers credit bureau information that is run through proprietary scoring models developed for the bank to calculate each applicant’s credit score. This automated system drives all decisions to approve or decline a customer’s request for credit and also sets an initial credit line on each approved customer’s account, in each case without any underwriter discretion.

 

In cases where a newly approved cardholder or an existing cardholder has requested a credit line that exceeds the amount set by the automated system, the related application is forwarded to the Credit Solutions group for further consideration. Once accounts are received by the Credit Solutions group, all requests for a higher credit line are screened through a system that considers each applicant’s bankruptcy history, ability to pay and recent increase history. All accounts considered by the Credit Solutions group that pass the initial screen are then assessed by underwriters according to operating procedures that consider factors such as credit grade, disposable income, debt-to-income ratio and delinquency history. If an applicant satisfies all criteria specified by the operating procedures, the reviewing underwriter may grant a higher credit line up to a specified multiple of the automated system’s recommendation. If the application satisfies more than a minimum number of the criteria, but less than all of the criteria, the reviewing underwriter may grant a higher line up to designated levels. [●] credit line decisions relating to accounts in the trust portfolio, including new origination and adjustments to existing credit lines, were received by the Credit Solutions group between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●] and a subset of these credit line decisions that passed the initial screen described above were subject to judgmental underwriting by the Credit Solutions group during the same time period.

 

Based on a review of the credit line decisions made by the Credit Solutions group between [●] [●], 20[●] and [●] [●], 20[●], the depositor has identified [●] credit line decisions relating to accounts in the trust portfolio as exceptions to the underwriting guidelines disclosed in this prospectus. Some of these credit line decisions were granted at or under the designated maximum level permitted by the operating procedures, however such accounts were found to deviate from the disclosed underwriting guidelines for the sole reason that they lacked requisite manager pre-approval. The remainder of the exceptions were determined to be exceptions because the credit lines were found to be above the maximum level permitted by the operating procedures for those accounts. The aggregate balance of all trust accounts for which exceptions were identified represents less than [●]% of the aggregate balance of the transferred receivables.

 

  97  

 

 

The bank determined to include the receivables for which exceptions were identified in the trust portfolio because the exceptions would not have a material adverse effect on the trust, and therefore, despite the exceptions to the underwriting criteria, the related receivables are eligible for sale to the trust. With respect to these credit-related exceptions, the bank considers, as an additional compensating factor, that ongoing credit monitoring enables the bank to adjust the credit limit as deemed necessary by the results of the behavioral scoring model that is applied to each account periodically.

 

Static Pool Information

 

Static pool information for the trust portfolio relating to gross charge-offs, delinquencies, yield and payment rate can be located in Annex III to this prospectus, which forms an integral part of this prospectus. Annex III does not include information relating to prepayments, because the concept of prepayments is not an applicable consideration for credit card accounts beyond payment rate data, which is provided in Annex III.  Annex III does not include information relating to standardized credit scores, because credit decisions regarding the accounts are being made on an ongoing basis based on the evolving credit scores of the related obligors.

 

Asset Representations Review

 

As discussed under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor, ” and “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Sellers, ” the depositor and the sellers make certain representations and warranties regarding the eligibility of the transferred receivables and the related accounts. The asset representations reviewer will be responsible for reviewing the transferred receivables and related accounts for compliance with the representations and warranties regarding if an account is an Eligible Account and if a receivable is an Eligible Receivable (collectively, the “ Pool Asset Representations ”), when the following asset review conditions (the “ Review Conditions ”) have been satisfied:

 

The Delinquency Percentage for any payment date exceeds the Delinquency Trigger for that payment date, as described below under “— Delinquency Trigger ”; and

 

The noteholders have voted to direct a review of the applicable Subject Receivables pursuant to the process described below under “— Asset Review Voting .”

 

If the Review Conditions are satisfied (the first date on which all of the Review Conditions are satisfied is referred to as the “ Review Trigger Date ”), then the asset representations reviewer will perform a review of the Subject Receivables (as defined below) for compliance with the Pool Asset Representations as described below under “— Asset Review.

 

Delinquency Trigger

 

On or prior to each payment date, the servicer will calculate the Delinquency Percentage for the preceding Monthly Period. The “ Delinquency Percentage ” for each payment date and the related preceding Monthly Period is an amount equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate receivables balance of all 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such payment date to (ii) the aggregate receivables balance of all transferred receivables as of the last day of the related Monthly Period. “ 60-Day Delinquent Receivables ” means, as of any date of determination, all transferred receivables (other than repurchased receivables and defaulted receivables) that are 60 or more days delinquent as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such date, as determined in accordance with the bank’s customary servicing practices. Charged-off receivables are not considered delinquent receivables and are therefore not included in the Delinquency Trigger calculation.

 

The “ Delinquency Trigger ” for any payment date and the related preceding Monthly Period will be the lowest “Delinquency Trigger” as specified in the prospectus for any series.  The Delinquency Trigger for your series is [[   ]%].  [The Delinquency Trigger for your series has been set at a level in excess of the historical peak of delinquent receivables [since [____]] to assure that the Delinquency Trigger is not breached due to fluctuations in credit cycles that are unrelated to breaches of representations and warranties.  The Delinquency Trigger corresponds generally to

 

  98  

 

 

the level of expected losses on the receivables in the trust that would cause the notes to realize the first dollar of loss.  By aligning the Delinquency Trigger with the maximum level of credit losses that the notes can withstand without a loss, we believe the Delinquency Trigger provides an appropriate early warning threshold at the point when noteholders may benefit from an Asset Review.]

 

Subject Receivables ” means, for any asset review, all transferred receivables which are 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period prior to the related Review Trigger Date. However, any receivable which becomes a repurchased receivable after the Review Trigger Date will no longer be a Subject Receivable.

 

Asset Review Voting

 

If the Delinquency Percentage on any payment date exceeds the Delinquency Trigger for that payment date, the servicer will notify investors of that occurrence on the monthly distribution report filed by the depositor on Form 10-D, and noteholders holding at least 5% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all outstanding series of notes (excluding any notes held by Synchrony or any of its affiliates) (the “ Instituting Noteholders ”) may then elect to initiate a vote of the noteholders to determine whether the asset representations reviewer will conduct the review described under “ —Asset Review ” below by giving written notice to the indenture trustee of their desire to institute such a vote. If any of the Instituting Noteholders is not a record holder as reflected on the note register, the indenture trustee may require that investor to provide verification documents to confirm that the investor is a beneficial owner of notes. Those verification documents may include a written certification that the investor is a beneficial owner of the notes and (A) a trade confirmation, (B) an account statement, (C) a letter from a broker or dealer that is acceptable to the indenture trustee or (D) any other form of documentation that is acceptable to the indenture trustee. Any such vote shall be (i) initiated no later than 90 days from date the monthly distribution report specifying that the Delinquency Trigger was breached and has been filed by the depositor and (ii) completed no later than 150 days from the date the monthly distribution report specifying that the Delinquency Trigger was breached and has been filed by the depositor.

 

The servicer will notify investors on the monthly distribution report filed by the depositor on Form 10-D if the Instituting Noteholders initiated a vote as described in the preceding paragraph. The “ Noteholder Direction ” will be deemed to have occurred if noteholders representing at least a majority of the voting noteholders vote in favor of directing a review by the asset representations reviewer. The noteholders voting in favor of that review are referred to as the “ Directing Noteholders .” If the Instituting Noteholders elect to initiate a vote, then Synchrony will pay the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by the indenture trustee, the depositor and the issuing entity in connection with the voting process, including the costs and expenses of counsel (as described below under “— Fees and Expenses for Asset Review ”). The indenture trustee may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of noteholders entitled to vote in accordance with Section 316(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Promptly after the Review Trigger Date, the indenture trustee will send a notice to the trust, which will notify the depositor and the asset representations reviewer that the Review Conditions have been satisfied and will provide the applicable Review Trigger Date. The depositor will notify investors that an Asset Review has been directed on the monthly distribution report filed on Form 10-D following the Review Trigger Date. Within [●] [business][calendar] days of receipt of such notice, the servicer will provide to the asset representations reviewer a list of the accounts in which the Subject Receivables arise.

 

Fees and Expenses for Asset Review

 

The asset representations reviewer will be paid [monthly] an annual fee of $[●] by Synchrony in accordance with the asset representations review agreement. However, that fee does not include the fees and expenses of the asset representations reviewer in connection with an asset review of the Subject Receivables. Under the asset representations review agreement, the asset representations reviewer will be entitled to receive a fee in connection with the asset review of [$[    ] for each account containing a Subject Receivable][$[     ] per hour][insert any other rate agreed upon by asset representations reviewer and Synchrony] (the “ Review Expenses ”). The Review Expenses will be paid by Synchrony.

 

  99  

 

 

Asset Review

 

The asset representations reviewer will perform a review of the Subject Receivables for compliance with the Pool Asset Representations (an “ Asset Review ”) to determine whether the Pool Asset Representations with respect to each Subject Receivable were accurate in all material respects.

 

The Asset Review will be performed in accordance with [such procedures as the asset representations reviewer shall deem appropriate, in the discretion of the asset representations reviewer.][Alternatively, insert description of any procedures agreed with the asset representations reviewer in the asset representations review agreement.]

 

Under the asset representations review agreement, the asset representations reviewer is required to complete its review of the Subject Receivables by the [90 th ] day after the Review Trigger Date, but may request an additional [30] days to complete the review if additional review materials or procedures are required. Within 5 days of its completion of its review, the asset representations reviewer will provide a report to the indenture trustee, Synchrony and the depositor of the findings and conclusions of the review of the Subject Receivables, and the Form 10-D filed by the depositor with respect to the applicable Monthly Period in which the asset representations reviewer’s report is provided will include a summary of those findings and conclusions. The asset representations reviewer will not determine whether noncompliance with the Pool Asset Representations constitutes a breach of the transfer agreement or whether the depositor would be required to repurchase a Subject Receivable. Additionally, the asset representations reviewer will not determine the reason for the delinquency of any receivable, the creditworthiness of any obligor, the overall quality of any receivable or the compliance by the servicer with its covenants with respect to the servicing of any receivable or to establish cause, materiality or recourse for any failed test. The bank will, after reviewing the report of the asset representations reviewer, determine whether the depositor would be required to repurchase a Subject Receivable pursuant to the terms of the transfer agreement. For additional information on the representations and warranties of the depositor, see “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ,” and for additional information on repurchases, see repurchases by the sponsor or the depositor, see “ Repurchase of Receivables ” in this prospectus.

 

Resignation and Removal of the Asset Representations Reviewer

 

[●], a [●], has been appointed as asset representations reviewer pursuant to an agreement among Synchrony, the bank, the depositor, the issuing entity and the asset representations reviewer . See “The Asset Representation Reviewer” in this prospectus for further information about [●].

 

The asset representations reviewer may not resign unless (a) the asset representations reviewer is merged into or becomes an affiliate of the sponsor, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any person hired by the sponsor or an underwriter to perform pre-closing due diligence work on the receivables, (b) upon determination that the performance of its duties under the asset representation review agreement is no longer permissible under applicable law, (c) it has received the consent of Synchrony, (d) it does not receive any payment required to be made in connection with an undisputed invoice under the asset representations review agreement within 90 days after Synchrony has been giving written notice of such non-payment or (e) it has delivered one year’s (or a shorter period of time to which the trust agrees) written notice to the bank, the depositor, Synchrony and the trust at any time on or after the date that is five years after the date of the asset representations review agreement, or such later date to which such date may be extended by agreement of the asset representations reviewer, the trust and Synchrony. Upon the occurrence of one of the foregoing events (other than the occurrence of the event described in clause (e) of the preceding sentence), the asset representations reviewer shall promptly resign with [90] calendar days’ prior written notice and the trust shall appoint a successor asset representations reviewer. The trust may immediately remove the asset representations reviewer if the asset representations reviewer ceases to be an eligible asset representations reviewer, becomes legally unable to perform its obligations or becomes subject to a bankruptcy. In addition, the trust may remove the asset representations reviewer with at least [30] calendar days’ prior written notice for any reason in its sole discretion so long as any such termination will not be effective until the asset representations reviewer has completed and delivered all review reports for any then in-progress Asset Review. If the asset representations reviewer resigns or is removed, replaced or substituted, or if a new asset representations reviewer is appointed, we will specify the circumstances surrounding the change on the monthly distribution report filed on Form 10-D for the Monthly Period in which the change occurred. No resignation or removal of the asset representations reviewer will be effective until a successor asset representations reviewer who is an eligible asset

 

  100  

 

 

representations reviewer is in place. The asset representations reviewer will pay the reasonable expenses of transitioning its obligations under the asset representations review agreement and preparing the successor asset representations reviewer to take on the obligations on receipt of an invoice with reasonable detail of the expenses from Synchrony, the depositor or the successor asset representations reviewer. However, the asset representations reviewer will not be responsible for paying such transitions expenses if it is removed by the trust without cause or because it did not receive a payment required to be made in connection with an undisputed invoice under the asset representations review agreement within 90 days after Synchrony had been given written notice of such non-payment. Any costs associated with the removal of the asset representations reviewer and the appointment of a successor, to the extent not paid by the asset representations reviewer, will be paid by Synchrony.

 

The asset representations reviewer will be responsible for reviewing the Subject Receivables (as defined above) for compliance with the Pool Asset Representations. Under the asset representations review agreement, the asset representations reviewer will be entitled to be paid the fees and expenses set forth under “— Fees and Expenses for Asset Review ” above. The asset representations reviewer is required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under the asset representations review agreement. The asset representations reviewer will be required to keep all information about the receivables obtained by it in confidence and may not disclose that information other than as required by the terms of the asset representations review agreement and applicable law. Synchrony will indemnify the asset representations reviewer and its affiliates and assigns and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents against any losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation and settlement awards) arising out of, connected with or resulting from any act taken by the asset representations reviewer (acting in good faith) under the asset representations review agreement or the indenture, except for losses that are the result of the asset representation reviewer’s material breach of the asset representations review agreement or indenture, as applicable, the asset representations reviewer’s failure to comply with applicable law in performing its duties under the asset representations review agreement or the indenture, as applicable, the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the asset representations reviewer or any material breach of the asset representations reviewer’s representations, warranties or covenants. In addition, if the asset representations reviewer participates in a dispute resolution proceeding as described under “ Dispute Resolution Procedures ” below and its reasonable expenses for participating in the proceeding are not paid by a party to the dispute resolution within 90 days after the end of the proceeding, Synchrony will reimburse the asset representations reviewer for such expenses within 30 days of receipt of a detailed invoice.

 

The asset representations reviewer will not be liable to any person for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith under the asset representations review agreement or for error in judgment. However, the asset representations reviewer will be liable for its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in performing its obligations under the asset representations review agreement and the indenture. The asset representations reviewer will not be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages (including loss of profit).

 

Repurchase of Receivables

 

Demands for Repurchase

 

For the three-year period ending [●] [●], 20[●], we have not received a demand to repurchase any receivable underlying any securitization sponsored by the bank, and there was no activity with respect to any demand made prior to such period with respect to any such receivables. We, as securitizer, disclose all fulfilled and unfulfilled repurchase requests for receivables that were the subject of a demand to repurchase on SEC Form ABS−15G. We filed our most recent Form ABS-15G with the Securities and Exchange Commission on [●] [●], 20[●]. Our CIK number is 0001226006. For more information on obtaining a copy of the Form ABS-15G that was filed by us, see “ Where You Can Find More Information ” in this prospectus.

 

Dispute Resolution Procedures

 

The bank and the depositor are required to repurchase receivables from the trust if it is discovered that the receivables did not satisfy eligibility requirements in some material respect at the time that they were transferred to us or to the trust, respectively, and the ineligibility results in a charge-off or an impairment of the trust’s rights in the transferred receivables or their proceeds. If a request for repurchase of a receivable has not been fulfilled or otherwise resolved within 180 days of the receipt of notice of the request, the person making the repurchase request

 

  101  

 

 

(a “ requesting party ”) may refer the matter, at its discretion, to either mediation (including non-binding arbitration) or arbitration. The bank and the depositor have agreed to participate in the dispute resolution method that is selected by a requesting party.

 

Dispute resolution to resolve repurchase requests will be available regardless of whether noteholders voted to direct an Asset Review or whether the Delinquency Trigger occurred. However, if the receivable subject to a repurchase request was part of an Asset Review and the related report from the asset representations reviewer stated that no tests were failed for the receivable, the repurchase request for the receivable will be deemed to be resolved.

 

If the requesting party selects mediation, the mediation will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association. The fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation. The mediator will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”). If the parties fail to agree at the completion of the mediation, the requesting party may refer the repurchase request to arbitration.

 

If the requesting party selects arbitration, the arbitration will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association. The arbitrator will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the AAA. In its final determination, the arbitrator will determine and award the costs of the arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator in its reasonable discretion. The arbitrator will make its final determination in writing no later than [90] days after its selection. The arbitration will resolve the dispute according to the transaction documents and may not modify or change the transaction documents in any way or award remedies not consistent with the transaction documents. The arbitrator will not have the power to aware punitive or consequential damages. The final determination of the arbitrator will be final and non-appealable, except for actions to confirm or vacate the determination permitted under law, and may be entered and enforced in any court with jurisdiction over the parties and the matter. By selecting arbitration, the requesting party is giving up its right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury.

 

Any mediation and arbitration described above will be held in New York, New York (or, such other location as the parties mutually agree upon). Neither the bank nor the depositor will be required to produce personally identifiable customer information for purposes of any mediation or arbitration. Each party will agree to keep the details of the repurchase request and the dispute resolution confidential but will not be restricted from disclosing any information as required by any applicable law. A requesting party may not initiate a mediation or arbitration as described above with respect to a receivable that is, or has been, the subject of an ongoing or previous mediation or arbitration (whether by that requesting party or another requesting party) but will have [30] days from the date of receiving notice of a mediation or arbitration to join such existing mediation or arbitration with respect to that receivable if the mediation or arbitration has not yet concluded.

 

Maturity Considerations

 

Series 20[●]-[●] will always be in one of three periods—the revolving period, the controlled accumulation period or the early amortization period. Unless an early amortization event occurs, each class of notes will not receive payments of principal until the expected principal payment date for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes. The expected principal payment date for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes will be the payment date in [●] 20[●]. We expect, but cannot assure you, that the trust will have sufficient funds to pay the full principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes on the expected principal payment date for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes. However, if an early amortization event occurs, principal payments for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes may begin prior to the expected principal payment date.

 

Controlled Accumulation Period

 

During the controlled accumulation period, principal allocated to the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders will accumulate in the principal accumulation account in an amount calculated to pay the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes in full on the expected principal payment date. We expect, but cannot assure you, that the amounts available in the principal accumulation account on the expected principal payment date will be sufficient to pay in full the outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes. If there are not sufficient funds on deposit in

 

  102  

 

 

the principal accumulation account to pay any class of notes in full on the expected principal payment date, an early amortization event will occur and the early amortization period will begin.

 

Early Amortization Period

 

If an early amortization event occurs during either the revolving period or the controlled accumulation period, the early amortization period will begin. On each payment date during the early amortization period, principal allocated to the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders, including any amount on deposit in the principal accumulation account will be paid:

 

first to the Class A noteholders, up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes;

 

then to the Class B noteholders, up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes;

 

then to the Class C noteholders, up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes; and

 

then to the Class D noteholders, up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class D notes.

 

The trust will continue to pay principal in the priority noted above to the noteholders on each payment date during the early amortization period until the earliest of the date the notes are paid in full, the date on which the collateral amount is reduced to zero and the Series 20[●]-[●] final maturity date, which is the [●] 20[●] payment date. No principal will be paid on the Class B notes until the Class A notes have been paid in full. No principal will be paid on the Class C notes until the Class A notes and the Class B notes have been paid in full. Except as described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Spread Account Distributions ,” no principal will be paid on the Class D notes until the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes have been paid in full.

 

Payment Rates

 

The payment rate on the receivables is the most important factor that will determine the size of principal payments during an early amortization period and whether the trust has funds available to repay the notes on the expected principal payment date. The following Cardholder Monthly Payment Rates table sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly payment rates on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio during any Monthly Period in the Securitization Reporting Years or portion thereof, as applicable, shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of the Principal Receivables Outstanding as of the first day of each Monthly Period during the Securitization Reporting Years or portion thereof, as applicable, shown. Payment rates shown in the table are based on amounts that would be deemed payments of principal receivables with respect to the accounts. For purposes of these calculations, Principal Receivables Outstanding are principal receivables included in the trust portfolio in the period indicated. Each Securitization Reporting Year is the period of twelve Monthly Periods ending on December 21 st of the related calendar year.

 

The Payment Status table in this section shows the average for all billing cycles in the period indicated of the payments made on the receivables that fall within each of the following categories: (1) less than minimum payment, (2) minimum payment, (3) greater than minimum payment, but less than full payment and (4) full payment or greater than full payment. For any billing cycle, the percentage of payments in each category is calculated by dividing the number of accounts with payments in that category by the total amount of all accounts that were required to make payments on the receivables.

 

Although we have provided historical data concerning the payment rates on the receivables and the percentage of the receivables falling in each payment category, because of the factors described in this prospectus under “ Risk Factors ,” we cannot provide you with any assurance that the levels and timing of payments on receivables in the trust portfolio from time to time will be similar to the historical experience described in the following tables for the trust portfolio or that deposits into the principal accumulation account will equal the applicable controlled accumulation amount. The trust may shorten the controlled accumulation period and, in that event, we cannot provide any assurance that there will be sufficient time to accumulate all amounts necessary to pay the outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes on the expected principal payment date.

 

  103  

 

 

Cardholder Monthly Payment Rates

  

 

 

   

[●] Month[s]
Ended

[●] [●],

      Securitization Reporting Year  
      20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]       20[●]  
Lowest Month       %       %       %       %       %       %
Highest Month       %       %       %       %       %       %
Monthly Average       %       %       %       %       %       %

 

Payment Status

 

      Percentage of Accounts  
      [●] Billing
Cycle[s] Ended in
[●] 20[●]
      Twelve Billing
Cycles Ended in
[●] 20[●]
      Twelve Billing
Cycles Ended in
[●] 20[●]
      Twelve Billing
Cycles Ended in
[●] 20[●]
      Twelve Billing
Cycles Ended in
[●] 20[●]
      Twelve Billing
Cycles Ended in
[●] 20[●]
 
Less than Minimum Payment       %       %       %       %       %       %
Minimum Payment       %       %       %       %       %       %
Greater than Minimum Payment, Less than Full Payment       %       %       %       %       %       %
Full Payment or Greater than Full Payment       %       %       %       %       %       %

 

We cannot assure you that the cardholder monthly payment rates or the payment experience for the trust portfolio in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth in the tables above. In addition, the amount of collections of receivables may vary from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic conditions, payment habits of individual cardholders and changes in minimum payment formulas.

 

Description of the Notes

 

The trust may issue from time to time one or more series of notes under a master indenture and one or more indenture supplements entered into by the trust and the indenture trustee. The following summaries describe the material provisions of the notes issued by the trust. We have filed a form of an indenture supplement and copies of each of the other agreements with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement relating to the notes.

 

General

 

Each series of notes may consist of one or more classes, one or more of which may be senior notes and one or more of which may be subordinated notes. Each class of a series will evidence the right to receive specified payments of principal or interest or both. Each class of a series may differ from other classes in some aspects, including:

 

principal payments;

 

maturity date;

 

interest rate; and

 

availability and amount of enhancement.

 

The notes registered under the Securities Act generally:

 

will be represented by notes registered in the name of a The Deposit Trust Company (“ DTC ”) nominee; and

 

will be available for purchase in book-entry form only.

 

  104  

 

 

However, notes not offered pursuant to a registration statement may have different characteristics from those described above.

 

Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, is expected to be the holder of record of each series of book-entry notes. An owner of beneficial ownership interests in the notes will generally not be entitled to a definitive note representing its interest in the issued notes because it will own global notes through a book-entry record maintained by DTC. References in this prospectus to distributions, reports, notices and statements to noteholders refer to DTC or Cede & Co., as registered holder of the notes, for distribution to you in accordance with DTC procedures. All references in this prospectus to actions by noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from DTC participants.

 

None of us, the administrator, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee or the servicer, nor any holder of an ownership interest in the trust, nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, successors or assigns shall, in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes or for the agreements of the trust contained in the indenture. The notes will represent obligations solely of the trust, and the notes will not be insured or guaranteed by us, the servicer, the administrator, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, or any other person or entity.

 

New Issuances of Notes

 

The trust may issue from time to time one or more new series or for any multiple issuance series, notes of any class for that series. All principal terms of each new series will be defined in an indenture supplement. Each series issued may have terms and enhancements that are different from those for any other series. No prior notice to, or consent from, noteholders will be required for the issuance of an additional series, and we do not expect to request such consents. The trust may offer any series or class relating to a multiple issuance series under a prospectus or other disclosure document in transactions either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the Securities Act either directly or through one or more other underwriters or placement agents, in fixed-price offerings or in negotiated transactions or otherwise.

 

No new series or, for any multiple issuance series, notes of any class for that series, may be issued unless we satisfy various conditions, including that:

 

(1) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied;

 

(2) we certify, based on the facts known to the certifying officer, that the new issuance will not cause an early amortization event or an event of default or materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of distributions to be made to any class of noteholders;

 

(3) after giving effect to the new issuance, the Free Equity Amount is not less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount and the Note Trust Principal Balance is not less than the Required Principal Balance; and

 

(4) the trust delivers an opinion of counsel to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a) except as otherwise stated in the related indenture supplement, the notes of the new series will be characterized as debt;

 

(b) the issuance will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of any outstanding class of notes as to which an opinion of counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance that those notes would be characterized as debt;

 

(c) the new issuance will not cause the trust to be deemed to be an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation; and

 

(d) the new issuance will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder.

 

  105  

 

 

A series may be a multiple issuance series if specified in the related indenture supplement. In a multiple issuance series, notes of any class can be issued on any date so long as the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and the other conditions of issuance set forth in the indenture are met. All of the subordinated notes of a multiple issuance series provide subordination protection to all of the senior notes of the same series, regardless of whether the subordinated notes are issued before, at the same time as, or after the senior notes of that series. The trust may issue additional classes of notes or additional notes of a previously issued class at different times with respect to a multiple issuance series. Neither you nor any other noteholder will have the right to consent to the issuance of future notes of a multiple issuance series.

 

For any multiple issuance series, there are no restrictions on the timing or amount of any additional issuance of notes, so long as the conditions described above are met. As of the date of any additional issuance of an outstanding class of notes, the outstanding principal amount for that class will be increased to reflect the principal amount of the additional notes. When issued, the additional notes of an outstanding class will be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the indenture and the related indenture supplement as the other outstanding notes of that class without preference, priority or distinction.

 

For each new issuance, we will determine whether additional notes may be issued and whether the conditions to the new issuance have been met. No party will independently verify our determination.

 

Series 20[●]-[●] [is][is not] a multiple issuance series.

 

Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections

 

The notes will be secured by and paid from the assets of the trust. The amount of receivables constituting collateral for any series of notes, called its collateral amount, initially will generally equal the initial outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series plus the initial excess collateral amount, if any, for that series of notes, unless such series has a funding period as described below under “—Funding Period .” The amount of collateral for a series of notes offered under this prospectus may be reduced on account of:

 

defaulted receivables or uncovered dilution; or

 

reallocation of principal collections to cover shortfalls in the payment of interest or other specified amounts to be paid from finance charge collections.

 

See “ The Servicers—Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs ” and “ Description of Series Provisions—Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus. In addition, when a series is amortizing, the collateral amount for that series will decline as transferred principal receivables are collected and paid or accumulated for payment to the noteholders.

 

The amount available to make payments on each series of notes on each payment date generally will be a portion of the collections of transferred principal receivables received by the trust based on the allocation percentage for that series of notes, which will be based on the collateral amount for that series.

 

The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate all collections of finance charge receivables and transferred principal receivables among each series of notes and the Free Equity Amount based on the respective allocation percentages for each series and the transferor allocation percentage. The transferor allocation percentage at any time will equal 100% minus the total of the applicable allocation percentages for all outstanding series. The transferor allocation percentage of finance charge collections and principal collections will first be deposited in the excess funding account to the extent required to maintain a Free Equity Amount that is not less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount, as described under “ The Trust—Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount ” in this prospectus. Any remaining finance charge collections and principal collections will be available for distribution by the trust to us or our assigns. Subject to the limitation described above, the collections allocated to each series will be retained in the collection account or applied pursuant to the priority of payments of each series.

 

  106  

 

 

See “ Description of Series Provisions—Collateral Amount; Allocation of Collections ” for more information regarding the collateral amount for your series and the allocation of collections to your series.

 

Funding Period

 

If specified in the related indenture supplement for a series of note, a series of notes may have a funding period. For a series of notes with a funding period, the total amount of transferred principal receivables available to the notes of such series may be less than the total principal amount of the notes of such series, and the initial collateral amount for the notes of such series may be less than the principal amount of the notes of such series.

 

During the funding period, the portion of the collateral amount not invested in principal receivables will be maintained by the trust either as cash held in a prefunding account or, if the maximum funding period for any series is longer than one month, in the form of eligible investments transferred by us to the trust of a type approved by the rating agencies for the related series. On the related closing date, this amount may be up to 100% of the principal amount of the notes. The collateral amount for a series with a funding period will increase as new principal receivables are transferred to the trust or as the collateral amounts of other outstanding series of notes are reduced.

 

During the funding period for a series of notes, the trust will pay to us funds on deposit in the prefunding account as the collateral amount for the related series increases. If the portion of the collateral amount that is not invested in principal receivables will be maintained by the trust in the form of eligible investments, rather than cash, then on the maturity date for any eligible investment the trust will either pay the proceeds of the eligible investment to us to the extent of any increase in the collateral amount or, if the collateral amount has not been increased by an amount at least equal to those proceeds, will deposit any remaining proceeds not transferred to us into the excess funding account. If the collateral amount for that series is not increased so that the initial collateral amount equals the sum of the initial principal amount of the notes of that series and the required excess collateral amount for that series by the end of the funding period, the trust will repay to noteholders of the related series any amount remaining in the prefunding account or any proceeds of eligible investments held in the excess funding account.

 

[Your series will not have a funding period.][The terms of the funding period for your series are described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Funding Period ” in this prospectus.]

 

Credit Enhancement

 

For any series, credit enhancement may be provided with respect to one or more of the related classes. Credit enhancement may be in the form of setting the collateral amount for that series at an amount greater than the initial principal amount of the notes in that series, the subordination of one or more classes of the notes of that series, a letter of credit, the establishment of a cash collateral guaranty or account, a derivative agreement, a surety bond, an insurance policy, a spread account, a reserve account or the use of cross support features, or any combination of these. If so specified in the related indenture supplement, any form of credit enhancement may be structured so as to be drawn upon by more than one class to the extent described in that indenture supplement. Any credit enhancement that constitutes a guarantee of a series of notes registered under the Securities Act will be separately registered under the Securities Act unless exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

The credit enhancement for a series of notes may not provide protection against all risks of loss and may not guarantee repayment of the entire principal amount of the notes and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by the credit enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement, noteholders will bear their allocable share of uncovered losses. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Credit Enhancement ” in this prospectus for a description of the credit enhancement for the notes of your series.

 

Global Notes

 

This section describes the form global notes will take, how global notes may be transferred and how payments will be made to holders of global notes.

 

  107  

 

 

Global notes may be held through DTC in the U.S., Clearstream or Euroclear in Europe. Global notes may be held directly with one of these systems if the holder is a participant in the system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants. Global notes will be issued in “registered form” as defined in the internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

 

Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, will hold the global notes. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Clearstream customers and the Euroclear participants, respectively, through customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s names on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold those positions in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

 

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered under the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes for global notes in accounts of participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and may include other organizations. Participants also may include the underwriters of any series. Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others, including banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, as indirect participants, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

Transfers between DTC participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules. Transfers between Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.

 

Cross-market transfers between persons holding global notes directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by its depositary; however, those cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines, which will be based on European time. The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s depositaries.

 

Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a participant will be made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day following the DTC settlement date, and those credits or any transactions in those securities settled during that processing will be reported to the relevant Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant on that business day. Cash received in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Clearstream or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

 

It is anticipated that the only “noteholder” or “holder” of global notes will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. An owner of a beneficial ownership in a note, a “note owner,” will not be recognized by the indenture trustee as a noteholder, as that term is used in the indenture, and note owners will only be permitted to exercise the rights of noteholders indirectly through the participants which, in turn, will exercise the rights of noteholders through DTC. Note owners that are not participants or indirect participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interest in, notes may do so only through participants and indirect participants. In addition, note owners will receive all distributions of principal of and interest on the notes from the indenture trustee through the participants who in turn will receive them from DTC. As the global notes are in a book-entry format, note owners may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since payments will be forwarded by the indenture

 

  108  

 

 

trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. DTC will forward those payments to its participants, which thereafter will forward them to indirect participants or note owners.

 

Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the global notes and is required to receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the global notes. Participants and indirect participants with which note owners have accounts with respect to the global notes similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit those payments on behalf of their respective global note owners. Accordingly, although note owners will not possess notes, note owners will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.

 

Because DTC can only act on behalf of participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a note owner to pledge global notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of those global notes, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for those global notes.

 

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the indenture only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account with DTC the global notes are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised us that it will take those actions with respect to specified percentages of the collateral amount only at the direction of and on behalf of participants whose holdings include interests that satisfy those specified percentages. DTC may take conflicting actions with respect to other interests to the extent that those actions are taken on behalf of participants whose holdings include those interests.

 

Clearstream is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg. Clearstream holds securities for its customers and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Clearstream customers through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream customers, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes. Transactions may be settled in Clearstream in any of 36 currencies, including United States dollars. Clearstream provides to its Clearstream customers, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream also deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries through established depository and custodial relationships. Clearstream is registered as a bank in Luxembourg, and therefore is subject to regulation by the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier, which supervises Luxembourg banks. Clearstream’s customers are world-wide financial institutions, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations, among others, and may include the underwriters of any series of notes. Clearstream’s U.S. customers are limited to securities brokers and dealers and banks. Currently, Clearstream has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80 countries, including all major European countries, Canada and the United States. Indirect access to Clearstream is also available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with an account holder of Clearstream. Clearstream has established an electronic bridge with Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as the operator of the Euroclear System in Brussels to facilitate settlement of trades between Clearstream and Euroclear.

 

Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of the Euroclear System and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 34 currencies, including United States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as the Euroclear operator. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear operator. Euroclear participants include central banks and other banks, securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the underwriters of any series of notes. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator are governed by the Code of Conduct for Clearing and Settlement and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System. These terms

 

  109  

 

 

and conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear operator acts under these rules and laws only on behalf of Euroclear participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

 

Distributions with respect to notes held through Clearstream or Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures, to the extent received by its depositary. Those distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus. Clearstream or the Euroclear operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the indenture on behalf of a Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its depositary’s ability to effect those actions on its behalf through DTC.

 

Although DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of global notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform those procedures and those procedures may be discontinued at any time.

 

Definitive Notes

 

Notes that are initially cleared through DTC will be issued in definitive, fully registered, certificated form to note owners or their nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if:

 

the trust advises the indenture trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository with respect to that series or class of notes, and the trust is unable to locate a qualified successor;

 

circumstances change so that the book-entry system through DTC is less advantageous due to economic or administrative burden or the use of the book-entry system becomes unlawful with respect to a series and the trust notifies the indenture trustee in writing that because of the change in circumstance the trust is terminating the book-entry system with respect to that series or class of notes; or

 

after the occurrence of an event of default, note owners representing not less than [50]% or other percentage specified in the related indenture supplement for any series of notes of the outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series or class advise DTC through participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system for the global notes through DTC or a successor to DTC is no longer in the best interest of those note owners.

 

If any of these events occur, DTC must notify all participants of the availability through DTC of definitive notes. Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive instrument representing the notes and instructions for re-registration, the trust will execute and the indenture trustee will authenticate the notes as definitive notes, and thereafter the indenture trustee will recognize the registered holders of those definitive notes as noteholders under the indenture. Definitive notes will be issued in “registered form” as described in the Code.

 

Payment of principal and interest on the notes will be made by the indenture trustee directly to holders of definitive notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in this prospectus and in the indenture. Interest payments and any principal payments on each payment date will be made to holders in whose names the definitive notes were registered at the close of business on the related record date. Payments on definitive notes will be made by check mailed to the address of the noteholders as it appears on the register maintained by the indenture trustee. However, the final payment on any note—whether definitive notes or the global notes registered in the name of Cede & Co. representing the notes—will be made only upon presentation and surrender of that note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final payment to noteholders. The indenture trustee will mail this notice to registered noteholders not later than the fifth day of the month of the final distributions.

 

  110  

 

 

Definitive notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the transfer agent and registrar, which will initially be the indenture trustee. No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the trust and transfer agent and registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange.

 

Interest Payments

 

The interest rate on any class of notes may be a fixed or floating rate, and will be specified in the related indenture supplement. Interest payments or deposits for any specified series on any payment date will be paid from:

 

collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the series during the preceding Monthly Period or Monthly Periods, including any collections of transferred principal receivables treated as collections of finance charge receivables as described under “— Discount Option ” in this prospectus;

 

collections of finance charge receivables allocated to other series and made available as described under “— Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections ” in this prospectus;

 

investment earnings, if any, on any funds held in trust accounts, to the extent specified in the related indenture supplement; and

 

any credit enhancement or derivative instrument, to the extent available for the series, as specified in the related indenture supplement.

 

If interest payments will be made less frequently than monthly for any specified series, an interest funding account may be established to accumulate the required interest amount for that series. If a series has more than one class of notes, that series may have more than one interest funding account. In addition, for any series, any accrued and unpaid interest not paid as of the final maturity date for that series will be due and payable on the final maturity date for that series.

 

See “ Description of Series Provisions—Interest Payments ” for more information regarding the interest payments for your series.

 

Principal Payments

 

Each series will begin with a revolving period during which no principal payments will be made to the noteholders of that series. However, if specified in the related indentures supplement, principal may be payable on any class of notes during the revolving period in connection with a partial amortization. A partial amortization would occur if we were required to add receivables and the bank did not designate sufficient eligible accounts and we elected to avoid an early amortization event by commencing a partial amortization.

 

The revolving period for each series will be scheduled to end on or no later than a specified date, at which time a new period will begin during which principal collections available to that series will be accumulated in a trust account or used to repay the notes of that series. That new period is called an amortization period if partial principal payments are made each month, and is called an accumulation period if the available principal is accumulated for a series over one or more months to pay off a class of notes in full on a scheduled expected principal payment date. If the amount paid or accumulated each month is limited to some specified figure, then the period is called a controlled amortization period or controlled accumulation period, respectively.

 

However, each series will also be subject to early amortization events, which could cause the revolving period to end earlier than scheduled or could terminate an existing amortization period or accumulation period. See “ Description of Series Provisions Early Amortization Events ” in this prospectus for a description of the early amortization events applicable to your series. Upon an early amortization event, an early amortization period will begin, during which available principal will be paid to noteholders monthly and will not be subject to any controlled amount or accumulation provision. Finally, a series with an accumulation period may specify some adverse events

 

  111  

 

 

as accumulation events, rather than early amortization events, resulting in an early start to an accumulation period or removing any limitation based on a controlled accumulation amount.

 

Principal payments for any class of notes will be paid from collections of transferred principal receivables allocated to the related series and from other sources specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. In the case of a series with more than one class of notes, the noteholders of one or more classes may receive payments of principal at different times.

 

See “ Description of Series Provisions—Principal Payments ” for more information regarding the principal payments your series.

 

Early Amortization Events

 

The revolving period for each series will continue through the date specified in the related indenture supplement unless an early amortization event occurs prior to that date. An early amortization event occurs with respect to all series of the trust upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar events relating to us or the bank;

 

(b) we are unable for any reason to transfer receivables to the trust or the bank is unable to transfer receivables to us; or

 

(c) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

 

In addition, an early amortization event may occur with respect to any series upon the occurrence of any other event specified in the related indenture supplement for that series. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Early Amortization Events ” in this prospectus for a description of the early amortization events for your series. On the date on which an early amortization event is deemed to have occurred, the early amortization period or, if so specified in the related indenture supplement, the controlled accumulation period will commence. If, because of the occurrence of an early amortization event, the early amortization period begins earlier than the scheduled commencement of an amortization period or prior to an expected principal payment date, noteholders will begin receiving distributions of principal earlier than they otherwise would have, which may shorten the average life of the notes.

 

In addition to the consequences of an early amortization event discussed above, if insolvency or similar proceedings under the bankruptcy code or similar laws occur with respect to us or any other transferor of receivables to the trust, on the day of that event we or such other transferor, as applicable, will immediately cease to transfer principal receivables to the trust and promptly give notice to the indenture trustee and the trust of this event. Any transferred principal receivables or participation interests transferred to the trust prior to the event, as well as collections on those transferred principal receivables, participation interests and finance charge receivables accrued at any time with respect to those transferred principal receivables, will continue to be part of the trust assets.

 

If the only early amortization event to occur is our insolvency, the court may have the power to require the continued transfer of principal receivables to us, in which event we will continue to transfer principal receivables to the trust. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulation—Regulatory action could cause delays or reductions in payment of your notes ” in this prospectus.

 

Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default

 

An event of default will occur under the indenture for any series of notes upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) the trust fails to pay principal when it becomes due and payable on the final maturity date for that series of notes;

 

  112  

 

 

(2) the trust fails to pay interest when it becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 35 days;

 

(3) bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation or similar events relating to the trust;

 

(4) the trust fails to observe or perform covenants or agreements made in the indenture in respect of the notes of that series, and:

 

(a) the failure continues, or is not cured, for 60 days after notice, by registered or certified mail, to the trust by the indenture trustee or to the trust and the indenture trustee by noteholders representing 25% or more of the then-outstanding principal amount of that series of notes, requiring the failure to be remedied and stating that the notice is a “Notice of Default” under the indenture; and

 

(b) as a result, the interests of the noteholders are materially and adversely affected, and continue to be materially and adversely affected during the 60-day period; or

 

(5) any additional event specified in the indenture supplement related to that series.

 

An event of default will not occur if the trust fails to pay the full principal amount of a note on its expected principal payment date.

 

An event of default with respect to one series of notes will not necessarily be an event of default with respect to any other series of notes.

 

If an event of default referred to in clause (1), (2) or (4) above occurs and is continuing with respect to any series of notes, the indenture trustee or noteholders holding a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of the affected series may declare the principal of the notes of that series to be immediately due and payable. If an event of default referred to in clause (3) above occurs and is continuing, the unpaid principal and interest due on the notes automatically will be deemed to be declared due and payable. Before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the indenture trustee, noteholders holding a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series may rescind the declaration of acceleration of maturity if:

 

(1) the trust has paid or deposited with the indenture trustee all principal and interest due on the notes and all other amounts that would then be due if the event of default giving rise to the acceleration had not occurred, including all amounts then payable to the indenture trustee; and

 

(2) all events of default have been cured or waived.

 

The indenture trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the noteholders if:

 

(1) the indenture trustee is advised by counsel that the action it is directed to take is in conflict with applicable law or the indenture;

 

(2) the indenture trustee determines in good faith that the requested actions would be illegal or involve the indenture trustee in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to noteholders not making the request or direction; or

 

(3) the indenture trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with that request.

 

Subject to those provisions for indemnification and those limitations contained in the indenture, noteholders holding not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of the affected series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the

 

  113  

 

 

indenture trustee if an event of default has occurred and is continuing. Prior to the acceleration of the maturity of the notes of the affected series, the noteholders holding not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of each class of the notes of the affected series or, with respect to any series with two or more classes, each class may also waive any event of default with respect to the notes, except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a default relating to a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent of each affected noteholder of that series.

 

After acceleration of a series of notes, principal collections and finance charge collections allocated to those notes will be applied to make monthly principal and interest payments on the notes until the earlier of the date the notes are paid in full or the final maturity date of the notes. Funds in the collection account and the other trust accounts for an accelerated series of notes and funds in the excess funding account that are available to that series will be applied immediately to pay principal of and interest on those notes.

 

Upon acceleration of the maturity of a series of notes following an event of default, the indenture trustee will have a lien on the collateral for those notes for its unpaid fees and expenses that ranks senior to the lien of those notes on the collateral.

 

In general, the indenture trustee will enforce the rights and remedies of the holders of accelerated notes. However, noteholders will have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the indenture if the following conditions are met:

 

the noteholder or noteholders have previously given the indenture trustee written notice of a continuing event of default;

 

the noteholders of at least 25% of the then-outstanding principal balance of each affected series request the indenture trustee in writing to institute a proceeding as indenture trustee;

 

the noteholders offer indemnification to the indenture trustee that is satisfactory to the indenture trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities of instituting a proceeding;

 

the indenture trustee has not instituted a proceeding within 60 days after receipt of the request and offer of indemnification; and

 

during the 60-day period following receipt of the request and offer of indemnification, the indenture trustee has not received from noteholders holding more than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

If the indenture trustee receives conflicting or inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of any affected series, each representing less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of that series, the indenture trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, will be taken.

 

Each holder of a note will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and interest in respect of that note as principal and interest become due and payable, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal and interest then due and payable and those rights may not be impaired without the consent of that noteholder.

 

Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the indenture trustee, if any series of notes has been accelerated following an event of default, the indenture trustee may do one or more of the following:

 

institute proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the notes of the affected series, enforce any judgment obtained and collect from the trust money determined to be due; or

 

take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the indenture trustee and the noteholders of the affected series.

 

  114  

 

 

Subject to the conditions described in the following sentence, the indenture trustee also may cause the trust to sell principal receivables, which will be randomly selected, in an amount equal to the collateral amount for the series of accelerated notes and the related finance charge receivables. Before exercising this remedy, the indenture trustee must receive an opinion of counsel to the effect that exercise of this remedy complies with applicable federal and state securities laws and one of the following conditions must be satisfied:

 

receipt by the indenture trustee of the consent of all noteholders of the affected series;

 

determination by the indenture trustee that any proceeds from exercising the remedy will be sufficient to discharge in full all principal and interest due on the accelerated notes, and the indenture trustee obtains the consent of noteholders holding more than 50% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the affected series; or

 

determination by the indenture trustee that the trust assets may not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on those notes as they would have become due if the notes had not been accelerated, and the indenture trustee obtains the consent of noteholders holding at least 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of each class of the notes of the affected series.

 

The remedies described above are the exclusive remedies provided to noteholders, and each noteholder by accepting its interest in the notes of any series and the indenture trustee expressly waive any other remedy that might have been available under the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections

 

If a series is identified in the indenture supplement for that series as included in a group, collections of finance charge receivables allocated to that series in excess of the amount needed to make deposits or payments for the benefit of that series may be shared with other series that are included in the same group. The servicer on behalf of the trust will allocate the aggregate of the excess finance charge collections for all series in the same group to cover any payments required to be made out of finance charge collections for any series in that group that have not been covered out of the finance charge collections allocable to those series. If the finance charge shortfalls exceed the excess finance charge collections for any group for any Monthly Period, excess finance charge collections will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series based on the relative amounts of finance charge shortfalls for such series.

 

Shared Principal Collections

 

Each series will share excess principal collections with each other series unless the related indenture supplement excludes that series from this sharing arrangement. If a principal sharing series is allocated principal in excess of the amount needed for deposits or distributions of principal collections, that excess will be shared with other principal sharing series. The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate the aggregate of the shared principal collections for all principal sharing series to cover any principal shortfalls for other principal sharing series. Shared principal collections will only be available to make scheduled or permitted principal distributions to noteholders and deposits to principal accumulation accounts, if any, for any series that have not been covered out of the collections of transferred principal receivables allocable to those series, and will not be used to cover investor charge-offs for any series.

 

If the principal shortfalls exceed the amount of shared principal collections for any Monthly Period, shared principal collections for all series will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series based on the relative amounts of principal shortfalls. If shared principal collections exceed principal shortfalls, the balance will be available for distribution by the trust to us or our assigns or will be deposited in the excess funding account under the circumstances described under “ The Trust—Capitalization of the Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount ” in this prospectus.

 

  115  

 

 

Discount Option

 

We have the option to reclassify a percentage of collections of transferred principal receivables as collections of finance charge receivables. We also have the option to reclassify a percentage of collections of transferred principal receivables arising in selected groups of trust accounts as collections of finance charge receivables. For example, we may choose to apply discounting to only those trust accounts arising in one or more selected retailer programs. If we do so, the reclassified percentage of collections of transferred principal receivables arising in accounts comprising the entire trust portfolio or accounts comprising only the portion of the trust portfolio selected for discounting for each Monthly Period will be considered collections of finance charge receivables and will be allocated with all other collections of finance charge receivables in the trust portfolio.

 

We may exercise this option in order to compensate for a decline in the portfolio yield, but only if there would be sufficient transferred principal receivables to allow for that discounting. Exercise of this option would result in a larger amount of collections of finance charge receivables and a smaller amount of collections of transferred principal receivables. By doing so, we would reduce the likelihood that an early amortization event would occur as a result of a decreased portfolio yield and, at the same time, would increase the likelihood that we will have to add principal receivables to the trust. We may not exercise our option to reclassify collections of transferred principal receivables as collections of finance charge receivables if we reasonably believe that doing so would cause an early amortization event, or any event that with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an early amortization event for any series of notes.

 

In addition, the rating agencies may limit the percentage of transferred principal receivables that may be reclassified from time to time.

 

Voting Rights; Amendments

 

Transfer Agreement and Servicing Agreement

 

The transfer agreement may be amended by us and the trust. The servicing agreement may be amended by the servicer and the trust; however, in the case of any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of the servicing agreement that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of the receivables, the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied. The trust has covenanted to the indenture trustee that it will not amend the transfer agreement or the servicing agreement, unless:

 

      (1) (a) the amendment is being entered into to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provisions of the applicable agreement or to add or change any other provisions concerning matters or questions raised under that agreement; and

 

(b) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and the trust has received a certificate from one of our authorized officers stating that, in our reasonable belief, the amendment will not:

 

(i) result in the occurrence of an early amortization event or an event of default; or

 

(ii) materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of distributions to be made to noteholders of any series or class; or

 

(2) the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and the amendment is being entered into to add, modify or eliminate any provisions necessary or advisable in order to enable the trust to avoid the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes on the trust’s property or its income; or

 

(3) the trust obtains the consent of noteholders representing more than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of each series affected by the amendment for which we have not delivered to the trust a certificate of the type described in clause (1)(b) above.

 

  116  

 

 

The trust will also covenant to the indenture trustee that, notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (1) through (3) above, the trust will not enter into any amendment of the transfer agreement or the servicing agreement if the amendment:

 

(1) reduces the amount of, or delays the timing of:

 

(a) any distributions to be made to noteholders of any series; or

 

(b) the amount available under any credit enhancement,

 

in each case, without the consent of each affected noteholder;

 

(2) changes the manner of calculating the interest of any noteholder without the consent of each affected noteholder;

 

(3) reduces the percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the notes required to consent to any amendment, without the consent of each affected noteholder; or

 

(4) adversely affects the rating of any series or class by each Hired Agency, without the consent of noteholders representing more than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of each affected series or class.

 

For purposes of clause (1) above, changes in early amortization events or events of default that decrease the likelihood of the occurrence of those events will not be considered delays in the timing of distributions.

 

Trust Agreement

 

The trust agreement may be amended by us and the owner trustee, without the consent of the noteholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in the trust agreement, or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the trust agreement or modifying the rights of the holder of the transferor certificate if:

 

we certify that the action will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the holder of the transferor certificate or the noteholders; and

 

the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

 

Receivables Sale Agreement

 

The receivables sale agreement may be amended without the consent of the noteholders. However, we have covenanted in the transfer agreement that we will not enter into an amendment of the receivables sale agreement if such amendment would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the trust or the noteholders.

 

Indenture

 

The trust and the indenture trustee may, without the consent of any noteholders but with prior written notice to each Hired Agency, enter into one or more supplemental indentures for any of the following purposes:

 

to correct or enhance the description of any property subject to the lien of the indenture, or to take any action that will enhance the indenture trustee’s lien under the indenture, or to add to the property pledged to secure the notes;

 

to reflect the agreement of another person to assume the role of the trust when permitted under the indenture;

 

  117  

 

 

to add to the covenants of the trust, for the benefit of the noteholders, or to surrender any right or power of the trust if the surrender would not have a material adverse effect on the noteholders;

 

to transfer or pledge any property to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders;

 

to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in the indenture or in any supplemental indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision in the indenture or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions concerning matters arising under the indenture as long as that action would not materially adversely affect the interests of the noteholders;

 

to appoint a successor to the indenture trustee with respect to the notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of the indenture to allow more than one indenture trustee to act under the indenture, in each case subject to the applicable terms of the indenture;

 

to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the indenture as necessary to qualify the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any similar federal statute later enacted; or

 

to permit the issuance of one or more new series of notes under the indenture.

 

The trust and the indenture trustee may also, without the consent of any noteholders, enter into one or more supplemental indentures to amend the indenture or any indenture supplement, upon:

 

(1) the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition;

 

(2) the trust’s delivery of an officer’s certificate to the effect that all requirements for the amendment have been satisfied and, in the reasonable belief of the certifying officer, the action will not (i) cause an early amortization event or an event of default or (ii) materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of payments to be made to the noteholders of any series or class; and

 

(3) receipt by the trust of an opinion of counsel to the effect that for federal income tax purposes:

 

(a) the transaction will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of notes of any outstanding class as to which an opinion of counsel was delivered at the time of their issuance that those notes would be characterized as debt;

 

(b) the transaction will not cause the trust to be deemed to be an association or publicly traded partnership taxable a corporation; and

 

(c) the transaction will not cause or constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder.

 

The trust and the indenture trustee may also, without the consent of the noteholders of any series, enter into one or more supplemental indentures to add, modify or eliminate any provisions necessary or advisable in order to enable the trust to avoid the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes on the trust’s property or its income. Prior to any amendment described in this paragraph, the Rating Agency Condition must be satisfied. In addition, no amendment described in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph may affect the rights, duties or obligations of the indenture trustee or the trust under the indenture.

 

The trust and the indenture trustee will not, without prior notice to each Hired Agency and the consent of each noteholder affected, enter into any supplemental indenture to:

 

change the due date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any note or reduce the principal amount of a note, the note interest rate or the redemption price of the note or change any place of payment where, or the currency in which, any note or interest thereon is payable;

 

  118  

 

 

impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of specified payment provisions of the indenture;

 

reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the notes of any series, whose consent is required (a) for execution of any supplemental indenture or (b) for any waiver of compliance with specified provisions of the indenture or of some defaults under the indenture and their consequences provided in the indenture;

 

reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the notes required to direct the indenture trustee to direct the trust to sell or liquidate the trust assets if the proceeds of the sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and interest due on those notes;

 

decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the notes required to amend the sections of the indenture that specify the percentage of the principal amount of the notes of a series necessary to amend the indenture or other related agreements;

 

modify provisions of the indenture prohibiting the voting of notes held by the trust, any other party obligated on the notes, us, or any of our or their affiliates; or

 

permit the creation of any lien superior or equal to the lien of the indenture with respect to any of the collateral for any notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in the indenture, terminate the lien of the indenture on the collateral or deprive any noteholder of the security provided by the lien of the indenture.

 

The trust and the indenture trustee may otherwise, with the consent of noteholders holding more than 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes of each series adversely affected, enter into one or more supplemental indentures to add provisions to or change in any manner or eliminate any provision of the indenture or to change the rights of the noteholders under the indenture.

 

List of Noteholders

 

Holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding principal amount of any series of notes may obtain access to the list of noteholders the indenture trustee maintains for the purpose of communicating with other noteholders. The indenture trustee may elect not to allow the requesting noteholders access to the list of noteholders if it agrees to mail the requested communication or proxy, on behalf and at the expense of the requesting noteholders, to all noteholders of record.

 

Fees and Expenses Payable From Collections

 

On the second business day preceding each payment date, the trust will determine:

 

the amount of fees and any other amounts payable to the indenture trustee;

 

the amount of fees and any other amounts payable to the owner trustee; and

 

the amount of fees and any other amounts payable to the administrator;

 

and, if the above fees and expenses have not been paid by us or the trust, will allocate those fees and expenses, to the extent any of those amounts are solely attributable to one series, to each series as to which they are solely attributable, and any amounts remaining will be allocated to each series according to their respective allocation percentages. The amount allocated to each series will be paid on the following payment date. The indenture supplement for any series may specify a cap on the amount of these fees and expenses that are payable from the collections allocated to that series on any payment date.

 

  119  

 

 

In addition, a portion of the monthly servicing fee payable to the servicer on each payment date will be allocated to each series as described under “ The Servicers—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses ” in this prospectus.

 

The following table summarizes the fees and expenses that may be payable from the collections allocated to the notes:

 

 

Type of Fees
and Expenses

  Amount or
Calculation
  Purpose   Source of Funds
for Payment
  Distribution
Priority
indenture trustee fees and expenses   an amount agreed upon by the trust and the indenture trustee from time to time   compensation and reimbursement of the indenture trustee   payable by the trust and may be paid from finance charge collections allocated to the notes as described above   as specified under “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections in this prospectus
                 
owner trustee
fees and expenses  
  An amount agreed upon by us and the owner trustee from time to time   compensation and reimbursement of the owner trustee   payable by us, and to the extent amounts remain unpaid, payable from finance charge collections allocated to the notes as described above   as specified under “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections in this prospectus
                 
administrator
fees and expenses
  $350 monthly   compensation and reimbursement of the administrator   payable by the trust and may be paid from finance charge collections allocated to the notes   as specified under “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections in this prospectus
                 
servicing
fees and expenses
  1/12 th of the product of the servicing fee rate for the related series, as specified in this prospectus, and the collateral amount for that series on the last day of the prior Monthly Period   compensation and reimbursement of the servicer   the portion of the servicing fee allocated to any series will be payable from finance charge collections allocated to that series   as specified under “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections in this prospectus

 

Final Payment of Principal

 

If so specified in the related indenture supplement relating to a series, we will have the option to purchase the collateral amount for a series at any time after the remaining outstanding principal amount of that series is 10% or less of the initial principal amount of that series, but only if the purchase price paid to the trust is sufficient to pay all amounts owing to the noteholders of that series and all other amounts specified for that series in the related indenture supplement. [The minimum purchase price for your series is described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Redemption Amount .”]

 

The trust will give the indenture trustee at least thirty days’ prior written notice of the date on which we intend to exercise our purchase option.

 

Each indenture supplement will specify the final maturity date for the related notes, which will generally be a date falling substantially later than the expected principal payment date. For any class of notes, principal will be due and payable on the final maturity date. Additionally, the failure to pay principal by the final maturity date will be an

 

  120  

 

 

event of default, and the indenture trustee or holders of a specified percentage of the notes of that series will have the rights described under “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default ” in this prospectus. The trust will notify the indenture trustee, and the indenture trustee will subsequently notify each noteholder of record at the close of business on the record date preceding the payment date, of the date on which the trust expects the final installment of principal and interest on the notes to be paid. Such notice will be mailed no later than the fifth day of the calendar month for the final payment date and will specify that the final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the related note and will specify where the notes may be presented and surrendered for payment of the final installment.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

 

The indenture will be discharged with respect to the notes upon the delivery to the indenture trustee for cancellation of all the notes or, with specific limitations, upon deposit with the indenture trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the notes.

 

Description of Series Provisions

 

We have summarized the material terms of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes below and under “ Description of the Notes ” in this prospectus.

 

General

 

The Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes comprise the Series 20[●]-[●] notes and will be issued under the indenture, as supplemented by the Series 20[●]-[●] indenture supplement, in each case between the trust and the indenture trustee.

 

The Class A notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $[100,000][1,000] and higher integral multiples of $[1,000][1] and will be available only in book-entry form, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. The Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $[100,000][1,000] and higher integral multiples of $[1] and will be available only in book-entry form, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. See “ Description of the Notes—General ,” “ —Global Notes ” and “ —Definitive Notes ” in this prospectus. Payments of interest and principal will be made on each payment date on which those amounts are due to the noteholders in whose names the Series 20[●]-[●] notes were registered on the related record date, which will be the last business day of the calendar month preceding that payment date.

 

[State whether an application will be submitted to list the applicable series or class of notes on the Irish Stock Exchange or another exchange.]

 

Collateral Amount

 

Your notes are secured by the transferred receivables. The amount of the collateral for notes, which we call the collateral amount, will initially be $[●] and will thereafter be reduced by:

 

(a) all principal collections applied to make principal payments on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes (other than principal payments made from funds on deposit in the spread account) or deposited into the principal accumulation account;

 

(b) reductions in the excess collateral amount that result from reductions in the required excess collateral amount as described under “ —Excess Collateral Amount ” below; and

 

(c) all reductions to the collateral amount as a result of defaulted principal receivables or uncovered dilution allocated to your series or reallocations of principal collections to cover interest[, Senior Swap Payments], payments to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust and the monthly servicing fee payments for your series that have not been reimbursed.

 

  121  

 

 

The collateral amount cannot be less than zero.

 

Reductions described in clause (c) above will be reimbursed to the extent that finance charge collections are available for that purpose on any subsequent payment date.

 

[Funding Period

 

The notes will have a funding period ending on the payment date in [●] 20[●]. During this time, the total amount of transferred principal receivables available to the notes will be less than the total principal amount of the notes, and the initial collateral amount for the notes will be less than the principal amount of the notes.

 

During the funding period, the portion of the collateral amount not invested in principal receivables will be maintained by the trust [as cash held in a prefunding account][ in the form of eligible investments transferred by us to the trust of a type approved by the rating agencies for the notes]. On the closing date, this amount is expected to be $[●]. The collateral amount for the notes will increase as new principal receivables are transferred to the trust or as the collateral amounts of other outstanding series of notes are reduced.

 

During the funding period the notes, the trust will pay to us funds on deposit in the prefunding account as the collateral amount for the related series increases. [On the maturity date for any eligible investment the trust will either pay the proceeds of the eligible investment to us to the extent of any increase in the collateral amount or, if the collateral amount has not been increased by an amount at least equal to those proceeds, will deposit any remaining proceeds not transferred to us into the excess funding account.] If the collateral amount for Series 20[●]-[●] is not increased so that the initial collateral amount equals the sum of the initial principal amount of the notes and the required excess collateral amount for Series 20[●]-[●] by the end of the funding period, the trust will repay to noteholders any amount remaining in the prefunding account or any proceeds of eligible investments held in the excess funding account.]

 

Allocation Percentages

 

The servicer, on behalf of the trust, will allocate among the collateral amount for your series, the collateral amount of each other series of notes issued and outstanding and the Free Equity Amount the following items: collections of finance charge receivables and principal receivables, defaulted principal receivables and dilution amounts that are not offset by the Free Equity Amount or reimbursed by us.

 

On any date of determination in any Monthly Period, the allocation percentage for your series will be the percentage equivalent—which may not exceed 100%—of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is:

 

for purposes of allocating finance charge collections and defaulted principal receivables at all times and principal collections during the revolving period, equal to the collateral amount as measured at the end of the last day of the prior Monthly Period (or, in the case of the Monthly Period during which the closing date occurs, on the closing date); or

 

for purposes of allocating principal collections during the controlled accumulation period and the early amortization period, prior to the date on which the amount on deposit in the principal accumulation account equals the outstanding principal amount of the notes, equal to the collateral amount as of the end of the revolving period, and, thereafter, zero; and

 

the denominator of which is the greater of:

 

(a) except as described in the last sentence of the following paragraph, the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of a specified date; and

 

  122  

 

 

(b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable allocation percentages for all series of notes outstanding as of the date of determination.

 

The denominator referred to above will initially be set as of the closing date. The denominator will be reset for purposes of allocating principal collections, finance charge collections and defaulted principal receivables at the end of each Monthly Period and on the following dates, which are referred to as “reset dates” in this prospectus:

 

on each date on which additional accounts are designated to the trust portfolio;

 

on each date on which accounts are removed from the trust portfolio in an aggregate amount approximately equal to the collateral amount of any series that has been paid in full;

 

on each date on which there is an increase in the outstanding balance of any variable interest issued by the trust; and

 

on each date on which a new series or class of notes is issued.

 

If a reset date occurs and the trust is permitted to make a single monthly deposit of collections into the collection account and has not elected to make daily deposits to the collection account, the denominator referred to in clause (a) above will instead equal the Average Principal Balance for the related Monthly Period.

 

Interest Payments

 

The outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date to but excluding [●] [●], 20[●], and for each following interest period, at a [fixed] rate of [●]% per year [above LIBOR for the related interest period] for the related interest period.

 

The outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date to but excluding [●] [●], 20[●], and for each following interest period, at a [fixed] rate of [●]% per year [above LIBOR for the related interest period] for the related interest period.

 

The outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date to but excluding [●] [●], 20[●], and for each following interest period, at a [fixed] rate of [●]% per year [above LIBOR for the related interest period] for the related interest period.

 

The outstanding principal amount of the Class D notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date to but excluding [●] [●], 20[●], and for each following interest period, at a [fixed] rate of [●]% per year [above LIBOR for the related interest period] for the related interest period.

 

Each interest period will begin on and include a payment date and end on but exclude the next payment date. However, the first interest period will begin on and include the closing date.

 

[For purposes of determining the interest rates applicable to each interest period, LIBOR will be determined two London business days before that interest period begins.]

 

[For each date of determination, LIBOR will equal the rate per annum displayed in the [Bloomberg Financial Markets system] [applicable reporting service for LIBOR] as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a [●]-month period (and, solely for purposes of determining LIBOR for the first interest period as described in the following paragraph, a [●]-month period), as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that system, the rate for that date will be the rate per annum shown on page [“LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service] or such other page as may replace the [“LIBOR01”] page on that service for purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, LIBOR will be determined based on the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by four major banks, selected by the

 

  123  

 

 

servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for a [●]-month period (and, solely for purposes of determining LIBOR for the first interest period as described in the following paragraph, a [●]-month period). The indenture trustee will request the principal London office of each of those banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two quotations are provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a [●]-month period (and, solely for purposes of determining LIBOR for the first interest period as described in the following paragraph, a [●]-month period).]

 

[LIBOR for the first interest period will be determined by straight-line interpolation, based on the actual number of days in the period from the closing date to but excluding [●], [●], between two rates determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph, one of which will be determined for a maturity of one month and one of which will be determined for a maturity of two months.]

 

Interest on the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes will be calculated based on [the actual number of days in the related interest period and] a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months (and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days).

 

If the trust does not pay interest as calculated above to any class on a payment date, the amount not paid will be due on the next payment date, together with interest on the overdue amount of regular monthly interest at [2% plus] the interest rate payable on the notes for the applicable class.

 

[Interest Rate Swaps

 

To hedge the trust’s interest payment obligations, the trust will enter into an interest rate swap for each of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes and the floating rate Class D notes, each covering the period from the closing date through the final maturity date.

 

The notional amount of the Class A interest rate swap, the notional amount of the Class B interest rate swap, the notional amount of the Class C interest rate swap and the notional amount of the Class D interest rate swap for each interest period will be equal to the outstanding principal amount of each of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes and the floating rate Class D notes, respectively, in each case as of the end of the first day of the related interest period. Under each swap, prior to each payment date, two interest amounts will be calculated on the outstanding principal amount of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes or the floating rate Class D notes, as applicable:

 

a floating interest amount, accruing at the applicable [●]-month LIBOR and based on the actual number of days in the interest period and a year of 360 days; and

 

a fixed interest amount, accruing at the specified fixed interest rate and based on twelve 30-day months and a year of 360 days.

 

If the floating interest amount is greater than the fixed interest amount, the trust will receive a payment from the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. Alternatively, if the fixed interest amount is greater than the floating interest amount, the trust will be required to make a payment to the swap counterparty in an amount equal to the difference. The specified fixed interest rate for the Class A interest rate swap, the Class B interest rate swap, the Class C interest rate swap and the Class D interest rate swap is not expected to be higher than [●]% per year.

 

Any net amounts received by the trust under the interest rate swaps will be treated as collections of finance charge receivables. Any net amounts payable by the trust under the Class A interest rate swap will be paid from finance charge collections at the same priority as interest payments on the Class A notes. Any net amounts payable by the trust under the Class B interest rate swap will be paid from finance charge collections at the same priority as interest payments on the Class B notes. Any net amounts payable by the trust under the Class C interest rate swap will be paid from finance charge collections at the same priority as interest payments on the Class C notes. Any net

 

  124  

 

 

amounts payable by the trust under the Class D interest rate swap will be paid from finance charge collections at the same priority as interest payments on the Class D notes.

 

Each of the interest rate swaps may terminate, whether or not the notes have been paid in full prior to such termination, upon the occurrence of any event of default or termination event specified in the related interest rate swap agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event of default specified in an interest rate swap agreement, the non-defaulting party may elect to terminate such interest rate swap agreement. Events of default under the interest rate swap agreements include:

 

failure to make a payment due under the interest rate swap agreement within the applicable grace period;

 

the occurrence of certain bankruptcy and insolvency events;

 

a default, event of default or other similar condition or event by the interest rate swap counterparty under any debt obligation owed by the interest rate swap counterparty arising from a payment default or other event resulting in the acceleration of such debt obligation, if the amount of such payment default or accelerated debt meets the specified threshold amount, subject to applicable cure periods; and

 

failure by the interest rate swap counterparty to comply with certain other obligations under the interest rate swap agreement or breach by the interest rate swap counterparty of certain representations in the interest rate swap agreement, in each case subject to applicable cure periods.

 

The interest rate swaps may also be terminated upon the occurrence of a termination event other than an event of default. These termination events include:

 

illegality on the part of the trust or an interest rate swap counterparty to be a party to the related interest rate swap agreement;

 

noncompliance by the interest rate swap counterparty with certain obligations under a disclosure agreement pursuant to which the interest rate swap counterparty may be required to deliver to the trust specified financial and other information regarding the interest rate swap counterparty to enable the depositor and the trust to comply with their reporting obligations to the SEC;

 

noncompliance by the interest rate swap counterparty with certain obligations after its ratings downgrade;

 

certain tax consequences arising from administrative or judicial procedures, changes in tax law or certain mergers and asset transfers; and

 

certain other events specified in the interest rate swap agreements.

 

The trust can only enter into and maintain interest rate swaps with counterparties that have debt ratings consistent with the standards of the rating agencies for the notes. If the ratings of a swap counterparty are reduced below certain levels established by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, if the swap counterparty is rated by Fitch, that swap counterparty will be required to assign its rights and obligations under the applicable interest rate swap to a replacement swap counterparty, obtain a letter of credit or guaranty or make other arrangements satisfactory to the rating agencies within certain grace periods. The failure to replace a terminated interest rate swap or enter into an alternative arrangement satisfactory to the rating agencies within ten business days, or the failure of a swap counterparty to make a required payment for five business days after a payment is due, will cause an early amortization event and commencement of the early amortization period. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Securitization Structure—Default by a swap counterparty or termination of the Class A, Class B, Class C or Class D interest rate swap could reduce or delay payments and may cause commencement of an early amortization period or a reduction in the ratings of the notes ” in this prospectus for a discussion of potential adverse consequences if a swap counterparty defaults on its obligations or is downgraded, or another termination event occurs under an interest rate swap.]

 

  125  

 

 

Revolving Period; Source of Principal Payments

 

During the revolving period, no principal payments will be made on your notes.

 

During the controlled accumulation period and the early amortization period, deposits to the principal accumulation account and principal payments on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, as applicable, will be made on each payment date from the following sources:

 

(a) principal collections allocated to your series based on your allocation percentage and required to be deposited into the collection account for your series, less any amounts required to be reallocated to cover interest payments on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes[, Senior Swap Payments due from the trust], certain fees and expenses payable to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust or monthly servicing fee payments; plus

 

(b) any amount on deposit in the excess funding account allocated to your series on that payment date; plus

 

(c) any finance charge collections or other amounts required to be treated as principal collections in order to cover the share of defaulted principal receivables, uncovered dilution amounts and shortfalls in the Minimum Free Equity Amount allocated to your series or to reinstate prior reductions to the collateral amount; plus

 

(d) any principal collections from other series that are shared with your series.

 

Controlled Accumulation Period

 

The controlled accumulation period is scheduled to commence on the first day of the [●] monthly period preceding the expected principal payment date and to last [●] months. On each determination date until the controlled accumulation period begins, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will review the amount of expected principal collections and determine the number of months expected to be required to fully fund the principal accumulation account by the expected principal payment date. If the number of months needed to fully fund the principal accumulation account by the expected principal payment date is less than or more than the number of months in the scheduled controlled accumulation period, the trust will either postpone the controlled accumulation period or start the controlled accumulation period earlier than the then-currently scheduled controlled accumulation period, as applicable, so that the number of months in the scheduled controlled accumulation period equals the number of months expected to be needed to fully fund the principal accumulation account by the expected principal payment date. In making its decision, the trust is required to assume that (1) the principal payment rate will be no greater than the lowest monthly principal payment rate for the prior 12 months, (2) the total amount of transferred principal receivables in the trust and the amounts on deposit in the excess funding account will remain constant, (3) no early amortization event for any series will occur and (4) no additional series will be issued after the related determination date. In no event will the controlled accumulation period be less than one month.

 

On each payment date relating to the controlled accumulation period, funds will be deposited in the principal accumulation account in amount equal to the least of:

 

(1) funds available for this purpose for your series with respect to that payment date;

 

(2) the outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes as of the last day of the revolving period, divided by the number of months in the controlled accumulation period, plus any amounts required to be deposited to the principal accumulation account on prior payment dates that have not yet been deposited;

 

(3) an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the notes, minus the amount on deposit in the principal accumulation account prior to any deposits on that date; and

 

(4) the collateral amount.

 

  126  

 

 

Any remaining funds not deposited in the principal accumulation account first will be made available to other series as shared principal collections and second will either be deposited in the excess funding account under the circumstances described under “ The Trust—Capitalization of Trust; Minimum Free Equity Amount ” and “ Description of the Notes—Shared Principal Collections ” in this prospectus or distributed to us or our assigns. During the controlled accumulation period, if the excess collateral amount exceeds the required excess collateral amount, the excess collateral amount will be reduced, but not below the required excess collateral amount, by the amount of funds applied as described in the preceding sentence.

 

Unless an early amortization period commences prior to the expected principal payment date, amounts in the principal accumulation account will be paid on the expected principal payment date to the Class A noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes has been paid in full, then to the Class B noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes has been paid in full, then to the Class C noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes has been paid in full and then to the Class D noteholders until the outstanding principal amount of the Class D notes has been paid in full.

 

Early Amortization Period

 

On each payment date relating to the early amortization period, the Class A noteholders will be entitled to receive funds available for principal payments for Series 20[●]-[●] for the related Monthly Period in an amount up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes.

 

After payment in full of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes, the Class B noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each payment date relating to the early amortization period, the remaining available funds for Series 20[●]-[●] for the related Monthly Period in an amount up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes.

 

After payment in full of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes and the Class B notes, the Class C noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each payment date relating to the early amortization period, the remaining available funds for Series 20[●]-[●] for the related Monthly Period in an amount up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes.

 

After payment in full of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes, the Class D noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each payment date relating to the early amortization period, the remaining available funds for Series 20[●]-[●] for the related Monthly Period in an amount up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class D notes.

 

See “ —Early Amortization Events ” below for a discussion of events that might lead to the commencement of the early amortization period.

 

Credit Enhancement

 

Subordination

 

The Class B notes are subordinated to the Class A notes. The Class C notes are subordinated to the Class A notes and the Class B notes. The Class D notes are subordinated to the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes. The excess collateral amount is subordinated to all four classes of notes.

 

Interest payments will be made on the Class A notes prior to being made on the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes. Interest payments will be made on the Class B notes prior to being made on the Class C notes and the Class D notes. Interest payments will be made on the Class C notes prior to being made on the Class D notes.

 

Principal payments on the Class B notes will not begin until the Class A notes have been paid in full. Principal payments on the Class C notes will not begin until the Class A notes and the Class B notes have been paid in full. Except as described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Spread Account Distributions ,” principal payments on the Class D notes will not begin until the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes have been paid in full.

 

  127  

 

 

The collateral amount for your series will be reduced as the collateral is applied for the benefit of your series, for instance as principal payments are made on your series (other than principal payments made from funds on deposit in the spread account). In addition, the collateral amount can be applied for the benefit of your series in two other ways:

 

by reallocating principal collections to make interest payments, to pay the fees of the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust and monthly servicing fee payments for your series, when finance charge collections are not sufficient to make these payments; and

 

to absorb your series’ share of defaulted principal receivables and any uncovered dilution amounts, when finance charge collections are not sufficient to cover these amounts.

 

The excess collateral amount provides credit enhancement by absorbing these types of reductions. If the total amount of these latter two types of reductions exceeds the excess collateral amount, then the Class D notes may not be repaid in full. If the total amount exceeds the excess collateral amount and the principal amount of the Class D notes, then the Class C notes may not be repaid in full. If the total amount exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amounts of the Class D notes and the Class C notes, then the Class B notes may not be repaid in full. If the total amount exceeds the sum of the excess collateral amount and the principal amounts of the Class D notes, the Class C notes and the Class B notes, then the Class A notes may not be repaid in full.

 

If receivables are sold after an event of default, the net proceeds of that sale would be paid first to the Class A notes, then to the Class B notes, then to the Class C notes and finally to the Class D notes, in each case until the outstanding principal amount of the specified class and all accrued and unpaid interest payable to that class have been paid in full.

 

[Specify the manner and conditions for applying collections of receivables otherwise distributable to holders of a subordinated class of a series if a cross-support feature will be used as support for a class of another series.]

 

[Cash Collateral Guaranty][Cash Collateral Account]

 

The notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a cash collateral guaranty, secured by the deposit of cash or permitted investments in a cash collateral account, reserved for the beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty][a cash collateral account].

 

[The cash collateral account will be funded by an initial cash deposit.] The amounts [on deposit in the cash collateral account] [available under the cash collateral guaranty] may be increased under the circumstances described below:

 

[to the extent we elect to apply collections of transferred principal receivables allocable to the excess collateral to decrease the excess collateral;]

 

[to the extent collections of transferred principal receivables allocable to the excess collateral must be deposited into the cash collateral account;] [and]

 

[to the extent excess collections of finance charge receivables must be deposited into the cash collateral account.]

 

The amount available from [the cash collateral guaranty] [the cash collateral account] will be limited to $[●]. Payments will be made [to beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty from the cash collateral account] [from the cash collateral account] under the following circumstances:

 

[insert description of applicable circumstances].

 

  128  

 

 

[Derivative Agreement

 

The notes will benefit from credit enhancement in the form of [a currency swap][a cap (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest in excess of a specified percentage rate)][a collar (obligating a derivative counterparty to pay all interest below a specified percentage rate and above a higher specified percentage rate)]. The trust will receive payments from counterparties to the derivative agreements in exchange for the trust’s payments to them, to the extent required under the derivative agreements. [Describe specific terms of the derivative agreement applicable to a series or class of notes and a description of the related counterparty.]]

 

[Surety Bond or Insurance Policy

 

Insurance with respect to [your series][the Class [●] notes] will be provided by one or more insurance companies. This insurance will guarantee, with respect to [one or more classes of] your series, [distributions of interest or principal in the manner and amount specified in this prospectus.

 

[A surety bond will be purchased for the benefit of the holders of [your series][the class [●] notes] to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect to that [series][class] of notes in the following manner and amount: [specify manner and amount distributions of interest or principal are assured].

 

The provider of the insurance policy or surety bond will be permitted to exercise the voting rights of the noteholders of your [series][the applicable class] to the extent described in the following sentence. The provider of the insurance policy or surety bond, rather than the noteholders of your series, will have the sole right to:

 

consent to amendments to the indenture or direct the trust to take any action under the transfer agreement, the servicing agreement or any other document applicable to your series;

 

if an event of default occurs, accelerate the notes of your series or direct the indenture trustee to exercise any remedy available to the noteholders; or

 

waive any event of default or early amortization event for that series.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 10% or more, but less than 20%, of the cash flow supporting any offered class of the notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(i) of Regulation AB.]

 

[If any entity or group of affiliated entities providing enhancement or other support is liable or contingently liable to provide payments representing 20% or more of the cash flow supporting any offered class of the notes, provide financial data required by Item 1114(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation AB.]]

 

[Spread Account

 

Support for the Class [●] notes will be provided by the periodic deposit of all or a portion of available excess cash flow from the trust assets into a spread account intended to assist with subsequent distribution of interest and principal on the notes of that class in the manner specified in this prospectus.]

 

[Reserve Account

 

Support for your series or the Class [●] notes or any related enhancement will be provided by a reserve account. [The reserve account will be funded by [an initial cash deposit][, the retention of a portion of periodic distributions of principal or interest or both otherwise payable to one or more classes of notes, including the subordinated notes,] [or the provision of a letter of credit, guarantee, insurance policy or other form of credit] [or any combination of these arrangements].] The reserve account will be established to assist with the subsequent distribution of principal or interest on the [Class [●] notes][notes of your series] [or any other amount owing on any related enhancement in the manner provided in this prospectus].

 

  129  

 

 

Application of Finance Charge Collections

 

We refer to your series’ share of finance charge collections, including recoveries, net investment proceeds transferred from the principal accumulation account[, net swap receipts], amounts withdrawn from the reserve account and any available excess finance charge collections from other series, collectively, as finance charge collections. On each payment date, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will apply your series’ share of finance charge collections for the preceding Monthly Period in the following order:

 

(1) to pay, pro rata , the following amounts allocated to your series: the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the indenture trustee up to a maximum amount of $[●] for each calendar year, accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the owner trustee up to a maximum amount of $[●] for each calendar year, and accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the administrator for the trust up to a maximum amount of $[●] for each calendar year;

 

(2) to pay the servicing fee for your series for the prior Monthly Period and any overdue servicing fee (to the extent not directly paid by the trust to the servicer during the month);

 

(3) to pay interest on the Class A notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest[, and any Senior Swap Payments due from the trust under the Class A interest rate swap];

 

(4) to pay interest on the Class B notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest[, and any Senior Swap Payments due from the trust under the Class B interest rate swap];

 

(5) to pay interest on the Class C notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest[, and any Senior Swap Payments due from the trust under the Class C interest rate swap];

 

(6) to pay interest on the Class D notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest[, and any Senior Swap Payments due from the trust under the Class D interest rate swap];

 

(7) an amount equal to your series’ share of the defaulted principal receivables and uncovered dilution, if any, for the related Monthly Period, will be treated as principal collections for that Monthly Period;

 

(8) an amount equal to any previous reductions to the collateral amount on account of defaulted principal receivables, uncovered dilution or reallocations of principal collections in each case not previously reimbursed will be treated as principal collections for that Monthly Period;

 

(9) on and after the reserve account funding date, to deposit into the reserve account an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the required reserve account amount over the amount then on deposit in the reserve account;

 

(10) to deposit into the spread account an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the required spread account amount over the amount then on deposit in the spread account;

 

(11) without duplication of the amount specified in clause (7) in respect of uncovered dilution, an amount equal to the Series Allocation Percentage (calculated by excluding any series of notes that is excluded from this calculation in the related indenture supplement) of the excess, if any, of the Minimum Free Equity Amount over the Free Equity Amount will be treated as principal collections for that Monthly Period;

 

(12) [to make Subordinated Termination Payments and any other payments or deposits relating to the Class A interest rate swap;]

 

(13) [to make Subordinated Termination Payments and any other payments or deposits relating to the Class B interest rate swap;]

 

  130  

 

 

(14) [to make Subordinated Termination Payments and any other payments or deposits relating to the Class C interest rate swap;]

 

(15) unless an early amortization event has occurred, to pay, pro rata , any amounts owed to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust to the extent allocated to your series and not paid pursuant to clause (1) above;

 

(16) to cover any shortfalls in finance charge collections for other outstanding series in group one; and

 

(17) if an early amortization event has occurred, first, to make principal payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes and the Class D notes, in that order of priority, to the extent principal collections, including shared principal collections, allocated to your series are not sufficient to pay the notes in full, and, second, to pay, pro rata , any amounts owed to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust to the extent allocated to your series and not paid pursuant to clause (1) above.

 

Reallocation of Principal Collections

 

If finance charge collections available to your series are not sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of those payments described in clauses (1) through (6) under the caption “ —Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above, then principal collections allocated to your series will be reallocated to cover these amounts. Any reallocation of principal collections is a use of the collateral for your notes. Consequently, these uses will reduce the remaining collateral amount by the amount that was reallocated. The amount of principal collections that will be reallocated on any payment date will not exceed the sum of the amounts described in the following clauses (1) through (4):

 

(1) the lesser of:

 

the excess of (a) the amount needed to make the payments described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) under the caption “ —Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above over (b) the amount of finance charge collections available to cover these amounts; and

 

the excess, if any, of (a) [●]% of the initial collateral amount over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of unreimbursed investor charge-offs after giving effect to investor charge-offs for the related Monthly Period, (ii) the amount of unreimbursed reallocated principal collections as of the previous payment date and (iii) any reductions to the collateral amount on account of reductions to the required excess collateral amount;

 

(2) the lesser of:

 

the excess of (a) the amount needed to make the payments described in clause (4) under the caption “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above over (b) the amount of finance charge collections available to cover these amounts; and

 

the excess, if any, of (a) [●]% of the initial collateral amount over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of unreimbursed investor charge-offs after giving effect to investor charge-offs for the related Monthly Period, (ii) the amount of unreimbursed reallocated principal collections as of the previous payment date and after giving effect to the reallocation of principal collections to make the payments described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) under the caption “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above on the then-current payment date and (iii) any reductions to the collateral amount on account of reductions to the required excess collateral amount;

 

(3) the lesser of:

 

  131  

 

 

the excess of (a) the amount needed to make the payments described in clause (5) under the caption “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above over (b) the amount of finance charge collections available to cover these amounts; and

 

the excess, if any, of (a) [●]% of the initial collateral amount over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of unreimbursed investor charge-offs after giving effect to investor charge-offs for the related Monthly Period, (ii) the amount of unreimbursed reallocated principal collections as of the previous payment date and after giving effect to the reallocation of principal collections to make the payments described in clauses (1) through (4) under the caption “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above on the then-current payment date and (iii) any reductions to the collateral amount on account of reductions to the required excess collateral amount; and

 

(4) the lesser of:

 

the excess of (a) the amount needed to make the payments described in clause (6) under the caption “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above over (b) the amount of finance charge collections and amounts withdrawn from the spread account that are available to cover that amount; and

 

the excess, if any, of (a) [●]% of the initial collateral amount over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of unreimbursed investor charge-offs after giving effect to investor charge-offs for the related Monthly Period, (ii) the amount of unreimbursed reallocated principal collections as of the previous payment date and after giving effect to the reallocation of principal collections to make the payments described in clauses (1) through (5) under the caption “— Application of Finance Charge Collections ” above on the then-current payment date and (iii) any reductions to the collateral amount on account of reductions to the required excess collateral amount.

 

Investor Charge-Offs

 

A portion of the defaulted principal receivables in each charged-off account will be allocated to the collateral amount for your series in an amount equal to your series’ allocation percentage on the date the account is charged-off. The allocation percentage is described under “ —Allocation Percentages ” above.

 

Dilution will also be allocated to the collateral amount for your series in the circumstances described in “ The Servicers—Defaulted Receivables; Dilution; Investor Charge-Offs ” in this prospectus. If dilution is allocated among each series for any Monthly Period, your series’ share of dilution will equal:

 

(1) dilution to be allocated to all series for that Monthly Period, times

 

(2) the Series Allocation Percentage for that Monthly Period, which will be determined on a weighted average basis for any Monthly Period in which a reset date occurs.

 

On each payment date, if the sum of the defaulted principal receivables and any remaining uncovered dilution allocated to the collateral amount for your series is greater than the finance charge collections used to cover those amounts, then the collateral amount will be reduced by the amount of the excess. Any reductions in the collateral amount on account of defaulted principal receivables and uncovered dilution will be reimbursed to the extent that finance charge collections are available for that purpose on any subsequent payment date.

 

Sharing Provisions

 

Your series is in group one for purposes of sharing excess finance charge collections. Your series will share excess finance charge collections with other series in group one. See “ Description of the Notes—Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections ” in this prospectus.

 

  132  

 

 

Your series is a principal sharing series; however, your series will not be entitled to share excess principal collections from other series on any payment date during the early amortization period that is prior to the expected principal payment date unless all outstanding series of notes are in early amortization periods. See “ Description of the Notes—Shared Principal Collections ” for more information.

 

Principal Accumulation Account

 

The trust will establish and maintain a segregated trust account to serve as the principal accumulation account. During the controlled accumulation period, the servicer, on behalf of the trust, will make deposits to the principal accumulation account as described under “ —Principal Payments ” in this prospectus.

 

Funds on deposit in the principal accumulation account will be invested to the business day immediately preceding the following payment date by the trust in highly rated investments that meet the criteria described in the indenture supplement. Investment earnings, net of investment losses and expenses, on funds on deposit in the principal accumulation account will, to the extent needed to make payments to noteholders, be deposited in the collection account and treated as finance charge collections available to your series for the related Monthly Period or otherwise, paid to us or our assigns. If, for any payment date, these net investment earnings are less than the sum of:

 

(a) the product of (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the balance of the principal accumulation account, up to the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes, on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date, and the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date and (2) the Class A monthly interest payment, [ plus any net swap payments payable by the trust under the Class A interest rate swap, minus net swap receipts payable by the swap counterparty under the Class A interest rate swap];

 

(b) the product of (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date and (ii) the balance of the principal accumulation account in excess of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date, and the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Class B notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date and (2) the Class B monthly interest payment, [ plus any net swap payments payable by the trust under the Class B interest rate swap, minus net swap receipts payable by the swap counterparty under the Class B interest rate swap];

 

(c) the product of (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date and (ii) the balance of the principal accumulation account in excess of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes and the Class B notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date, and the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Class C notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date and (2) the Class C monthly interest payment, [ plus any net swap payments payable by the trust under the Class C interest rate swap, minus net swap receipts payable by the swap counterparty under the Class C interest rate swap]; and

 

(d) the product of (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the balance of the principal accumulation account in excess of the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date, and the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Class D notes on the last day of the calendar month preceding that payment date and (2) the Class D monthly interest payment, [ plus any net swap payments payable by the trust under the Class D interest rate swap, minus net swap receipts payable by the swap counterparty under the Class D interest rate swap];

 

then the trust will withdraw the amount of the shortfall, to the extent required and available, from the reserve account and deposit it in the collection account for use as finance charge collections that are available to your series.

 

  133  

 

 

Excess Collateral Amount

 

An excess collateral amount provides credit enhancement for your series. The initial excess collateral amount will equal [●]% of the initial collateral amount. The excess collateral amount at any time will equal the excess of the collateral amount for your series, calculated without reduction on account of funds on deposit in the principal accumulation account, over the outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes.

 

On each payment date during the controlled accumulation period and early amortization period, the excess collateral amount will be decreased by the amount of funds that are available, but not required, to be deposited into the principal accumulation account on that payment date. However, no such reduction will be permitted to reduce the excess collateral amount below the required excess collateral amount. See “ Description of Series Provisions—Controlled Accumulation Period .”

 

The required excess collateral amount for your series on any day is currently equal to [●]% of the total collateral amount on that day. However, a percentage lower than [●]% may be used to calculate the required excess collateral amount in the future if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. In addition:

 

(a) except as provided in clause (c), the required excess collateral amount will never be less than [●]% of the initial collateral amount,

 

(b) except as provided in clause (c), the required excess collateral amount will not be reduced during an early amortization period, and

 

(c) the required excess collateral amount will never exceed the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the notes, minus the balance on deposit in the principal accumulation account.

 

Reserve Account

 

The trust will establish and maintain a segregated account to serve as the reserve account. The reserve account is established to assist with the distribution of interest on the notes during the controlled accumulation period and on the first payment date with respect to the early amortization period. On each payment date from and after the reserve account funding date, but prior to the termination of the reserve account, the trust will apply finance charge collections available to your series at the priority identified above under “ —Application of Finance Charge Collections ” to increase the amount on deposit in the reserve account to the extent the amount on deposit in the reserve account is less than the required reserve account amount.

 

Unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to the postponement of the reserve account funding date, the reserve account funding date will be a date selected by the servicer, on behalf of the trust, that is not later than the payment date with respect to the Monthly Period which commences three months prior to the commencement of the controlled accumulation period.

 

The required reserve account amount for any payment date on or after the reserve account funding date will be equal to (a) [●]% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes or (b) any other amount designated by the trust, provided that at any time during which the controlled accumulation period length is equal to one month, the required reserve account amount will be $0.00. The trust may only designate a lesser amount if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and we will certify to the indenture trustee that, based on the facts known to the certifying officer at the time, in our reasonable belief, the designation will not cause an early amortization event to occur for Series 20[●]-[●].

 

On each payment date, after giving effect to any deposit to be made to, and any withdrawal to be made from, the reserve account on that payment date, the trust will withdraw from the reserve account an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amount on deposit in the reserve account over the required reserve account amount, and the amount withdrawn will no longer be available for your notes. Any amounts withdrawn from the reserve account and distributed to us or our assigns will not be available for distribution to the noteholders.

 

  134  

 

 

All amounts on deposit in the reserve account on any payment date—after giving effect to any deposits to, or withdrawals from, the reserve account to be made on that payment date—will be invested to the business day immediately preceding the following payment date by the trust, in highly rated investments that meet the criteria described in the indenture supplement. The interest and other investment income, net of losses and investment expenses, earned on these investments will be either retained in the reserve account to the extent the amount on deposit is less than the required reserve account amount, to the extent needed to make payments to noteholders, deposited in the finance charge account for your series and treated as finance charge collections available to your series or paid to us or our assigns.

 

On or before each payment date with respect to the controlled accumulation period and on or before the first payment date with respect to the early amortization period, the trust will withdraw from the reserve account and deposit in the collection account an amount equal to the least of:

 

(1) the amount then on deposit in the reserve account with respect to that payment date;

 

(2) the amount of the shortfall described under “ —Principal Accumulation Account ” above; and

 

(3) the required reserve account amount.

 

Amounts withdrawn from the reserve account on any payment date will be included as finance charge collections available to your series for that payment date.

 

The reserve account will be terminated upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(1) the first payment date for the early amortization period;

 

(2) the expected principal payment date; and

 

(3) the termination of the trust.

 

Upon the termination of the reserve account, all amounts on deposit in the reserve account, after giving effect to any withdrawal from the reserve account on that date, will be distributed to us or our assigns. Any amounts withdrawn from the reserve account and distributed to us or our assigns will not be available for distribution to the noteholders.

 

Spread Account

 

The trust will establish and maintain as a segregated account primarily for the benefit of the Class D noteholders to serve as the spread account. Amounts on deposit in the spread account will be used as described below under “ —Spread Account Distributions .”

 

The spread account initially will not be funded, but will be funded up to the required spread account amount on each payment date from finance charge collections allocated to your series to the extent available for that purpose. Prior to the occurrence of an event of default and acceleration of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, the required spread account amount will never exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Class D notes after taking into account any payments to be made on that payment date. The required spread account amount may be changed at any time without the consent of the Class A noteholders, the Class B noteholders, the Class C noteholders or the Class D noteholders.

 

Funds on deposit in the spread account will be invested by the trust in highly rated investments that meet the criteria described in the indenture supplement. Investment earnings, net of losses and investment expenses, will be retained in the spread account to the extent the available spread account amount is less than the required spread account amount, and the balance, if any, will be paid to us or our assigns. In addition, after an event of default and acceleration of the maturity of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, these investment earnings will be available for payment to holders of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes as described under “ —Spread Account Distributions ” below.

 

  135  

 

 

Spread Account Distributions

 

On or before each payment date, the trust will withdraw from the spread account, and deposit in the distribution account for payment to the Class [●] noteholders [and the swap counterparty under the Class [●] interest rate swap] an amount equal to the least of:

 

(1) the amount on deposit in the spread account with respect to that payment date;

 

(2) the shortfall, if any, in the amount of finance charge collections that are available to cover the interest payable on the Class [●] notes [and the swap counterparty under the Class [●] interest rate swap]; and

 

(3) the required spread account amount for that payment date.

 

Unless an early amortization event occurs, the trust will withdraw from the spread account and deposit into the collection account for distribution to the Class [●] noteholders on the expected principal payment date an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(1) the amount on deposit in the spread account after application of any amounts as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph; and

 

(2) the outstanding principal amount of the Class [●] notes after the application of any amounts on that payment date.

 

Except as provided in the following paragraph, if an early amortization event occurs, the amount, if any, remaining on deposit in the spread account, after making the payments described in the preceding paragraph, will be applied to pay principal on the Class [●] notes on the earlier of the final maturity date and the first payment date on which the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes[, the Class B notes and the Class C notes] has been paid in full.

 

In addition, on any day after the occurrence of an event of default with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] and the acceleration of the maturity date, the trust will withdraw from the spread account the outstanding amount on deposit in the spread account and deposit that amount into the distribution account for distribution to the Class D noteholders, the Class A noteholders, the Class B noteholders and the Class C noteholders, in that order of priority, to fund any shortfalls in amounts owed to those noteholders.

 

Early Amortization Events

 

An early amortization event may occur for the Series 20[●]-[●] notes upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) our failure (1) to make any payment or deposit on the date required to be made under the trust receivables purchase agreement or the transfer agreement on or before the date that is five business days after the date the payment or deposit is required to be made or (2) to observe or perform in any material respect our other covenants or agreements set forth in the trust receivables purchase agreement or the transfer agreement which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice of the failure, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given to us by the indenture trustee or to us and the indenture trustee by any holder of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes;

 

(b) any representation or warranty made by us in the trust receivables purchase agreement or the transfer agreement or any information required to be given by us to identify the accounts proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or delivered and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written notice of the failure, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given to us by the indenture trustee or to us and the indenture trustee by any holder of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes and as a result of which the interests of the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected for the designated

 

  136  

 

 

period; except that an early amortization event described in this subparagraph (b) will not occur if we have accepted reassignment of the related receivable or all related receivables, if applicable, within the designated period;

 

(c) our failure to convey receivables in additional accounts or participations to the trust when required to do so;

 

(d) any of the following servicer defaults or breaches:

 

(1) certain servicer defaults, as further described under “ The Servicers—Servicer Default; Successor Servicer ” in this prospectus;

 

(2) failure by the servicer to observe or perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements in the servicing agreement if the failure has a material adverse effect on the noteholders which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after notice to the trust by the indenture trustee or noteholders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given;

 

(3) the servicer delegates its duties, except as permitted under the servicing agreement, and the delegation remains unremedied for 15 days after written notice of the delegation, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given to the trust by the indenture trustee; or

 

(4) any representation, warranty or certification made by the servicer in the servicing agreement, or in any certificate delivered in accordance with the servicing agreement, proves to have been incorrect when made if it:

 

has a material adverse effect on the rights of the noteholders; and

 

continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after notice to the trust by the indenture trustee or noteholders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes, requiring the same to be remedied, has been given;

 

(e) (i) the average of the Portfolio Yields for the two Monthly Periods immediately preceding the [●] 20[●] Payment Date is less than the average of the Base Rates for the same Monthly Periods, or (ii) beginning with the three consecutive Monthly Periods immediately preceding the [●] 20[●] payment date, the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than the average of the Base Rates for the same Monthly Periods;

 

(f) the outstanding principal amount of the Class A notes, the Class B notes, the Class C notes or the Class D notes is not paid in full on the expected principal payment date;

 

(g) specified bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar events relating to us or any originator of accounts designated under the receivables sale agreement in the future;

 

(h) we are unable for any reason to transfer receivables to the trust or the bank is unable to transfer receivables to us;

 

(i) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

 

(j) an event of default for Series 20[●]-[●] and an acceleration of the maturity of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes occurs under the indenture;

 

(k) [failure of any interest rate swap counterparty to make a payment under any of the interest rate swaps for the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes or the

 

  137  

 

 

floating rate Class D notes in respect of a payment obligation arising as a result of LIBOR being greater than the specified fixed rate for the related interest rate swap, and the failure is not cured within 5 business days after the payment is due; or]

 

(l) [the early termination of the interest rate swaps for any of the floating rate Class A notes, the floating rate Class B notes, the floating rate Class C notes or the floating rate Class D notes unless the trust obtains a replacement interest rate hedging arrangement or enters into another arrangement acceptable to the rating agencies within 10 business days after the termination.]

 

In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (d) above, an early amortization event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the notes only if, after any applicable grace period, either the indenture trustee or the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders evidencing interests aggregating more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, by written notice to the trust, with a copy to the indenture trustee if notice is given by the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders, declare that an early amortization event has occurred with respect to the Series 20[●]-[●] notes as of the date of the notice.

 

In the case of any event described in clause (g), (h) or (i), an early amortization event with respect to all series then outstanding, and in the case of any event described in clause (c), (e), (f), (j), [(k)] or [(l)] an early amortization event with respect to only the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, will occur without any notice or other action on the part of the indenture trustee or the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of the event.

 

On the date on which an early amortization event is deemed to have occurred, the early amortization period will begin.

 

See “ Description of the Notes—Early Amortization Events ” in this prospectus for an additional discussion of the consequences of insolvency, conservatorship or receivership events related to us and the bank.

 

Events of Default

 

The events of default for Series 20[●]-[●], as well as the rights and remedies available to the indenture trustee and the Series 20[●]-[●] noteholders when an event of default occurs, are described under “ Description of the Notes—Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default ” in this prospectus.

 

In the case of an event of default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes automatically will be deemed to be immediately due and payable. If any other event of default for Series 20[●]-[●] occurs, the indenture trustee or the holders of not less than a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes may declare the Series 20[●]-[●] notes to be immediately due and payable. If the Series 20[●]-[●] notes are accelerated, you may receive principal prior to the expected principal payment date for your class of notes.

 

The proceeds of any sale of transferred receivables allocated to the Series 20[●]-[●] notes following an event of default and acceleration of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes will be distributed as described under “—Optional Redemption; Final Distributions ” below.

 

Redemption Amount

 

We have the option to purchase the collateral amount for your series when the outstanding principal amount for your series has been reduced to 10% or less of the initial principal amount. The purchase price will be the greater of the (i) the Redemption Amount and (ii) the collateral amount for your series plus the applicable allocation percentage of finance charge receivables.

 

If we are obligated to accept reassignment of all of the transferred receivables as described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ,” the amount to be paid by us with respect to the Series 20[●]-[●] notes in connection with a reassignment of the transferred receivables will not be less than the

 

  138  

 

 

Redemption Amount for the first Payment Date following the Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises.

 

The indenture trustee will, in accordance with the written direction of the issuing entity, not later than [12:00 noon], New York City time, on the related payment date, apply the funds deposited into the distribution account in connection with an optional redemption, the reassignment of all of the transferred receivables as described under “ The Trust Portfolio—Representations and Warranties of the Depositor ” or the proceeds of the sale of the receivables for the benefit of Series 20[●]-[●] notes following an Event of Default to make payments of the following amounts (in the priority set forth below and, in each case, after giving effect to any deposits and payments otherwise to be made on such date) in immediately available funds:

 

(1) to pay the principal amount of the Class A notes, and interest on the Class A notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest;

 

(2) to pay the principal amount of the Class B notes, and interest on the Class B notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest;

 

(3) to pay the principal amount of the Class C notes, and to pay interest on the Class C notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest;

 

(4) to pay the principal amount of the Class D notes, and interest on the Class D notes, including any overdue interest and additional interest on the overdue interest; [and]

 

(5) [on a pari passu basis, (A) any amounts owed to the Class A counterparty under the Class A swap will be paid to the Class A counterparty, (B) any amounts owed to the Class B counterparty under the Class B swap will be paid to the Class B counterparty,(C) any amounts owed to the Class C counterparty under the Class C swap will be paid to the Class C counterparty and (D) any amounts owed to the Class D counterparty under the Class D swap will be paid to the Class D counterparty; and]

 

(6) any excess shall be released to the issuing entity.

 

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

 

The servicing fee rate for your series is 2% per year. Your series’ share of the servicing fee for each month will be calculated as described under “ The Servicers—Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses ” in this prospectus.

 

On each payment date, the trust will allocate to your series a portion of the unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the indenture trustee, the owner trustee and the administrator for the trust in an amount equal to any such amounts attributable solely to your series, plus your series’ Series Allocation Percentage of any other amounts that are attributable to more than one series, as described under “ Description of the Notes—Fees and Expenses Payable from Collections ” in this prospectus. These amounts will be paid from finance charge collections allocated to your series as described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Application of Finance Charge Collections .”

 

Reports to Noteholders

 

We will cause the servicer to prepare monthly and annual reports that will contain information about the trust. The financial information contained in the reports will not be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Unless and until definitive notes are issued, the reports will be sent to Cede & Co. which is the nominee of The Depository Trust Company and the registered holder of the notes. No financial reports will be sent to you. See “ Description of the Notes—Global Notes ” and “ The Servicers—Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance ” in this prospectus.

 

On each payment date, the trust will cause a statement, prepared by the servicer, substantially in the form of Annex II to this prospectus or in the form otherwise agreed to by the trust and the indenture trustee from time to time, to be

 

  139  

 

 

forwarded to each noteholder of record. Annex II is included at the end of this prospectus and is incorporated into this prospectus.

 

The trust will also provide to each person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a noteholder of record a statement containing the information that is required to enable the noteholders to prepare their federal, state and other income tax returns.

 

If required under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the indenture trustee will be required to mail to the noteholders each year a brief report relating to any change in its eligibility and qualification to continue as indenture trustee under the indenture, any change in the property and funds physically held by the indenture trustee and any action it took that materially affects the notes and that has not been previously reported. If none of the events described in the preceding sentence occurred during the previous 12 months, no report will be required to be delivered.

 

Investor Communications

 

Any noteholder may require that the servicer cause the depositor to include in its monthly distribution report on Form 10-D a request to communicate with other noteholders related to the possible exercising of the noteholders’ rights under the transaction documents. A noteholder should send its request to the servicer at [insert email address or other address]. The noteholder should include in its request the method by which other noteholders should contact it.

 

The servicer will cause the following information to be included in the Form 10-D related to the monthly period in which the noteholder request was received:

 

a statement that the depositor has received a communication request from a noteholder;

 

the name of the noteholder making the request;

 

the date the request was received;

 

a statement that such noteholder is interested in communicating with other noteholders about the possible exercise of rights under the transaction documents; and

 

a description of the method of other noteholders may use to contact the requesting noteholder.

 

The depositor will bear any costs associated with including the above information in the Form 10-D. The noteholders will pay any costs associated with communicating with other noteholders, and no other transaction party, including the issuing entity, will be responsible for such costs.

 

If definitive notes are issued and the requesting noteholder is not the record holder of any notes and is instead a beneficial owner of notes, the servicer may require no more verification than (1) a written certification from the noteholder that is a beneficial owner of notes and (2) an additional form of documentation, such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from the broker or dealer or other similar document verifying ownership.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

There are no legal proceedings pending or proceedings known by us to be contemplated by governmental authorities involving the depositor, the sponsor, the servicer, the administrator, any subservicer or the trust, or to our knowledge, other than disclosed in this prospectus, the owner trustee or the indenture trustee that are material to noteholders.

 

  140  

 

 

[Certain Relationships and Related Transactions]

 

[Describe if so, and how, the sponsor, depositor or issuing entity is an affiliate of any servicer contemplated by Item 1108(a)(3) of Regulation AB, trustee, originator contemplated by Item 1110 of Regulation AB, significant obligor contemplated by Item 1112 of Regulation AB or enhancement or support provider contemplated by Items 1114 or 1115 of Regulation AB or any other material parties related to the notes contemplated by Item 1101(d)(1) of Regulation AB.]

 

[Describe, if applicable: (1) any business relationship, agreement, arrangement, transaction or understanding that is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party, apart from this asset-backed securities transaction, between the sponsor, us and the issuing entity and any of the parties described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of Item 1119 of Regulation AB, or any affiliates of such parties, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years and that is material to an investor’s understanding of the notes; and (2) to the extent material, any specific relationships involving or relating to this asset-backed securities transaction or the assets of the issuing entity, between the sponsor, us or the issuing entity and any of the parties in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of Item 1119 of Regulation AB, or any affiliates of such parties, that currently exists or that existed during the past two years.]

 

[The nature of the affiliations among the bank, as originator, sponsor and subservicer; Synchrony, as servicer and administrator; the trust; and us is illustrated in the chart below.]

 

Ownership of Transaction Parties

 

 

 

  141  

 

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes. This summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, proposed, temporary and final Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and published rulings and court decisions currently in effect. The current tax laws and the current regulations, rulings and court decisions may be changed, possibly retroactively. The portions of this summary which relate to matters of law or legal conclusions represent the opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, special federal tax counsel for the trust, as qualified in this summary.

 

The following summary does not furnish information in the level of detail or with the attention to an investor’s specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor’s own tax advisor. For example, it does not discuss the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes by investors that are not U.S. Holders (except as discussed below under “ —Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes ”) or subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, including banks and thrifts, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, holders that will hold the notes as a position in a “straddle” for tax purposes or as part of a “synthetic security” or “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment comprised of the notes and one or more other investments, trusts and estates and pass-through issuers, the equity holders of which are any of these specified investors. In addition, the discussion regarding the notes is limited to the federal income tax consequences of the initial investors and not a purchaser in the secondary market and also is limited to investors who have purchased notes and hold those notes as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code.

 

The trust will be provided with an opinion of Mayer Brown LLP regarding certain U.S. federal income tax matters discussed below. An opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, however, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) or the courts. Moreover, there are no cases or IRS rulings on similar transactions involving debt interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the notes. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a part of the discussion below. No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the IRS.

 

Tax Characterization of the Trust

 

Mayer Brown LLP is of the opinion that the trust will not be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. This opinion is based on the assumption of compliance by all parties with the terms of the trust agreement and related documents.

 

If the trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the trust would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The trust’s taxable income would include all its income on the receivables, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the notes. Any corporate income tax imposed on the trust could materially reduce cash available to make payments on the notes, and holders of any notes not considered debt for federal income tax purposes could be liable for any tax that is unpaid by the trust.

 

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes

 

Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness . The trust will agree, and if you purchase notes, you will agree by your purchase of the notes, to treat the notes as debt for all purposes, including in all filings, reports and returns and otherwise. Each purchaser of the notes will covenant that neither it nor any of its affiliates will take or participate in the taking of or permit to be taken, any action that is inconsistent with the treatment of the advances made under any note as indebtedness. Mayer Brown LLP is of the opinion that the notes, other than such notes beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. This opinion is based on Mayer Brown LLP’s examination of this prospectus, the indenture and such other documents, instruments and information Mayer Brown LLP considered necessary. The discussion below assumes the notes are classified as debt for federal income tax purposes.

 

OID, Indexed Securities, Etc . [Additional disclosure to be included if any notes that are not denominated in U.S. dollars or are indexed securities or strip notes are issued.] The discussion below assumes that the interest formula for the notes meets the requirements for “qualified stated interest” under Treasury regulations (the “OID Regulations”) relating to original issue discount (“ OID ”). Under the OID Regulations, the notes will have OID to

 

  142  

 

 

the extent the principal amount of the notes exceeds their issue price. Further, if the notes have any OID, it will be de minimis if it is less than 0.25% of the principal amount of the notes multiplied by the number of full years included in their term. This discussion assumes that any OID on the notes is a de minimis amount, within the meaning of the OID Regulations. [Additional tax considerations to be included if these conditions are not satisfied for the notes and as a result the notes are treated as issued with OID.]

 

Based on the above assumptions, except as discussed below, the notes will not be considered issued with OID. If you buy notes you will be required to report as ordinary interest income the stated interest on the notes when received or accrued in accordance with your method of tax accounting. Under the OID Regulations, if you hold a note issued with a de minimis amount of OID, you must include this OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the note. If you purchase a note in the secondary market for more or less than its principal amount, you generally will be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market discount rules of the Code.

 

[If you have purchased a note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year from the issue date of the note (a “ Short-Term Note ”) you may be subject to special rules. Under the OID Regulations, all stated interest on a Short-Term Note will be treated as OID. If you are an accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note or a cash basis holder specified in Section 1281 of the Code, including regulated investment companies, you will generally be required to report interest income as OID accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest period. If you are a cash basis holder of a Short-Term Note other than those specified in Section 1281 of the Code, you will, in general, be required to report interest income as interest is paid, or, if earlier, upon the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note. However, if you are a cash basis holder of a Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid, you may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry the Short-Term Note. This interest expense would be deferred until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note. If you are a cash basis taxpayer, you may elect under Section 1281 of the Code to accrue interest income on all non-government debt obligations with a term of one year or less. If you have so elected, you would include OID on the Short-Term Note in income as it accrues, but you would not be subject to the interest expense deferral rule. Special rules not discussed in this summary apply to a Short-Term Note purchased for more or less than its principal amount.]

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Notes . Upon the sale of a note, a noteholder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the noteholder’s adjusted basis in the note. The adjusted tax basis of a note will equal the noteholder’s cost for the note, increased by any market discount, OID and gain previously included in the noteholder’s income with respect to the note and decreased by the amount of premium, if any, previously amortized and by the amount of principal payments previously received on the note. Any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital losses generally may be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital gains, and by an individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus $3,000 of other income. In the case of an individual taxpayer, any capital gain on the sale of a note will be taxed at the taxpayer’s ordinary income tax rate if the note is held for not more than 12 months and at the taxpayer’s maximum capital gains rate if the note is held for more than 12 months.

 

Medicare Tax . If you are a U.S. person within the meaning of 7701(a)(30) of the Code and are an individual, estate or trust and your income exceeds certain thresholds, you will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on some or all of your “net investment income.” Net investment income will generally include interest on, and gain from the disposition of, the notes unless such interest income or gain is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect this Medicare tax may have, if any, on your acquisition, ownership or disposition of the notes.

 

Foreign Holders . Except as described below with respect to backup withholding and Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and applicable treasury regulations thereunder (commonly referred to as FATCA ”), if you are a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-U.S. person (a “ Foreign Person ”), any interest paid to or accrued by you (including OID) generally will be considered “portfolio interest” and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax provided that the income is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business carried on in the United States and:

 

  143  

 

 

(i) you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of us or the trust;

 

(ii) you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us or the trust through stock ownership;

 

(iii) you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on a note is described in section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; and

 

(iv) the interest is not contingent interest described in section 871(h)(4) of the Code.

 

To qualify for this exemption from taxation, you, or a financial institution holding the note on your behalf, must provide, in accordance with specified procedures, a paying agent of the trust with a statement to the effect that you are not a U.S. person. Currently these requirements will be met if you provide your name and address, and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a U.S. person, or if a financial institution holding the note on your behalf certifies, under penalties of perjury, that the required statement has been received by it and furnishes a paying agent with a copy of the statement. The required statement may be made on an IRS Form W-8-BEN or W-8BEN-E, depending on the investor’s status. Prospective investors should consult their tax practitioners regarding this certification.

 

If you are a Foreign Person and interest paid or accrued to you is not “portfolio interest,” then it will be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless you provide the trust or its paying agent, as the case may be, with a properly executed:

 

IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or successor form, as appropriate (as described above), claiming an exemption from withholding tax or a reduction in withholding tax under the benefit of a tax treaty; or

 

IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), stating that interest paid on the note is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

 

If you are a Foreign Person engaged in a trade or business in the United States and interest on the note is effectively connected with your conduct of the trade or business, although you will be exempt from the withholding tax discussed above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on interest on a net income basis in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person. In addition if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or lower treaty rate, of your effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments.

 

Except as described below with respect to backup withholding and FATCA, if you are a Foreign Person, any capital gain realized by you on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note by you will be exempt from U.S. federal income and withholding tax; provided that:

 

the gain is not effectively connected to your conduct of a trade or business in the United States; and

 

if you are an individual Foreign Person, you have not been present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year.

 

If an amount in respect of such 30% withholding tax were to be deducted or withheld from interest paid or accrued on the notes as a result of your failure or inability to comply with these rules, neither the trust nor any paying agent nor any other person would, pursuant to the conditions of the notes, be required to pay additional amounts as a result of the deduction or withholding of such tax.

 

Backup Withholding . If you are not an exempt holder, including a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or non-resident alien who provides certification as to status as a non-resident, you will be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing your name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that you are not

 

  144  

 

 

subject to backup withholding. If you are not an exempt holder and fail to provide the required certification, the trust will be required to withhold a percentage (currently at a rate of 28%) of the amount otherwise payable to you, and remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against your federal income tax liability. Information returns will be sent annually to the IRS and to you setting forth the amount of interest paid on the notes owned by you and the amount of tax withheld on those payments.

 

FATCA . Under FATCA, withholding may be required on payments of U.S. source dividends, interest and other fixed payments and, beginning January 1, 2017, to payments from the disposition of property producing such payments ( e.g. , notes) to holders of notes (including intermediaries) who do not provide certain information to the trust or other applicable withholding agent, which may include the name, address, taxpayer identification number and certain other information with respect to direct and certain indirect U.S. Holders. If an amount in respect of U.S. withholding tax were to be deducted or withheld from interest or principal payments on the notes as a result of a holder's failure to comply with these rules or as a result of the presence in the payment chain of an intermediary that does not comply with these rules, neither the trust nor any paying agent nor any other person would, pursuant to the conditions of the notes, be required to pay additional amounts as a result of the deduction or withholding of such tax. As a result, investors may receive less interest or principal than expected. Certain countries have entered into, and other countries are expected to enter into, agreements with the U.S. to facilitate the type of information reporting required under FATCA. While the existence of such agreements will not eliminate the risk that notes will be subject to the withholding described above, these agreements are expected to reduce the risk of the withholding for investors in (or indirectly holding notes through financial institutions in) those countries. If applicable, FATCA withholding applies to payments of U.S. source dividends, interest, and other fixed payments and, beginning January 1, 2019 (pursuant to recently published guidance), to payments from the disposition of property producing such payments (e.g. notes). Noteholders should consult their own tax advisers on how these rules may apply to payments they receive under the notes.

 

Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes . If, contrary to the opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the notes not beneficially owned by the trust or the single beneficial owner of the trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, such notes might be treated as equity interests in the trust. In this case, the trust would be treated as a partnership and may be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. Also, even if such a partnership was not treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, treatment of the notes as equity interests in a partnership could have adverse tax consequences to you. For example, if you are a foreign person, income to you might be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, and if you are an individual holder, you might be subject to certain limitations on your ability to deduct your share of trust expenses.

 

Trust Tax Consequences

 

The above discussion does not address the tax treatment of the trust, notes or holders of any notes issued by the issuing entity under any state or local tax laws, which may differ materially from the federal income tax treatment of such persons and instruments. The activities undertaken by and on behalf of the bank in originating the underlying accounts and receivables and the servicer in servicing and collecting the accounts and receivables will take place throughout the United States and, therefore, may give rise to a taxable nexus where the bank and servicer carry on their activities and where the obligors on the accounts are located. Accordingly, many different tax regimes may apply to the trust and the holders of the notes including the jurisdictions in which the holder is taxable, the bank and servicer carry on their activities, and the obligors on the accounts and receivables are located. Noteholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to state and local tax treatment of the trust, as well as any state and local tax consequences, arising out of the purchase, ownership and disposition of notes.

 

ERISA Considerations

 

Subject to important considerations described below, the [notes] are eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of ERISA, as well as an individual retirement account, Keogh plan or other plan covered by Section 4975 of the Code

 

  145  

 

 

 

or an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any of the foregoing (each a “ benefit plan ”), from engaging in specified transactions with persons that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Code with respect to these benefit plans. A violation of these “prohibited transaction” rules may result in an excise tax or other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for these persons. Title I of ERISA also requires that fiduciaries of a benefit plan subject to ERISA make investments that are prudent, diversified (unless clearly prudent not to do so), and in accordance with the governing plan documents.

 

Some transactions involving the purchase, holding or transfer of the [notes] might be deemed to constitute or result in prohibited transactions under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code if assets of the trust were deemed to be assets of a benefit plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (as modified by Section 3(42) or ERISA (the “ regulation ”)), the assets of the trust would be treated as plan assets of a benefit plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the benefit plan acquires an “equity interest” in the trust and none of the exceptions contained in the regulation are applicable. An equity interest is defined under the regulation as an interest in an entity other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity features. Although there can be no assurances in this regard, it appears that, at the time of their issuance, the [notes] should be treated as debt without substantial equity features for purposes of the regulation. This determination is based upon the traditional debt features of the [notes], including the reasonable expectation of the purchasers of the [notes] that the [notes] and the Class D notes will be repaid when due, traditional default remedies, as well as the absence of conversion rights and other typical equity features. The debt characterization of the [notes] for ERISA purposes could change after their issuance if the trust incurs losses. This risk of recharacterization is greater for classes of notes that are subordinated to other classes of notes.

 

However, without regard to whether the [notes] and the Class D notes are treated as an equity interest for these purposes, the acquisition, holding or disposition of the [notes] by or on behalf of benefit plans could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if we, the trust, the underwriters, the owner trustee, the servicer, the administrator, a counterparty to a derivative contract or the indenture trustee is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to these benefit plans. In that case, various exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable depending on the type and circumstances of the benefit plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire a [note]. Included among these exemptions are:

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 96-23, regarding transactions effected by “in-house asset managers”;

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60, regarding transactions effected by “insurance company general accounts”;

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment funds;

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; and

 

Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14, regarding transactions effected by “qualified professional asset managers.”

 

In addition to the class exemptions listed above, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 provides a statutory exemption under Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code for prohibited transactions between a benefit plan and a person or entity that is a party in interest to such benefit plan solely by reason of providing services to the benefit plan (other than a party in interest that is a fiduciary, or its affiliate, that has or exercises discretionary authority or control or renders investment advice with respect to the assets of the benefit plan involved in the transaction), provided that there is adequate consideration for the transaction. Even if the conditions specified in one or more of these exemptions are met, the scope of relief provided by these exemptions might or might not cover all acts which might be construed as prohibited transactions. There can be no assurance that any of these, or any other exemption, will be available with respect to any particular transaction involving [notes] and prospective purchasers that are benefit plans should consult with their advisors regarding the applicability of any such exemption.

 

  146  

 

 

By your acquisition of a [note], you will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) your purchase and holding of the note is not with the assets of a benefit plan or other plan that is subject to any applicable law that is substantially similar to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) your purchase and holding of the note will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any substantially similar applicable law. Benefit plans may not acquire the [notes] at any time that such [notes] do not have a current investment grade rating from a nationally recognized statistical rating agency.

 

Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans, as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA, and certain church plans, as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA, are not subject to ERISA requirements, but may be subject to state or other federal law requirements which may impose restrictions similar to those under ERISA and the Code discussed above.

 

If you are a benefit plan fiduciary considering the purchase of any of [notes], we encourage you to consult your tax and legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the trust would be considered plan assets, the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

 

Underwriting

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, RFS Holding, Inc. and the underwriters named below, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, the principal amount of the notes set forth opposite its name:

 

Class A Underwriters   Principal Amount of Class A Notes  
    $  
Total   $

 

 

[Class B Underwriters   Principal Amount of Class B Notes  
    $  
Total   $ ]

 

[Class C Underwriters   Principal Amount of Class C Notes  
    $  
Total   $ ]

 

[Class D Underwriters   Principal Amount of Class C Notes  
    $  
Total   $ ]

 

In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, to purchase all the notes offered by this prospectus if any of those notes are purchased. In the event of a default by any underwriter, the underwriting agreement provides that, in specified circumstances, purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

 

We may retain, or Synchrony or one of our other affiliates may purchase, one or more classes of notes upon initial issuance and may sell them on a subsequent date, and such sales may be made pursuant to a prospectus under the registration statement relating to the notes. Offers to purchase notes may be solicited directly by such affiliate and sales may be made by such affiliate to institutional investors or others deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to any resale of the securities. Any underwriter or agent that offers the notes may be an affiliate of the depositor and offers and sales of notes may include secondary market transactions by affiliates of the depositor. These affiliates may act as principal or agent in secondary market transactions. Secondary market transactions will be made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale

 

  147  

 

 

[The depositor will retain any Class A notes, Class B notes, the Class C notes or Class D notes not sold to the public in this offering. Any notes retained by the depositor will be retained directly from the depositor, without underwriter involvement. No underwriter’s discounts and commissions will be paid in connection with the retention of Series 20[●]-[●] notes by the depositor.] In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters of each class of offered notes have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the offered notes in that class offered by this prospectus if any of the offered notes in that class are sold[, excluding any offered notes retained by the depositor].

 

The underwriters of each class of offered notes have advised us that they propose initially to offer the offered notes in that class to the public at the prices set forth in this prospectus, and to dealers chosen by the underwriters at the prices set forth in this prospectus less a concession not in excess of the percentages set forth in the following table. The underwriters of each class of offered notes and those dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of the percentages set forth in the following table.

 

After the initial public offering of the offered notes, the public offering prices and the concessions referred to in this paragraph may be changed. Additional offering expenses are estimated to be $[●]. The underwriters have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the offered notes.

 

     

Class A Notes

     

[ Class [B] Notes

     

[ Class [C] Notes

     

[ Class [D] Notes

 
Concessions     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %
Reallowances     [●] %     [●] %]     [●] %]     [●] %]

 

The underwriters will be compensated as set forth in the following table:

 

     

Underwriter’s Discounts and
Commissions

     

Amount
per $1,000 of Principal

     

Total Amount

 
Class A Notes     [●] %     $ [●]     $ [●]  
Class [B] Notes     [●] %     $ [●]     $ [●]  
Class [C] Notes     [●] %     $ [●]     $ [●]  
Class [D] Notes     [●] %     $ [●]     $

[●]

 
Total Class A[, Class B, Class C and Class D] Notes       $

[●]

 

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“ FSMA ”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the issuing entity or the depositor; and

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to any notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Further, in relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive was implemented in that Relevant Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of notes to the public which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriter or underwriters nominated by the issuing entity for any such offer; or

 

  148  

 

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

 

provided, that no such offer of notes shall require the issuing entity, the depositor or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, (A) the expression an “ offer of notes to the public ” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and (B) the expression “ Prospectus Directive ” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

 

We and RFS Holding, Inc. will indemnify the underwriters for certain liabilities specified in the underwriting agreement, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in connection with those liabilities as described in the underwriting agreement.

 

The underwriters may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids with respect to the notes in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment transactions involve syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position. The underwriters do not have an “overallotment” option to purchase additional notes in the offering, so syndicate sales in excess of the offering size will result in a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position through syndicate covering transactions in which the underwriters purchase notes in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the notes in the open market after pricing that would adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the notes so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the notes originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction. Over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the notes or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes. As a result, the price of the notes may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters represent that the underwriters will engage in any of these transactions or that those transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice at any time.

 

In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, the underwriters and their respective affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in investment banking or commercial banking transactions with us and our affiliates. [An affiliate of the indenture trustee is an underwriter with regard to the offering described in this prospectus.]

 

Use of Proceeds

 

We will receive the net proceeds from the sale of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes and will use those proceeds [for general corporate purposes] [to purchase credit card receivables from the bank] [and to repay intercompany indebtedness owed by us to RFS Holding, Inc., as described under “ The Trust—Transfer and Assignment of Receivables ” in this prospectus]. [If applicable: Insert disclosure of amount of expenses incurred in connection with the selection and acquisition of the pool assets to be paid from offering proceeds and, if such expenses are to be paid to the sponsor, servicer contemplated by Item 1108(a)(2) of Regulation AB, depositor, issuing entity, originator contemplated by Item 1110 of Regulation AB, underwriter, or any affiliate of the foregoing, the type and amount of expenses paid to each such party.]

 

  149  

 

 

European Investment Restrictions

 

None of the sponsor, the originator or us makes any representation or agreement that it is undertaking or will have undertaken to comply with (or retain any economic interest or provide information to permit any investors to comply with) the requirements of Article 405 and 406 of the European Union (EU) Capital Requirements Regulation. (Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of June 26, 2013), or any corresponding requirements adopted or to be adopted pursuant to Article 17 of the EU Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (Directive 2011/61/EU of June 8, 2011) ( “AIFMD” ), Article 135(2) of the EU Solvency II Direction (Directive 2009/138/EC of November 25, 2009, as amended by Directive 2014/51/EU of April 16, 2014), or Article 50a of the EU Directive on Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferrable Securities (UCITS) (Directive 2009/65/EC of July 13, 2009, as amended by AIFMD), in each case together with any related regulatory technical standards or implementing regulations, or any other law or regulation of the European Union or any other jurisdiction on investments in securitizations. Noteholders are responsible for analyzing their own regulatory position and are advised to consult with their own advisors regarding the suitability of the notes for investment and compliance with the foregoing and any other applicable requirements.

 

Legal Matters

 

Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes will be passed upon for us by Mayer Brown LLP as special counsel for us. Certain legal matters relating to the federal tax consequences of the issuance of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes will be passed upon for us by Mayer Brown LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Series 20[●]-[●] notes will be passed upon for the underwriters by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP.

 

Where You Can Find More Information

 

We filed a registration statement relating to the notes with the SEC. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the registration statement includes additional information.

 

We will file with the SEC all required annual reports on Form 10-K, monthly distribution reports on Form 10-D and current reports on Form 8-K and other information about the trust under the Central Index Key (CIK) number 0001290098. The reports described under “ The Servicers—Evidence as to Servicer’s Compliance ” will be filed as exhibits to our annual report on Form 10-K.

 

You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE., Washington, D.C. 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 am and 3:00 pm. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).

 

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” information we file with it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different information included in this prospectus. We incorporate by reference any future current reports on Form 8-K filed by us as depositor on behalf of the trust until we terminate our offering of the notes.

 

As a recipient of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any document we incorporate by reference, except exhibits to the documents—unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference—at no cost, by writing or calling us care of Synchrony Bank, 170 West Election Road, Suite 125, Draper, Utah 84020, Telephone: 801-816-4764.

 

The trust’s annual reports on Form 10-K, distribution reports on Form 10-D and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed with, or otherwise furnished to, the SEC will not be made available on the sponsor’s website because those reports are made available to the public on the SEC Internet site as described above and are available, at no cost, by writing or calling us as described in the immediately preceding paragraph. Monthly reports to noteholders are currently made available as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC at

 

  150  

 

 

http://investors.synchronyfinancial.com/fixed-income-investors/abs-reporting/monthly-servicer-reports.aspx?tabmenu=1.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This prospectus and the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus include forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs and expectations and on information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our or the trust’s possible or assumed future financial condition or results of operations and statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or similar expressions.

 

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they were made. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after the distribution of this prospectus.

 

  151  

 

 

Glossary of Terms for Prospectus

 

Aggregate Principal Receivables ” at any time will equal:

 

(a) the total amount of transferred principal receivables, after giving effect to any discounting to treat a portion of transferred principal receivables as finance charge receivables; plus

 

(b) the principal amount of any other participation interest that we transfer to the trust.

 

Average Principal Balance ” means, for any Monthly Period in which a reset date occurs, the sum of:

 

the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the first day of that Monthly Period, to but excluding the related reset date and the denominator of which is the number of days in that Monthly Period; and

 

for each reset date during that Monthly Period, the product of the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on that reset date, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including that reset date, to the earlier of the last day of that Monthly Period (in which case that period will include the last day of the Monthly Period) or the next reset date (in which case that period will exclude that reset date), and the denominator of which is the number of days in that Monthly Period.

 

Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, or in the case of the initial Monthly Period, the actual number of days and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is the sum of (a) the interest due on the Series 20[●]-[●] notes, (b) the monthly servicing fee payment for your series[, (c) any net swap payments due from the trust] and (d) the amounts payable pursuant to clause (1) under the caption “ Description of Series Provisions Application of Finance Charge Collections ,” in each case payable on the following payment date, [minus any net swap receipts received by the trust on the following payment date]; and

 

the denominator of which is the collateral amount, plus amounts on deposit in the principal accumulation account, each as of the last day of that Monthly Period.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Free Equity Amount ” means, on any date, the result of:

 

(1) the Note Trust Principal Balance on that date; minus

 

(2) the aggregate of the collateral amounts of all outstanding series of notes; plus

 

(3) the amount of principal collections on deposit in any trust account that will be applied to pay the principal amount of the notes of any series on the following payment date, to the extent not deducted for the purpose of determining the collateral amount for the related series.

 

Hired Agency ” means each rating agency hired by the sponsor to rate the notes issued by the trust.

 

Minimum Free Equity Amount ” will be calculated as the [greater of (x)] the product of (a) the highest Required Retained Transferor Percentage specified in the prospectus for any series, multiplied by (b) the Aggregate Principal Receivables [and (y) the minimum seller’s interest required for compliance with Regulation RR as described under “ The Sponsor—Credit Risk Retention .”] The Required Retained Transferor Percentage for your series will be [●]%.

 

  152  

 

 

Monthly Period ” means [each period beginning on and including the 22 nd day of a calendar month and ending on and including the 21 st day of the following calendar month][each calendar month]. [We expect to change the definition of Monthly Period for all outstanding series of notes to mean the calendar month preceding each payment date. This change is expected to occur during 2016, although the related amendment to implement such change is subject to various conditions, and we cannot assure you that the amendment will occur or that the timing for such amendment will not change.]

 

Note Trust Principal Balance ” at any time will equal:

 

(a) the Aggregate Principal Receivables; plus

 

(b) the amount on deposit in the excess funding account, excluding any investment earnings.

 

Portfolio Yield ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, or in the case of the initial Monthly Period, the actual number of days and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction:

 

the numerator of which is the amount of finance charge collections allocated to your series, including recoveries, net investment earnings and amounts withdrawn from the reserve account treated as finance charge collections, but excluding [net swap receipts and] excess finance charge collections allocated to your series, minus the amount of defaulted principal receivables and uncovered dilution allocated to your series for that Monthly Period; and

 

the denominator of which is the collateral amount plus amounts on deposit in the principal accumulation account, each as of the last day of that Monthly Period.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] and any action subject to such condition, either (i) if specified with respect to any Hired Agency in the indenture supplement, written confirmation (which may be in the form of a letter, a press release or other publication) from such Hired Agency that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating, if any, of any outstanding class with respect to which it is designated as a rating agency or (ii) if specified with respect to any Hired Agency in the indenture supplement, 10 days’ prior written notice to such Hired Agency (or, if 10 days’ advance notice is impracticable, as much advance notice as is practicable).

 

Required Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages for principal collections for all outstanding series of notes on that date of determination.

 

Required Retained Transferor Percentage ” means, for Series 20[●]-[●], [●]%.

 

[“ Senior Swap Payments ” means net swap payments and Senior Termination Payments payable by the issuing entity pursuant to the Class A interest rate swap, the Class B interest rate swap, the Class C interest rate swap or the Class D interest rate swap, as applicable.]

 

[“ Senior Termination Payments ” means any termination payments payable by the issuing entity arising as a result of the early termination of the Class A interest rate swap, the Class B interest rate swap, the Class C interest rate swap or the Class D interest rate swap, as applicable, due to (i) a tax event or illegality or (ii) any other event of default or termination event, unless, in the case of this clause (ii), the applicable swap counterparty is the defaulting party or sole affected party.]

 

[“ Subordinated Termination Payments ” means any termination payments other than Senior Termination Payments payable by the issuing entity arising as a result of the early termination of the Class A interest rate swap, the Class B interest rate swap, the Class C interest rate swap or the Class D interest rate swap, as applicable.]

 

Series Allocation Percentage ” means, for Series 20[●]-[●] and for each Monthly Period, a fraction,

 

  153  

 

 

the numerator of which is the numerator used in determining your series’ allocation percentage for purposes of allocating finance charge collections for that Monthly Period, as described under “ Description of Series Provisions—Allocation Percentages ,” and

 

the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used in determining the allocation percentages used by all outstanding series for purposes of allocating finance charge collections;

 

provided that, if the allocation percentage for finance charge collections for any series has been reset during that Monthly Period, for the portion of the Monthly Period falling on and after each reset date and prior to any subsequent reset date, the Series Allocation Percentage will be calculated using a denominator which is equal to the sum of the numerators used in determining the allocation percentage for finance charge collections for all outstanding series as of the close of business on the subject reset date.

 

U.S. Holder ” is a beneficial owner of a note that for United States federal income tax purposes is: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

  154  

 

 

INDEX

 

60-Day Delinquent Receivables 98
Asset Review 100
automatic stay 38, 59
Average Principal Balance 151
bank 44
Base Rate 151
Basel III 26
benefit plan 145
CARD Act 36
CFPB 33
Code 107
Company 1
DBNTC 72
DBTCA 72
Delinquency Percentage 98
Delinquency Trigger 98
Directing Noteholders 99
Dodd-Frank Act 34
DTC 104
equity amount 56
ERISA 145
FATCA 143
FCRA 63
FDIA 27
FDIC 27
FDR 96
First Data 30
FIS 30
Foreign Person 143
FSMA 148
GE 14
GE Capital 13
GE Capital Global 13
GLBA 37
Hired Agencies 2
Instituting Noteholders 99
Investment Company Act iii, 35
IPO 25
IRS 141
Noteholder Direction 99
NY Derivative Action 72
OCC 32
OFAC 46
offer of notes to the public 148
OID 142
OLA 39
Plantiff Investors 72
PLT Holding 38
Pool Asset Representations 98
Portfolio Yield 152
Prospectus Directive 148
Rating Agency Condition 152
regulation 145
regulatory matters 34
Relevant Member State 148
Required Retained Transferor Percentage 152
Review Conditions 98
Review Expenses 99
Review Trigger Date 98
RMBS 72
Rule 193 Information 96
safe harbor 60
SDNY Action 72
SEC 34
Senior Swap Payments 152
Senior Termination Payments 152
Separation 44
Series Allocation Percentage 152
Short-Term Note 142
Subject Receivables 99
Subordinated Termination Payments 152
Synchrony 1
U.S. Holder 153
Volcker Rule iii

 

  155  

 

 

Annex I

 

Other Series of Notes Issued and Outstanding

 

The principal characteristics of the other outstanding series of notes expected to be outstanding as of the closing date are set forth in the table below. All of the outstanding series of notes are in group one.

 

1.  Series 2009-VFN4  
   
Maximum collateral amount $994,152,049
Expected principal payment date: February 2018 payment date
Final maturity date: February 2021 payment date
     
2. Series 2010-2    
     
Initial collateral amount $363,636,364  
Class A principal amount $250,000,000  
Class B principal amount $40,000,000  
Class C principal amount $27,500,000  
Class A interest rate 4.47% per year  
Class B interest rate 5.40% per year  
Class C interest rate 6.47% per year  
Expected principal payment date March 2017 payment date  
Final maturity date March 2020 payment date  
Series issuance date April 7, 2010  
     
3. Series 2011-2    
     
Initial collateral amount $935,251,799  
Class A principal amount $650,000,000  
Class B principal amount $93,770,492  
Class C principal amount $61,803,279  
Class A interest rate One Month LIBOR plus 0.48% per year  
Class B interest rate One Month LIBOR plus 1.00% per year  
Class C interest rate One Month LIBOR plus 1.60% per year  
Expected principal payment date May 2016 payment date  
Final maturity date May 2019 payment date  
Series issuance date June 16, 2011  
     
4. Series 2011-VFN1    
     
Maximum collateral amount $1,169,590,644  
Expected principal payment date March 2018 payment date  
Final maturity date March 2021 payment date  
     
5. Series 2012-2    
     
Initial collateral amount $836,236,934  
Class A principal amount $600,000,000  
Class B principal amount $75,709,779  
Class C principal amount $51,104,101  
Class A interest rate 2.22% per year  
Class B interest rate 2.76% per year  
Class C interest rate 3.65% per year  
Expected principal payment date January 2019 payment date  
Final maturity date January 2022 payment date  
Series issuance date February 2, 2012  

 

  A-I- 1  

 

 

6. Series 2012-3  
   
Initial collateral amount $575,539,569
Class A principal amount $400,000,000
Class B principal amount $57,704,918
Class C principal amount $38,032,786
Class A interest rate One Month LIBOR plus 0.45%
Class B interest rate One Month LIBOR plus 1.00%
Class C interest rate One Month LIBOR plus 1.90%
Expected principal payment date March 2017 payment date
Final maturity date   March 2020 payment date
Series issuance date April 18, 2012
   
7. Series 2012-VFN1  
   
Maximum collateral amount $584,795,323
Expected principal payment date October 2017 payment date
Final maturity date October 2020 payment date
   
8. Series 2012-6  
   
Initial collateral amount $1,379,310,345
Class A principal amount $1,000,000,000
Class B principal amount $126,182,965
Class C principal amount $85,173,501
Class A interest rate 1.36% per year
Class B interest rate 1.83% per year
Class C interest rate 2.67% per year
Expected principal payment date August 2017 payment date
Final maturity date   August 2020 payment date
Series issuance date August 29, 2012
   
9. Series 2012-7  
   
Initial collateral amount $694,444,445
Class A principal amount $500,000,000
Class B principal amount $63,091,483
Class C principal amount $42,586,750
Class A interest rate 1.76% per year
Class B interest rate 2.21% per year
Class C interest rate 3.00% per year
Expected principal payment date September 2019 payment date
Final maturity date September 2022 payment date
Series issuance date October 17, 2012

 

  A-I- 2  

 

 

10. Series 2013-1  
   
Initial collateral amount $1,103,448,276
Class A principal amount $800,000,000
Class B principal amount $100,946,372
Class C principal amount $68,138,802
Class A interest rate 1.35% per year
Class B interest rate 1.69% per year
Class C interest rate 1.94% per year
Expected principal payment date March 2018 payment date
Final maturity date March 2021 payment date
Series issuance date March 26, 2013
   
11. Series 2014-VFN1  
   
Maximum collateral amount $292,397,662
Expected principal payment date August 2017 payment date
Final maturity date August 2020 payment date
   
12. Series 2014-VFN2  
   
Maximum collateral amount $1,169,590,644
Expected principal payment date March 2017 payment date
Final maturity date March 2020 payment date
   
13. Series 2014-VFN3  
   
Maximum collateral amount $584,795,322
Expected principal payment date August 2018 payment date
Final maturity date August 2021 payment date
   
14. Series 2014-VFN4  
   
Maximum collateral amount $877,192,983
Expected principal payment date May 2018 payment date
Final maturity date May 2021 payment date
   
15. Series 2014-VFN5  
   
Maximum collateral amount $877,192,983
Expected principal payment date May 2017 payment date
Final maturity date May 2020 payment date
   
16. Series 2014-1  
   
Initial collateral amount $972,222,223
Class A principal amount $700,000,000
Class B principal amount $68,055,555
Class C principal amount $58,333,334
Class D principal amount $97,222,222
Class A interest rate 1.61% per year
Class B interest rate 1.81% per year
Class C interest rate 1.91% per year
Class D interest rate 2.36% per year
Expected principal payment date November 2017 payment date
Final maturity date November 2020 payment date
Series issuance date November 20, 2014

 

  A-I- 3  

 

 

17. Series 2015-1  
   
Initial collateral amount $1,041,666,667
Class A principal amount $750,000,000
Class B principal amount $72,916,666
Class C principal amount $62,500,000
Class D principal amount $104,166,667
Class A interest rate 2.37% per year
Class B interest rate 2.64% per year
Class C interest rate 2.74% per year
Class D interest rate 3.13% per year
Expected principal payment date March 2020 payment date
Final maturity date March 2023 payment date
Series issuance date March 17, 2015
   
18. Series 2015-VFN1  
   
Maximum collateral amount $994,152,047
Expected principal payment date February 2018 payment date
Final maturity date February 2021 payment date
   
19. Series 2015-2  
   
Initial collateral amount $1,041,666,667
Class A principal amount $750,000,000
Class B principal amount $72,916,666
Class C principal amount $62,500,000
Class D principal amount $104,166,667
Class A interest rate 1.60% per year
Class B interest rate 1.84% per year
Class C interest rate 1.99% per year
Class D interest rate 2.39% per year
Expected principal payment date April 2018 payment date
Final maturity date April 2021 payment date
Series issuance date March 12, 2015
   
20. Series 2015-3  
   
Initial collateral amount $445,205,480
Class A principal amount $325,000,000
Class B principal amount $31,164,384
Class C principal amount $26,712,328
Class D principal amount $40,068,493
Class A interest rate 1.74% per year
Class B interest rate 1.94% per year
Class C interest rate 2.14% per year
Class D interest rate 2.58% per year
Expected principal payment date September 2018 payment date
Final maturity date September 2021 payment date
Series issuance date September 30, 2015

 

  A-I- 4  

 

 

21. Series 2015-4  
   
Initial collateral amount $376,712,329
Class A principal amount $275,000,000
Class B principal amount $26,369,863
Class C principal amount $22,602,739
Class D principal amount $33,904,110
Class A interest rate 2.38% per year
Class B interest rate 2.62% per year
Class C interest rate 2.82% per year
Class D interest rate 3.26% per year
Expected principal payment date September 2020 payment date
Final maturity date September 2023 payment date
Series issuance date September 30, 2015
   
22. Series 2015-VFN2  
   
Maximum collateral amount $584,795,322
Expected principal payment date November 2018 payment date
Final maturity date November 2021 payment date

 

[Disclosure regarding additional Series]

 

  A-I- 5  

 

 

Annex II

 

Monthly Noteholder’s Statement
Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust Series 20[●]-[●]

 

Class A   [LIBOR +] [●] % Notes
Class B   [LIBOR +] [●] % Notes
Class C   [LIBOR +] [●] % Notes
Class D   [LIBOR +] [●] % Notes

 

Pursuant to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”) between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (the “Issuer”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), as supplemented by the Series 20[●]-[●] Indenture Supplement (the “Indenture Supplement”), dated as of [●] [●], 20[●], between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer is required to prepare, or cause the Servicer to prepare, certain information each month regarding current distributions to the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders and the performance of the Trust during the previous month. The information required to be prepared with respect to the Payment Date of [●], 20[●], and with respect to the performance of the Trust during the Monthly Period ended [●], 20[●] is set forth below. Capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement. The Discount Percentage (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) remains at [●]% for all the Receivables in the Trust until otherwise indicated. The undersigned, an Authorized Officer of the Servicer, does hereby certify as follows:

 

Record Date:   [●], 20[●]
Monthly Period Beginning:   [●], 20[●]
Monthly Period Ending:   [●], 20[●]
Previous Payment Date:   [●], 20[●]
Payment Date:   [●], 20[●]
Interest Period Beginning:   [●], 20[●]
Interest Period Ending:   [●], 20[●]
Days in Monthly Period:   [●]
Days in Interest Period:   [●]
Is there a Reset Date?: [No][Yes]
Reset Date #1 [●]
Reset Date #2 [●]
   
I. Trust Receivables Information

 

a. Number of Accounts Beginning
b. Number of Accounts Ending
c. Average Account Balance (q/b)
d. BOP Principal Receivables
e. BOP Finance Charge Receivables
f. BOP Total Receivables
g. Increase in Principal Receivables from Additional Accounts
h. Increase in Principal Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
i. Increase in Finance Charge Receivables from Additional Accounts
j. Increase in Finance Charge Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
k. Increase in Total Receivables
l. Decrease in Principal Receivables due to Account Removal
m. Decrease in Principal Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
n. Decrease in Finance Charge Receivables due to Account Removal
o. Decrease in Finance Charge Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
p. Decrease in Total Receivables
q. EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables

r. EOP Finance Charge Receivables
s. EOP Total Receivables

 

  A-II- 1  

 

 

t. Excess Funding Account Balance
u. Required Principal Balance
v. Minimum Free Equity Amount (EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables * [●] % )
w. Free Equity Amount (EOP Principal Receivables - EOP Collateral Amount (II.d.ii+II.a.ii+II.bii+II.b.iii))

 

II. Investor Information (Sum of all Series)

 

a. Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Increase in Note Principal Balance due to New Issuance/Additional draws
iii. Decrease in Note Principal Balance due to Principal Paid and Notes Retired
iv. As of Payment Date
b. Excess Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Change to Excess Collateral Amount in connection with the Supplemental Indenture
iii. Increase in Excess Collateral Amount due to New Issuance/Additional draws
iv. Reductions in Required Excess Collateral Amount
v. Increase in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off
vi. Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off
vii. Increase in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections
viii. Decrease in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections
ix. As of Payment Date
c. Principal Accumulation Account Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Controlled Deposit Amount
iii. Withdrawal for Principal Payment
iv. As of Payment Date
d. Collateral Amount
i. End of Prior Monthly Period
ii. Beginning of Interest Period
iii. As of Payment Date

 

III. Trust Performance Data (Monthly Period)

 

a. Gross Trust Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries/BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average
b. Payment Rate (Principal Collections/BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average
c. Gross Charge-Off Rate excluding Fraud (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts – Fraud Amount/BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
v. Three-Month Average
vi. Four-Month Average
d. Gross Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts/BOP Principal Receivables)

i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period

 

  A-II- 2  

 

 

iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
v. Three-Month Average
vi. Four-Month Average
e. Net Charge-Off Rate excluding Fraud (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts – Recoveries – Fraud Amount/BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
v. Three-Month Average
vi. Four-Month Average
f. Net Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts - Recoveries/ BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three Months Prior Monthly Period
v. Three-Month Average
vi. Four-Month Average
g. Trust excess spread percentage ((FC Coll – Charged-Off Rec – Monthly Interest +/- Net Swaps – Monthly Servicing Fee) / BOP Principal Receivables))
h. Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts
i. Recovery Amount
j. Net Charge-Off (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts – Recoveries)
k. Number of Accounts Charged Off
l. Average Account Charge-Off (Net Charge-Off/Number of Accounts Charged Off)
j. Collections
i. Total Trust Finance Charge Collections
ii. Total Trust Principal Collections
iii. Total Trust Collections

  k.   Delinquency Data  

Accounts

Pctg. Of
Tot. Accts.

Total
Receivables

Pctg. Of
Tot.
Recv.

i. 1-29 Days Delinquent
ii. 30-59 Days Delinquent
iii. 60-89 Days Delinquent
iv. 90-119 Days Delinquent
v. 120-149 Days Delinquent
vi. 150-179 Days Delinquent
vii. 180 or Greater Days Delinquent
Total

 

IV. Series Performance Data

 

a. Portfolio Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries - Aggregate Investor Default Amount + PAA Inv Proceeds/BOP Collateral)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average
b. Base Rate (Noteholder Servicing Fee + Admin Fee + Monthly Interest + Swap Payments – Swap Receipts / BOP Collateral)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

  A-II- 3  

 

 

iv. Three-Month Average
c. Excess Spread Percentage (Portfolio Yield - Base Rate)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage

 

V. Investor Information Regarding Distributions to Noteholders

 

a. The total amount of the distribution to Class A Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
b. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of interest on the Class A Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
c. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of principal on the Class A Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
d. The total amount of the distribution to Class B Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
e. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph d. above in respect of interest on the Class B Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
f. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph d. above in respect of principal on the Class B Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
g. The total amount of the distribution to Class C Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
h. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph g. above in respect of interest on the Class C Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
i. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph g. above in respect of principal on the Class C Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
j. The total amount of the distribution to Class D Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
k. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph j. above in respect of interest on the Class D Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.
l. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph j. above in respect of principal on the Class D Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

VI. Investor Information

 

a. Class A Note Initial Principal Balance
b. Class B Note Initial Principal Balance
c. Class C Note Initial Principal Balance
d. Class D Note Initial Principal Balance
e. Initial Excess Collateral Amount
f. Initial Collateral Amount
g. Class A Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date
h. Class B Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date
i. Class C Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date
j. Class D Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date
k. Excess Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period

 

  A-II- 4  

 

 

ii. Increase in Excess Collateral Amount in connection with the Supplemental Indenture
iii. Reduction in Excess Collateral Amount
iv. As of Payment Date
l. Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Increase in Excess Collateral Amount in connection with the Supplemental Indenture
iii. Increase/Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
iv. Increase/Decrease in Reallocated Principal Collections
v. Reduction in Excess Collateral Amount
vi. Principal Accumulation Account Deposit
vii. As of Payment Date
viii. Collateral Amount as a Percentage of Note Trust Principal Balance
ix. Amount by which Note Principal Balance exceeds Collateral Amount
m. Required Excess Collateral Amount (As of Payment Date)

 

VII. Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

a. Beginning Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
b. Current Unreimbursed Investor Defaults
c. Current Unreimbursed Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount
d. Current Reimbursement of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii)
e. Ending Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
f. Beginning Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections
g. Current Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.7
h. Current Reimbursement of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii)
i. Ending Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

VIII. Investor Percentages—BOP Balance and Series Account Information

 

a. Allocation Percentage Numerator—for Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts
b. Allocation Percentage Numerator—for Principal Collections
c. Allocation Percentage Denominator
i. Aggregate Principal Receivables Balance as of Prior Monthly Period
ii. Number of Days at Balance
iii. Aggregate Principal Receivables Balance on Reset Date 1
iv. Number of Days at Balance
v. Aggregate Principal Receivables Balance on Reset Date 2
vi. Number of Days at Balance
vii. Average Principal Balance
d. Sum of Allocation Percentage Numerators for all outstanding Series with respect to Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts
e. Sum of Allocation Percentage Numerators for all outstanding Series with respect to Principal Collections
f. Average Daily Allocation Percentage, Finance Charge Collections and Default Amount (a. / greater of c.vii. or d.)
g. Average Daily Allocation Percentage, Principal Collections (b. / greater of c.vii. or e.)
h. Series Allocation Percentage

 

IX. Collections and Allocations
 

Trust

 

Series

a. Finance Charge Collections
b. Recoveries
c. Principal Collections
d. Default Amount
e. Dilution

 

  A-II- 5  

 

 

f. Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount
g. Dilution including Fraud Amount
h. Available Finance Charge Collections
i. Investor Finance Charge Collections
ii. Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to Series 20[●]-[●]
iii. Principal Accumulation Account Investment Proceeds
iv. Investment earnings in the Reserve Account
v. Reserve Account Draw Amount
vi. Net Swap Receipts
vii. Recoveries
i. Available Finance Charge Collections (Sum of h.i through h.vii)
j. Total Collections (c. Series + i.)
k. Total Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection Account (net of any amounts distributed to Transferor)

 

X. Application of Available Funds pursuant to Section 4.4(a) of the Indenture Supplement

 

a. Available Finance Charge Collections
i. On a pari passu basis:
a. Payment to the Indenture Trustee, to a maximum of $25,000
b. Payment to the Trustee, to a maximum of $25,000
c. Payment to the Administrator, to a maximum of $25,000
ii. To the Servicer:
a. Noteholder Servicing Fee
b. Noteholder Servicing Fee previously due but not paid
c. Total Noteholder Servicing Fee
iii. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class A Monthly Interest
b. Class A Deficiency Amount
c. Class A Additional Interest
d. Class A Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date
iv. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class B Monthly Interest
b. Class B Deficiency Amount
c. Class B Additional Interest
d. Class B Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date
v. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class C Monthly Interest
b. Class C Deficiency Amount
c. Class C Additional Interest
d. Class C Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date
vi. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class D Monthly Interest
b. Class D Deficiency Amount
c. Class D Additional Interest
d. Class D Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date
vii. To be treated as Available Principal Collections
a. Aggregate Investor Default Amount
b. Aggregate Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount
viii. To be treated as Available Principal Collections, to the extent not previously reimbursed
a. Investor Charge-offs
b. Reallocated Principal Collections
ix. Excess of Required Reserve Account Amount Over Available Reserve Account Amount
x. Amounts required to be deposited to the Spread Account or Reserve Account
xi. To be treated as Available Principal Collections: Series Allocation Percentage of Minimum Free Equity Shortfall

 

  A-II- 6  

 

 

xii. Unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred, amounts that have not been paid pursuant to (a)(i) above
xiii. The balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Payment Date and first will be available for allocation to other Series in Group One and, then:
a. Unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred, to the Transferor; or
b. If an Early Amortization Event has occurred, first, to pay Monthly Principal in accordance with Section 4.4(c) of the Indenture Supplement to the extent not paid in full from Available Principal Collections (calculated without regard to amounts available to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to this clause), second, to pay on a pari passu basis any amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (a)(i) above that have been allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] in accordance with Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture and that have not been paid pursuant to clauses (a)(i) and (a)(xii) above, and, third, any amounts remaining after payment in full of the Monthly Principal and amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (a)(i) above shall be paid to the Issuer.

 

XI. Excess Finance Charge Collections (Group One)

 

a. Total Excess Finance Charge Collections in Group One
b. Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 20[●]-[●]
c. Finance Charge Shortfall for all Series in Group One
d. Excess Finance Charges Collections Allocated to Series 20[●]-[●]

 

XII. Available Principal Collections and Distributions (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

a. Investor Principal Collections
b. Less: Reallocated Principal Collections for the Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7
c. Plus: Shared Principal Collections allocated to this Series
d. Plus: Aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vii)
e. Plus: Aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii)
f. Plus: During an Early Amortization Period, the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections used to pay principal on the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(xii)
g. Available Principal Collections (Deposited to Principal Account)
i. During the Revolving Period, Available Principal Collections treated as Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4.(b)
ii. During the Controlled Accumulation Period, Available Principal Collections deposited to the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i),(ii)
iii. During the Early Amortization Period, Available Principal Collections deposited to the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)
iv. Series Shared Principal Collections available to Group One pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(iii)
v. Principal Distributions pursuant to Section 4.4(e) in order of priority
a. Principal paid to Class A Noteholders
b. Principal paid to Class B Noteholders
c. Principal paid to Class C Noteholders
d. Principal paid to Class D Noteholders
vi. Total Principal Collections Available to Share (Inclusive of Series 20[●]-[●])
vii. Series Principal Shortfall
viii. Shared Principal Collections allocated to this Series from other Series

 

XIII. Series 20[●]-[●] Accumulation

 

a. Controlled Accumulation Period Length in months (scheduled)
b. Controlled Accumulation Amount
c. Controlled Deposit Amount

 

  A-II- 7  

 

 

d. Accumulation Shortfall
e. Principal Accumulation Account Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Controlled Deposit Amount
iii. Withdrawal for Principal Payment
iv. As of Payment Date

 

XIV. Reserve Account Funding (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

a. Reserve Account Funding Date (scheduled)
b. Required Reserve Account Amount (0.50% of Note Principal Balance beginning on Reserve Account Funding Date)
c. Beginning Available Reserve Account Amount
d. Reserve Draw Amount
e. Deposit pursuant to 4.4(a)(viii) the excess of b. over c.
f. Withdrawal for Reserve Account Surplus paid to Transferor pursuant to Section 4.10(d)
g. Withdrawal for Reserve Account Surplus paid to Transferor pursuant to Section 4.10(e)
h. Ending Available Reserve Account Amount

 

XV. Spread Account Funding (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

a. Spread Account Percentage
b. Required Spread Account Amount
c. Beginning Available Spread Account Amount
d. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(a)—Section 4.4(a)(vi) Shortfall
e. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(b)—Class D Expected Principal Payment Date
f. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(c)—Early Amortization Event
g. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(d)—Event of Default
h. Deposit pursuant to 4.4(a)(x)—Spread Account Deficiency
i. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(f)—Spread Account Surplus Amount
j. Ending Available Spread Account Amount
k. Investment Earnings on Spread Account distributable to holder of the Transferor Interest

 

XVI. Series Early Amortization Events

 

a. The Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount Free Equity:
i. Free Equity Amount
ii. Minimum Free Equity Amount
iii. Excess Free Equity Amount
b. The Note Trust Principal Balance is less than the Required Principal Balance Note Trust Principal Balance:
i. Note Trust Principal Balance
ii. Required Principal Balance
iii. Excess Principal Balance
c. The three-month average Portfolio Yield is less than three-month average Base Rate Portfolio Yield:
i. Three month Average Portfolio Yield
ii. Three month Average Base Rate
iii. Three Month Average Excess Spread
d. The Note Principal Balance is outstanding beyond the Expected Principal Payment Date
i. Expected Principal Payment Date
ii. Current Payment Date
e. Are there any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments?
f. Are there any material breaches of pool of assets representations, warranties or covenants?
g. Are there any material changes in criteria used to originate, acquire, or select new pool assets?
h. Has an early amortization event occurred?

 

  A-II- 8  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Monthly Noteholder’s Statement as of the [__] day of [_________] 20[__].

 

  SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL,
  as Servicer
     
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

  A-II- 9  

 

 

Annex III

 

Static Pool Data
Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

Billed Yield

 

The following table sets forth the cardholder billed yield experience for credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. Billed yield is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of billed finance charges and late fees during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the average total receivables outstanding for each quarter in the period indicated.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the billed yield experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Billed Yield
      For the Calendar Year Ended    
Origination Year 1    

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

 
20[●]     [●] %                                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●]                                          
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                
Prior to 20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.

 

For each account in the trust portfolio, performance data is based on the account's performance on and after the date on which the account was designated to the trust portfolio.

 

Payment Rate

 

The following table sets forth the cardholder monthly average payment rate experience on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The average monthly payment rate is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate of the average total payments received during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the average total receivables outstanding for each quarter in the period indicated.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the payment rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Payment Rate
      For the Calendar Year Ended  
Origination Year 1    

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

 
20[●]     [●] %                                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %                                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                
Prior to 20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %
1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.

 

  A-III- 1  

 

 

For each account in the trust portfolio, performance data is based on the account's performance on and after the date on which the account was designated to the trust portfolio.

 

30+ Delinquency Rate

 

The following table sets forth the delinquency rate experience on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The delinquency rate is calculated by dividing (i) the 30+ days past due delinquent amount as of the end of the period indicated by (ii) the total receivables outstanding as of the end of the period indicated. Calculations are based on month-end data within the period.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the delinquency rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

30+ Delinquency Rate
      For the Calendar Year Ended  
Origination Year 1    

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

 
20[●]     [●] %                                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %                                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                
Prior to 20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %
1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.

 

For each account in the trust portfolio, performance data is based on the account's performance on and after the date on which the account was designated to the trust portfolio.

 

Gross Charge-Off Rate

 

The following table sets forth the gross charge-off rate experience on the credit card accounts in the trust portfolio for each of the periods shown. The gross charge-off rate is calculated by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of gross charge-offs during the period indicated by (ii) the aggregate of the average total receivables outstanding for each quarter in the period indicated.

 

In each case, the information is grouped by year of account origination. There can be no assurance that the gross charge-off rate experience for receivables in the future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.

 

Gross Charge-Off Rate  
      For the Calendar Year Ended  
Origination Year 1    

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

     

December

20[●]

 
20[●]     [●] %                                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %                                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                                
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                        
20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %                
Prior to 20[●]     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %     [●] %

1 The origination year for each account is determined based on the date on which the account is opened.

 

For each account in the trust portfolio, performance data is based on the account's performance on and after the date on which the account was designated to the trust portfolio.

 

  A-III- 2  

 

 

Annex IV


Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures

 

Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust Asset Backed Notes (the “global securities”) to be issued in series from time to time will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the global securities may hold those global securities through any of The Depository Trust Company, Clearstream or Euroclear. The global securities will be tradable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

 

Secondary market trading between investors holding global securities through Clearstream and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional eurobond practice—i.e., seven calendar day settlement.

 

Secondary market trading between investors holding global securities through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

 

Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream or Euroclear and DTC participants holding notes will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis through the respective depositaries of Clearstream and Euroclear, in that capacity, and as DTC participants.

 

Non-U.S. holders of global securities will be subject to U.S. withholding taxes unless those holders meet certain requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations or their participants.

 

Initial Settlement

 

All global securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors’ interests in the global securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and indirect participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold those positions in accounts as DTC participants.

 

Investors electing to hold their global securities through DTC (other than through accounts at Clearstream or Euroclear) will follow the settlement practices applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

 

Investors electing to hold their global securities through Clearstream or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in registered form. Global securities will be credited to the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment for value on the settlement date.

 

Secondary Market Trading

 

Because the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser’s and transferor’s accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.

 

Trading between DTC participants. Secondary market trading between DTC participants, other than the depositaries for Clearstream and Euroclear, will be settled using the procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations in same-day funds.

 

Trading between Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear participants. Secondary market trading between Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

 

  A-IV- 1  

 

 

Trading between DTC seller and Clearstream customer or Euroclear purchaser . When global securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC participant—other than the depositaries for Clearstream and Euroclear—to the account of a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear participant, the purchaser must send instructions to Clearstream prior to 12:30 p.m. on the settlement date. Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, will instruct the respective depositary to receive the global securities for payment. Payment will then be made by the respective depositary, as the case may be, to the DTC participant’s account against delivery of the global securities. After settlement has been completed, the global securities will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s account. Credit for the global securities will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the global securities will accrue from, the value date, which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New York. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream or Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

 

Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants will need to make available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream or Euroclear. Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Clearstream or Euroclear until the global securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

 

As an alternative, if Clearstream or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to them, Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants can elect not to pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon to finance settlement. Under this procedure, Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants purchasing global securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the global securities were credited to their accounts. However, interest on the global securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the global securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s particular cost of funds.

 

Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC participants can employ their usual procedures for sending global securities to the respective European depositary for the benefit of Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC participant a cross-market transaction will settle no differently from a trade between two DTC participants.

 

Trading between Clearstream or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser . Due to time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which global securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the respective European depositary, to another DTC participant. The seller will send instructions to Clearstream before 12:30 p.m. on the settlement date. In these cases, Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct the respective European depositary, as appropriate, to credit the global securities to the DTC participant’s account against payment. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s account would be back-valued to the value date, which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York. If the Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant has a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elects to draw on such line of credit in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation may substantially reduce or offset any overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Clearstream customer’s or Euroclear participant’s account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

 

A beneficial owner of global securities holding securities through Clearstream, Euroclear or through DTC—if the holder has an address outside the U.S.—will be subject to the U.S. withholding tax (currently imposed at a rate of 30%) that generally applies to payments of interest, including original issue discount, on registered debt issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business in the chain of intermediaries between the beneficial owner and the U.S.

 

  A-IV- 2  

 

 

entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and (ii) the beneficial owner provides the appropriate certification for obtaining an exemption or reduced tax rate. See “ Federal Income Tax Consequences ” in this prospectus.

 

  A-IV- 3  

 

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust
Issuing Entity

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.
Depositor

 

Synchrony Bank
Sponsor

 

Series 20[●]-[●] Asset Backed Notes

 

 

 

Prospectus

 

  Underwriters of the Class A notes  
     
  [Underwriters of the Class B notes]  
     
  [Underwriters of the Class C notes]  
     
  [Underwriters of the Class D notes]  

 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

 

We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 

We do not claim the accuracy of the information in this prospectus as of any date other than the date stated on its cover.

 

Dealers will deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters of the notes and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, until the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers selling the notes will deliver a prospectus to the extent required by the Securities Act. Such delivery obligation may be satisfied by filing this prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 12. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

Registration Fee   $ 704,900  
Printing and Engraving   $ 100,000  
Trustee’s Fees   $ 100,000  
Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 1,500,000  
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses   $ 0  
Accountants’ Fees and Expenses   $ 500,000  
Rating Agency Fees   $ 5,000,000  
Miscellaneous Fees, including fees payable to the Asset Representations Reviewer   $ 400,000  
Total   $ 8,304,900  

 

Item 13. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 18-108 of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware (“LLCA”) as applicable to Delaware limited liability companies provides that a Delaware limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify its members or managers or other persons from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C. is a Delaware limited liability company (“RFS Holding”). The limited liability company agreement of RFS Holding provides, in effect, that subject to certain limited exceptions, RFS Holding will indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to its members, managers, employees, organizers or agents (each, an “Indemnified Party”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Indemnified Party may become subject in connection with any matter arising from, related to, or in connection with, the limited liability company agreement or RFS Holding’s business or affairs;  provided, however , that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any Indemnified Party if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Indemnified Party establishes (i) that the Indemnified Party’s acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (ii) that the Indemnified Party in fact gained a financial profit or other personal advantage to which the Indemnified Party was not legally entitled. This indemnification shall be in addition to any liability that RFS Holding may otherwise have, shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of each Indemnified Party, and shall be limited to the assets of RFS Holding. 

 

Insofar as indemnification by RFS Holding for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of RFS Holding pursuant to the foregoing provisions, RFS Holding has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Directors and officers of the Registrant are insured against liability which they may incur in their capacity as such pursuant to a professional errors and omission policy.

 

Each underwriting agreement will generally provide that the underwriter will indemnify RFS Holding and its directors, officers and controlling parties against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to certain information provided or actions taken by the underwriter. RFS Holding has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

  II- 1  

 

 

Item 14. Exhibits.

 

A list of exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference is contained in the Exhibit Index which is incorporated herein by reference. Where agreements or other documents required by Regulation AB are specified to be filed as exhibits to this registration statement, the registrant undertakes to file final agreements on Form 8-K, for incorporation by reference as an exhibit to this registration statement, no later than the date the final prospectus is required to be filed.

 

Item 15. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(a) As to Rule 415:

 

(1)          To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made of the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)            to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

(ii)           to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment hereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

(iii)          to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

 

Provided, however , that the undertakings set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those clauses is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of this registration statement.

 

Provided further, however , that clauses (i) and (ii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB (§ 229.1100(c)).

 

(2)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)          To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

 

(i)            if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however , that no

 

  II- 2  

 

 

statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

 

(ii)           If the registrant is relying on Rule 430D:

 

(A)            each prospectus filed by the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) and (h) shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in this registration statement; and

 

(B)            each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5),or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430D relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(vii) or (a)(1)(xii) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430D, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

(5)          That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)            any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii)           any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii)          the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)         any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(6)          If the registrant is relying on Rule 430D, with respect to any offering of securities registered on Form SF-3, to file the information previously omitted from the prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in accordance with Rule 424(h) and Rule 430D.

 

(b) As to Documents Subsequently Filed that are Incorporated By Reference:

 

  II- 3  

 

 

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(c) As to Indemnification:

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 13 above, or otherwise, each registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(d) As to Filings in Reliance on Rule 430(A):

 

(1)            For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from any form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)            For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(e) As to Qualification of Trust Indentures Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 for Delayed Offerings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the indenture trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.

 

(f) As to Filings Regarding Asset-Backed Securities Incorporating by Reference Subsequent Exchange Act Documents by Third Parties.

 

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act of a third party that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement in accordance with Item 1100(c)(1) of Regulation AB shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  II- 4  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form SF-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford, State of Connecticut, on December 30, 2015.

 

  RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.
  a Delaware limited liability company (Registrant)
     
  By: /s/ Eric Duenwald
    Name: Eric Duenwald
    Title: President and Principal Executive Officer

 

  S- 1  

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Titles    
         
*   Principal Accounting Officer and Vice President   December 30, 2015
Christopher Cutshall        
         
/s/Eric Duenwald   Manager, President and Principal Executive Officer   December 30, 2015
Eric Duenwald        
         
*   Manager and Vice President   December 30, 2015
Andrew Lee        
         
*   Manager, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Vice President   December 30, 2015
Joseph Ressa        

  

*

The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on behalf of the above indicated officer or director of the Registrant, RFS Holding L.L.C., pursuant to the Power of Attorney signed by such officer or director.

 

By: /s/ Eric Duenwald  
Name: Eric Duenwald  
Title: President and Principal Executive Officer  

 

     

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement between Issuer, Synchrony Bank, and underwriters
3.1   Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of RFS Holding, L.L.C., dated September 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on October 1, 2008)
4.1   Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333-107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.2   Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, among RFS Holding, L.L.C., RFS Funding Trust, GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank), GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as Trustee of RFS Funding Trust, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333-107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.3   Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on July 2, 2004)
4.4   Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on September 5, 2006)
4.5   Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on July 3, 2007)
4.6   Fifth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on May 28, 2008)
4.7   Sixth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2009, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on August 7, 2009)
4.8   Seventh Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2014, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on January 21, 2014)
4.9   Eighth Amendment to Master Indenture and Omnibus Supplement to Specified Indenture Supplements, dated as of March 11, 2014, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on March 14, 2014)
4.10   Ninth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2015, between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on November 25, 2015)
4.11   Form of Tenth Amendment to Master Indenture between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
4.12   Form of Indenture Supplement, including form of notes
4.13   Trust Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and The Bank of New York (Delaware) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333-107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))

 

     

 

  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
4.14   First Amendment to Trust Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2014, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on January 21, 2014)
4.15   Second Amendment to Trust Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on September 11, 2014)
4.16   Custody and Control Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003 by and among Deutsche Bank Trust Company of Americas, in its capacity as Custodian and in its capacity as Indenture Trustee, and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333-107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.17   Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333-107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.18   RSA Assumption Agreement and Second Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2005, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on February 11, 2005)
4.19   Third Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2006, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 21, 2006)
4.20   Fourth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2008, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on May 28, 2008)
4.21   Designation of Removed Accounts and Fifth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2008, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 30, 2008)
4.22   Designation of Removed Accounts and Sixth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2009, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on February 26, 2009)
4.23   Seventh Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, between GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on November 24, 2010)
4.24   Eighth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2012,  among GE Capital Retail Bank, RFS Holding, Inc., PLT Holding, L.L.C. and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on March 21, 2012)
4.25   Ninth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2014, among GE Capital Retail Bank, RFS Holding, Inc., PLT Holding, L.L.C. and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on March 14, 2014)
4.26   Designation of Removed Accounts and Tenth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014, between RFS Holding, L.L.C., PLT Holding, L.L.C., RFS Holding, Inc. and Synchrony Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on November 14, 2014)

 

     

 

  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
4.27   Form of Eleventh Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement between RFS Holding, L.L.C., RFS Holding, Inc. and Synchrony Bank.
4.28   Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333- 107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.29   Second Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2004, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on July 2, 2004)
4.30   Third Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2004, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on November 24, 2004)
4.31   Fourth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on September 5, 2006)
4.32   Fifth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2006, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 21, 2006)
4.33   Sixth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2008, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on May 28, 2008)
4.34   Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts and Seventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2008, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 30, 2008)
4.35   Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts and Eighth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2009, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on February 26, 2009)
4.36   Ninth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2010, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on March 31, 2010)
4.37   Tenth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2012, between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on March 21, 2012)
4.38   Form of Eleventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement between RFS Holding, L.L.C. and Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust
4.39   Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, by and among RFS Funding Trust, GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and General Electric Capital Corporation, successor to GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333-107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.40   Servicing Assumption Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2005, by GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on February 11, 2005)
4.41   First Amendment to Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2006, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and GE Money Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on May 25, 2006)

 

     

 

  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
4.42   Second Amendment to Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2007, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on June 28, 2007)
4.43   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance and Third Amendment to Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2008, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, GE Capital Retail Bank (formerly known as GE Money Bank) and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on May 28, 2008)
4.44   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of July 16, 2014, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, General Electric Capital Corporation, and SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on July 16, 2014)
4.45   Fourth Amendment to Servicing Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2014, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on July 16, 2014)
4.46   Fifth Amendment to Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2015, between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on November 25, 2015)
4.47   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of December 2, 2015, among Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, General Electric Capital LLC and SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 4, 2015)
4.48   Administration Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, among GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrator, and The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 of Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement filed on May 20, 2004 (No. 333- 107495, 333-107495-01 and 333-107495-02))
4.49   First Amendment to Administration Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2009, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and General Electric Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on May 6, 2009)
4.50   Sub-Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2014, between SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL and Synchrony Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on August 4, 2014)
4.51   Servicer Performance Guaranty, dated December 2, 2015, between SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL and General Electric Capital, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 4, 2015)
4.52   Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated December 4, 2015, between General Electric Company (as successor to General Electric Capital, LLC) and GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the current report on Form 8-K filed by Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust and RFS Holding, L.L.C. on December 4, 2015)
5.1   Opinion of Mayer Brown LLP as to legality of the notes
8.1   Opinion of Mayer Brown LLP as to certain federal tax matters concerning the notes
10.1   Form of Asset Representations Review Agreement, among Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, RFS Holding, L.L.C., Synchrony Bank, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL and Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC, as Asset Representations Reviewer

 

     

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
23.1   Consent of Mayer Brown LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
24.1   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page to the Registration Statement)*
24.2   Certified Copy of Resolutions Authorizing Power of Attorney*
25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Indenture Trustee
36.1   Form of Depositor Certification for Shelf Offerings of Asset-Backed Securities

 

* Previously filed.

 

     

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST

SERIES 20[   ]-[   ] ASSET BACKED NOTES

 

$[     ] Class A Notes

$[     ] Class B Notes

$[     ] Class C Notes

$[     ] Class D Notes

 

[FORM OF] UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[Representative]

[Address]

 

[Representative]

[Address]

 

each acting on behalf of itself and

as Representative of the several

Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto

(together, the “ Representatives ”)

 

[        ], 20[     ]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), proposes to cause Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (the “ Issuer ”) to issue $[ ] aggregate principal amount of Class A Asset Backed Notes, Series 20[   ]-[   ] (the “ Class A Notes ”), $[ ] aggregate principal amount of Class B Asset Backed Notes, Series 20[   ]-[   ] (the “ Class B Notes ”), $[ ] aggregate principal amount of Class C Asset Backed Notes, Series 20[   ]-[   ] (the “ Class C Notes ”) and $[ ] aggregate principal amount of Class D Asset Backed Notes, Series 20[   ]-[   ] (the “ Class D Notes ” and, together with the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes, the “ Notes ”). The Class A Notes[, the Class B Notes] [, the Class C Notes] [and] [the Class D Notes] that each of the Underwriters (as defined herein) agrees to purchase are referred to herein as the “ Offered Notes .” The [Class B Notes,] [the Class C Notes] [and] [the Class D Notes] will be sold pursuant to a Note Purchase Agreement, to be dated on or about [ ], 20[   ] (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), between the Company and the initial purchaser named therein. The offering of the Offered Notes by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Note Offering .” The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of RFS Holding, Inc. (“ Holding ”).

 

     

 

 

The Issuer is a Delaware statutory trust formed pursuant to (a) a Trust Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, as amended by the first amendment to trust agreement, dated as of January 21, 2014, and the second amendment to trust agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014 (as amended, the “ Trust Agreement ”), between the Company and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as owner trustee (the “ Owner Trustee ”), and (b) the filing of a certificate of trust with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 24, 2003, as amended by the filing of a certificate of amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 8, 2014. The Notes will be issued pursuant to a Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, and as amended as of February 9, 2004, June 17, 2004, August 31, 2006, June 28, 2007, May 22, 2008, August 7, 2009, January 21, 2014, March 11, 2014, November 24, 2015 and [_______], 2016 (the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Series 20[   ]-[   ] Indenture Supplement with respect to the Notes, to be dated on or about [ ], 20[   ] (the “ Indenture Supplement ” and, together with the Master Indenture, the “ Indenture ”).

 

The assets of the Issuer include, among other things, certain amounts due (the “ Receivables ”) on a pool of private label and co-branded credit card accounts of Synchrony Bank (the “ Bank ”).

 

The Receivables are transferred by the Company to the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, and as amended as of February 9, 2004, June 17, 2004, November 21, 2004, August 31, 2006, December 21, 2006, May 21, 2008, December 29, 2008, February 26, 2009, March 31, 2010, March 20, 2012 and [_______], 2016 (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), between the Company and the Issuer. The Receivables transferred to the Issuer by the Company were acquired by the Company from the Bank, PLT Holding, L.L.C. (“ PLTHL ”) and Holding pursuant to a Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, and as amended as of February 9, 2004, February 7, 2005, December 21, 2006, May 21, 2008, December 29, 2008, February 26, 2009, November 23, 2010, March 20, 2012, March 11, 2014 and [_______], 2016 (the “ Receivables Sale Agreement ”), between the Company and the Bank. PLTHL, Holding and the Bank are parties to that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2009, and as amended by the Designation of Removed Accounts and Assignment of Receivables, dated as of March 21, 2012 (the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”). Synchrony Financial (“ Synchrony ”), as servicer (the “ Servicer ”), has agreed to conduct the servicing, collection and administration of the Receivables owned by the Issuer pursuant to a Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, and as amended as of May 22, 2006, June 28, 2007, May 22, 2008, July 16, 2014 and November 24, 2015 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), between the Issuer and the Servicer (as successor to General Electric Capital Corporation pursuant to the Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of December 2, 2015, among the Issuer, General Electric Capital LLC (formerly known as General Electric Capital Corporation, “ General Electric Capital ”) and SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL. GE Capital Global Holdings, LLC (“ GE Capital Global ”) guarantees Synchrony’s obligations as Servicer pusuant to the Servicer Performance Guaranty, dated December 2, 2015 (the “ Performance Guaranty ”), among the Issuer, the Servicer and GE Capital Global, successor in interest to General Electric Company (successor to General Electric Capital).

 

Pursuant to a Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2013 (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), by and among SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL (formerly known as GE Capital Retail Finance Corporation) and Holding, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL has agreed to make capital contributions to Holding in the event that Holding is obligated to make certain payments, including payments to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, and Holding does not otherwise have funds available to make such payments.

 

  2  

 

  

SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL has agreed to provide notices and perform on behalf of the Issuer certain other administrative obligations required by the Transfer Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Master Indenture and each indenture supplement for each series of notes issued by the Issuer, pursuant to an Administration Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003 and as amended as of May 4, 2009 (the “ Administration Agreement ”), between SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL (as successor to General Electric Capital), as administrator, the Issuer and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Owner Trustee, as amended by the Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of July 16, 2014, among the Issuer, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Owner Trustee, General Electric Capital and SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL. The Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the Administration Agreement are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Transaction Documents .”

 

To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned in the Transaction Documents.

 

For purposes of this Agreement and all related documents, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP; (b) unless otherwise provided, references to any month, quarter or year refer to a calendar month, quarter or year; (c) terms defined in Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used as defined in that Article; (d) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date mean such amount at the close of business on such day; (e) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement (or such certificate or document); (f) references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made), and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (g) the term “including” means “including without limitation”; (h) references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; (i) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as from time to time amended, restated or supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms; and (j) references to any Person include that Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

  3  

 

 

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), a registration statement on Form SF-3 (having the registration number 333-206176), including a form of prospectus and such amendments thereto as may have been filed prior to the date hereof, relating to the Offered Notes and the offering thereof in accordance with Rule 415 under the Act. If any post-effective amendment to such registration statement has been filed with respect thereto, prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent such amendment has been declared effective by the Commission. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Time ” means the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, was declared effective by the Commission or the most recent effective date as of which the Prospectus (as defined below) is deemed to be part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430B under the Act, and “ Effective Date ” means the date of the Effective Time. Such registration statement, as amended at the Effective Time, including all material incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430B under the Act, is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Registration Statement .” The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission not more than three years prior to the date hereof.

 

The Company proposes to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act a prospectus included in the Registration Statement (such prospectus, in the form it appears in the Registration Statement, or in the form most recently revised and filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), together with any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, together with the information referred to under the caption “ Static Pool Information ” in the Prospectus regardless of whether it is deemed a part of the Prospectus, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ”) relating to the Offered Notes and the method of distribution thereof.

 

On [        ], 20[   ] (the date the first Contract of Sale (as defined below) was entered into as designated by the Representatives (the “ Date of Sale ”)), the Company and the Representatives entered into this Underwriting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”). The Company had previously prepared a Preliminary Prospectus dated [        ], 20[   ] with respect to such Offered Notes (together with the Permitted Additional Information (as defined herein), the “ Date of Sale Information ”). As used herein, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, with respect to any date referred to herein, the most recent preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, as applicable), which has been prepared and delivered by the Company to the Representatives in accordance with the provisions hereof that describe the Offered Notes and is filed or will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), together with the information referred to under the caption “ Static Pool Information ” therein regardless of whether it is deemed a part of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus. If, subsequent to the Date of Sale (as defined above) and prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), the Preliminary Prospectus included an untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company has prepared and delivered to the Underwriters a Corrected Prospectus (as defined below), and as a result investors in the Offered Notes elect to terminate their existing “Contracts of Sale” (within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Act) for any Offered Notes, then “Date of Sale Information” will refer to the Ratings FWP (as defined below) and the information conveyed to investors on the date of entry into the first new Contract of Sale in an amended Preliminary Prospectus approved by the Company and the Representatives that corrects such material misstatements or omissions (a “ Corrected Prospectus ”) and “Date of Sale” will refer to the date on which such new Contracts of Sale were entered into.

 

  4  

 

 

The Company and Holding hereby agree, severally and not jointly, with the underwriters for the Class A Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class A Underwriters ”)[, the underwriters for the Class B Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class B Underwriters ”)] [, the underwriters for the Class C Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class C Underwriters ”)] [and] [the underwriters for the Class D Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class D Underwriters ” and, together with the Class A Underwriters, [the Class B Underwriters,] [the Class C Underwriters,] the “ Underwriters ”) as follows:

 

1.             Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter, as of the date hereof, that:

 

(a)             (i) The conditions to the use of a registration statement on Form SF-3 under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to Form SF-3, and the conditions of Rule 415 under the Act, have been satisfied with respect to the Registration Statement. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

 

(ii)             As of the Closing Date (as such term is defined below), the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Ratings FWP (as defined below), except with respect to any modification as to which the Representatives have been notified, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representatives or their counsel before such date or, to the extent not completed on such date, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the Preliminary Prospectus that has previously been furnished to the Representatives) as the Company or Holding has advised the Representatives, before such date, will be included or made therein.

 

(iii)           (A) The Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; (B) on the date of this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, conform, and as of the time of filing the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; (C) the Registration Statement, at the Effective Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and (D) the Prospectus as of its date, and as of the time of filing pursuant to Rule 424(b), and as of the Closing Date, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to (I) that part of the Registration Statement which constitutes the Statements of Eligibility of Qualification (Form T-1) of the Indenture Trustee and (II) anything contained in or omitted from such Registration Statement or such Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which information consists of the Underwriters’ Information (as defined herein); provided , further , that this clause (a)(iii) makes no representation and warranty as to the Date of Sale Information (the Date of Sale Information being covered by clause (b) below).

 

  5  

 

  

(b)             The Date of Sale Information, as of its date and at the Date of Sale did not, and at the Closing Date will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the omission of pricing and price-dependent information, which information shall of necessity appear only in the final Prospectus); provided , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus based upon Underwriters’ Information.

 

(c)             Other than with respect to the Preliminary Prospectus , the Prospectus , the Permitted Additional Information (as defined below) and any Underwriter Additional Information (as defined in Section 8(b) ) , the Issuer (including its agents and representatives) has not made, used, authorized or approved and will not make, use, authorize or approve any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy the Offered Notes.

 

(d)             The Offered Notes will conform to the description thereof contained in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and as of the Closing Date will be duly and validly authorized and, when validly executed, countersigned, issued and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and sold to the Underwriters as provided herein, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

 

(e)             Neither the issuance nor sale of the Offered Notes nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof, will conflict with any statute, order or regulation applicable to the Company with respect to the offering of the Offered Notes by any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or with any organizational document of the Company or any instrument or any agreement under which the Company is bound or to which it is a party.

 

(f)             This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(g)             The Company was not, on the date on which the first bona fide offer of the Offered Notes sold pursuant to this Agreement was made, an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act.

 

(h)             The Company has provided a written representation (the “ 17g-5 Representation ”) to each nationally recognized statistical rating organization hired by the Company to rate the Offered Notes (collectively, the “ Hired NRSROs ”), which satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of Rule 17g-5 (“ Rule 17g-5 ”) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”). The Company has complied with the 17g-5 Representation, other than any breach of the 17g-5 Representation (a) that would not have a material adverse effect on the Notes or (b) arising from a breach by any of the Underwriters of the representation, warranty and covenant set forth in Section 4(d).

 

  6  

 

 

(i)             The Company has complied with Rule 193 of the Act in all material respects in connection with the offering of the Offered Notes.

 

(j)             Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has engaged any third-party to provide due diligence services within the meaning of Rule 17g-10(d)(1) under the Exchange Act or obtained any third-party due diligence report within the meaning of Rule 15Ga-2(d) under the Exchange Act with respect to the Receivables in connection with the issuance and offering of the Offered Notes.

 

2.             Purchase and Sale .

 

(a)             On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class A Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and each Class A Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of [●]% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of the Class A Notes, set forth opposite such Class A Underwriter’s name in the respective amounts shown on Schedule A hereto.

 

(b)             [On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class B Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and each Class B Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of [●]% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of the Class B Notes, set forth opposite such Class B Underwriter’s name in the respective amounts shown on Schedule A hereto.]

 

(c)             [On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class C Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and each Class C Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of [●]% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of the Class C Notes, set forth opposite such Class C Underwriter’s name in the respective amounts shown on Schedule A hereto.]

 

(d)             [On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class D Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and each Class D Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of [●]% of the principal amount thereof, the principal amount of the Class D Notes, set forth opposite such Class D Underwriter’s name in the respective amounts shown on Schedule A hereto.]

 

  7  

 

  

(e)             The parties hereto agree that settlement for all securities pursuant to this Agreement shall take place on the terms set forth herein and not as set forth in Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Exchange Act.

 

3.             Delivery and Payment . Delivery of and payment for the Offered Notes shall be made at the offices of Mayer Brown LLP, Chicago, Illinois, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the “Closing Date” specified in the Indenture Supplement, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company (such date and time being herein called the “ Closing Date ”). Delivery of such Offered Notes shall be made to the Underwriters against payment by the Underwriters of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer in federal or other immediately available funds or by check payable in federal funds, as the Company shall specify no later than five (5) full business days prior to such Closing Date. Unless delivery is made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Offered Notes shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Representatives may request not less than two (2) full business days in advance of the Closing Date.

 

The Company agrees to notify the Representatives at least two (2) business days before the Closing Date of the exact principal balance evidenced by the Offered Notes and to have such Offered Notes available for inspection in New York, New York, no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

 

4.             Offering by the Underwriters .

 

(a) It is understood that each Underwriter shall offer the Offered Notes for sale to the public as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(b)             Each Underwriter (severally and not jointly) represents and warrants that it has complied in all material respects, and agrees that it will comply in all material respects, with all applicable securities laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, sells or delivers the Offered Notes or distributes the Prospectus. Furthermore, such Underwriter shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with all offers, solicitations and sales of the Offered Notes and the use of Free Writing Prospectuses, including but not limited to Rules 164 and 433 under the Act.

 

(c)             Each Underwriter, severally but not jointly, represents and agrees that, (a) it has not delivered, and will not deliver without the prior written consent of the Company, any written Rating Information to a Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization and (b) it has not communicated, and will not communicate without the prior written consent of the Company, orally any Rating Information to any Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that if an Underwriter receives an oral communication from a Hired NRSRO or any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such Underwriter is authorized to inform such Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization that it will respond to the oral communication with a designated representative from the Company or refer such Hired NRSRO or other nationally recognized statistical rating organization to the Company, who may respond to the oral communication. For purposes of this paragraph, “ Rating Information ” means any information, written or oral, provided to a Hired NRSRO that could reasonably be determined to be relevant to (a) determining the initial credit rating for the Offered Notes, including information about the characteristics of the Receivables and the legal structure of the Offered Notes and (b) undertaking credit rating surveillance on the Offered Notes, including information about the characteristics and performance of the Receivables, in each case as contemplated by Rule 17g-5(a)(3)(iii)(C).

 

  8  

 

  

(d)             Representations and Warranties of the Underwriters . Each of the Underwriters represents and warrants to and agrees with the Company, as of the date hereof, that neither it nor any of its affiliates has engaged any third-party to provide due diligence services within the meaning of Rule 17g-10(d)(1) under the Exchange Act or obtained any third-party due diligence report within the meaning of Rule 15Ga-2(d) under the Exchange Act with respect to the Receivables in connection with the issuance and offering of the Offered Notes.

 

5.             Agreements . The Company agrees with each Underwriter that:

 

(a)             The Company will cause the Prospectus to be transmitted to the Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act by means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission pursuant to such rule, and prior to the termination of the Note Offering, also will advise the Representatives of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing the offer and sale of the Offered Notes.

 

(b)             If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Notes is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly will notify the Representatives of such event and prepare and file with the Commission, an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance.

 

(c)             The Company will furnish to the Representatives a copy of the related Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by the Underwriters or dealers may be required by the Act, as many copies of the Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(d)             The Company will furnish such information, execute such instruments and take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Representatives to qualify the Offered Notes for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the initial distribution of the Offered Notes; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general or unlimited service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.

 

  9  

 

  

(e)             If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (excluding fees of the Underwriters’ counsel) reasonably incurred by it in connection with qualification of the Offered Notes for sale and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives have reasonably requested pursuant to Section 5(d) , for any fees charged by investment rating agencies for the rating of the Offered Notes, and for expenses incurred in distributing the Prospectus to the Underwriters. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of default by the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase, sale and offering of the Offered Notes. Except as herein provided, the Underwriters shall be responsible for paying all costs and expenses incurred by them, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel, in connection with the purchase and sale of the Offered Notes.

 

(f)             The Company will file with the Commission any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus delivered to it by the Underwriters for filing if such filing is required by Rule 433(d) under the Act.

 

(g)             The Company will comply with the 17g-5 Representation, other than any breach of the 17g-5 Representation arising from a breach by any of the Underwriters of the representation, warranty and covenant set forth in Section 4(c) .

 

6.             Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Notes shall be subject to the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained in this Agreement, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any applicable officers’ certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and to the following additional conditions applicable to the Note Offering:

 

(a)             No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)            The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the President, any Vice President, or the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signer of such certificate has carefully examined the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party, and that, to the best of such person’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party are true and correct in all material respects, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)            The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)             the Company is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; Holding is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; PLTHL is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and each of the Company, PLTHL and Holding has full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

(ii)            the execution and delivery by each of the Bank, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, PLTHL, Holding, the Issuer and the Company (each, a “ Specified Entity ”) of this Agreement (if applicable) and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation by each of the transactions contemplated thereby, will not violate any applicable law, statute or governmental rule or regulation;

 

(iii)           the execution and delivery by each Specified Entity of this Agreement (if applicable) and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, and the consummation by each Specified Entity of the transactions contemplated thereby to occur on the date of this opinion will not, require any consent, authorization or approval of, the giving of notice to or registration with any governmental entity, except such as may have been made and such as may be required under the Federal securities laws, the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the Uniform Commercial Code of any state;

 

(iv)           the execution and delivery by each of the Company and Holding of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated thereby to occur on the date of this opinion will not, violate or contravene any term or provision of the Certificate of Formation or the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of Holding;

 

  11  

 

  

(v)             each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Trust Agreement) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, the Issuer, the Company, PLTHL and Holding that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms;

 

(vi)            each of the Notes is in due and proper form and when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the Indenture, and when delivered against payment of the consideration specified herein or in the Note Purchase Agreement, as applicable, will be validly issued and outstanding, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture;

 

(vii)           the Issuer (A) is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture will not be, required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and, as of the Closing Date, the Issuer satisfies the requirements to rely on the exemption from the definition of “investment company” provided by Section 3(c)(5)(A) under the Investment Company Act, although there may be additional exclusions or exemptions available to the Issuer and (B) is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture will not be, a “covered fund” as defined in the final regulations issued December 10, 2013, implementing the “Volcker Rule” (Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act);

 

(viii)          the Registration Statement became effective under the Act not more than three (3) years prior to the Closing Date, and the Prospectus has been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) thereunder in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted;

 

(ix)            the statements in the Prospectus under the headings [“ The Trust—Perfection and Priority of Security Interests ,” “—Conservatorship and Receivership; Bankruptcy ,” and “ ERISA Considerations ” and “ Structural Summary—ERISA Considerations ”] to the extent they constitute matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been reviewed by such counsel and are correct in all material respects;

 

(x)             the Transaction Documents and the Notes conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus;

 

(xi)            the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and complies as to form with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; and

 

  12  

 

  

(xii)             each of the Registration Statement, as of its Effective Date, and the Prospectus, as of its date, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations under the Act, except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to the financial and statistical data included therein or excluded therefrom or the exhibits to the Registration Statement and, except as, and to the extent set forth in paragraphs (ix) and (x) , such counsel need not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

 

(d)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Daniel Ro, Special Transaction Counsel for the Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)             the Bank is (A) duly organized and validly existing as a Federal savings association in good standing under the laws of the United States and (B) duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business or the ownership, lease or operation of its property requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Receivables Sale Agreement;

 

(ii)            the Bank has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement and to consummate the transactions provided for therein;

 

(iii)           the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of each of the Receivables Sale Agreement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for therein have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Bank;

 

(iv)           each of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Bank;

 

(v)            the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of each of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement and the consummation by the Bank of the transactions provided for therein, do not and will not (A) contravene, violate or constitute a default under any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Bank, (B) to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, contravene or violate any judgment, injunction, order or decree, to which the Bank or its property is subject, (C) to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Bank, except as contemplated by the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement or (D) contravene, violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement, lease, indenture, trust, deed, mortgage or other instrument of which such counsel is aware to which the Bank is a party or by which the Bank is bound.

 

  13  

 

  

(e)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Daniel Ro, Senior Counsel for SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives to the effect that:

 

(i)             SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to transact the business in which it is now engaged and to enter into and to perform all of its obligations under the Synchrony Sub-Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement in the various capacities set forth therein;

 

(ii)            the execution, delivery and performance by SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL of the Synchrony Sub-Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement and the consummation by SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL;

 

(iii)           the Synchrony Sub-Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement have been duly and validly executed and delivered by SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL; and

 

(iv)          the execution and delivery by SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL of the Synchrony Sub-Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under (A) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, (B) to such counsel’s knowledge, and without any special investigation for this purpose, any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of agreement to which SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL is a party or by which SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL is bound or (C) to such counsel’s knowledge and without any special investigation for this purpose, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL.

 

(f)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Michael Paolillo, Associate General Counsel, Securitizations, Capital Markets, GE Capital Global, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives to the effect that:

 

  14  

 

  

(i)             GE Capital Global is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to transact the business in which it is now engaged and to enter into and to perform all of its obligations under the Servicing Agreement and the Synchrony Sub-Servicing Agreement;

 

(ii)             the execution, delivery and performance by GE Capital Global of the Performance Guaranty and the consummation by GE Capital Global of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and delivered by GE Capital Global;

 

(iii)           the Performance Guaranty has been duly and validly executed and delivered by GE Capital Global;

 

(iv)           the execution and delivery by GE Capital Global of the Performance Guaranty and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under (A) the certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement of GE Capital Global, (B) to such counsel’s knowledge, and without any special investigation for this purpose, any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of agreement to which GE Capital Global is a party or by which GE Capital Global is bound or (C) to such counsel’s knowledge and without any special investigation for this purpose, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over GE Capital Global.

 

(g)            The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., counsel for the Owner Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)             the Owner Trustee is duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing as a banking corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

(ii)            the Owner Trustee has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Trust Agreement and as trustee under the Administration Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby;

 

  15  

 

 

(iii)              the Owner Trustee has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Trust Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as trustee, and the Trust Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Owner Trustee in accordance with its terms;

 

(iv)             neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee of the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, as trustee, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Owner Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation of the charter or by-laws of the Owner Trustee or of any law, governmental rule or regulation of the State of Delaware or of the federal laws of the United States governing the trust powers of the Owner Trustee; and

 

(v)             neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee of the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, as trustee, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Owner Trustee contemplated thereby, requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency under the laws of the State of Delaware or the federal laws of the United States governing the trust powers of the Owner Trustee.

 

(h)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., special Delaware counsel for the Issuer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)             the Issuer has been duly formed and is validly existing as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et seq ., and has the power and authority under the Trust Agreement and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, among the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, and the Custodian (the “ Custody and Control Agreement ”), and the Transfer Agreement;

 

(ii)            the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Notes to be issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date, and the Certificates have been duly authorized and executed by the Issuer;

 

(iii)           the Trust Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Company and the Owner Trustee, in accordance with its terms;

 

  16  

 

 

(iv)             neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Issuer of the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement or the Transfer Agreement, nor the consummation by the Issuer of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency of the State of Delaware, other than the filing of the certificate of trust with the Secretary of State;

 

(v)             neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Issuer of the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement or the Transfer Agreement, nor the consummation by the Issuer of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, is in violation of the Trust Agreement or of any law, rule or regulation of the State of Delaware applicable to the Issuer;

 

(vi)            under § 3805(b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, no creditor of any Certificateholder shall have any right to obtain possession of, or otherwise exercise legal or equitable remedies with respect to, the property of the Issuer except in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement;

 

(vii)           under § 3805(c) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement, a Certificateholder (including the Company in its capacity as such) has no interest in specific Issuer property; and

 

(viii)          under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Issuer is a separate legal entity and the Issuer rather than the Certificateholders will hold whatever title to the Issuer property as may be conveyed to it from time to time pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, except to the extent that the Issuer has taken action to dispose of or otherwise transfer or encumber any part of the Issuer property; and

 

(ix)            under § 3808(a) and (b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Issuer may not be terminated or revoked by any Certificateholder, and the dissolution, termination or bankruptcy of any Certificateholder shall not result in the termination or dissolution of the Issuer, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement.

 

(i)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP, special New York counsel for the Indenture Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

 

(i)             the Indenture Trustee is a banking corporation and trust company validly existing under the laws of the State of New York;

 

  17  

 

 

(ii)             the Indenture Trustee has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Indenture, the Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004 (the “ Omnibus Amendment ”), the Custody and Control Agreement and the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2004, the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, the Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, the Fifth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, the Sixth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2009, the Seventh Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2014, and the Eighth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2014 (collectively with the Omnibus Amendment and the Custody and Control Agreement, the “ Other Agreements ”) and to perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Other Agreements, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture and the Other Agreements;

 

(iii)             the Indenture Trustee is duly authorized and empowered to exercise trust powers under applicable law;

 

(iv)            the Indenture and the Other Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Indenture Trustee and constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Indenture Trustee, enforceable against the Indenture Trustee in accordance with their respective terms, except that certain of such obligations may be enforceable against the Collateral;

 

(v)             the Notes delivered on the date hereof have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

 

(vi)             neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Indenture Trustee of the Indenture and the Other Agreements require approval, authorization or other action by or filing with any governmental authority of the United States, or of the State of New York, having jurisdiction over the banking or trust powers of the Indenture Trustee; and

 

(vii)           the execution, delivery and performance by the Indenture Trustee of the Indenture and the Other Agreements, and the authentication of the Notes by the Indenture Trustee do not conflict with or result in a violation of (1) any law or regulation of the United States or the State of New York law governing the banking or trust powers of the Indenture Trustee, or (2) the organization certificate as amended or by-laws as amended of the Indenture Trustee.

 

(j)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives with respect to the validity of the Offered Notes and such other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

  18  

 

 

(k)             The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date (i) signed opinions of Mayer Brown LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, relating to (A) certain insolvency and bankruptcy matters and (B) federal income tax matters and (ii) a signed negative assurance letter, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, relating to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Ratings FWP (as defined below).

 

(l)             The Representatives shall have received letters, dated as of the Closing Date or such other date as may be agreed upon between the Representatives and the Company, from certified public accountants (who shall be satisfactory to the Representatives), substantially in the form previously approved by the Representatives.

 

(m)           The Offered Notes shall have received the ratings specified in the Ratings FWP (as defined below).

 

(n)             Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(o)             Subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, there shall not have been any material adverse change in the business or properties of the Company which in the Representatives’ reasonable judgment, after consultation with the Company, materially impairs the investment quality of the Offered Notes so as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of such Offered Notes as contemplated by the Prospectus.

 

7.             Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)            The Company and Holding, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (a “ Controlling Person ”) against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the Preliminary Prospectus (it being understood that such indemnification with respect to the Preliminary Prospectus does not include the omission of pricing and price-dependent information, which information shall of necessity appear only in the final Prospectus), (iii) the Prospectus or (iv) any Permitted Additional Information, or are caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and will reimburse each Underwriter and Controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such Controlling Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that (i) neither the Company nor Holding will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information (as defined below) and (ii) such indemnity with respect to any Corrected Statement (as defined below) in such Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or any Controlling Person) from whom the person asserting any loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the Offered Notes that are the subject thereof if the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in such Prospectus was corrected (a “ Corrected Statement ”) in a Corrected Prospectus and such Corrected Prospectus was furnished by the Company to such Underwriter prior to the delivery of the confirmation of the sale of such Offered Notes, but such Underwriter did not furnish such Corrected Prospectus to such investor prior to the delivery of such confirmation. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company or Holding may otherwise have.

 

  19  

 

  

(b)             Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, Holding, each of their respective directors and officers who signs the Registration Statement relating to the Offered Notes, and each person who controls the Company or Holding within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act (i) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnities from the Company and Holding to such Underwriter, but only with reference to the Underwriters’ Information; (ii) with respect to the failure on the part of such Underwriter to deliver to any investor with whom such Underwriter entered into a Contract of Sale, prior to the date such investor entered into such Contract of Sale, the Preliminary Prospectus and (iii) any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Additional Information, or are caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and will reimburse the Company, the Issuer and Holding, and each person who controls the Company, the Issuer or Holding within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided that in the case of this subclause (iii), no Underwriter will be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based on any such untrue statement of a material fact or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or any such omission or alleged omission in any Underwriter Additional Information in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Company or Holding specifically for use therein or (y) the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Company or Holding to the related Underwriter within a reasonable period of time prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Additional Information that gave rise to the related loss, claim, damage or liability. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have. Each of the Company and Holding acknowledges that the statements set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus Supplement on the line across from “Price to public,” in the table listing the Underwriters and the Principal Amount of Offered Notes under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, in the table following the [fourth] paragraph under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, in the table following the [fourth] paragraph under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, in the table listing the amount of the Underwriter’s discounts and commissions under the heading “Underwritings” in the Prospectus and in the penultimate paragraph under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (such information, the “ Underwriters’ Information ”) constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriters for inclusion in the Prospectus.

 

  20  

 

  

(c)             Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission or failure to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party under this Section 7 or otherwise, except and to the extent of any prejudice to the indemnifying party arising from such failure to provide notice. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence ( it being understood , however , that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel deemed necessary by such separate counsel, if any) approved by the indemnified party in the case of subparagraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 , representing the indemnified parties under subparagraph (a) or (b), who are parties to such action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party; and except that, if clause (i) or (iii) is applicable, such liability shall be only in respect of the counsel referred to in such clause (i) or (iii). Unless it shall assume the defense of any proceeding, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding, effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there shall be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

  21  

 

  

(d)             If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 is due in accordance with its terms but is for any reason held by a court to be unavailable from the Company, Holding or the Underwriters, on grounds of policy or otherwise, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which the Company, Holding and the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Company and Holding on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Offered Notes but also the relative fault of the Company and Holding on the one hand and of the Underwriters, on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and Holding on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Offered Notes received by the Company and Holding bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Offered Notes. The relative fault of the Company and Holding on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Permitted Additional Information or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact therein necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading relates to information supplied by the Company or Holding or by the Underwriters, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7 , no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount pursuant to this Agreement in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Offered Notes underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

  22  

 

 

(e)             The Company, Holding and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the considerations referred to above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim except where the indemnified party is required to bear such expenses pursuant to Section 7(c) ; which expenses the indemnifying party shall pay as and when incurred, at the request of the indemnified party, to the extent that the indemnifying party reasonably believes that it will be ultimately obligated to pay such expenses. In the event that any expenses so paid by the indemnifying party are subsequently determined to not be required to be borne by the indemnifying party hereunder, the party which received such payment shall promptly refund the amount so paid to the party which made such payment.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7(d) , no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 7 , each Controlling Person shall have the same rights to contribution as that Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company or Holding within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or Holding who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company or Holding shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or Holding, as applicable, subject in each case to the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph.

 

8.             Offering Communications

 

(a)             For purposes hereof, “ Free Writing Prospectus ” shall have the meaning given such term in Rule 405 under the Act. “ Permitted Additional Information ” shall mean the free writing prospectus dated May 4, 2015 with respect to the ratings on the Offered Notes (the “ Ratings FWP ”) and any information that is included in any road show presentation the Issuer, the Company or Holding has approved.

 

(b)            Other than the Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus and the Permitted Additional Information, each Underwriter represents, warrants and agrees with Holding and the Company that: (i) it has not made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to and will not make, use, prepare, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Offered Notes, including, but not limited to, any “ABS informational and computational materials” as defined in Item 1101(a) of Regulation AB under the Act; and (ii) it shall, for a period of at least three (3) years after the date hereof, maintain written and/or electronic records regarding each Contract of Sale entered into by such Underwriter, the date, identity of the investor and the terms of such Contract of Sale, as set forth in the related confirmation of trade. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that (A) the Underwriters may disseminate information on Bloomberg to prospective investors relating solely to (i) information of the type identified in Rule 134 under the Act, (ii) information included in the Preliminary Prospectus, (iii) the status of allocations and subscriptions of the Offered Notes, expected pricing parameters of the Offered Notes and the yields and weighted average lives of the Offered Notes, and (iv) information constituting final terms of the Offered Notes within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(5)(ii) under the Act (each such communication, an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”); provided , that in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), other than the final pricing terms, such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus would not be required to be filed with the Commission, and (B) each Underwriter is permitted to provide information customarily included in confirmations of sales of securities and notices of allocations and information delivered in compliance with Rule 134 under the Act (the information described in clauses (A) and (B), collectively, the “ Underwriter Additional Information ”).

 

  23  

 

  

(c)           Each Underwriter severally represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Issuer and Holding that:

 

(i) each Underwriter Additional Information prepared by it will not, as of the date such Underwriter Additional Information was conveyed or delivered to any prospective purchaser of the Offered Notes, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that no Underwriter makes such representation, warranty or agreement to the extent such misstatements or omissions were the result of any inaccurate information which was included in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Company or the Issuer expressly for use therein, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Company or the Issuer to the related Underwriter prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Additional Information;

 

(ii) each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall contain a legend substantially in the form of and in compliance with Rule 433(c)(2)(i) under the Act, and shall otherwise conform to any requirements for “free writing prospectuses” under the Act; and

 

(iii) each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date of first use and, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the related Underwriter, such delivery shall occur no later than the close of business for the Bank (Eastern Time) on the date of first use; provided , however , that if the date of first use is not a Business Day, such delivery shall occur no later than the close of business for the Bank (Eastern Time) on the first Business Day preceding such date of first use.

 

(d)           In the event that any Underwriter uses the Internet or other electronic means to offer or sell the Offered Notes, it severally represents that it has in place, and covenants that it shall maintain, internal controls and procedures which it reasonably believes to be sufficient to ensure compliance in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements under the Act.

 

  24  

 

 

9.             Agreement of each Underwriter . (a) Each Underwriter agrees that (i) if the Prospectus is not delivered with the confirmation in reliance on Rule 172 under the Act, it will include in every confirmation sent out by such Underwriter the notice required by Rule 173 under the Act informing the investor that the sale was made pursuant to the Registration Statement and that the investor may request a copy of the Prospectus from such Underwriter; (ii) if a paper copy of the Prospectus is requested by a person who receives a confirmation, such Underwriter shall deliver a printed or paper copy of such Prospectus; and (iii) if an electronic copy of the Prospectus is delivered by an Underwriter for any purpose, such copy shall be the same electronic file containing the Prospectus in the identical form transmitted electronically to such Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company specifically for use by such Underwriter pursuant to this Section 9(a) ; for example, if the Prospectus is delivered to an Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company in a single electronic file in .pdf format, then such Underwriter will deliver the electronic copy of the Prospectus in the same single electronic file in .pdf format. Each Underwriter further agrees that if it delivers to an investor the Prospectus in .pdf format, upon such Underwriter’s receipt of a request from the investor within the period for which delivery of the Prospectus is required, such Underwriter will promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the investor, without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus.

 

(b)             Prior to the Closing Date, each Underwriter shall notify Holding and the Company of (i) the date on which the Preliminary Prospectus is first used and (ii) the date of the first Contract of Sale to which such Preliminary Prospectus relates.

 

(c)             Each Underwriter represents and agrees (i) that it did not enter into any commitment to sell any Offered Notes prior to the Date of Sale, it did not enter into any Contract of Sale for any Offered Notes prior to the Date of Sale and, without limiting the foregoing, it did not enter into a Contract of Sale with an investor in the Offered Notes prior to the delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus to such investor and (ii) that it will, at any time that such Underwriter is acting as an “underwriter” (as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Act) with respect to the Offered Notes, deliver to each investor to whom Offered Notes are sold by it during the period prior to the filing of the final Prospectus (as notified to such Underwriter by the Company or by Holding), prior to the applicable date of any such Contract of Sale with respect to such investor, the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

(d)             In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each Underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of Offered Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

(i)             to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(ii)           to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

 

(iii)          in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

 

  25  

 

  

provided , that no such offer of Offered Notes shall require the Issuer, the Company or any Underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this Section 9(d) , (A) the expression an “offer of Offered Notes to the public” in relation to any Offered Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Offered Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Offered Notes, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and (B) the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

 

(e)             In the event the Company or any Underwriter becomes aware that, as of the Date of Sale, any Date of Sale Information contains or contained any untrue statement of material fact or omits or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (a “ Defective Prospectus ”), the party making such discovery shall promptly notify the other party of such untrue statement or omission no later than one Business Day after discovery and the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Underwriters a Corrected Prospectus. Each Underwriter shall deliver such Corrected Prospectus in a manner reasonably acceptable to both parties, to any Person with whom a Contract of Sale was entered into based on such Defective Prospectus, and such Underwriter shall provide any such Person with adequate disclosure of the Person’s rights under the existing Contract of Sale and a meaningful ability to elect to terminate or not terminate the prior Contract of Sale and to elect to enter into or not enter into a new Contract of Sale based on the information set forth in the Corrected Prospectus.

 

10.             Default by an Underwriter . If any Underwriter shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Offered Notes agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for the Offered Notes that the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the initial principal balance of Offered Notes that the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate principal balance of all of the Offered Notes set forth in Schedule A hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Offered Notes, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all of the Offered Notes, this Agreement will terminate without liability to the nondefaulting Underwriters or the Company. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 10 , the Closing Date for the Offered Notes shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding seven days, as the nondefaulting Underwriters shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company and to any nondefaulting Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

  26  

 

  

11.            Termination . (a) This Agreement shall be subject to termination by notice given to the Company, if the sale of the Offered Notes provided for herein is not consummated because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement. If the Underwriters terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Section 11 , the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Offered Notes.

 

(b)             The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Notes on the Closing Date shall be terminable by an Underwriter by written notice delivered by the Representatives to the Company and Holding if at any time on or before the Closing Date (a) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been declared by any of Federal or New York state authorities, (b) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices or ranges of prices, shall be established by such exchange or by order of the Commission, (c) there shall have occurred any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or other calamity or crisis, the effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make it, in the Underwriters’ reasonable judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Offered Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus. Upon such notice being given, the parties to this Agreement shall (except for the liability of the Company under Section 5(e) and Section 7 ) be released and discharged from their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

12.            Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery . The agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, Holding or their respective officers and of the Representatives set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any of the officers, directors or Controlling Persons, and will survive delivery of and payment for the related Offered Notes. The provisions of Section 7 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

13.            Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and their successors and assigns, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder or thereunder. No purchaser of any Offered Note from the Underwriters shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason of such purchase.

 

14.            APPLICABLE LAW . (a)            THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  27  

 

 

(b)            EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 17 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

(c)            BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY .

 

15.             Miscellaneous . This Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by an affirmative written agreement made by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof or thereof.

 

  28  

 

  

16.            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

17.            Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be delivered to each of them at the address first above written; or if sent to the Company, will be delivered to RFS Holding, L.L.C., 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06927, Attention: Daniel Ro, Senior Counsel.

 

18.            Non-Petition Covenant . Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Underwriters, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all obligations issued by the Issuer or any other special purpose entity formed by the Company, shall not acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company or Holding to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company or Holding under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or Holding, as applicable, or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or Holding.

 

19.            Financial Services Act . Each Underwriter represents and agrees:

 

(a)             that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Offered Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer or the Company; and

 

(b)             that it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to any Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

20.            Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Company and Holding acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)             the Underwriters have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Offered Notes and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company or Holding and the Underwriters has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are advising the Company or Holding on other matters and the Company and Holding agree that they are solely responsible for making their own judgments in connection with the offering;

 

  29  

 

  

(b)             the price of the Offered Notes set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriters and each of the Company and Holding is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)             it has been advised that the Underwriters and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and Holding and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company or Holding by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(d)             it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company or Holding in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company or Holding, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company or Holding.

 

  30  

 

  

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the undersigned a counterpart hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company, Holding and the Representatives.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  RFS HOLDING, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  S- 1  

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is

hereby confirmed and accepted

as of the date first above written.

 

[Representative],

individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

By:    

Name:

Title:

 

[Representative],

individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

By:    

Name:

Title:

 

[Representative],

individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

By:    

Name:

Title:

 

  S- 2  

 

 

Schedule A to Underwriting Agreement

 

Allocation of the Offered Notes

 

Class A Notes $[__________] aggregate principal amount

 

Class A Underwriters Principal Amount
Purchased

 

Class B Notes $[__________] aggregate principal amount

 

Class B Underwriters Principal Amount
Purchased

 

Class C Notes $[__________] aggregate principal amount

 

Class C Underwriters Principal Amount
Purchased

 

Class D Notes $[__________] aggregate principal amount

 

Class D Underwriters Principal Amount
Purchased

 

 

Schedule A

 

 

Exhibit 4.11

 

FORM OF TENTH AMENDMENT TO MASTER INDENTURE

 

This TENTH AMENDMENT TO MASTER INDENTURE, dated as of [●], 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into between: (i) Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust), a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Issuer ”); and (ii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee under the Master Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, the “ Indenture Trustee ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer are parties to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, among the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and certain other parties, the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Fifth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Sixth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2009, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Seventh Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2014, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Eighth Amendment to Master Indenture and Omnibus Supplement to Specified Indenture Supplements, dated as of March 11, 2014, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and the Ninth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2015, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”);

 

WHEREAS, this Amendment is being entered into pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of the Master Indenture, and all conditions precedent to the execution of this Amendment, as set forth in such Section 9.1(b), have been satisfied; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend to amend the Master Indenture as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.           DEFINITIONS . As used herein, (a) capitalized terms which are defined in the preamble hereto shall have the meanings as so defined and (b) capitalized terms not so defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Master Indenture, as amended hereby.

 

SECTION 2.          AMENDMENTS.

 

(a)          Section 1.1 of the Master Indenture is amended by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

 

 

 

 

60-Day Delinquent Receivables ” means, as of any date of determination, all Transferred Receivables, other than Charged-Off Receivables and Receivables in Removed Accounts, that are sixty (60) or more days delinquent as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such date, as determined in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies.

 

Asset Representations Review ” means the review of the Asset Representations Reviewer conducted pursuant to the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

Asset Representations Review Agreement ” means an agreement between the Issuer and certain other parties pursuant to which the Issuer has appointed an “asset representations reviewer” as contemplated by General Instruction I.B.1.(b) applicable to Form SF-3 Registration Statements under the Securities Act.

 

Asset Representations Reviewer ” means the Person appointed as “asset representations reviewer” pursuant to an Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

Delinquency Percentage ” means, for each Payment Date and the related preceding Monthly Period, an amount equal to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate balance of all 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Payment Date to (ii) the aggregate balance of Transferred Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Payment Date.

 

Delinquency Trigger ” means, with respect to any Payment Date and the related Monthly Period, the Delinquency Percentage for such Payment Date is greater than the Maximum Delinquency Percentage for such Payment Date.

 

Maximum Delinquency Percentage ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the lowest “Maximum Delinquency Percentage,” as specified in any Indenture Supplement.

 

Review Notice ” is defined in Section 5.18 .

 

Verified Note Owner ” means either (a) a Note Owner that has provided the Indenture Trustee with each of (i) a written certification that it is a beneficial owner of a specified Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes and (ii) a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from a broker or dealer that is acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or other similar document acceptable to the Indenture Trustee showing that such Noteholder or Note Owner is a beneficial owner of such Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes or (b) any Noteholder.

 

(b)          Section 1.1 of the Master Indenture is amended by deleting the definition of “Proceeding” in its entirety and replacing it as follows:

 

Proceeding ” means any suit in equity, action at law, arbitration, mediation or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)          Article V of the Master Indenture is amended by adding the following Section 5.18 immediately after Section 5.17:

 

Section 5.18.          Asset Representations Review .

 

(a)          Within 90 calendar days of the occurrence of the filing of a Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D reporting that a Delinquency Trigger has occurred, the Noteholders of 5% or more of the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Outstanding Notes of all Series shall be entitled to demand that the Indenture Trustee conduct a vote of all Noteholders of Outstanding Notes to determine whether to cause the Asset Representations Reviewer to conduct an Asset Representations Review.

 

(b)          Upon the direction of the requisite Noteholders set forth in Section 5.18(a) , the Indenture Trustee shall cause the Transferor to conduct a vote of all Noteholders of Outstanding Notes. Each Noteholder that elects to vote shall vote whether or not the Asset Representations Reviewer should be directed to conduct an Asset Representations Review. The vote shall remain open until the 150 th day after the filing of the Form 10-D referred to in Section 5.18(a) .

 

(c)          In the event that a Note Owner exercises its right to vote such Note Owner’s beneficial interest, the Indenture Trustee shall verify that each such Note Owner is a Verified Note Owner and shall provide such evidence to the Issuer.

 

(d)          If a majority of the Noteholders voting pursuant to Section 5.18(b) vote to cause the Asset Representations Reviewer to conduct an Asset Representations Review, the Indenture Trustee shall provide written notice (the “ Review Notice ”) to the Issuer, which shall promptly provide such Review Notice to the Transferor and the Asset Representations Reviewer. The Indenture Trustee shall cooperate with the Asset Representations Reviewer in the event that an Asset Representations Review is commenced pursuant to this Section 5.18(d) and shall provide the Asset Representations Reviewer with any documents and other information reasonably requested by the Asset Representations Reviewer in connection with the Asset Representations Review.

 

(e)          If the Asset Representations Reviewer gives notice of its intent to resign or the Issuer terminates the Asset Representations Reviewer pursuant to the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Asset Representations Reviewer for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint and designate a successor Asset Representations Reviewer in accordance with the provisions of the Asset Representations Review Agreement.

 

(d)          Article VII is hereby amended by adding the following Section 7.5 immediate after Section 7.4:

 

 

  3  

 

 

“Section 7.5.           Communications with Investors . Following receipt of a written request by the Issuer during any Monthly Period (or receipt of written notice that the Transferor has received a written request) from a Noteholder or Note Owner seeking to communicate with other Noteholders or Note Owners regarding exercising their contractual rights under the terms of the Related Documents, the Issuer shall, if applicable, notify the Transferor of any such request received by the Issuer and shall cause the Transferor or the Servicer to include in the Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D filing for the Issuer related to the Monthly Period in which such request was received: (i) the name of the Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, delivering such request, (ii) the date the request was received, (iii) a statement to the effect that the Issuer or the Transferor, as applicable, has in fact received such request from a Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, and that such Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, is interested in communicating with other Noteholders or Note Owners with regard to the possible exercise of rights under the Related Documents and (iv) a description of the method that other Noteholders or Note Owners may use to contact the requesting Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable; provided, however, that if the Issuer or Transferor receives a request from any Note Owner, the Issuer and the Transferor shall be entitled to verify that each such Note Owner is a Verified Note Owner prior to including any request from such Note Owner in any Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D.”

 

SECTION 3.           EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first set forth above; provided that (i) each of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer shall have executed and delivered a counterpart of this Amendment, (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied, and (iii) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee (x) an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that all requirements for this Amendment contained in the Master Indenture have been met and the Issuer reasonably believes that such action will not result in an Adverse Effect and (y) a Tax Opinion. The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Indenture Trustee upon satisfaction of the conditions in the preceding sentence.

 

SECTION 4.           BINDING EFFECT; RATIFICATION .

 

(a)          On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Master Indenture and (ii) each reference in the Master Indenture to “this Agreement”, “this Indenture”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other Related Document to the Master Indenture, shall mean and be a reference to the Master Indenture as amended hereby.

 

(b)          Except as expressly amended hereby, the Master Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 5.           NO RECOURSE . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Amendment is executed and delivered by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not individually or personally but solely as trustee of the Issuer, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (d) under no circumstances shall BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Amendment or any other related documents.

 

  4  

 

  

SECTION 6.           NO PETITION . The Indenture Trustee covenants that it will not directly or indirectly institute or cause to be instituted against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any Federal or state bankruptcy law unless Noteholders of not less than 66⅔% of the Outstanding Principal Balance of each Class of each Series has approved such filing and it will not directly or indirectly institute or cause to be instituted against the Transferor any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any Federal or state bankruptcy law in any instance; provided , that the foregoing shall not in anyway limit the Noteholders’ rights to pursue any other creditor rights or remedies that the Noteholders may have for claims against the Issuer.

 

SECTION 7.           MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)          THIS AMENDMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

 

(b)          Headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of this Amendment.

 

(c)          This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

* * * * * *

 

  5  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST ,
as Issuer
     
  By: BNY MELLON TRUST OF DELAWARE ,
    not in its individual capacity
    but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Issuer
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

  S- 1 Tenth Amendment to Master Indenture

 

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS ,
  not in its individual capacity, but solely as the Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

  2  

 

Exhibit 4.12

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST,

 

as Issuer

 

and

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

 

as Indenture Trustee

 

FORM OF SERIES 20[●]-[●] INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

 

Dated as of [●][●], 20[●]

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I Definitions  
     
SECTION 1.1. Definitions 1
SECTION 1.2. Incorporation of Terms 21
     
ARTICLE II Creation of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes  
     
SECTION 2.1. Designation 21
SECTION 2.2. [Transfer Restrictions Applicable to the Class [B][C][D] Notes] 22
     
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES and Covenants  
     
SECTION 3.1. Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Receivables 24
SECTION 3.2. [Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Net Derivatives Receipts] 24
SECTION 3.3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to ERISA 24
     
ARTICLE IV Rights of Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders and Allocation and Application of Collections  
     
SECTION 4.1. Determination of Interest and Principal 25
SECTION 4.2. Establishment of Accounts 27
SECTION 4.3. Calculations and Series Allocations 28
SECTION 4.4. Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal Collections 29
SECTION 4.5. Distributions 33
SECTION 4.6. Investor Charge-Offs 34
SECTION 4.7. Reallocated Principal Collections 34
SECTION 4.8. Excess Finance Charge Collections 34
SECTION 4.9. Shared Principal Collections 35
SECTION 4.10. Reserve Account 35
SECTION 4.11. Spread Account 36
SECTION 4.12. Investment of Accounts 37
SECTION 4.13. Controlled Accumulation Period 38
SECTION 4.14. [Determination of LIBOR] 38
SECTION 4.15. [Derivatives Agreements] 39
SECTION 4.16. Deposit of Collections 39
SECTION 4.17. [Cash Collateral Account] 40
SECTION 4.18. [Pre-Funding Account] 41
SECTION 4.19. [Funding Period Reserve Account] 42
     
ARTICLE V Delivery of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes; Reports to Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders  
     
SECTION 5.1. Delivery and Payment for the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes 43
SECTION 5.2. Reports and Statements to Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders 43

 

  - i  -  

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
ARTICLE VI Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Events  
     
SECTION 6.1. Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Events 43
     
ARTICLE VII Redemption of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes; Final Distributions; Series Termination  
     
SECTION 7.1. Optional Redemption of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes; Final Distributions 45
SECTION 7.2. Series Termination 47
SECTION 7.3. Sale of Collateral 47
     
ARTICLE VIII Miscellaneous Provisions  
     
SECTION 8.1. Ratification of Indenture; Amendments 47
SECTION 8.2. Form of Delivery of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes 47
SECTION 8.3. Counterparts 47
SECTION 8.4. GOVERNING LAW 47
SECTION 8.5. Limitation of Liability 49
SECTION 8.6. Rights of the Indenture Trustee 49
SECTION 8.7. Notice Address for Rating Agencies 49
SECTION 8.8. Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering Regulations 49
SECTION 8.9. Notes to be Treated as Debt for Tax 49
SECTION 8.10. Deemed Consent 49

 

EXHIBITS    
     
EXHIBIT A-1   FORM OF CLASS A NOTE
     
EXHIBIT A-2   FORM OF CLASS B NOTE
     
EXHIBIT A-3   FORM OF CLASS C NOTE
     
EXHIBIT A-4   FORM OF CLASS D NOTE
     
EXHIBIT B   FORM OF MONTHLY NOTEHOLDER’S STATEMENT

 

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE I        PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS ( With Respect to Receivables )

 

[SCHEDULE II     PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO NET DERIVATIVES RECEIPTS)]

 

  - ii  -  

 

 

SERIES 20[●]-[●] INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of [●], 20[●] (this “ Indenture Supplement ”), between SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (herein, the “ Issuer ” or the “ Trust ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity, but solely as indenture trustee (herein, together with its successors as provided in the Master Indenture referred to below, the “ Indenture Trustee ”) under the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment No.1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, among RFS Holding, L.L.C., RFS Funding Trust, the Issuer, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as trustee of RFS Funding Trust, RFS Holding, Inc. and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Fifth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Sixth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2009, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Seventh Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2014, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and as further amended by the Eighth Amendment to Master Indenture and Omnibus Supplement to Specified Indenture Supplements, dated as of March 11, 2014, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (the Indenture, together with this Indenture Supplement, the “ Agreement ”).

 

The Principal Terms of this Series are set forth in this Indenture Supplement to the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE I
Definitions

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

 

(a)          Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in Section 1.1 of the Indenture. This Indenture Supplement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of the Indenture .

 

(b)          Each capitalized term defined herein relates only to Series 20[●]-[●] and to no other Series. Whenever used in this Indenture Supplement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

Accumulation Shortfall ” means (a) for the first Payment Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, zero; and (b) thereafter, for any Payment Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for the previous Payment Date over the amount deposited into the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i) for the previous Payment Date.

 

Addition Date ” means an “Addition Date” as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Additional Interest ” means, for any Payment Date, Class A Additional Interest, Class B Additional Interest, Class C Additional Interest and Class D Additional Interest for such Payment Date.

 

[“ Adjusted Initial Collateral Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the Initial Collateral Amount, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of funds released from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to subsection 4.18(c) on or prior to such date of determination.]

 

Administration Agreement ” means the Administration Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, between the Administrator and the Issuer.

 

Administrator ” means SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, in its capacity as Administrator under the Administration Agreement or any other Person designated as an Administrator under the Administration Agreement.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble .

 

Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to any date of determination in any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

 

(a)          the numerator of which shall be equal to:

 

(i) for Principal Collections during the Revolving Period and for Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts at any time, the Collateral Amount at the end of the last day of the prior Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Monthly Period, on the Closing Date); or

 

(ii) for Principal Collections during the Early Amortization Period and the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Collateral Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period; provided , that on and after the date on which the Principal Accumulation Account Balance equals the Note Principal Balance, the numerator shall equal zero; and

 

(b)          the denominator of which shall be the greater of (x) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Monthly Period, on the Closing Date) and (y) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Collections, Principal Collections or Default Amounts, as applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the denominator determined pursuant to clause (x) of this clause (b) shall be (A) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of the current Monthly Period, to but excluding such Reset Date and (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date); and provided , further , that notwithstanding the preceding proviso, if a Reset Date occurs during any Monthly Period and the Issuer makes a single monthly deposit of Collections to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture for such Monthly Period and has not elected to make daily deposits to the Collection Account, then the denominator determined pursuant to clause (x) of this clause (b) for each day during such Monthly Period shall equal the Average Principal Balance for such Monthly Period.

 

  2  

 

 

[“ Available Cash Collateral Amount ” means with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account (before giving effect to any deposit to, or withdrawal from, the Cash Collateral Account made or to be made with respect to such date) and (b) the Required Cash Collateral Amount for such Transfer Date.]

 

Available Finance Charge Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period, (b) the Series 20[●]-[●] Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period, (c) Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds, if any, with respect to the related Transfer Date, (d) interest and earnings on funds on deposit in the Reserve Account which will be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 4.10(a), (e) amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account [and the Pre-Funding Account] which will be deposited into the Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date to be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section[s] 4.10(c) [and 4.18(b)] [and (f) any Net Derivatives Receipts for the related Transfer Date]; provided , that for purposes of the statement to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , the Servicer may estimate the amount of interest, earnings and expenses on any Series Account based on the most recent statement delivered by the related deposit bank.

 

[“ Available Funding Period Reserve Amount ” means, on any date, the amount on deposit in the Funding Period Reserve Account (after taking into account any interest and investment earnings retained in the Funding Period Reserve Account pursuant to subsection 4.19(b) on such date).]

 

Available Principal Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Investor Principal Collections for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to Section 4.7 are required to be applied on the related Payment Date, plus (c) the sum of (i) any Shared Principal Collections with respect to other Principal Sharing Series (including any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account that are allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] for application as Shared Principal Collections), (ii) the aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.4(a)(vii) , (viii) and (xi) and (iii) during an Early Amortization Period, the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections used to pay principal on the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(xiv) for the related Payment Date.

 

Available Reserve Account Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account (after taking into account any interest and earnings retained in the Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.10(a) on such date, but before giving effect to any deposit made or to be made pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(ix) to the Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Required Reserve Account Amount.

 

  3  

 

 

Available Spread Account Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Spread Account (exclusive of Investment Earnings on such date and before giving effect to any deposit to, or withdrawal from, the Spread Account made or to be made with respect to such date) and (b) the Required Spread Account Amount, in each case on such Transfer Date.

 

Average Principal Balance ” means for any Monthly Period in which a Reset Date occurs, the sum of (i) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the first day of such Monthly Period, to but excluding the related Reset Date, and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Monthly Period and (ii) for each such Reset Date, the product of the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on such Reset Date, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including such Reset Date, to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such date) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall exclude such date), and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Monthly Period.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, or in the case of the initial Monthly Period, the actual number of days and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (a) the Monthly Interest, (b) [the Net Derivatives Payments, (c)] the amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(i) and ([c] [d]) the Noteholder Servicing Fee, each with respect to the related Payment Date, and the denominator of which is the Collateral Amount plus amounts on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account, each as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

 

Benefit Plan ” means (i) an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of investment by an employee benefit plan or plan in such entity.

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York or the State of Connecticut.

 

Class A Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(a) .

 

[“ Cash Collateral Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .]

 

[“ Class A Cap Rate ” means [●]%.]

 

[“ Class A Counterparty ” means [●], or the counterparty under any interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the Class A Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

Class A Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(a) .

 

  4  

 

 

[“ Class A Derivatives Agreement ” means (a) an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class A Notes between the Trust and the Class A Counterparty dated as of the date hereof, or (b) any other interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class A Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

Class A Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(a) .

 

[“ Class A Net Derivatives Payment ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Issuer under the Class A Derivatives Agreement; provided that Class A Net Derivatives Payments do not include early termination payments or payment of breakage or other miscellaneous costs.]

 

[“ Class A Net Derivatives Receipt ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Class A Counterparty under the Class A Derivatives Agreement; provided that Class A Net Derivatives Receipts do not include early termination payments.]

 

[“ Class A Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date: (a) if there are Class A Net Derivatives Payments due on that Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Net Derivatives Payments and the Class A Monthly Interest for that Payment Date; (b) if there are Class A Net Derivatives Receipts due on that Payment Date, the result of the Class A Monthly Interest for that Payment Date, minus the Class A Net Derivatives Receipts for that Payment Date; and (c) if the Class A Derivatives Agreement has terminated for any reason, the Class A Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.]

 

Class A Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $[●].

 

“Class A Note Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of [●]% [in excess of LIBOR as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for the applicable Interest Period].

 

Class A Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class A Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class A Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

Class A Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class A Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class A Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

 

Class A Required Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amounts described in Sections 4.4(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

 

[“ Class A Swap Rate ” means [●]% per annum.]

 

Class B Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(b) .

 

[“ Class B Cap Rate ” means [●]%.]

 

  5  

 

 

[“ Class B Counterparty ” means [●], or the counterparty under any interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the Class B Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15.]

 

Class B Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b) .

 

[“ Class B Derivatives Agreement ” means (a) an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class B Notes between the Trust and the Class B Counterparty dated as of the date hereof, or (b) any other interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class B Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

Class B Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(b) .

 

[“ Class B Net Derivatives Payment ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Issuer under the Class B Derivatives; provided that Class B Net Derivatives Payments do not include early termination payments or payment of breakage or other miscellaneous costs.]

 

[“ Class B Net Derivatives Receipt ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Class B Counterparty under the Class B Derivatives Agreement; provided that Class B Net Derivatives Receipts do not include early termination payments.]

 

[“ Class B Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date (a) if there are Class B Net Derivatives Payments due on that Payment Date, the sum of the Class B Net Derivatives Payments and the Class B Monthly Interest for that Payment Date; (b) if there are Class B Net Derivatives Receipts due on that Payment Date, the result of the Class B Monthly Interest for that Payment Date, minus the Class B Net Derivatives Receipts for that Payment Date; and (c) if the Class B Derivatives Agreement has terminated for any reason, the Class B Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.]

 

Class B Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $[●].

 

Class B Note Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of [●]% [in excess of LIBOR as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for the applicable Interest Period].

 

Class B Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class B Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

Class B Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class B Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .

 

Class B Required Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amount described in Section 4.4(a)(iv) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

 

  6  

 

 

[“ Class B Swap Rate ” means [●]% per annum.]

 

Class C Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(c) .

 

[“ Class C Cap Rate ” means [●]%.]

 

[“ Class C Counterparty ” means [●], or the counterparty under any interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the Class C Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15.]

 

[“ Class C Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(c) .

 

[“ Class C Derivatives Agreement ” means (a) an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class C Notes between the Trust and the Class C Counterparty dated as of the date hereof, or (b) any other interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class C Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

Class C Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(c) .

 

[“ Class C Derivatives Agreement ” means (a) an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class C Notes between the Trust and the Class C Counterparty dated as of the date hereof, or (b) any other interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class C Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

[“ Class C Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date: (a) if there are Class C Net Derivatives Payments due on that Payment Date, the sum of the Class C Net Derivatives Payments and the Class C Monthly Interest for that Payment Date; (b) if there are Class C Net Derivatives Receipts due on that Payment Date, the result of the Class C Monthly Interest for that Payment Date, minus the Class C Net Derivatives Receipts for that Payment Date; and (c) if the Class C Derivatives Agreement has terminated for any reason, the Class C Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.]

 

Class C Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $[●].

 

“Class C Note Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of [●]% [in excess of LIBOR as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for the applicable Interest Period].

 

Class C Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class C Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

Class C Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class C Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class C Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 .

 

  7  

 

 

Class C Required Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amount described in Section 4.4(a)(v) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

 

[“ Class C Swap Rate ” means [●]% per annum.]

 

Class D Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(d) .

 

[“ Class D Cap Rate ” means [●]%.]

 

[“ Class D Counterparty ” means [●], or the counterparty under any interest rate [swap][cap][collar] with respect to the Class B Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

Class D Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(d) .

 

[“ Class D Derivatives Agreement ” means (a) an interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class D Notes between the Trust and the Class D Counterparty dated as of the date hereof, or (b) any other interest rate [swap][cap][collar] agreement with respect to the Class D Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .]

 

Class D Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(d) .

 

[“ Class D Net Derivatives Payment ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Issuer under the Class D Derivatives Agreement; provided that Class D Net Derivatives Payments do not include early termination payments or payment of breakage or other miscellaneous costs.]

 

[“ Class D Net Derivatives Receipt ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Class D Counterparty under the Class D Derivatives Agreement; provided that Class B Net Derivatives Receipts do not include early termination payments.]

 

[“ Class D Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date (a) if there are Class D Net Derivatives Payments due on that Payment Date, the sum of the Class D Net Derivatives Payments and the Class D Monthly Interest for that Payment Date; (b) if there are Class B Net Derivatives Receipts due on that Payment Date, the result of the Class D Monthly Interest for that Payment Date, minus the Class D Net Derivatives Receipts for that Payment Date; and (c) if the Class D Derivatives Agreement has been terminated for any reason, the Class D Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.]

 

Class D Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $[●].

 

“Class D Note Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of [●]%.[in excess of LIBOR as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for the applicable Interest Period].

 

Class D Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class D Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class D Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

  8  

 

 

Class D Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class D Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Class D Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 .

 

Class D Required Amount ” means with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amount described in Section 4.4(a)(vi) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

 

[“ Class D Swap Rate ” means [●]% per annum.]

 

Closing Date ” means [●], 20[●].

 

Collateral Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Initial Collateral Amount, over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of principal previously paid to the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders (other than any principal payments made from funds on deposit in the Spread Account), (ii) reductions in the Collateral Amount pursuant to Section 4.4(f) , (iii) the Principal Accumulation Account Balance [and][,] (iv) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections over the reimbursements of such amounts pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii) prior to such date [and (v) the Pre-Funded Amount on such date of determination (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Pre-Funding Account on such date of determination)].

 

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means, for any Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, $[●]; provided , however , that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length is determined to be more than or less than [●] months pursuant to Section 4.13 , the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period will be equal to (i) the initial Note Principal Balance divided by (ii) the Controlled Accumulation Period Length; provided , further , that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Payment Date shall not exceed the Note Principal Balance minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

 

Controlled Accumulation Period ” means, unless an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period commencing on the first day of the [●] Monthly Period preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date or such other date as is determined in accordance with Section 4.13 and ending on the first to occur of (a) the commencement of the Early Amortization Period and (b) the Final Payment Date.

 

Controlled Accumulation Period Length ” is defined in Section 4.13 .

 

Controlled Deposit Amount ” means, for any Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the sum of the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Payment Date and any existing Accumulation Shortfall.

 

[“ Counterparty ” means the Class A Counterparty, the Class B Counterparty, the Class C Counterparty or the Class D Counterparty.]

 

  9  

 

 

Covered Amount ” means an amount, determined as of each Transfer Date for any Interest Period, equal to the sum of:

 

(a)          product of (i) the [Class A Net Interest Obligation] [Class A Monthly Interest] and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance and the Class A Note Principal Balance, each as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class A Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date;

 

(b)          product of (i) the [Class B Net Interest Obligation] [Class B Monthly Interest] and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (x) the excess of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance over the Class A Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date and (y) the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date; and

 

(c)          product of (i) the [Class C Net Interest Obligation] [Class C Monthly Interest] and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (x) the excess of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance over the Class A Note Principal Balance and the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date and (y) the Class C Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class C Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date; and

 

(d)          product of (i) the [Class D Net Interest Obligation] [Class D Monthly Interest] and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (x) the excess of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance over the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balance, the Class B Note Principal Balance and the Class C Note Principal Balance, each as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date and (y) the Class D Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class D Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date.

 

Default Amount ” means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables (as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement), unless there is an Insolvency Event with respect to the Originator or the Transferor) in such Defaulted Account on the day it became a Defaulted Account.

 

Defaulted Account ” means an Account in which there are Charged-Off Receivables.

 

[“ Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, [●] month; provided that LIBOR for the initial Interest Period will be determined by straight-line interpolation (based on the actual number of days in the initial Interest Period) between two rates determined in accordance with the definition of LIBOR, one of which will be determined for a Designated Maturity of [●] month[s] and the other of which will be determined for a Designated Maturity of [●] months.]

 

  10  

 

 

Dilution ” means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the amount of any Transferred Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund or billing error to an accountholder, (b) because such Transferred Receivable was created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) for any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or charging off such amount as uncollectible.

 

Distribution Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

 

Early Amortization Period ” means the period commencing on the date on which a Trust Early Amortization Event or a Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur and ending on the Final Payment Date.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Excess Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Collateral Amount and (ii) the Principal Accumulation Account Balance, over (b) the Note Principal Balance.

 

Excess Spread Percentage ” means, for any Monthly Period, a percentage equal to (a) the Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the Base Rate for such Monthly Period.

 

Expected Principal Payment Date ” means the [●] 20[●] Payment Date.

 

Final Payment Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the Series Maturity Date.

 

Finance Charge Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

 

Finance Charge Shortfall ” is defined in Section 4.8 .

 

[“ Funding Period ” shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the earliest of (x) the first day on which the Collateral Amount equals the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Series 201[●]-[●] Notes, (y) the commencement of the Early Amortization Period and (z) [●] [●], 20[●].]

 

[“ Funding Period Draw Amount ” shall mean, with respect to each Transfer Date during the Funding Period and the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Funding Period Termination Payment Date, the lesser of (a) the Available Funding Period Reserve Amount and (b) the Pre-Funding Interest Amount for such Transfer Date.]

 

[“ Funding Period Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 4.19(a) .]

 

  11  

 

 

[“ Funding Period Termination Payment Date ” shall mean the first Payment Date to occur on or after the last day of the Funding Period.]

 

Group One ” means Series 20[●]-[●] and each other outstanding Series previously or hereafter specified in the related Indenture Supplement to be included in Group One.

 

Indenture ” is defined in the preamble .

 

Indenture Trustee ” is defined in the preamble .

 

Initial Collateral Amount ” means $[●], which equals the sum of (i) the Class A Note Initial Principal Balance, (ii) the Class B Note Initial Principal Balance, (iii) the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance, (iv) the Class D Note Initial Principal Balance and (v) the Initial Excess Collateral Amount.

 

Initial Excess Collateral Amount ” means $[●].

 

Interest Period ” means, for any Payment Date, the period from and including the Payment Date immediately preceding such Payment Date (or, in the case of the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date) to but excluding such Payment Date.

 

Investment Earnings ” means, for any Payment Date, all interest and earnings on Permitted Investments included in the Spread Account (net of losses and investment expenses) during the period commencing on and including the Payment Date immediately preceding such Payment Date and ending on but excluding such Payment Date.

 

Investor Charge-Offs ” is defined in Section 4.6 .

 

Investor Default Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, the sum for all Accounts that became Defaulted Accounts during such Monthly Period, of the following amount: the product of (a) the Default Amount with respect to each such Defaulted Account and (b) the Allocation Percentage on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account.

 

Investor Finance Charge Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement pursuant to Section 4.3(a) for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period.

 

Investor Principal Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, (a) during the Revolving Period, amounts deposited by the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest to the Collection Account in respect of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.3(c) , and (b) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Required Principal Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period and (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement pursuant to Section 4.3(b) for all Dates of Processing during such Monthly Period; provided , that for any Monthly Period in which the Early Amortization Period commences, the amount described in this clause (ii) shall equal the sum of (x) the lesser of (A) the aggregate amount of Principal Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement pursuant to Section 4.3(b) for all Dates of Processing during any portion of the Monthly Period preceding the date on which the Early Amortization Period commences and (B) the Required Principal Deposit Amount during the portion of such Monthly Period preceding the date on which the Early Amortization Period commences, plus (y) the aggregate amount of Principal Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement pursuant to Section 4.3(b) for all Dates of Processing during any portion of the Monthly Period on and after the commencement of the Early Amortization Period.

 

  12  

 

 

Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Series Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period (which with respect to any Monthly Period in which a Reset Date occurs during that Monthly Period will be the daily average of the Series Allocation Percentages for all dates during such Monthly Period) and (b) the aggregate Dilutions occurring during such Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to be made hereunder but has not been made, provided , that if the Free Equity Amount is greater than zero at the time the deposit referred to in clause (b) is required to be made, the Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Issuer ” is defined in the preamble.

 

[“ LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate the period of the Designated Maturity for United States dollar deposits determined by the Indenture Trustee for each Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14 .]

 

[“ LIBOR Determination Date ” means (i) [●], 20[●] for the period from and including the Closing Date through and including [●], 20[●] and (ii) the second London Business Day prior to the commencement of the second and each subsequent Interest Period.]

 

[“ London Business Day ” means any day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.]

 

Maximum Delinquency Percentage ” means, for purposes of Series 20[●]-[●], [●]%.

 

Minimum Free Equity Percentage ” means, for purposes of Series 20[●]-[●], [●]%.

 

Monthly Interest ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest, the Class C Monthly Interest and the Class D Monthly Interest for such Payment Date.

 

Monthly Period ” means, as to the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on [●], 20[●], and as to each Payment Date thereafter, the period beginning on the 22 nd day of the second preceding calendar month and ending on the 21 st day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

 

Monthly Principal ” is defined in Section 4.1(e) .

 

Monthly Principal Reallocation Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of:

 

  13  

 

 

(a)          the lesser of (i) the Class A Required Amount and (ii) [●]% of the Initial Collateral Amount minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date) and (y) any reductions to the Collateral Amount pursuant to Section 4.4(f) , but not less than zero;

 

(b)          the lesser of (i) the Class B Required Amount and (ii) [●]% of the Initial Collateral Amount minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date and as required in clause (a) above) and (y) any reductions to the Collateral Amount pursuant to Section 4.4(f) , but not less than zero;

 

(c)          the lesser of (i) the Class C Required Amount and (ii) [●]% of the Initial Collateral Amount minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date and as required in clauses (a) and (b) above) and (y) any reductions to the Collateral Amount pursuant to Section 4.4(f) , but not less than zero; and

 

(d)          the lesser of (i) the Class D Required Amount and (ii) [●]% of the Initial Collateral Amount minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date and as required in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above) and (y) any reduction to the Collateral Amount pursuant to Section 4.4(f) , but not less than zero.

 

[“ Net Derivatives Payments ” means, for any Payment Date, collectively, the Class A Net Derivatives Payment, the Class B Net Derivatives Payment, the Class C Net Derivatives Payment and the Class D Net Derivatives Payment for such Payment Date.]

 

[“ Net Derivatives Receipts ” means, for any Payment Date, collectively, the Class A Net Derivatives Receipt, the Class B Net Derivatives Receipt, the Class C Net Derivatives Receipt and the Class D Net Derivatives Receipt for such Payment Date.]

 

[“ Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Net Interest Obligation, the Class B Net Interest Obligation, the Class C Net Interest Obligation and the Class D Net Interest Obligation for such Payment Date.]

 

Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balance, the Class B Note Principal Balance, the Class C Note Principal Balance and the Class D Note Principal Balance.

 

Noteholder Servicing Fee ” means, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (b) the Collateral Amount as of the last day of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date; provided , however , that with respect to the first Transfer Date, the Noteholder Servicing Fee shall be calculated based on the Collateral Amount as of the Closing Date and shall be pro rated for the number of days in the first Monthly Period.

 

  14  

 

 

Payment Date ” means [●], 20[●] and the 15 th day of each calendar month thereafter, or if such 15 th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Portfolio Yield ” means, for any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage (based on a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, or in the case of the initial Monthly Period, the actual number of days and a 360-day year) equivalent of a fraction, (a) the numerator of which is equal to the excess of (i) the Available Finance Charge Collections (excluding any Excess Finance Charge Collections), over (ii) the Investor Default Amount and the Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is the Collateral Amount plus amounts on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account, each as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

 

[“ Pre-Funded Amount ” shall mean the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account from time to time, excluding any investment income on funds on deposit therein.]

 

[“ Pre-Funding Account ” shall mean the account established and maintained pursuant to subsection 4.18(a) .]

 

[“ Pre-Funding Interest Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date during the Funding Period, the excess, if any, of:

 

(i) the product of

 

(A) the [Net Interest Obligation][Monthly Interest],

 

multiplied by

 

(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the Pre-Funded Amount on the last day of the second preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Payment Date, the Closing Date), and the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Series 201[●]- [●] Notes on the last day of the second preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Payment Date, the Closing Date), over

 

(ii) the interest and investment earnings on Eligible Investments in the Pre-Funding Account (net of investment losses and expenses) treated as Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to subsection 4.18(b) on such Transfer Date.]

 

[“ Pre-Funding Release Notice ” is defined in subsection 4.18(c) .]

 

[“ Pre-Funding Release Period ” means the period (a) commencing on (and including) the later of (i) [●] [●], 201[●] and (ii) the first day of the “Controlled Accumulation Period” (as defined in the Series 201[●]-[●] Indenture Supplement) for the Series 201[●]-[●] Notes and (b) ending on (and including) the last day of the Funding Period.]

 

  15  

 

 

Principal Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

 

Principal Accumulation Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

 

Principal Accumulation Account Balance ” means, for any date of determination, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such date of determination.

 

Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds ” means, with respect to each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal Accumulation Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer Date; provided , that for purposes of all calculations to be made prior to the related Payment Date and the statement to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , the Servicer may estimate the amount of interest, earnings and expenses on the Principal Accumulation Account based on the most recent statement delivered by the related deposit bank.

 

Principal Shortfall ” is defined in Section 4.9 .

 

Private Note Transfer ” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

 

QIB ” means a qualified institutional buyer, within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage ” means (a) with respect to the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of (i) the Excess Spread Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to the [●] 20[●] Payment Date and (ii) the Excess Spread Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to the [●] 20[●] Payment Date and the denominator of which is two and (b) with respect to the [●] 20[●] Payment Date and each Payment Date thereafter, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the Excess Spread Percentages determined with respect to the Monthly Periods relating to such Payment Date and the immediately preceding two Payment Dates and the denominator of which is three.

 

Rating Agency ” means, as of any date and with respect to any Class of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes, the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations that have been requested by the Transferor to provide ratings of such Class and that are rating the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes on such date.

 

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] and any action (i) with respect to any Class of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes for which [●] is a Rating Agency, if any, that [●] shall have notified the Issuer in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating, if any of such Class or (ii) with respect to any outstanding Class rated by any other Rating Agency, ten (10) days’ prior written notice (or, if ten (10) days’ advance notice is impracticable, as much advance notice as is practicable) is delivered electronically to each applicable Rating Agency as provided in Section 8.7 .

 

  16  

 

 

Reallocated Principal Collections ” is defined in Section 4.7 .

 

Reassignment Amount ” means, with respect to Series 20[●]-[●], the Redemption Amount.

 

Redemption Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, after giving effect to any deposits and payments otherwise to be made on the related Payment Date, the sum of (i) the Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date, (ii) Monthly Interest for such Payment Date and any Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders, (iii) the amount of Additional Interest, if any, for the related Payment Date and any Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders on a prior Payment Date [and (iv) any amounts owing to any Counterparty pursuant to the terms of the Class A Derivatives Agreement, Class B Derivatives Agreement, Class C Derivatives Agreement or Class D Derivatives Agreement].

 

[“ Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.]

 

[“ Required Cash Collateral Amount ” means, for any date of determination, the lesser of (a) [(i) with respect to any date of determination during the Funding Period, the sum of (x) $[●]; plus (y) [●]% of the amount of funds withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to subsection 4.18(c) on or prior to such date of determination or (ii) with respect to any other date of determination,] [●]% of the Note Principal Balance; and (b) the Note Principal Balance, minus the Principal Accumulation Account Balance (after taking into account deposits to the Principal Accumulation Account on such Transfer Date and payments to be made on the related Payment Date); provided that the Transferor may reduce the Required Cash Collateral Amount at any time if the Indenture Trustee has been provided evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.]

 

[“ Required Draw Amount ” is defined in subsection 4.17(c) .]

 

[“ Required Funding Period Reserve Amount ” means (a) with respect to any day during the Monthly Period immediately preceding the [●] 201[●] Payment Date and any day during the Monthly Period immediately preceding the [●] 201[●] Payment Date, [●]; (b) with respect to any day during the Monthly Period immediately preceding the [●] 201[●] Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Pre-Funded Amount as of the end of the second Monthly Period preceding such Payment Date, (ii) the Weighted Average Fixed Rate; and (iii) 360; (c) with respect to any day during the Monthly Period immediately preceding the [●] 201[●], an amount equal to the product of (i) the Pre-Funded Amount as of the end of second Monthly Period preceding such Payment Date, (ii) the Weighted Average Fixed Rate and (iii) 360.]

 

Removal Date ” means a “Removal Date” as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement.

 

Required Deposit Amount ” means, with respect to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement, for any Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount on such Date of Processing and (b) the Required Principal Deposit Amount on such Date of Processing.

 

  17  

 

 

Required Excess Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, [●]% of the Collateral Amount; provided , that:

 

(a)          except as provided in clause (c) , the Required Excess Collateral Amount shall never be less than [●]% of the Initial Collateral Amount;

 

(b)          except as provided in clause (c) , the Required Excess Collateral Amount shall not decrease during an Early Amortization Period; and

 

(c)          the Required Excess Collateral Amount shall never be greater than the excess of the Note Principal Balance over the balance on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account.

 

Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount ” means, with respect to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement, for any Monthly Period, the sum of (a) the fees payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Trustee and the Administrator on the related Payment Date, (b) the Monthly Interest on the related Payment Date, (c) the Noteholder Servicing Fee, (d) if on such Date of Processing the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on that Date of Processing, the Investor Default Amount and (e) any amount required to be deposited in the Reserve Account and the Spread Account on the related Payment Date. To the extent any data needed to calculate the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount is not available on any Date of Processing, the Issuer shall use the corresponding data as most recently determined or other reasonable estimate of such data until the required data is available (which shall be no later than the Transfer Date in the following Monthly Period). Without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of determining the Investor Default Amount on any Date of Processing, the Investor Default Amount shall be estimated based on the assumption that the Investor Default Amount for the current Monthly Period will equal the Investor Default Amount for the prior Monthly Period multiplied by [●].

 

Required Principal Deposit Amount ” means, with respect to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to (a) during the Revolving Period, zero, (b) during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for the related Payment Date, and (c) during the Early Amortization Period, the Note Principal Balance, minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account.

 

Required Reserve Account Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount equal to (a) [●]% of the Note Principal Balance or (b) any other amount designated by the Issuer; provided , however , that if such designation is of a lesser amount, the Issuer shall (i) provide the Indenture Trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied and (ii) deliver to the Indenture Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at such time, in the reasonable belief of the Issuer, such designation will not cause an Early Amortization Event or an event that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would cause an Early Amortization Event to occur with respect to Series 20[●]-[●]; provided , further , however , that at any time during which the Controlled Accumulation Period Length is equal to one month, the Required Reserve Account Amount shall be equal to $0.00.

 

  18  

 

 

Required Spread Account Amount ” means, for the [●] 20[●] Payment Date and the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, zero, and for any Payment Date thereafter, the product of (i) the Spread Account Percentage in effect on such date and (ii) during (x) the Revolving Period, the Collateral Amount, and (y) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Collateral Amount as of the last day of the Revolving Period; provided that, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and acceleration of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes, the Required Spread Account Amount will never exceed the Class D Note Principal Balance (after taking into account any payments to be made on such Payment Date).

 

Reserve Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

 

Reserve Account Funding Date ” means the Payment Date selected by the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer which occurs not later than the earliest of the Payment Date with respect to the Monthly Period which commences [●] months prior to the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period (which commencement shall be subject to postponement pursuant to Section 4.13 ); provided , however , that if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied, the Issuer may postpone the Reserve Account Funding Date.

 

Reserve Account Surplus ” means, as of any Transfer Date following the Reserve Account Funding Date, the amount, if any, by which the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the Required Reserve Account Amount, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account to occur on or prior to the related Payment Date.

 

Reserve Draw Amount ” means, with respect to each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the first Transfer Date relating to the Early Amortization Period, the amount, if any, by which the Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds for such Payment Date are less than the Covered Amount determined as of such Transfer Date.

 

Reset Date ” means:

 

(a)          each Addition Date;

 

(b)          each Removal Date on which, if any Series of Notes has been paid in full, Principal Receivables for that Series are removed from the Trust;

 

(c)          each date on which there is an increase in the outstanding balance of any Variable Interest; and

 

(d)          each date on which a new Series or Class of Notes is issued.

 

Revolving Period ” means the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the earlier of the day the Controlled Accumulation Period commences or the day the Early Amortization Period commences.

 

  19  

 

 

Series Accounts ” means, collectively, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Accumulation Account, the Distribution Account, the Reserve Account[,] [and] and the Spread Account[,the Pre-Funding Account,][the Cash Collateral Account][,] [and] [the Funding Period Reserve Account].

 

Series Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the numerator used in determining the Allocation Percentage for Finance Charge Collections for that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used in determining the Allocation Percentage for Finance Charge Collections for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided , that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator which is equal to the sum of the numerators used in determining the Allocation Percentage for Finance Charge Collections for all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the subject Reset Date.

 

Series Maturity Date ” means, with respect to Series 20[●]-[●], the [●] 20[●] Payment Date.

 

Series Servicing Fee Percentage ” means [●]% per annum .

 

Series 20[●]-[●] ” means the Series of Notes the terms of which are specified in this Indenture Supplement.

 

Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Event ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

 

Series 20[●]-[●] Excess Finance Charge Collections ” means Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated from other Series in Group One to Series 20[●]-[●] pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Indenture.

 

Series 20[●]-[●] Note ” means a Class A Note, a Class B Note, a Class C Note or a Class D Note.

 

Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholder ” means a Class A Noteholder, a Class B Noteholder, a Class C Noteholder or a Class D Noteholder.

 

Similar Law ” means any applicable law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

Spread Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

 

Spread Account Deficiency ” means the excess, if any, of the Required Spread Account Amount over the Available Spread Account Amount.

 

  20  

 

 

Spread Account Percentage ” means, (i) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is greater than or equal to [●]%, (ii) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]%, (iii) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]%, (iv) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]%, (v) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]%, (vi) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]%, (vii) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]%, (viii) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]% and greater than or equal to [●]% and (ix) [●]% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than [●]%.

 

Surplus Collateral Amount ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of the Excess Collateral Amount over the Required Excess Collateral Amount, in each case calculated after giving effect to any deposits into the Principal Accumulation Account and payments of principal on such Payment Date, but before giving effect to any reduction in the Collateral Amount on such Payment Date pursuant to Section 4.4(f) .

 

Trust ” is defined in the preamble .

 

[“ Weighted Average Fixed Rate ” means, as of any date of determination, the weighted average of the following per annum rates: (a) [the sum of] [●]% [ plus the Class A Swap Rate], (b) [the sum of] [●]% [ plus the Class B Swap Rate], (c) [the sum of] [●]% [ plus the Class C Swap Rate] and (d) [the sum of] [●]% [ plus the Class D Swap Rate], weighted based on the initial outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, which shall equal a per annum rate of [●]%.].

 

SECTION 1.2. Incorporation of Terms . The terms of the Indenture are incorporated in this Supplement as if set forth in full herein. As supplemented by this Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and both together shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same agreement. If the terms of this Supplement and the terms of the Indenture conflict, the terms of this Supplement shall control with respect to the Series 20[●]-[●].

 

ARTICLE II
Creation of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes

 

SECTION 2.1. Designation .

 

(a)          There is hereby created and designated a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement to be known as “ Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 20[●]-[●] ” or the “ Series 20[●]-[●] Notes .” The Series 20[●]-[●] Notes shall be issued in four Classes, known as the “ Class A Series 20[●]-[●] [Fixed] [Floating] Rate Asset Backed Notes ”, the “ Class B Series 20[●]-[●] [Fixed] [Floating] Rate Asset Backed Notes ”, the “ Class C Series 20[●]-[●] [Fixed] [Floating] Rate Asset Backed Notes ” and the “ Class D Series 20[●]-[●] [Fixed] [Floating] Rate Asset Backed Notes .”

 

(b)          Series 20[●]-[●] shall be included in Group One and shall be a Principal Sharing Series. Series 20[●]-[●] shall be an Excess Allocation Series with respect to Group One only. Series 20[●]-[●] shall not be subordinated to any other Series.

 

  21  

 

 

(c)          The Series 20[●]-[●]Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $[100,000] [1,000] and in integral multiples of $[1,000][1].

 

SECTION 2.2. [ Transfer Restrictions Applicable to the Class [B][C][D] Notes ].

 

(a)          [The Class [B][C][D] Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law. None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee is obligated to register the Class [B][C][D] Notes under the Securities Act or any other securities or “blue sky” laws or to take any other action not otherwise required under this Indenture Supplement or the Trust Agreement to permit the transfer of any Class [B][C][D] Note without registration.]

 

(b)          [Until such time as any such Class of Notes has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities law, the Class [B][C][D] Notes may not be sold, transferred, assigned, participated, pledged or otherwise disposed of (any such act, a “ Private Note Transfer ”) to any Person except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2 , and any attempted Private Note Transfer in violation of this Section 2.2 will be null and void.]

 

(c)          [Each Class [B][C][D] Note will bear a legend to the effect of the following unless determined otherwise by the Administrator (as certified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate) consistent with applicable law:

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE:

 

(1)         AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICIPATED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, AND ONLY (I) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“ RULE 144A ”) TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE l44A (A “ QIB ”), PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE, OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (II) TO THE DEPOSITOR OR ITS AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES; AND

 

  22  

 

 

(2)         AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.]

 

(d)          [By acceptance of any Class [B][C][D] Note, the Class [B][C][D] Noteholder specifically agrees with and represents to the Transferor, the Issuer and the Note Registrar, that no Class [B][C][D] Note Transfer will be made unless (i) the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws have been complied with, (ii) such Private Note Transfer is to the Transferor or its Affiliates or (iii) such Private Note Transfer is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act because such Private Note Transfer is in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a transferee who the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that such Private Note Transfer, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act.]

 

(e)          [The Issuer will make available to the prospective transferor and transferee of a Class [B][C][D] Note information requested to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(4) of Rule 144A.]

 

(f)          [Each Class [B][C][D] Note will bear a legend to the effect of the following unless determined otherwise by the Administrator (as certified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate) consistent with applicable law:

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B) ABOVE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”) OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW. BENEFIT PLANS MAY NOT ACQUIRE THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME THAT THIS NOTE DOES NOT HAVE A CURRENT INVESTMENT GRADE RATING FROM A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STATISTICAL RATING ORGANIZATION.]

 

  23  

 

 

(g)          [Any Notes that were beneficially owned by the Issuer or the single beneficial owner of the Issuer for U.S. federal income a purposes as of the Closing Date, may not be transferred for U.S. federal income tax purposes to another Person (other than the single beneficial owner of the Issuer for U.S. federal income tax purpose) unless the Administrator shall cause an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel to be delivered to the Administrator and Indenture Trustee to the effect that such Notes will be treated as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, if for tax or other reasons it may be necessary to track such Notes (e.g., if the Notes have original issue discount), tracking conditions such as requiring that such Notes be in definitive registered form may be required by the Administrator as a condition to such transfer.]

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES and Covenants

 

SECTION 3.1. Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Receivables . The parties hereto agree that the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Schedule I shall be a part of this Indenture Supplement for all purposes.

 

SECTION 3.2. [Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Net Derivatives Receipts] . [The parties hereto agree that the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Schedule II shall be a part of this Indenture Supplement for all purposes.]

 

SECTION 3.3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to ERISA . By acquiring a Series 20[●]-[●] Note (or interest therein), each purchaser and subsequent transferee shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not (and for so long as it holds such Series 20[●]-[●] Note will not be), is not acting on behalf of (and for so long as it holds such Series 20[●]-[●] Note will not be acting on behalf of), and is not investing the assets of a Benefit Plan or a governmental plan, church plan or non-U.S. plan that is subject to any Similar Law or (ii) its acquisition, continued holding and disposition of such Series 20[●]-[●] Note will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any Similar Law. Benefit Plans may not acquire the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes at any time that the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes do not have a current investment grade rating from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

ARTICLE IV
Rights of Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders and Allocation and Application of Collections

 

SECTION 4.1. Determination of Interest and Principal .

 

(a)          The amount of monthly interest (“ Class A Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class A Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) [(but in the case of the initial Interest Period, [●])] and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period and (iii) the Class A Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class A Note Initial Principal Balance).

 

  24  

 

 

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class A Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class A Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date. If the Class A Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class A Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period plus [●]% per annum and (iii) such Class A Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class A Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class A Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(b)          The amount of monthly interest (“ Class B Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class B Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) [(but in the case of the initial Interest Period, [●])] and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class B Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period and (iii) the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class B Note Initial Principal Balance).

 

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class B Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class B Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class B Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date. If the Class B Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class B Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class B Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class B Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period plus [●]% per annum and (iii) such Class B Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class B Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class B Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class B Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(c)          The amount of monthly interest (“ Class C Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class C Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) [(but in the case of the initial Interest Period, [●])] and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class C Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period and (iii) the Class C Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance).

 

  25  

 

 

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class C Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class C Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(c) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class C Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date. If the Class C Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class C Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class C Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class C Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period plus [●]% per annum and (iii) such Class C Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class C Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class C Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class C Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class C Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(d)          The amount of monthly interest (“ Class D Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class D Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) [(but in the case of the initial Interest Period, [●])] and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class D Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period and (iii) the Class D Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class D Note Initial Principal Balance).

 

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class D Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class D Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(d) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class D Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date. If the Class D Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class D Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class D Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is [the actual number of days in the related Interest Period] [30]) and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class D Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period plus [●]% per annum and (iii) such Class D Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class D Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class D Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class D Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class D Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(e)          The amount of monthly principal to be transferred from the Principal Account with respect to the Notes on each Payment Date (the “ Monthly Principal ”), beginning with the Payment Date in the Monthly Period following the Monthly Period in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to the related Monthly Period, (ii) for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Payment Date, (iii) the Collateral Amount (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Payment Date pursuant to Sections 4.6 and 4.7 ) prior to any deposit into the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date and (iv) the Note Principal Balance, minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

 

  26  

 

 

SECTION 4.2. Establishment of Accounts .

 

(a)          As of the Closing Date, the Issuer covenants to have established and shall thereafter maintain the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Accumulation Account, the Distribution Account, the Reserve Account [and][,] the Spread Account [and the Cash Collateral Account], each of which shall be an Eligible Deposit Account.

 

(b)          If the depositary institution wishes to resign as depositary of any of the Series Accounts for any reason or fails to carry out the instructions of the Issuer for any reason, then the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

 

(c)          On or before the Closing Date, the Issuer shall enter into a depositary agreement to govern the Series Accounts pursuant to which such accounts are continuously identified in the depositary institution’s books and records as subject to a security interest in favor of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and, except as may be expressly provided herein to the contrary, in order to perfect the security interest of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders under the UCC, the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders shall have the power to direct disposition of the funds in the Series Accounts without further consent by the Issuer; provided , however , that prior to the delivery by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders of notice otherwise, the Issuer shall have the right to direct the disposition of funds in the Series Accounts; provided , further , that the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders agrees that it will not deliver such notice or exercise its power to direct disposition of the funds in the Series Accounts unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(d)          The Issuer shall not close any of the Series Accounts unless it shall have (i) received the prior consent of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, (ii) established a new Eligible Deposit Account with the depositary institution or with a new depositary institution satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, (iii) entered into a depositary agreement to govern such new account(s) with such new depositary institution which agreement is satisfactory in all respects to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders (whereupon such new account(s) shall become the applicable Series Account(s) for all purposes of this Indenture Supplement) and (iv) taken all such action as the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders shall reasonably require to grant and perfect a first priority security interest in such account(s) under this Indenture Supplement.

 

SECTION 4.3. Calculations and Series Allocations .

 

(a)           Allocations of Finance Charge Collections . On each Date of Processing, the Issuer shall allocate to the Noteholders of the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement an amount equal to the product of (A) the Allocation Percentage and (B) the aggregate Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing. On or prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each Transfer Date, the Issuer shall transfer from the Collection Account to the Finance Charge Account, an amount equal to the lesser of the Investor Finance Charge Collections for the preceding Monthly Period and the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount for the preceding Monthly Period.

 

  27  

 

 

(b)           Allocations of Principal Collections . On each Date of Processing, the Issuer shall allocate to the Noteholders of the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement an amount equal to the product of (A) the Allocation Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing. Principal Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement in excess of the Investor Principal Collections shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections. On or prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each Transfer Date, the Issuer shall transfer from the Collection Account to the Principal Account, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections to the extent such funds have not been deposited into the Principal Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a) or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(c)           Calculations and Additional Deposits . With respect to each Monthly Period falling in the Revolving Period, to the extent that Principal Collections allocated to the Noteholders of the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement pursuant to Section 4.3(b) are paid to the holders(s) of the Transferor Interest, the Issuer shall cause the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest to make an amount equal to the Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Transfer Date available on or prior to the related Payment Date for application in accordance with Section 4.7 . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.4(a ) of the Indenture allowing Collections for any Monthly Period in excess of the Aggregate Required Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period to be distributed to the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest, (1) “ Reallocated Principal Collections ” for the related Transfer Date shall be calculated as if the full amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement during that Monthly Period had been deposited in the Collection Account and applied as Available Finance Charge Collections on the related Payment Date in accordance with Section 4.4(a) and (2) Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement during that Monthly Period that were released to the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest pursuant to Section 8.4(a) of the Indenture shall be deemed, for purposes of all calculations under this Indenture Supplement, to have been applied as Available Finance Charge Collections to the items specified in Section 4.4(a) to which such amounts would have been applied (and in the priority in which they would have been applied) had such amounts been available in the Collection Account on the related Payment Date. To avoid doubt, the calculations referred to in clause (2) of the preceding sentence include the calculations required by clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Collateral Amount. If on any Transfer Date the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits to occur on or prior to the related Payment Date, the Issuer shall cause the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest, on or prior to the related Payment Date, to deposit into the Principal Account funds in an amount equal to the amounts of Available Finance Charge Collections that are required to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.4(a)(vii ), ( viii ) and ( xi ) but are not available from funds in the Finance Charge Account as a result of the release of Collections to the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest pursuant to Section 8.4(a) of the Indenture.

 

  28  

 

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Agreement, (i) funds required to be deposited into the Finance Charge Account or Principal Account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement that would be subsequently transferred to the Distribution Account may instead be directly deposited to the Distribution Account, and (ii) any funds required to be deposited into the Finance Charge Account or Principal Account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement that would be subsequently transferred to the Issuer or the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest shall not be required to be transferred to any Series Account and may be directly paid to the Issuer or the holder(s) of the Transferor Interest pursuant to the priority of payments set forth in this Indenture Supplement.

 

(e)           Allocations of Interchange . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.3(a) or the Indenture, Interchange for each Monthly Period shall be allocated to the Noteholders of the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement based on the daily average of the Allocation Percentages for Finance Charge Collections for all dates during such Monthly Period, and shall be deposited into the Collection Account not later 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Payment Date following the related Monthly Period.

 

SECTION 4.4. Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal Collections . On or prior to each Transfer Date or related Payment Date, as applicable, the Issuer shall withdraw, to the extent of available funds, the amount required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Accumulation Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account as follows:

 

(a)          On or prior to each Payment Date, an amount equal to the Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to the related Monthly Period will be paid or deposited in the following priority:

 

(i)          to pay, on a pari passu basis, the following amounts, to the extent allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] pursuant to Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture: (A) the payment to the Indenture Trustee of the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the Indenture Trustee up to a maximum amount of $25,000 for each calendar year, (B) the payment to the Trustee of the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the Trustee up to a maximum amount of $25,000 for each calendar year and (C) the payment to the Administrator of the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the Administrator up to a maximum amount of $25,000 for each calendar year;

 

(ii)         an amount equal to the Noteholder Servicing Fee for the related Transfer Date, plus the amount of any Noteholder Servicing Fee previously due but not paid by the Issuer on a prior Payment Date, shall be paid to the Servicer;

 

(iii)        on a pari passu basis based on the amounts owing to the Class A Noteholders [and each Class A Counterparty pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(iii] : (A) an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class A Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class A Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class A Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class A Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account [and (B) any Class A Net Derivatives Payments for such Payment Date and any unpaid Class A Net Derivatives Payments owed to the Class A Counterparty in respect of any prior Payment Date shall be paid to the Class A Counterparty];

 

  29  

 

 

(iv)        on a pari passu basis based on the amounts owing to the Class B Noteholders [and each Class B Counterparty pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(iv)] : (A) an amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class B Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class B Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class B Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account [and (B) any Class B Net Derivatives Payment for such Payment Date shall be paid to the Class B Counterparty and any unpaid Class B Net Derivatives Payments owed to the Class B Counterparty in respect of any prior Payment Date];

 

(v)         on a pari passu basis based on the amounts owing to the Class C Noteholders [and each Class C Counterparty pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(v) ]: (A) an amount equal to Class C Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class C Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class C Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class C Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class C Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account [and (B) any Class C Net Derivatives Payment for such Payment Date and any unpaid Class C Net Derivatives Payments owed to the Class C Counterparty in respect of any prior Payment Date shall be paid to the Class C Counterparty];

 

(vi)        on a pari passu basis based on the amounts owing to the Class D Noteholders [and each Class D Counterparty pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(vi) ]: (A) an amount equal to Class D Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class D Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class D Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class D Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class D Noteholders on a prior Payment Date shall be deposited into the Distribution Account [and (B) any Class D Net Derivatives Payment for such Payment Date and any unpaid Class D Net Derivatives Payments owed to the Class D Counterparty in respect of any prior Payment Date shall be paid to the Class D Counterparty];

 

(vii)       (A) first , an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount for such Payment Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date and (B) second , an amount equal to any Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Payment Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date, and any amounts treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to subclause (A) or (B) of this clause (vii) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, shall be deposited into the Principal Account on the related Payment Date;

 

(viii)      an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs and the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections which have not been previously reimbursed pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(viii) shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period, shall be deposited into the Principal Account on the related Payment Date;

 

  30  

 

 

(ix)         [(A) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash Collateral Amount over the Available Cash Collateral Amount shall be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account as provided in subsection 4.17(b) ;] [and][,] [(A)][(B)] [after making the deposit described in clause (A),] [on each Transfer Date during the Funding Period, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Funding Period Reserve Amount over the Available Funding Period Reserve Amount shall be deposited into the Funding Period Reserve Account as provided in subsection 4.19(c) ] [and [(B)][(C)]] on each Transfer Date from and after the Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to the date on which the Reserve Account terminates as described in Section 4.10(e) , an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the Available Reserve Account Amount shall be deposited into the Reserve Account;

 

(x)          an amount equal to the amounts required to be deposited in the Spread Account pursuant to Section 4.11(e) shall be deposited into the Spread Account;

 

(xi)         without duplication of the amount specified in clause (vii)(B) of this Section 4.4(a) , an amount equal to the Series Allocation Percentage (calculated by excluding all outstanding Series of Notes excluded from this calculation pursuant to the terms of the Indenture Supplement for such Series) of the excess, if any, of the Minimum Free Equity Amount over the Free Equity Amount, shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on the related Payment Date;

 

(xii)        [on a pari passu basis (A) an amount equal to any partial or early termination payments or other additional payments owed to the Class A Counterparty under the Class A Derivatives Agreement shall be paid to the Class A Counterparty, (B) an amount equal to any partial or early termination payments or other additional payments owed to the Class B Counterparty under the Class B Derivatives Agreement shall be paid to the Class B Counterparty, (C) an amount equal to any partial or early termination payments or other additional payments owed to the Class C Counterparty under the Class C Derivatives Agreement shall be paid to the Class C Counterparty and (D) an amount equal to any partial or early termination payments or other additional payments owed to the Class D Counterparty under the Class D Derivatives Agreement;]

 

(xiii)       unless an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, on a pari passu basis any amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (i) above that have been allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] pursuant to Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture and that have not been paid pursuant to clause (i) above shall be paid to such Persons; and

 

  31  

 

 

(xiv)      the balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Payment Date and will be applied in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Indenture; provided , that during an Early Amortization Period, if any such Excess Finance Charge Collections would be paid to the Transferor in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Indenture, the portion of such Excess Finance Charge Collections that would otherwise be payable to the Transferor, first shall be used to pay Monthly Principal pursuant to Section 4.4(c) to the extent not paid in full from Available Principal Collections (calculated without regard to amounts available to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to this clause (xiv) ), second , shall be used to pay on a pari passu basis any amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (i) above that have been allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] pursuant to Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture and that have not been paid pursuant to clauses (i) and (xiii) above, and, third , any amounts remaining after payment in full of the Monthly Principal and amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (i) above shall be paid to the Issuer.

 

(b)          On or prior to each Transfer Date with respect to the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and allocated in accordance with Section 8.5 of the Indenture.

 

(c)          On or prior to each Transfer Date or Payment Date, as applicable, with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period shall be paid or deposited in the following order of priority:

 

(i)          during the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the Monthly Principal for each Transfer Date shall be deposited into the Principal Accumulation Account on the related Payment Date;

 

(ii)         during the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the Monthly Principal for each Transfer Date shall be deposited into the Distribution Account on the related Payment Date and on such Payment Date shall be paid, first to the Class A Noteholders on the related Payment Date until the Class A Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero; second to the Class B Noteholders until the Class B Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero; third to the Class C Noteholders until the Class C Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero; and fourth to the Class D Noteholders until the Class D Note Principal Balance has been reduced to zero; and

 

(iii)        the balance of such Available Principal Collections remaining after application in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 8.5 of the Indenture.

 

(d)          On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay in accordance with Section 4.5 to the Class A Noteholders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(iii) on such Payment Date, to the Class B Noteholders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(iv) on such Payment Date, to the Class C Noteholders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(v) on such Payment Date and to the Class D Noteholders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vi) on such Payment Date.

 

  32  

 

 

(e)          On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Payment Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Expected Principal Payment Date, the Issuer shall withdraw from the Principal Accumulation Account and deposit into the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i) and on such Payment Date shall pay such amount first to the Class A Noteholders, until the Class A Note Principal Balance is paid in full; second to the Class B Noteholders, until the Class B Note Principal Balance is paid in full; third to the Class C Noteholders until the Class C Principal Balance is paid in full; and fourth to the Class D Noteholders until the Class D Note Principal Balance is paid in full.

 

(f)          As of any Payment Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period on which Principal Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement are treated as Shared Principal Collections, the Collateral Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount of Principal Collections allocated to the Series issued pursuant to this Indenture Supplement that are applied as Shared Principal Collections and (y) the Surplus Collateral Amount.

 

SECTION 4.5. Distributions .

 

(a)          On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class A Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class A Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class A Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

 

(b)          On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class B Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class B Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class B Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

 

(c)          On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class C Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class C Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class C Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

 

(d)          On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class D Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class D Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account (including amounts withdrawn from the Spread Account (at the times and in the amounts specified in Section 4.11 )) that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class D Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

 

(e)          The payments to be made pursuant to this Section 4.5 are subject to the provisions of Section 7.1 of this Indenture Supplement.

 

(f)          All payments to Noteholders hereunder shall be made by (i) check mailed to each Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholder (at such Noteholder’s address as it appears in the Note Register), except that for any Series 20[●]-[●] Notes registered in the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds and (ii) except as provided in Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture, without presentation or surrender of any Series 20[●]-[●] Note or the making of any notation thereon.

 

  33  

 

 

SECTION 4.6. Investor Charge-Offs . On each Determination Date, the Issuer shall calculate the Investor Default Amount and any Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for the preceding Monthly Period. If, on any Transfer Date, the sum of the Investor Default Amount and any Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections allocated with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vii) with respect to such Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of such excess (such reduction, an “ Investor Charge-Off ”).

 

SECTION 4.7. Reallocated Principal Collections . On each Transfer Date, the Issuer shall allocate Investor Principal Collections with respect to that Transfer Date, to fund any deficiency pursuant to and in the priority set forth in Sections 4.4(a)(i) , (ii) , (iii),   (iv),   (v) and (vi) on the related Payment Date (any such Investor Principal Collections so allocated, “ Reallocated Principal Collections ”); provided , that for any Monthly Period, Reallocated Principal Collections may not exceed the Monthly Principal Reallocation Amount for such Monthly Period. On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for such Transfer Date.

 

SECTION 4.8. Excess Finance Charge Collections . Series 20[●]-[●] shall be an Excess Allocation Series with respect to Group One only. Subject to Section 8.6 of the Indenture, Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to the Excess Allocation Series in Group One with respect to any Monthly Period will be allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to all the Excess Allocation Series in Group One for such Monthly Period and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 20[●]-[●] for such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Shortfalls for all the Excess Allocation Series in Group One, in each case with respect to payments to be made on or prior to the Payment Date following such Monthly Period. The “ Finance Charge Shortfall ” for Series 20[●]-[●] for any date on which Excess Finance Charge Collections are allocated pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Indenture will be equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the full amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to Sections 4.4(a)(i) through (xiii) with respect to the next following Payment Date over (b) the Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to the related Monthly Period (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Excess Finance Charge Collections).

 

  34  

 

 

SECTION 4.9. Shared Principal Collections . Subject to Section 8.5 of the Indenture, Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 20[●]-[●] with respect to any Monthly Period will be equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections with respect to all Principal Sharing Series for such Monthly Period and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall for Series 20[●]-[●] for such Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all the Series which are Principal Sharing Series, in each case with respect to payments to be made on or prior to the Payment Date following such Monthly Period. The “ Principal Shortfall ” for Series 20[●]-[●] for any date on which Shared Principal Collections are allocated pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Indenture will be equal to (a) for any allocation date with respect to the Revolving Period or any allocation date during the Early Amortization Period prior to the earlier of (i) the end of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date and (ii) the date on which all outstanding Series are in early amortization periods, zero, (b) for any allocation date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount with respect to the next following Payment Date over the amount of Available Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Shared Principal Collections or amounts available to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.4(a) ) and (c) for any allocation date on or after the earlier of (i) the end of the Monthly Period immediately preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date and (ii) the date on which all outstanding Series are in early amortization periods, the Note Principal Balance.

 

SECTION 4.10. Reserve Account .

 

(a)          On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent that the Available Reserve Account Amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount). Any remaining interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) shall be (i) deposited on or prior to the related Payment Date into the Finance Charge Account (to the extent such funds are needed for distributions pursuant to Section 4.4(a)) and (ii) included in Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly Period. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Reserve Account for any reason under this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.

 

(b)          On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period and on or before the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Issuer shall calculate the Reserve Draw Amount; provided , however , that such amount will be reduced to the extent that funds otherwise would be available for deposit in the Reserve Account under Section 4.4(a)(ix) on the following Payment Date.

 

(c)          If for any Transfer Date the Reserve Draw Amount is greater than zero, the Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Reserve Account Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on or prior to the related Payment Date by the Issuer and deposited into the Finance Charge Account for application as Available Finance Charge Collections on the following Payment Date.

 

(d)          If the Reserve Account Surplus on any Transfer Date is greater than zero, on or prior to the related Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account an amount equal to such Reserve Account Surplus and distribute any such amounts to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

 

  35  

 

 

(e)          Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of the Trust pursuant to Article VIII of the Trust Agreement, (ii) the first Transfer Date relating to the Early Amortization Period and (iii) the Expected Principal Payment Date, the Issuer, after the prior payment of all amounts owing to the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders that are payable from the Reserve Account as provided herein, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account all amounts, if any, on deposit in the Reserve Account and distribute any such amounts to the holders of the Transferor Interest. The Reserve Account shall thereafter be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.

 

SECTION 4.11. Spread Account .

 

(a)          On or before each Payment Date, if the aggregate amount of Available Finance Charge Collections available for application pursuant to Section[s] 4.4(a)[iii], [iv], [v,] [and] [(vi)] is less than the aggregate amount required to be deposited pursuant to Section[s] 4.4(a)[iii], [iv], [v,] [and] [(vi)] , the Issuer shall withdraw from the Spread Account the amount of such deficiency up to the Available Spread Account Amount and, if the Available Spread Account Amount is less than such deficiency, Investment Earnings credited to the Spread Account, and shall apply such amount in accordance with Section[s] 4.4(a)[iii][,iv][,v] [and [(vi)]] .

 

(b)          Unless an Early Amortization Event occurs, the Issuer will withdraw from the Spread Account and deposit in the Collection Account for payment to the Class [A][B][C][D] Noteholders on the Expected Principal Payment Date for the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) the amount on deposit in the Spread Account after application of any amounts set forth in clause (a) above and (ii) the [Class [A][B][C][D] Note Principal Balance] [Note Principal Balance].

 

(c)          Upon an Early Amortization Event, the amount, if any, remaining on deposit in the Spread Account, after making the payments described in clause (a) above, shall be applied to pay principal on the Class [A][B][C][D] Notes on [the earlier of] the Series Maturity Date [and the first Payment Date on which the [Class A Note Principal Balance, the Class B Note Principal Balance and the Class C Note Principal Balance] have been paid in full].

 

(d)          On any day following the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] that has resulted in the acceleration of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes, the Issuer shall withdraw from the Spread Account the Available Spread Account Amount and deposit such amount in the Distribution Account for payment to the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes in the following order of priority until all amounts owed to such Noteholders have been paid in full: (i) the Class [D] Noteholders, (ii) the Class [A] Noteholders, (iii) the Class [B] Noteholders and (iv) the Class [C] Noteholders.

 

(e)          If on any Payment Date, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the Spread Account, the Available Spread Account Amount is less than the Required Spread Account Amount then in effect, Available Finance Charge Collections shall be deposited into the Spread Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(x) up to the amount of the Spread Account Deficiency.

 

(f)          If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Spread Account with respect to any Payment Date, the amount on deposit in the Spread Account exceeds the Required Spread Account Amount, the Issuer shall withdraw an amount equal to such excess from the Spread Account and distribute such amount to the Transferor. On the date on which the [Class [A][B][C][D] Note Principal Balance] [Note Principal Balance] has been paid in full, after making any payments to the Noteholders required pursuant to Sections 4.11(a) , (b), (c) and (d) , the Issuer shall withdraw from the Spread Account all amounts then remaining in the Spread Account and pay such amounts to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

 

  36  

 

 

SECTION 4.12. Investment of Accounts . (a) Except as provided in the following sentence, to the extent there are uninvested amounts deposited in the Series Accounts, the Issuer shall cause such amounts to be invested in Permitted Investments selected by the Issuer that mature no later than the following Transfer Date. To the extent there are uninvested amounts deposited into any Series Account on a Transfer Date for distribution on the related Payment Date, the Issuer shall cause such amounts to be invested overnight in Permitted Investments described in clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” held at the Indenture Trustee or at a depository institution or trust company that has entered into an agreement with the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Custody and Control Agreement.

 

(b)          On each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period and on the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Issuer shall transfer from the Principal Accumulation Account to the Finance Charge Account the Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account for application as Available Finance Charge Collections in accordance with Section 4.4 .

 

(c)          Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds (including reinvested interest) shall not be considered part of the amounts on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.

 

(d)          On each Transfer Date (but subject to Section 4.11(a) ), the Investment Earnings, if any, credited since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in the Spread Account shall be retained in the Spread Account (to the extent that the Available Spread Account Amount is less than the Required Spread Account Amount) and, on or before the related Payment Date, the balance, if any, shall be paid to the holders of the Transferor Interest. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Spread Account for any reason under this Indenture Supplement (subject to Section 4.11(a) ), all Investment Earnings shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit; provided , that after the maturity of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes has been accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, all Investment Earnings shall be added to the balance on deposit in the Spread Account and treated like the rest of the Available Spread Account Amount.

 

SECTION 4.13. Controlled Accumulation Period . The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence on the first day of the [●] Monthly Period preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date; provided , that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length (determined as described below) on any Determination Date is less than or more than the number of months in the scheduled Controlled Accumulation Period, upon written notice to the Indenture Trustee, with a copy to each Rating Agency, the Issuer shall either postpone or accelerate, as applicable, the date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences, so that, as a result, the number of Monthly Periods in the Controlled Accumulation Period will equal the Controlled Accumulation Period Length; provided , that the length of the Controlled Accumulation Period will not be less than one month. The “ Controlled Accumulation Period Length ” will mean a number of whole months such that the amount available for payment of principal on the Notes on the Expected Principal Payment Date is expected to equal or exceed the Note Principal Balance, assuming for this purpose that (1) the payment rate with respect to Principal Collections remains constant at the lowest level of such payment rate during the twelve preceding Monthly Periods, (2) the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust (and the principal amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, if any) remains constant at the level on such date of determination, (3) no Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series will subsequently occur and (4) no additional Series (other than any Series being issued on such date of determination) will be subsequently issued. Any notice by Issuer modifying the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall specify (i) the Controlled Accumulation Period Length, (ii) the commencement date of the Controlled Accumulation Period and (iii) the Controlled Accumulation Amount with respect to each Monthly Period during the Controlled Accumulation Period.

 

  37  

 

 

SECTION 4.14. [Determination of LIBOR] .

 

(a)          [On each LIBOR Determination Date in respect of an Interest Period, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on that system, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum shown on page “LIBOR01” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the “LIBOR01” page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, the rate for that Interest Period shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for period of the Designated Maturity. The Indenture Trustee shall request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period of the Designated Maturity.]

 

(b)          [The Class A Note Interest Rate, Class B Note Interest Rate, Class C Note Interest Rate and the Class D Note Interest Rate applicable to the then current and the immediately preceding Interest Periods may be obtained by telephoning the Indenture Trustee at its corporate trust office at [(   ) ___-____] or such other telephone number as shall be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose by prior written notice by the Indenture Trustee to each Series 20[  ]-[  ] Noteholder from time to time.]

 

(c)          [On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Issuer by facsimile transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period.]

 

  38  

 

 

SECTION 4.15. [Derivatives Agreements] .

 

(a)          [On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall enter into a Class A Derivatives Agreement with the Class A Counterparty, a Class B Derivatives Agreement with the Class B Counterparty, a Class C Derivatives Agreement with the Class C Counterparty and a Class D Derivatives Agreement with the Class D Counterparty for the benefit of the Class A Noteholders, the Class B Noteholders, the Class C Noteholders and the Class D Noteholders, respectively. The aggregate notional amount under the Class A Derivatives Agreement shall, at any time, be equal to the Class A Note Principal Balance at such time. The aggregate notional amount under the Class B Derivatives Agreement shall, at any time, be equal to the Class B Note Principal Balance at such time. The aggregate notional amount under the Class C Derivatives Agreement shall, at any time, be equal to the Class C Note Principal Balance. The aggregate notional amount under the Class D Derivatives Agreement shall, at any time, be equal to the Class D Note Principal Balance. The Issuer shall cause the Class A Counterparty, the Class B Counterparty, the Class C Counterparty or the Class D Counterparty to deposit Net Derivatives Receipts payable in the Collection Account. On any Payment Date when there shall be a Class A Net Derivatives Payment, the Issuer shall pay such Class A Net Derivatives Payment subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(iii) . On any Payment Date when there shall be a Class B Net Derivatives Payment, the Issuer shall pay such Class B Net Derivatives Payment subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(iv) . On any Payment Date when there shall be a Class C Net Derivatives Payment, the Issuer shall pay such Class C Net Derivatives Payment subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(v) . On any Payment Date when there shall be a Class D Net Derivatives Payment, the Issuer shall pay such Class D Net Derivatives Payment subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(vi) . On any Payment Date when there shall be early termination payments or any other miscellaneous payments payable by the Issuer to the Counterparties, the Issuer shall pay such amounts subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(xii) .]

 

(b)          [When required under the terms of the existing Class A Derivatives Agreement, Class B Derivatives Agreement, Class C Derivatives Agreement or the Class D Derivatives Agreement, the Issuer shall obtain a replacement Class A Derivatives Agreement, Class B Derivatives Agreement, Class C Derivatives Agreement or Class D Derivatives Agreement, as applicable, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.]

 

SECTION 4.16. Deposit of Collections . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, for any Monthly Period during which the Issuer is permitted to make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture for such Monthly Period, the Issuer need not make the daily deposits of Collections into the Collection Account as provided in Section 8.4 of the Indenture, but may make a single deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the related Payment Date.

 

  39  

 

 

SECTION 4.17. [ Cash Collateral Account] .

 

(a)          [On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $[●] in immediately available funds into the Cash Collateral Account.] [On each day on which funds are released from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to subsection 4.18(d) , funds so released, to the extent available for such purpose, shall be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account up to an amount equal to the amount by which the Required Cash Collateral Amount exceeds the Available Cash Collateral Amount on such date of determination.] In addition, if on any Transfer Date, the Available Cash Collateral Amount is less than the Required Cash Collateral Amount then in effect, Available Finance Charge Collections, to the extent available for such purpose, shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to S ection 4.4(a)(ix) up to an amount equal to the amount by which the Required Cash Collateral Amount exceeds the Available Cash Collateral Amount.

 

(b)          On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account shall be retained in the Cash Collateral Account (to the extent that the Available Cash Collateral Account Amount is less than the Required Cash Collateral Account Amount) and the balance, if any, shall be deposited into the Finance Charge Account and included in Available Finance Charge Collections for such Transfer Date. For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Cash Collateral Account for any reason under this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, interest and earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.

 

(c)          On each Determination Date, Servicer shall calculate the amount (the “ Required Draw Amount ”) by which the sum of the amounts required to be distributed pursuant to subsections 4.4(a)[(i)] through [ (vi)] with respect to the related Transfer Date exceeds the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to the related Monthly Period. If the Required Draw Amount for any Transfer Date is greater than zero, Issuer shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee of such positive Required Draw Amount. On the related Transfer Date, the Required Draw Amount, if any, up to the Available Cash Collateral Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account and distributed to fund any deficiency pursuant to Sections 4.4(a)[(i)] through [ (vi)] (in the order of priority set forth in subsection 4.4(a) ).

 

(d)          [On [(i)] any Transfer Date [and (ii) the last day of the Funding Period, if after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Collateral Account on such date,] the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account exceeds the Required Cash Collateral Amount, the Indenture Trustee, shall withdraw an amount equal to such excess from the Cash Collateral Account and (i) deposit such amounts in the Spread Account, to the extent that funds on deposit in the Spread Account are less than the Required Spread Account Amount and (ii) distribute such amounts remaining after application pursuant to subsection 4.11(c) to the Transferor.]

 

SECTION 4.18. [ Pre-Funding Account] .

 

(a)          [The Indenture Trustee shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trust, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Series 201[●] Noteholders, a segregated trust account (the “ Pre-Funding Account ”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 201[●] Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Pre-Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Pre-Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 201[●] Noteholders.

 

  40  

 

 

(b)          [The Transferor shall deposit a portion of the cash proceeds of the sale of the Series 20[●] Notes in an amount equal to $[●] into the Pre-Funding Account on the Closing Date. On each Transfer Date during the Funding Period and on the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Funding Period Termination Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Servicer, shall withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account and deposit into the Finance Charge Account all interest and earnings earned during the preceding Monthly Period (net of losses and investment expenses for the preceding Monthly Period) and shall treat such amount as Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly Period; provided that in the case of the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Funding Period Termination Payment Date, all interest and earnings, net of losses and investment expenses, for the period beginning on the first day of the preceding Monthly Period and ending on such Transfer Date, shall be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections for the Monthly Period preceding the Funding Period Termination Payment Date.]

 

(c)          [On any Business Day during the Pre-Funding Release Period, the Transferor (or the Servicer on behalf of the Transferor) may request funds to be released from the Pre-Funding Account by delivery of a certificate (a “ Pre-Funding Release Notice ”) to the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee, pursuant to directions contained in the Pre-Funding Release Notice, shall apply funds released from the Pre-Funding Account in the following order of priority: (a) [to deposit into the Cash Collateral Account an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Cash Collateral Amount (calculated after giving effect to the increase in the Collateral Amount resulting from such release) over the Available Cash Collateral Amount, (b)] to deposit into the Funding Period Reserve Account an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Funding Period Reserve Amount over the Available Funding Period Reserve Amount and [(b)] [(c)] any remaining amount shall be released to the Transferor.]

 

(d)          [On the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Funding Period Termination Payment Date, the Pre-Funded Amount (determined after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Pre-Funding Account in accordance with subsection 4.18(c) ) shall be withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and transferred to the Distribution Account. On the Funding Period Termination Date, amounts deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be distributed to the Class A Noteholders, the Class B Noteholders, the Class C Noteholders and the Class D Noteholders pro rata , based on the initial principal amounts of the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes respectively. The Pre-Funding Account shall thereafter be automatically terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.]

 

SECTION 4.19. [ Funding Period Reserve Account] .

 

(a)          [The Indenture Trustee shall establish and maintain a segregated trust account (the “ Funding Period Reserve Account ”), which shall be an Eligible Deposit Account, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Funding Period Reserve Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Indenture Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall make withdrawals from the Funding Period Reserve Account from time to time, in the amounts and for the purposes set forth in this Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate records reflecting each transaction in the Funding Period Reserve Account.]

 

  41  

 

 

(b)          [On the Closing Date, Transferor shall deposit $[●] in immediately available funds into the Funding Period Reserve Account. On each day on which funds are released from the Pre-Funding Account pursuant to subsection 4.18(c) , funds so released[, to the extent available for such purpose after making any required deposit to the Cash Collateral Account on such day,] shall be deposited into the Funding Period Reserve Account in accordance with subsection 4.18(c) . In addition, if on any Transfer Date, after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Funding Period Reserve Account on such Transfer Date, the Available Funding Period Reserve Amount is less than the Required Funding Period Reserve Amount then in effect, Available Finance Charge Collections, to the extent available for such purpose, shall be deposited in the Funding Period Reserve Account pursuant to subsection 4.4(a)(ix ) up to an amount equal to the amount by which the Required Funding Period Reserve Amount exceeds the Available Funding Period Reserve Amount.]

 

(c)          [On each Determination Date preceding a Transfer Date during the Funding Period and on the Determination Date preceding the Transfer Date that is immediately preceding the Funding Period Termination Date, Servicer shall calculate the Funding Period Draw Amount for the related Transfer Date and shall give written notice thereof to the Indenture Trustee on such Determination Date. On the related Transfer Date, the Indenture Trustee shall transfer an amount equal to the Funding Period Draw Amount from the Funding Period Reserve Account to the Finance Charge Account and such amount shall be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections for such Transfer Date.]

 

(d)          [On the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Funding Period Termination Payment Date, all amounts in the Funding Period Reserve Account (determined after giving effect to any withdrawal from the Funding Period Reserve Account in accordance with subsection 4.19(c) ) shall be withdrawn from the Funding Period Reserve Account and transferred to the Finance Charge Account and shall be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections. The Funding Period Reserve Account shall thereafter be automatically terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.]

 

ARTICLE V
Delivery of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes;
Reports to Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders

 

SECTION 5.1. Delivery and Payment for the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes .

 

The Issuer shall execute and issue, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate, the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes to or upon the written order of the Issuer when so authenticated.

 

  42  

 

 

SECTION 5.2. Reports and Statements to Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders .

 

(a)          Not later than the second Business Day preceding each Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B prepared by the Servicer; provided, that the Issuer may amend the form of Exhibit B from time to time, with the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee.

 

(b)          A copy of each statement or certificate provided pursuant to Section 5.2(a) may be obtained by any Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholder by a request in writing to the Issuer.

 

(c)          On or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with January 31, 20[●], the Issuer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholder the information for the preceding calendar year, or the applicable portion thereof during which the Person was a Noteholder, as is required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code to the holders of the Issuer’s indebtedness and such other customary information as is necessary to enable such Noteholder to prepare its federal income tax returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Issuer shall, to the extent required by applicable law, from time to time furnish to the appropriate Persons, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the end of the period required by applicable law, the information required to complete a Form 1099-INT.

 

ARTICLE VI
Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Events

 

SECTION 6.1. Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Events . If any one of the following events shall occur with respect to the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes:

 

(a)          (i) failure on the part of Transferor to make any payment or deposit required to be made by it by the terms of the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Transfer Agreement on or before the date occurring five (5) Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made therein or herein or (ii) failure of the Transferor duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of its covenants or agreements set forth in the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Transfer Agreement which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders and which continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes;

 

(b)          any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the Transfer Agreement or the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement or any information contained in an account schedule required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.6(c) of the Transfer Agreement, Trust Agreement or the Bank Receivables Sale Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes and as a result of which the interests of the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders are materially and adversely affected for such period; provided , however , that a Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Transferred Receivable, or all of such Transferred Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Transfer Agreement or the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement;

 

  43  

 

 

(c)          a failure by Transferor under the Transfer Agreement to convey Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts (as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement) or Participation Interests to the Trust when it is required to convey such Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6(a) of the Transfer Agreement;

 

(d)          any Servicer Default or any Indenture Servicer Default shall occur;

 

(e)          (i) the average of the Portfolio Yields for the two Monthly Periods immediately preceding the [●] 20[●] Payment Date is less than the average of the Base Rates for the same Monthly Periods, or (ii) beginning with the three consecutive Monthly Periods immediately preceding the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, the average of the Portfolio Yields for three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than the average of the Base Rates for the same Monthly Periods (for the avoidance of doubt, the Monthly Period preceding the [●] 20[●] Payment Date shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the three-month average Portfolio Yield and Base Rate under this clause (e)(ii));

 

(f)          the Note Principal Balance shall not be paid in full on the Expected Principal Payment Date; or

 

(g)          [the Class A Counterparty, the Class B Counterparty, the Class C Counterparty or the Class D Counterparty shall fail to pay any net amount payable by such Counterparty under the Class A Derivatives Agreement, Class B Derivatives Agreement, the Class C Derivatives Agreement or the Class D Derivatives Agreement, as applicable, [as a result of LIBOR being greater than the [Class A Swap Rate][Class A Cap Rate], the [Class B Swap Rate][Class B Cap Rate], the [Class C Swap Rate][Class C Cap Rate] or the [Class D Swap Rate][Class D Cap Rate], as applicable,] and such failure is not cured within five Business Days;]

 

(h)          [the Class A Derivatives Agreement shall terminate prior to the earlier of the payment in full of the Class A Notes and the Series Maturity Date if the Issuer shall fail to enter into a replacement Class A Derivatives Agreement or other interest rate hedging arrangement in accordance with Section 4.15(b) within five Business Days; the Class B Derivatives Agreement shall terminate prior to the earlier of the payment in full of the Class B Notes and the Series Maturity Date if the Issuer shall fail to enter into a replacement Class B Derivatives Agreement or other interest rate hedging arrangement in accordance with Section 4.15(b) within five Business Days; the Class C Derivatives Agreement shall terminate prior to the earlier of the payment in full of the Class C Notes and the Series Maturity Date if the Issuer shall fail to enter into a replacement Class C Derivatives Agreement or other interest rate hedging arrangement in accordance with Section 4.15(b) within five Business Days; and the Class D Derivatives Agreement shall terminate prior to the earlier of the payment in full of the Class D Notes and the Series Maturity Date if the Issuer shall fail to enter into a replacement Class D Derivatives Agreement or other interest rate hedging arrangement in accordance with Section 4.15(b) within five Business Days; or]

 

  44  

 

 

(i)          without limiting the foregoing, the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] and acceleration of the maturity of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture;

 

then, in the case of any event described in subsection (a) , (b) or (d) , after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, either the Indenture Trustee or the holders of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes by notice then given in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders) may declare that a “Series Early Amortization Event” with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] (a “ Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Event ”) has occurred as of the date of such notice, and, in the case of any event described in subsection (c), (e), (f) [, (g), (h) or (i)] [or (g)] a Series 20[●]-[●] Early Amortization Event shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

 

ARTICLE VII
Redemption of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes; Final Distributions; Series Termination

 

SECTION 7.1. Optional Redemption of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes; Final Distributions .

 

(a)          On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes is reduced to 10% or less of the initial outstanding principal balance of Series 20[●]-[●] Notes, Transferor has the option pursuant to the Trust Agreement to reduce the Collateral Amount to zero by paying a purchase price equal to the greater of (x) the Collateral Amount, plus the applicable Allocation Percentage of outstanding Finance Charge Receivables and (y) a minimum amount equal to (i) if such day is a Payment Date, the Redemption Amount for such Payment Date or (ii) if such day is not a Payment Date, the Redemption Amount for the Payment Date following such day. If Transferor exercises such option, Issuer will apply such purchase price to repay the Notes in full as specified below.

 

(b)          Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the date on which Transferor intends to exercise such optional redemption. Not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such day Transferor shall deposit into the Distribution Account in immediately available funds the excess of the Redemption Amount over the amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account. Such redemption option is subject to payment in full of the Redemption Amount. Following such deposit into the Distribution Account in accordance with the foregoing, the Collateral Amount for Series 20[●]-[●] shall be reduced to zero and the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders shall have no further security interest in the Transferred Receivables. The Redemption Amount shall be paid as set forth in Section 7.1(d) .

 

(c)          (i) The amount to be paid by the Transferor with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] in connection with a reassignment of Transferred Receivables to the Transferor pursuant to Section 6.1(f) of the Transfer Agreement shall not be less than the Redemption Amount for the first Payment Date following the Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises under the Transfer Agreement.

 

  45  

 

 

(ii)         The amount to be paid by the Issuer with respect to Series 20[●]-[●] in connection with a repurchase of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Trust Agreement shall not be less than the Redemption Amount for the Payment Date of such repurchase.

 

(d)          With respect to (i) the Redemption Amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to this Section 7.1 or (ii) the proceeds of any sale of Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture with respect to Series 20[●]-[●], the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with the written direction of the Issuer, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the related Payment Date, make payments of the following amounts (in the priority set forth below and, in each case, after giving effect to any deposits and payments otherwise to be made on such date) in immediately available funds: (i) (x) the Class A Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class A Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class A Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class A Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class A Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class A Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class A Noteholders, (ii) (x) the Class B Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class B Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class B Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class B Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class B Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class B Noteholders, (iii) (x) the Class C Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class C Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class C Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class C Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class C Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class C Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class C Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class C Noteholders, (iv) (x) the Class D Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class D Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class D Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class D Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class D Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class D Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class D Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class D Noteholders, (v) [on a pari passu basis, (A) any amounts owed to the Counterparty under the Class A Derivatives Agreement will be paid to the Class A Counterparty, (B) any amounts owed to the Class B Counterparty under the Class B Derivatives Agreement will be paid to the Class B Counterparty, (C) any amounts owed to the Class Counterparty under the Class C Derivatives Agreement will be paid to the Class C Counterparty and (D) any amounts owed by the Class D Counterparty under the Class D Derivatives Agreement will be paid to the Class D Counterparty and (vi) any excess shall be released to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 7.2. Series Termination .

 

On the Series Maturity Date, the unpaid principal amount of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes shall be due and payable.

 

  46  

 

 

SECTION 7.3. Sale of Collateral .

 

If the Indenture Trustee exercises its right to sell any portion of the Collateral in accordance with Section 5.16 of the Indenture upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Series 20[●]-[●], SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL shall have a right of first refusal to purchase any portion of the Collateral for which the Indenture Trustee has received a bona fide offer from a third-party that is not an affiliate of the Transferor at a price equal to the highest price bid for such Collateral by such third-party bidder.

 

ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 8.1. Ratification of Indenture; Amendments . As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. This Indenture Supplement may be amended only by a Supplemental Indenture entered in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1 or 9.2 of the Indenture. For purposes of the application of Section 9.2 to any amendment of this Indenture Supplement, the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders shall be the only Noteholders whose vote shall be required.

 

SECTION 8.2. Form of Delivery of the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes . The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and shall be delivered as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.3. Counterparts . This Indenture Supplement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 8.4. GOVERNING LAW . (a) THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939, AS AMENDED, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED THEREBY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH.

 

  47  

 

 

(b)          EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED , FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE NOTES, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 8.5. Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding any other provision herein or elsewhere, this Indenture Supplement has been executed and delivered by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the representations, warranties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under any other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Trust, and for all purposes of this Indenture Supplement and each other document, the Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

  48  

 

 

SECTION 8.6. Rights of the Indenture Trustee . The Indenture Trustee shall have herein the same rights, protections, indemnities and immunities as specified in the Master Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.7. Notice Address for Rating Agencies . Delivery of any notices required to be delivered to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee shall be sufficient for the purposes of this Indenture Supplement and the other Related Documents if sent to such mailing addresses or such email addresses as may be provided by the Rating Agencies.

 

SECTION 8.8. Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering Regulations . In order to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, the Indenture Trustee is required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Indenture Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties hereto agrees to provide to the Indenture Trustee upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Indenture Trustee to comply with applicable law.

 

SECTION 8.9. Notes to be Treated as Debt for Tax . It is the intent of the parties hereto that, for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes shall be treated as debt and a person purchasing such Notes agrees to treat such Notes as debt for such purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing and the Indenture, no party is bound to treat any Notes beneficially owned during any period of time either by the Issuer or the single beneficial owner of the Issuer for U.S. federal income tax purposes as debt for the purposes described it the preceding sentence.

 

SECTION 8.10. Deemed Consent . The Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders will be deemed to have consented to any amendment to any Related Document that changes the definition of “Rating Agency Condition” in such Related Document to match the definition of “Rating Agency Condition” in this Indenture Supplement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

  49  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By: BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

   

Indenture Supplement

Series 2015-2

 

  S- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CLASS A SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS A NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS A NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 1 )  

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B) ABOVE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”) OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW. BENEFIT PLANS MAY NOT ACQUIRE THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME THAT THIS NOTE DOES NOT HAVE A CURRENT INVESTMENT GRADE RATING FROM A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STATISTICAL RATING ORGANIZATION.

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 2 )  

 

 

REGISTERED $[●]
No. R-   CUSIP NO. [●]

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

CLASS A SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED][FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuer” or the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to [●], or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of [●] DOLLARS , or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class A Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the [●] 20[●] Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [of twelve 30-day months] [(and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days)]. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 3 )  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A Note to be duly executed.

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By: BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware , not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
Dated:                               ,          

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 4 )  

 

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class A Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 5 )  

 

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

CLASS A SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

 

This Class A Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 20[●]-[●] (the “ Series 20[●]-[●] Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of [●], 20[●] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

 

The Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

 

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

 

THIS CLASS A NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, SYNCHRONY BANK, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY. THIS CLASS A NOTE IS LIMITED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO CERTAIN COLLECTIONS OF THE RECEIVABLES (AND CERTAIN OTHER COLLATERAL) ALLOCATED TO THE SERIES 20[●]-[●] NOTES, ALL AS MORE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREINABOVE AND IN THE MASTER INDENTURE AND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 6 )  

 

 

THIS CLASS A NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 7 )  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                   

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:        **
  Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 
** The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-1 (Page 8 )  

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF CLASS B SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE:

 

(1) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICIPATED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, AND ONLY (I) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE l44A (A “QIB”), PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE, OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (II) TO THE DEPOSITOR OR ITS AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES; AND

 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.]

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 1 )  

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS B NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS B NOTES (OTHER THAN A NOTE BENEFICIALLY OWNED DURING ANY PERIOD OF TIME EITHER BY THE ISSUER OR THE SINGLE BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES) AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B) ABOVE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”) OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW. BENEFIT PLANS MAY NOT ACQUIRE THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME THAT THIS NOTE DOES NOT HAVE A CURRENT INVESTMENT GRADE RATING FROM A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STATISTICAL RATING ORGANIZATION.

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 2 )  

 

 

REGISTERED $[●]
No. R-   CUSIP NO. [●]

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

CLASS B SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuer” or the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to [●], or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of [●] DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class B Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the [●] 20[●] Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [of twelve 30-day months] [(and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days)]. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

 

THIS CLASS B NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A NOTES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 3 )  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class B Note to be duly executed.

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By: BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
Dated:                          ,             

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 4 )  

 

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class B Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 5 )  

 

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

CLASS B SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

 

This Class B Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 20[●]-[●] (the “ Series 20[●]-[●] Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of [●], 20[●] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

 

The Class A Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

 

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

 

THIS CLASS B NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, SYNCHRONY BANK, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY. THIS CLASS B NOTE IS LIMITED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO CERTAIN COLLECTIONS OF THE RECEIVABLES (AND CERTAIN OTHER COLLATERAL) ALLOCATED TO THE SERIES 20[●]-[●] NOTES, ALL AS MORE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREINABOVE AND IN THE MASTER INDENTURE AND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class B Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 6 )  

 

 

THIS CLASS B NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 7 )  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                                

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:       **
    Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

** The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-2 (Page 8 )  

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF CLASS C SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE:

 

(1) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICIPATED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, AND ONLY (I) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE l44A (A “QIB”), PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE, OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (II) TO THE DEPOSITOR OR ITS AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES; AND

 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.]

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 1 )  

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS C NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS C NOTES (OTHER THAN A NOTE BENEFICIALLY OWNED DURING ANY PERIOD OF TIME EITHER BY THE ISSUER OR THE SINGLE BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES) AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B) ABOVE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”) OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW. BENEFIT PLANS MAY NOT ACQUIRE THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME THAT THIS NOTE DOES NOT HAVE A CURRENT INVESTMENT GRADE RATING FROM A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STATISTICAL RATING ORGANIZATION.

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 2 )  

 

 

REGISTERED $62,500,000
No. R-   CUSIP NO. [●]

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

CLASS C SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuer” or the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to [●], or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of [●] DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class C Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the [●] 20[●] Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [of twelve 30-day months] [(and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days)]. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

 

THIS CLASS C NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A NOTES AND CLASS B NOTES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 3 )  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class C Note to be duly executed.

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By: BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
Dated:                                   ,                 

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 4 )  

 

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class C Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 5 )  

 

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

CLASS C SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

 

This Class C Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 20[●]-[●] (the “ Series 20[●]-[●] Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of [●], 20[●] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

 

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

 

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

 

THIS CLASS C NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, SYNCHRONY BANK, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY. THIS CLASS C NOTE IS LIMITED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO CERTAIN COLLECTIONS OF THE RECEIVABLES (AND CERTAIN OTHER COLLATERAL) ALLOCATED TO THE SERIES 20[●]-[●] NOTES, ALL AS MORE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREINABOVE AND IN THE MASTER INDENTURE AND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class C Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 6 )  

 

 

THIS CLASS C NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 7 )  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                               

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:       **
      Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

** The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-3 (Page 8 )  

 

 

EXHIBIT A-4

FORM OF CLASS D SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE:

 

(1) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRANSFEROR THAT THIS NOTE MAY BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PARTICIPATED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, AND ONLY (I) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE l44A (A “QIB”), PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE, PLEDGE, OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, OR (II) TO THE DEPOSITOR OR ITS AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES; AND

 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.]

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 1 )  

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS D NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS D NOTES (OTHER THAN A NOTE BENEFICIALLY OWNED DURING ANY PERIOD OF TIME EITHER BY THE ISSUER OR THE SINGLE BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES) AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B) ABOVE (EACH, A “BENEFIT PLAN”) OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”) OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SIMILAR LAW. BENEFIT PLANS MAY NOT ACQUIRE THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME THAT THIS NOTE DOES NOT HAVE A CURRENT INVESTMENT GRADE RATING FROM A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STATISTICAL RATING ORGANIZATION.

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 2 )  

 

 

REGISTERED $[●]
No. R-   CUSIP NO. [●]

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

 

CLASS D SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

 

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ” or the “ Trust ”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to [●], or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of [●] DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the [●] 20[●] Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture. The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class D Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the [●] 20[●] Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [and the actual number of days elapsed] [of twelve 30-day months] [(and in the case of the initial interest period, for a period of [●] days)]. Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

 

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

 

THIS CLASS D NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A NOTES, CLASS B NOTES AND CLASS C NOTES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 3 )  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class D Note to be duly executed.

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By: BNY MELLON TRUST OF DELAWARE not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
Dated:                              ,                

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 4 )  

 

 

INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Class D Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee
     
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 5 )  

 

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 20[●]-[●]

 

CLASS D SERIES 20[●]-[●] [FIXED] [FLOATING] RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

 

This Class D Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 20[●]-[●] (the “ Series 20[●]-[●] Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement, dated as of [●], 20[●] (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

 

The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

 

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

 

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

 

THIS CLASS D NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, SYNCHRONY BANK, SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY. THIS CLASS D NOTE IS LIMITED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO CERTAIN COLLECTIONS OF THE RECEIVABLES (AND CERTAIN OTHER COLLATERAL) ALLOCATED TO THE SERIES 20[●]-[●] NOTES, ALL AS MORE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREINABOVE AND IN THE MASTER INDENTURE AND INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

 

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class D Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 6 )  

 

 

THIS CLASS D NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 7 )  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                             

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:       **
      Signature Guaranteed:  

 

 

** The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

  Exhibit A-4 (Page 8 )  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF MONTHLY NOTEHOLDER’S STATEMENT

 

Monthly Noteholder’s Statement

Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

Series 20[●]-[●]

Class A [[●]%] [Floating Rate] Notes

Class B [[●]%] [Floating Rate] Notes

Class C [[●]%] [Floating Rate] Notes

Class D [[●]%] [Floating Rate] Notes

 

Pursuant to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Indenture ”) between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (the “ Issuer ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Series 20[●]-[●] Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), dated as of [●], 20[●], between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer is required to prepare, or cause the Servicer to prepare, certain information each month regarding current distributions to the Series 20[●]-[●] Noteholders and the performance of the Trust during the previous month. The information required to be prepared with respect to the Payment Date of [●], 20[●], and with respect to the performance of the Trust during the Monthly Period ended [●], 20[●] is set forth below. Capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement. The Discount Percentage (as defined in the Transfer Agreement) remains at 0% for all the Receivables in the Trust until otherwise indicated. The undersigned, an Authorized Officer of the Servicer, does hereby certify as follows:

 

 

Record Date: [●], 20[●]
Monthly Period Beginning: [●], 20[●]
Monthly Period Ending: [●], 20[●]
Previous Payment Date: [●], 20[●]
Payment Date: [●], 20[●]
Interest Period Beginning: [●], 20[●]
Interest Period Ending: [●], 20[●]
Days in Monthly Period: [●]
Days in Interest Period: [●]
Is there a Reset Date? [No][Yes]

 

I. Trust Receivables Information
a. Number of Accounts Beginning
b. Number of Accounts Ending
c. Average Account Balance (q/b)
d. BOP Principal Receivables

 

  Exhibit B (Page 1 )  

 

 

e. BOP Finance Charge Receivables
f. BOP Total Receivables

g. Increase in Principal Receivables from Additional Accounts
h. Increase in Principal Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
i. Increase in Finance Charge Receivables from Additional Accounts
j. Increase in Finance Charge Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
k. Increase in Total Receivables
l. Decrease in Principal Receivables due to Account Removal
m. Decrease in Principal Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
n. Decrease in Finance Charge Receivables due to Account Removal
o. Decrease in Finance Charge Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts
p. Decrease in Total Receivables

q. EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables
r. EOP Finance Charge Receivables
s. EOP Total Receivables
t. Excess Funding Account Balance

u. Required Principal Balance
v. Minimum Free Equity Amount (EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables * [●]%)
w. Free Equity Amount (EOP Principal Receivables - EOP Collateral Amount (II.d.ii+II.a.ii+II.b.ii+II.b.iii))

 

II. Investor Information (Sum of all Series, excluding new issuances and additional draws subsequent to end of the Monthly Period)

 

a. Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Increase in Note Principal Balance due to New Issuance / Additional draws
iii. Decrease in Note Principal Balance due to Principal Paid and Notes Retired
iv. As of Payment Date

 

b. Excess Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Change to Excess Collateral Amount in connection with the Supplemental Indenture
iii. Increase in Excess Collateral Amount due to New Issuance
iv. Reductions in Required Excess Collateral Amount

 

  Exhibit B (Page 2 )  

 

 

v. Increase in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off
vi. Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off
vii. Increase in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections
viii. Decrease in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections
ix. As of Payment Date

 

c. Principal Accumulation Account Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Controlled Deposit Amount
iii. Withdrawal for Principal Payment
iv. As of Payment Date

 

d. Collateral Amount
i. End of Prior Monthly Period
ii. Beginning of Interest Period (a.i + b.i)
iii. As of Payment Date

 

III. Trust Performance Data (Monthly Period)
a. Gross Trust Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries / BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average

 

b. Payment Rate (Principal Collections / BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average

 

c. Gross Charge-Off Rate excluding Fraud (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts – Fraud Amount / BOP Principal Receivables)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average

 

d. Gross Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts / BOP Principal Receivables)

 

e. Net Charge-Off Rate excluding Fraud (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts – Recoveries – Fraud Amount / BOP Principal Receivables
i. Current

 

  Exhibit B (Page 3 )  

 

 

ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average

 

f. Net Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts – Recoveries / BOP Principal Receivables)

 

g. Trust excess spread percentage ((FC Coll – Charged-Off Rec – Monthly Interest +/- Net Derivatives Receipts/Payments – Monthly Servicing Fee) / BOP Principal Receivables)

 

h. Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts

 

i. Recovery Amount

 

j. Collections
i. Total Trust Finance Charge Collections
ii. Total Trust Principal Collections
iii. Total Trust Collections

 

  k. Delinquency Data   Percentage   Total Receivables
i. 1-29 Days Delinquent
ii. 30-59 Days Delinquent
iii. 60-89 Days Delinquent
iv. 90-119 Days Delinquent
v. 120-149 Days Delinquent
vi. 150-179 Days Delinquent
vii. 180 or Greater Days Delinquent

 

IV. Series Performance Data
a. Portfolio Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries – Aggregate Investor Default Amount + PAA Inv Proceeds / BOP Collateral)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average

 

b. Base Rate (Noteholder Servicing Fee + Admin Fee + Monthly Interest / + Net Derivatives Payments – Net Derivatives Receipts / BOP Collateral)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period
iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Three-Month Average

 

c. Excess Spread Percentage (Portfolio Yield – Base Rate)
i. Current
ii. Prior Monthly Period

 

  Exhibit B (Page 4 )  

 

 

iii. Two Months Prior Monthly Period
iv. Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage

 

V. Investor Information Regarding Distributions to Noteholders

 

a. The total amount of the distribution to Class A Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

b. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of interest on the Class A Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

c. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of principal on the Class A Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

d. The total amount of the distribution to Class B Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

e. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph d. above in respect of interest on the Class B Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

f. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph d. above in respect of principal on the Class B Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

g. The total amount of the distribution to Class C Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

h. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph g. above in respect of interest on the Class C Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

i. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph g. above in respect of principal on the Class C Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

j. The total amount of the distribution to Class D Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

k. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph j. above in respect of interest on the Class D Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

l. The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph j. above in respect of principal on the Class D Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

VI. Investor Information

 

a. Class A Note Initial Principal Balance

 

  Exhibit B (Page 5 )  

 

 

b. Class B Note Initial Principal Balance
c. Class C Note Initial Principal Balance
d. Class D Note Initial Principal Balance
e. Initial Excess Collateral Amount
f. Initial Collateral Amount

 

g. Class A Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date

 

h. Class B Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date

 

i. Class C Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date

 

j. Class D Note Principal Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Principal Payment
iii. As of Payment Date

 

k. Excess Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Increase in Excess Collateral Amount in connection with the Supplemental Indenture
iii. Reduction in Excess Collateral Amount
iv. As of Payment Date

 

l. Collateral Amount
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Increase in Excess Collateral Amount in connection with the Supplemental Indenture
iii. Increase/Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
iv. Increase/Decrease in Reallocated Principal Collections
v. Reduction in Excess Collateral Amount
vi. Principal Accumulation Account Deposit
vii. As of Payment Date
viii. Collateral Amount as a Percentage of Note Trust Principal Balance
ix. Amount by which Note Principal Balance exceeds Collateral Amount

 

m. Required Excess Collateral Amount

 

  Exhibit B (Page 6 )  

 

 

VII. Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections
(Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

a. Beginning Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
b. Current Unreimbursed Investor Defaults
c. Current Unreimbursed Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount
d. Current Reimbursement of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii)
e. Ending Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs
f. Beginning Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections
g. Current Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.7
h. Current Reimbursement of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii)
i. Ending Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

VIII. Investor Percentages –BOP Balance and Series Account Information

 

a. Allocation Percentage Numerator – for Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts
b. Allocation Percentage Numerator – for Principal Collections
c. Allocation Percentage Denominator
i. Aggregate Principal Receivables Balance as of Prior Monthly Period
ii. Number of Days at Balance
iii. Weighted Average Principal Balance
d. Sum of Allocation Percentage Numerators for all outstanding Series with respect to Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts
e. Sum of Allocation Percentage Numerators for all outstanding Series with respect to Principal Collections
f. Average Daily Allocation Percentage, Finance Charge Collections and Default Amount (a./greater of c.iii. or d.)
g. Average Daily Allocation Percentage, Principal Collections (b./ greater of c.iii. or e.)
h. Series Allocation Percentage

 

IX. Collections and Allocations
    Trust   Series
a. Finance Charge Collections
b. Recoveries
c. Principal Collections
d. Default Amount
e. Dilution
f. Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount

 

  Exhibit B (Page 7 )  

 

 

g. Dilution including Fraud Amount
h. Available Finance Charge Collections
i. Investor Finance Charge Collections
ii. Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to Series 20[●]-[●]
iii. Principal Accumulation Account Investment Proceeds
iv. Investment earnings in the Reserve Account
v. Reserve Account Draw Amount
vi. Net Derivatives Receipts
vii. Recoveries
i. Available Finance Charge Collections (Sum of h.i through h.vii)
j. Total Collections (c. Series + i.)
k. Total Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection Account (net of any amounts distributed to Transferor and owed to Servicer)

 

X. Application of Available Funds pursuant to Section 4.4(a) of the Indenture Supplement

 

a. Available Finance Charge Collections
i. On a pari passu basis:
a. Payment to the Indenture Trustee, to a maximum of $25,000
b. Payment to the Trustee, to a maximum of $25,000
c. Payment to the Administrator, to a maximum of $25,000

 

ii. To the Servicer:
a. Noteholder Servicing Fee
b. Noteholder Servicing Fee previously due but not paid
c. Total Noteholder Servicing Fee

 

iii. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class A Monthly Interest
b. Class A Deficiency Amount
c. Class A Additional Interest
d. Class A Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

iv. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class B Monthly Interest
b. Class B Deficiency Amount
c. Class B Additional Interest
d. Class B Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

  Exhibit B (Page 8 )  

 

 

v. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class C Monthly Interest
b. Class C Deficiency Amount
c. Class C Additional Interest
d. Class C Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

vi. On a pari passu basis:
a. Class D Monthly Interest
b. Class D Deficiency Amount
c. Class D Additional Interest
d. Class D Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

vii. To be treated as Available Principal Collections
a. Aggregate Investor Default Amount
b. Aggregate Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount

 

viii. To be treated as Available Principal Collections, to the extent not previously reimbursed
a. Investor Charge-offs
b. Reallocated Principal Collections

 

ix. Excess of Required Reserve Account Amount Over Available Reserve Account Amount

 

x. Amounts required to be deposited to the Spread Account or Reserve Account

 

xi. To be treated as Available Principal Collections: Series Allocation Percentage of Minimum Free Equity Shortfall

 

xii. Unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred, amounts that have not been paid pursuant to (a)(i) above

 

xiii. The balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Payment Date and first will be available for allocation to other Series in Group One and, then:
a. Unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred, to the Transferor; or

 

  Exhibit B (Page 9 )  

 

 

b. If an Early Amortization Event has occurred, first, to pay Monthly Principal in accordance with Section 4.4(c) of the Indenture Supplement to the extent not paid in full from Available Principal Collections (calculated without regard to amounts available to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to this clause), second, to pay on a pari passu basis any amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (a)(i) above that have been allocated to Series 20[●]-[●] in accordance with Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture and that have not been paid pursuant to clauses (a)(i) and (a)(xii) above, and, third, any amounts remaining after payment in full of the Monthly Principal and amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (a)(i) above shall be paid to the Issuer.

 

XI. Excess Finance Charge Collections (Group One)

 

a. Total Excess Finance Charge Collections in Group One

 

b. Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 20[●]-[●]

 

c. Finance Charge Shortfall for all Series in Group One

 

d. Excess Finance Charges Collections Allocated to Series 20[●]-[●]

 

XII. Available Principal Collections and Distributions (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

a. Investor Principal Collections

 

b. Less: Reallocated Principal Collections for the Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7

 

c. Plus: Shared Principal Collections allocated to this Series

 

d. Plus: Aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vii)

 

e. Plus: Aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii)

 

f. Plus: During an Early Amortization Period, the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections used to pay principal on the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(xiv)

 

g. Available Principal Collections (Deposited to Principal Account)
i. During the Revolving Period, Available Principal Collections treated as Shared Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(b)

 

  Exhibit B (Page 10 )  

 

 

ii. During the Controlled Accumulation Period, Available Principal Collections deposited to the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i), (ii)
iii. During the Early Amortization Period, Available Principal Collections deposited to the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)
iv. Series Shared Principal Collections available to Group One pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(iii)
v. Principal Distributions pursuant to Section 4.4(e) in order of priority
a. Principal paid to Class A Noteholders
b. Principal paid to Class B Noteholders
c. Principal paid to Class C Noteholders
d. Principal paid to Class D Noteholders

 

vi. Total Principal Collections Available to Share (Inclusive of Series 20[●]-[●])
vii. Series Principal Shortfall
viii. Shared Principal Collections allocated to this Series from other Series

 

XIII. Series 20[●]-[●] Accumulation
a. Controlled Accumulation Period Length in months (scheduled)
b. Controlled Accumulation Amount
c. Controlled Deposit Amount
d. Accumulation Shortfall
e. Principal Accumulation Account Balance
i. Beginning of Interest Period
ii. Controlled Deposit Amount
iii. Withdrawal for Principal Payment
iv. As of Payment Date

 

XIV. Reserve Account Funding (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)
a. Reserve Account Funding Date (scheduled)
b. Required Reserve Account Amount (0.50% of Note Principal Balance beginning on Reserve Account Funding Date)
c. Beginning Available Reserve Account Amount
d. Reserve Draw Amount
e. Deposit pursuant to 4.4(a)(ix) the excess of b. over c.
f. Withdrawal for Reserve Account Surplus paid to Transferor pursuant to Section 4.10(d)

 

  Exhibit B (Page 11 )  

 

 

g. Withdrawal for Reserve Account Surplus paid to Transferor pursuant to Section 4.10(e)
h. Ending Available Reserve Account Amount

 

XV. Spread Account Funding (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)
a. Spread Account Percentage
b. Required Spread Account Amount
c. Beginning Available Spread Account Amount
d. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(a) – Section 4.4(a)(vi) Shortfall
e. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(b) – Class D Expected Principal Payment Date
f. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(c) – Early Amortization Event
g. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(d) – Event of Default
h. Deposit pursuant to 4.4(a)(x) – Spread Account Deficiency
i. Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(f) – Spread Account Surplus Amount
j. Ending Available Spread Account Amount

 

XVI. Series Early Amortization Events
a. The Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount

 

Free Equity:

i. Free Equity Amount
ii. Minimum Free Equity Amount
iii. Excess Free Equity Amount

 

b. The Note Trust Principal Balance is less than the Required Principal Balance Note Trust Principal Balance:
i. Note Trust Principal Balance
ii. Required Principal Balance
iii. Excess Principal Balance

 

c. The three-month Average Portfolio Yield is less than three-month average Base Rate Portfolio Yield:
i. Three month Average Portfolio Yield
ii. Three month Average Base Rate
iii. Three Month Average Excess Spread

 

d. The Note Principal Balance is outstanding beyond the Expected Principal Payment Date
i. Expected Principal Payment Date

 

  Exhibit B (Page 12 )  

 

 

ii. Current Payment Date
e. Are there any material modifications, extensions or waivers to pool asset terms, fees, penalties or payments?
f. Are there any material breaches or pool of assets representations and warranties or covenants?
g. Are there any material changes in criteria used to originate, acquire, or select new pool assets?
h. Has an early amortization event occurred?

 

[XVII. Funding Period
[a. Pre-Funding Account]
[b. Funding Period Reserve Account]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Monthly Noteholder’s Statement as of the ___ day of _____________.

 

  SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, as Subservicer
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

  Exhibit B (Page 13 )  

 

 

SCHEDULE I

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO RECEIVABLES)

 

(a)         In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Indenture, the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Indenture Trustee as follows as of the Closing Date:

 

(1)         The Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

 

(2)         The Receivables constitute either “accounts” or “general intangibles” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

 

(3)         The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person.

 

(4)         There are no consents or approvals required for the pledge of the Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

 

(5)         The Issuer (or the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer) has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Receivables.

 

(6)         Other than the pledge of the Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Receivables. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of the Receivables, except for the financing statement filed pursuant to the Indenture.

 

(7)         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the representations and warranties set forth in this Schedule I shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect, until such time as the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes are retired.

 

(b)         The Indenture Trustee covenants that it shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Schedule I .

 

(c)         The Issuer covenants that in order to evidence the interests of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, the Issuer shall take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments as may be necessary or advisable (including, without limitation, such actions as are requested by the Indenture Trustee) to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest, the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Receivables.

 

  Schedule I (Page 1 )  

 

 

[SCHEDULE II]

[PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO NET DERIVATIVES RECEIPTS)]

 

(a)          [In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Indenture, the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Indenture Trustee as follows as of the Closing Date:

 

1)           The Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Net Derivatives Receipts in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from Issuer.

 

2)           The Net Derivatives Receipts constitute “general intangibles” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

 

3)           The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Net Derivatives Receipts free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person.

 

4)           There are no consents or approvals required by the terms of the Class A Derivatives Agreement, Class B Derivatives Agreement, Class C Derivatives Agreement or Class D Derivatives Agreement for the pledge of the Net Derivatives Receipts to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

 

5)           The Issuer (or the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer) has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Net Derivatives Receipts.

 

6)           Other than the pledge of the Net Derivatives Receipts to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Net Derivatives Receipts. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of the Net Derivatives Receipts, except for the financing statement filed pursuant to the Indenture.

 

7)           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the representations and warranties set forth in this Schedule II shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect, until such time as the Series 20[●]-[●] Notes are retired.

 

(b)          The Indenture Trustee covenants that it shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Schedule II .

 

(c)          The Issuer covenants that in order to evidence the interests of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, the Issuer shall take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments as may be necessary or advisable (including, without limitation, such actions as are requested by the Indenture Trustee) to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest, the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Net Derivatives Receipts.]

 

  Schedule II (Page 1 )  

 

Exhibit 4.27

 

[FORM OF] ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT

 

This ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of [●], 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into among SYNCHRONY BANK, a federal savings association organized under the laws of the United States (“ Bank ”), PLT HOLDING, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ PLT Holding ”), RFS HOLDING, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ RFS Inc. ”), and RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ Buyer ”), pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Bank, PLT Holding, RFS Inc. and Buyer are parties to the Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, the RSA Assumption Agreement and Second Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2005, the Third Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2006, the Fourth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2008, the Designation of Removed Accounts and Fifth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2008, the Designation of Removed Accounts and Sixth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2009, the Seventh Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, the Eighth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2012, the Ninth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2014, and the Designation of Removed Accounts and Tenth Amendment to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Buyer, Bank, PLT Holding and RFS Inc. desire to amend the Agreement as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Buyer, Bank, PLT Holding and RFS Inc. hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2.             Amendments to the Agreement .

 

(a)           Section 1.1 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following definition in appropriate alphabetical order:

 

Indenture Trustee ” means the indenture trustee under the Indenture.

 

(b)           Section 7.6 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new sentence immediately following the last sentence of such section:

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that any alteration, amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall not require the written agreement of PLT Holding, L.L.C. or RFS Holding, Inc.

 

(c)          The following new Section 7.16 is hereby added to the Agreement immediately after existing Section 7.15 therein:

 

Section 7.16. Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)          If a request to Seller to repurchase a Transferred Receivable pursuant to this Agreement is not resolved by the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date on which Seller receives notice of such request, then the party making such request (the “ Requesting Party ”) will have the right to refer the matter, at is discretion, to either mediation or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.16 ; provided, however, that any such referral shall be made (i) within the applicable statute of limitations period and (ii) within [90] days of the delivery of the monthly noteholder statement following the end of such 180-day period. If a Receivable subject to a repurchase request has been the subject of an Asset Representations Review and the report of the Asset Representations Reviewer states no “Test Fails” (as defined in the Asset Representations Review Agreement) for the Receivable, then the repurchase request for the Receivable will be deemed to have been resolved.

 

(b)          The Requesting Party shall provide notice in accordance with Section 7.1 of its intention to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration, as applicable, to Seller, with a copy to the Buyer (if not the Requesting Party). Seller agrees to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party. Seller shall provide notice to the Buyer, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee that it has received a request to mediate or arbitrate a repurchase request. Upon receipt of such notice, the Buyer and the Indenture Trustee, if not the Requesting Party, shall have [thirty (30)] days to advise the Requesting Party and Seller of an intent to join in the mediation or arbitration, which shall result in its being joined as a Requesting Party to the proceeding. Any settlement reached in a mediation and any decision by an arbitrator shall be binding upon the Buyer and the Indenture Trustee (regardless of whether such party joined the proceeding in accordance with the preceding sentence) with respect to the Receivables subject to the repurchase request, and issues relating to any such Receivables may not be re-litigated by them or be the subject of a subsequent repurchase request in mediation, arbitration, court or otherwise.

 

(c)          If the Requesting Party selects mediation (including non-binding arbitration) as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)            the mediation will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s mediation procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)            the fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation;

 

2  

 

 

(iii)            the mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the repurchase dispute and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”); and

 

(iv)            if the parties fail to agree at the completion of the mediation, the Requesting Party may refer the repurchase request to arbitration under this Section 7.16 .

 

(d)           If the Requesting Party selects arbitration as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)            The arbitration will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s arbitration procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)            The arbitrator will be an impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the dispute hereunder and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the AAA;

 

(iii)            The arbitrator will make its final determination no later than [90] days after appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter. The arbitrator will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way. The arbitrator will not have the power to award punitive damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted by it, and Seller shall not be required to pay more than the repurchase price required to be paid by the Seller in accordance with Section 6.1 . In its final determination, the arbitrator will determine and award the costs of arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator in its reasonable discretion. The determination of the arbitrator will be in writing and counterpart copies will be promptly delivered to the parties. The determination will be final and non-appealable absent manifest error, except for actions to confirm or vacate the determination that are permitted under applicable federal or state law and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(iv)            By selecting arbitration, the Requesting Party is waiving the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury; and

 

(v)         No Person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration.

 

3  

 

 

(e)          Seller will not be required to produce personally identifiable information about any Obligor for purposes of any mediation or arbitration. The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request, any meetings or discussions regarding any unfulfilled repurchase request, mediations or arbitration proceedings conducted under this Section 7.16 , including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties’ attempt to resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, any information exchanged in connection with any mediation, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), shall be and remain confidential and inadmissible (except as required in accordance with applicable law) for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other proceeding (including any proceeding under this Section 7.16 ) other than as required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable law, regulatory requirements, or court order or to the extent that Seller, in its sole discretion, elects to disclose such information. Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed to any third party; provided that a party may disclose such information to its own attorneys, experts, accountants and other agents and representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”), as reasonably required in connection with any resolution procedure under this Section 7.16 , if the disclosing party (a) directs such Representatives to keep the information confidential, (b) is responsible for any disclosure by its Representatives of such information and (c) takes at its sole expense all reasonable measures to restrain such Representatives from disclosing such information. If any party receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for Confidential Information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party and will provide the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its Confidential Information or seek other appropriate protective remedies, consistent with the applicable requirements of law and regulation. If, in the absence of a protective order, such party or any of its representatives are compelled as a matter of law, regulation, legal process or by regulatory authority to disclose any portion of the Confidential Information, such party may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of such Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed.

 

3.              Representations and Warranties of Sellers . Each of Bank and RFS Inc. hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as of the date hereof that this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

 

4.             Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above; provided that Buyer, Bank and RFS Inc. shall have executed a counterpart of this Amendment.

 

5.             Binding Effect; Ratification .

 

(a)          On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Receivables Sale Agreement and (ii) each reference in the Receivables Sale Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other Related Document to the Receivables Sale Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to such Receivables Sale Agreement as amended hereby.

 

(b)          Except as expressly amended hereby, the Receivables Sale Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

 

4  

 

 

6.             No Proceedings . Until the date one year plus one day following the date on which all amounts due with respect to securities rated by a Rating Agency that were issued by any entity holding Transferred Assets or an interest therein have been paid in full in cash, neither of Bank or RFS Inc. shall, directly or indirectly, institute or cause to be instituted against Buyer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided that the foregoing shall not in any way limit Bank’s or RFS Inc.’s right to pursue any other creditor rights or remedies that Bank or RFS Inc. may have under any applicable law. The Receivables Sale Agreement and the obligations of the Bank and RFS Inc. under this Section 6 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

7.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)          THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

(b)          Headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of this Amendment.

 

(c)          This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

5  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the date first above written.

 

  RFS HOLDING, L.L.C. , as Buyer
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  S- 1 Eleventh Amendment to
Receivables Sale Agreement
 

 

 

  SYNCHRONY BANK , as a Seller
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  S- 2 Eleventh Amendment to
Receivables Sale Agreement
 

 

 

  RFS HOLDING, INC. , as a Seller
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  S- 3 Eleventh Amendment to
Receivables Sale Agreement
 

 

 

  PLT HOLDING, L.L.C. , as a Seller
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  S- 4 Eleventh Amendment to
Receivables Sale Agreement

 

Exhibit 4.38

 

FORM OF ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

This ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO TRANSFER AGREEMENT, dated as of [●], 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into between RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Transferor (the “ Transferor ”), and SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, the “ Buyer ”), pursuant to the Transfer Agreement referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS Transferor and Buyer are parties to the Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, the Second Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2004, the Third Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2004, the Fourth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, the Fifth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2006, the Sixth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2008, and the Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts, the Seventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2008, the Eighth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2009, the Ninth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated March 31, 2012, and the Tenth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2012 (as amended, the “ Transfer Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS Buyer and Transferor desire to amend the Transfer Agreement as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Transferor and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Transfer Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2.             Amendments to Transfer Agreement .

 

(a)            Section 1.1 of the Transfer Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

 

Note Owner ” is defined in the Indenture.

 

Noteholder ” is defined in the Indenture.

 

Verified Note Owner ” is defined in the Indenture.

 

(b)             Section 6.2 of the Transfer Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following clause (g) immediately after clause (f) thereof:

 

     

 

 

“(g)            Following receipt of a written request (or written notice of a request received by the Transferor) during any Monthly Period from a Noteholder or Verified Note Owner seeking to communicate with other Noteholders or Note Owners regarding exercising their contractual rights under the terms of the Related Documents, the Transferor shall notify the Issuer of any such request received by the Transferor and include in the Securities Exchange Act Form 10-D filing for the Buyer related to the Monthly Period in which such request was received, the information required to be filed pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Indenture.”

 

(c)            The Transfer Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Section 6.5 immediately after Section 6.4:

 

“Section 6.5. Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)            If a request to the Transferor to repurchase a Receivable pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Agreement is not resolved by the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date on which Transferor receives notice of such request, then the party making such request (the “ Requesting Party ”) will have the right to refer the matter, at is discretion, to either mediation or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.5 ; provided , however , that any such referral shall be made (i) within the applicable statute of limitations period and (ii) within [90] days of the delivery of the monthly noteholder statement following the end of such 180-day period. If a Receivable subject to a repurchase request has been the subject of an Asset Representations Review and the report of the Asset Representations Reviewer states no “Test Fails” (as defined in the Asset Representations Review Agreement) for the Receivable, then the repurchase request for the Receivable will be deemed to have been resolved.

 

(b)            The Requesting Party shall provide notice in accordance with Section 7.1 of its intention to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration, as applicable, to Transferor, with a copy to the Issuer. Transferor agrees to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party. Transferor shall provide notice to Synchrony Bank, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Indenture Trustee that it has received a request to mediate or arbitrate a repurchase request. Upon receipt of such notice, the Buyer and the Indenture Trustee, if not the Requesting Party, shall have [thirty (30)] days to advise the Requesting Party and Transferor of an intent to join in the mediation or arbitration, which shall result in their being joined as a Requesting Party to the proceeding. Any settlement reached in a mediation and any decision by an arbitrator shall be binding upon Buyer and the Indenture Trustee (regardless of whether any such party joined the proceeding in accordance with the preceding sentence) with respect to the Receivables subject to the repurchase request, and issues relating to any such Receivables may not be re-litigated by them or be the subject of a subsequent repurchase request in mediation, arbitration, court or otherwise.

 

(c)            If the Requesting Party selects mediation (including non-binding arbitration) as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

  2  

 

  

(i)            the mediation will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s mediation procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)           the fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed by the parties as part of the mediation;

 

(iii)          the mediator will be impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the repurchase dispute and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”); and

 

(iv)          if the parties fail to agree at the completion of the mediation, the Requesting Party may refer the repurchase request to arbitration under this Section 6.5 .

 

(d)            If the Requesting Party selects arbitration as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply:

 

(i)            The arbitration will be administered by a nationally recognized arbitration and mediation association, and conducted pursuant to such association’s arbitration procedures in effect at such time;

 

(ii)           The arbitrator will be an impartial, knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York that are relevant to the dispute hereunder and will be appointed from a list of neutrals maintained by the AAA;

 

(iii)          The arbitrator will make its final determination no later than [90] days after appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter. The arbitrator will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way. The arbitrator will not have the power to award punitive damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted by it, and Transferor shall not be required to pay more than the repurchase price required to be paid by the Transferor in accordance with Section 6.1. In its final determination, the arbitrator will determine and award the costs of arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator, cost of any record or transcript of the arbitration and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator in its reasonable discretion. The determination of the arbitrator will be in writing and counterpart copies will be promptly delivered to the parties. The determination will be final and non-appealable absent manifest error, except for actions to confirm or vacate the determination that are permitted under applicable federal or state law, and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  3  

 

 

(iv)          By selecting arbitration, the Requesting Party is waiving the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by jury; and

 

(v)           No Person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration.

 

(e)            Transferor will not be required to produce personally identifiable information about any Obligor for purposes of any mediation or arbitration. The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request, any meetings or discussions regarding any unfulfilled repurchase request, mediations or arbitration proceedings conducted under this Section 6.5 , including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties’ attempt to resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, any information exchanged in connection with any mediation, and any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), shall be and remain confidential and inadmissible (except as required in accordance with applicable law) for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other proceeding (including any proceeding under this Section 6.5 ) other than as required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable law, regulatory requirements, or court order or to the extent that Transferor, in its sole discretion, elects to disclose such information. Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed to any third party; provided that a party may disclose such information to its own attorneys, experts, accountants and other agents and representatives (collectively “ Representatives ”), as reasonably required in connection with any resolution procedure under this Section 6.5 , if the disclosing party (a) directs such Representatives to keep the information confidential, (b) is responsible for any disclosure by its Representatives of such information and (c) takes at its sole expense all reasonable measures to restrain such Representatives from disclosing such information. If any party receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for Confidential Information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party and will provide the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its Confidential Information or seek other appropriate protective remedies, consistent with the applicable requirements of law and regulation. If, in the absence of a protective order, such party or any of its representatives are compelled as a matter of law, regulation, legal process or by regulatory authority to disclose any portion of the Confidential Information, such party may disclose to the party compelling disclosure only the part of such Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed.”

 

3.             Representations and Warranties of Transferor . Transferor hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as of the date hereof this Amendment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Transferor enforceable against Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

 

  4  

 

 

4.             Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above; provided that (i) Buyer and Transferor shall have executed a counterpart of this Amendment, (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to this Amendment and (iii) the Transferor shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Issuer certifying that the amendment in Section 2 of this Amendment will not cause an Adverse Effect (as such term is defined in the Indenture).

 

5.             Binding Effect; Ratification .

 

(a)            On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Transfer Agreement and (ii) each reference in the Transfer Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other Related Document to the Transfer Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to such Agreement as amended hereby.

 

(b)            Except as expressly amended hereby, the Transfer Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

 

6.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

(b)            Headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of this Amendment.

 

(c)            This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

 

7.             No Recourse . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Amendment is executed and delivered by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not individually or personally but solely as trustee of the Buyer, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Buyer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Buyer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (d) under no circumstances shall BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Buyer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Buyer under this Amendment or any other related documents.

 

  5  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

 

  RFS HOLDING, L.L.C. , Transferor
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

  

  S- 1

Eleventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement

 

  

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST , Buyer
     
  By: BNY MELLON TRUST OF DELAWARE,
    not in its individual capacity
    but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Buyer
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

  S- 2

Eleventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

Mayer Brown LLP

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606-4637

 

December 30, 2015 Main Tel +1 312 782 0600

Main Fax +1 312 701 7711

www.mayerbrown.com

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

777 Long Ridge Road

Stamford, Connecticut 06927

 

Re: RFS Holding, L.L.C.

Registration Statement on Form SF-3

 

We have acted as special counsel to RFS Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ RFSHL ”), in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form SF-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) and the related form of prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) filed by RFSHL with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), registering asset-backed notes to be issued pursuant to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004, the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, the Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, the Fifth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, the Sixth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2009, the Seventh Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2014, the Eighth Amendment to Master Indenture and Omnibus Supplement to Specified Indenture Supplements, dated as of March 11, 2014, the Ninth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2015, and the Tenth Amendment to Master Indenture substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Registration Statement (as so amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), each between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, the “ Note Trust ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by a related Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”, and together with the Master Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), between the Note Trust and the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.12 to the Registration Statement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

We have examined executed copies of the Registration Statement, the Master Indenture, the Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment, and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2004, the Third Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2004, the Fourth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, the Fifth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2006, the Sixth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2008, the Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts and Seventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2008, the Reassignment No. 4 of Receivables in Removed Accounts and Eighth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2009, the Ninth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2010, the Tenth Amendment to Transfer Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2012, and the Eleventh Amendment to Transfer Agreement substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.26 to the Registration Statement (as so amended, the “ Transfer Agreement ”), between RFSHL and the Note Trust, a form of the Indenture Supplement and such other documents as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion (collectively, the “ Transaction Documents ”). We are familiar with the proceedings taken by RFSHL in connection with the authorization of the issuances and the sales of the Notes, and have examined such documents and such questions of law and fact as we have deemed necessary in order to express the opinion hereafter stated.

 

Mayer Brown LLP operates in combination with other Mayer Brown entities with offices in Europe and Asia 

and is associated with Tauil & Chequer Advogados, a Brazilian law partnership.

 

 

 

  

Mayer Brown llp

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

December 30, 2015

Page 2

 

We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transactions of only United States federal law, the laws of the State of New York, the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto or the effect thereon of the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state.

 

We have assumed that the purchase price for each series Notes offered pursuant to the Registration Statement will be paid to RFSHL by the underwriters named in the related prospectus for such Notes.

 

In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have relied upon and assumed:

 

A. The genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all writings submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original writings of all copies submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies, and the legal competence and capacity of all natural persons;

 

B. The truth and accuracy of all certificates and representations, writings and records reviewed by us and referred to above, including the representations and warranties made in the Transaction Documents, in each case with respect to the factual matters set forth therein;

 

C. All parties to the Transaction Documents (other than RFSHL and the Note Trust) are validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization and have the requisite organizational power to enter into such Transaction Documents;

 

D. Except to the extent that we expressly opine as to any of the following matters with respect to a particular party below: (i) the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational proceedings on the part of all parties (other than RFSHL and the Note Trust) to each such document; and (ii) the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of all such parties (other than RFSHL and the Note Trust), enforceable against such parties in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

 

 

Mayer Brown llp

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

December 30, 2015

Page 3

 

E. There are no other agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, among any or all of the parties that would alter the agreements set forth in the Transaction Documents.

 

On the basis of the foregoing examination and assumptions, and upon consideration of applicable law, it is our opinion that the Notes when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the Indenture and delivered against the payment of consideration specified in the related underwriting agreement, will be legal and binding obligations of the Note Trust, enforceable against the Note Trust in accordance with their terms.

 

Our opinion set forth above is subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and by the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as part of the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the heading “ Legal Matters ” in the Prospectus, without admitting that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this opinion as an exhibit.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/Mayer Brown LLP

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

 

  Mayer Brown LLP
  71 South Wacker Drive
  Chicago, Illinois 60606-4637
   
  Main Tel +1 312 782 0600
  Main Fax +1 312 701 7711
December 30, 2015 www.mayerbrown.com
   
RFS Holding, L.L.C.  
777 Long Ridge Road  
Stamford, Connecticut 06927  

 

Re: RFS Holding, L.L.C.
Registration Statement on Form SF-3

 

We have acted as special counsel for RFS Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ RFSH L”), in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form SF-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) and the related form of prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”) filed by RFSHL with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), registering asset-backed notes (the “ Notes ”) to be issued pursuant to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004, the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, the Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, the Fifth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, the Sixth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2009, the Seventh Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2014, the Eighth Amendment to Master Indenture and Omnibus Supplement to Specified Indenture Supplements, dated as of March 11, 2014, the Ninth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2015, and the Tenth Amendment to Master Indenture substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Registration Statement (as so amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), each between Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust (formerly known as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, the “ Note Trust ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by a related Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ,” and together with the Master Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), between the Note Trust and the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.12 to the Registration Statement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Indenture.

 

Mayer Brown LLP operates in combination with other Mayer Brown entities with offices in Europe and Asia
and is associated with Tauil & Chequer Advogados, a Brazilian law partnership.

 

 

 

 

Mayer Brown llp

 

RFS Holding, L.L.C.

December 30, 2015

Page 2

 

Our opinion is based on our examination of the Prospectus, the Indenture and such other documents, instruments and information as we considered necessary. Our opinion is also based on (i) the assumption that neither the Indenture Trustee nor any affiliate thereof will become either the servicer or the delegee of the servicer; (ii) the assumption that all agreements relating to the creation of the Note Trust and the issuance and sale of the Notes will remain in full force and effect; (iii) the assumption that all agreements and documents required to be executed and delivered in connection with the issuance and sale of the Notes will be so executed and delivered by properly authorized persons in substantial conformity with the drafts thereof as described in the Prospectus, and the transactions contemplated to occur under such agreements and documents in fact occur in accordance with the terms thereof; and (iv) currently applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder, current positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) contained in published Revenue Rulings and Revenue Procedures, current administrative positions of the IRS and existing judicial decisions. This opinion is subject to the explanations and qualifications set forth under the headings “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” and “ Structural Summary—Tax Status ” in the Prospectus. No tax rulings will be sought from the IRS with respect to any of the matters discussed herein.

 

While the tax description does not purport to discuss all possible federal income tax ramifications of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Notes, particularly to U.S. purchasers subject to special rules under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, based on the foregoing, as of the date hereof, we hereby adopt and confirm the statements set forth in the Prospectus under the headings “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” and “ Structural Summary—Tax Status ,” which discuss the federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes. There can be no assurance, however, that the tax conclusions presented therein will not be successfully challenged by the IRS, or significantly altered by new legislation, changes in IRS positions or judicial decisions, any of which challenges or alterations may be applied retroactively with respect to completed transactions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the headings “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences ” and “ Structural Summary—Tax Status ” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this opinion as an exhibit.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/Mayer Brown LLP

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

FORM OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW AGREEMENT

 

Among

 

SYNCHRONY BANK,
as Seller,

 

RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.,
as Transferor,

 

SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL,
Individually and as Servicer,

 

SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST,
as Issuer,

 

and

 

CLAYTON FIXED INCOME SERVICES LLC,

 

as Asset Representations Reviewer

 

Dated as of [●], 20[●]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I USAGE AND DEFINITIONS 1
     
Section 1.1. Usage and Definitions 1
Section 1.2. Additional Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II ENGAGEMENT OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER 5
     
Section 2.1. Engagement; Acceptance 5
Section 2.2. Confirmation of Status 5
Section 2.3. Subcontractors 5
Section 2.4. Timely and Quality Performance 6
Section 2.5. Synchrony Financial Review and Acceptance 6
     
ARTICLE III ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW PROCESS 6
     
Section 3.1. Review Notices 6
Section 3.2. Identification of Subject Receivables 6
Section 3.3. Review Materials 6
Section 3.4. Performance of Reviews 7
Section 3.5. Review Reports 8
Section 3.6. Review Representatives; Cooperation 8
Section 3.7. Dispute Resolution 8
Section 3.8. Limitations on Review Obligations 8
     
ARTICLE IV ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER 9
     
Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties 9
Section 4.2. Covenants 12
Section 4.3. Fees and Expenses 14
Section 4.4. Invoices 15
Section 4.5. Taxes 15
Section 4.6. Delegation of Obligations 15
     
ARTICLE V compliance 15
     
Section 5.1. Synchrony Financial Policies and Directives 15
Section 5.2. Books, Records, Audit and Inspections 16
     
ARTICLE VI security 16
     
Section 6.1. Synchrony Financial Security 16
Section 6.2. Use of Synchrony Financial Resources 17
Section 6.3. PCI Compliance/GLB 17
Section 6.4. Notification of Security Breach 18
Section 6.5. Synchrony Financial PII 18
     
ARTICLE VII CONFIDENTIALITY 18
     
Section 7.1. Agreements of Vendor Personnel 18
Section 7.2. Confidentiality 18

 

i  

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

    Page
     
     
Section 7.3. Acknowledgements and Restrictions 19
Section 7.4. Return 20
     
ARTICLE VIII RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; SUCCESSOR ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER 20
     
Section 8.1. Eligibility Requirements for Vendor 20
Section 8.2. Resignation and Removal of Vendor 20
Section 8.3. Successor Vendor 21
Section 8.4. Merger, Consolidation or Succession 22
     
ARTICLE IX OTHER AGREEMENTS 22
     
Section 9.1. No Petition 22
Section 9.2. Limitation of Liability 22
Section 9.3. Termination of Agreement 22
Section 9.4. Independence of Vendor 23
     
ARTICLE X indemnification 23
     
Section 10.1. Indemnification by Vendor 23
Section 10.2. Procedure 23
Section 10.3. Indemnification by Synchrony Financial 24
     
ARTICLE XI LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY 24
     
Section 11.1. Limitation of Liability 24
     
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 24
     
Section 12.1. Amendments 24
Section 12.2. Assignment; Benefit of Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries 25
Section 12.3. Notices 25
Section 12.4. Language 25
Section 12.5. Governing Law 26
Section 12.6. No Waiver 26
Section 12.7. Entire Agreement 26
Section 12.8. Severability 26
Section 12.9. Independent Contractor 26
Section 12.10. Survival 26
Section 12.11. Use of Marks 26
Section 12.12. Interpretation 26
Section 12.13. Force Majeure 27
Section 12.14. Counterparts 27

Schedule A — Representations and Warranties, Review Materials and Tests

 

Attachment 1 –Required Insurance Coverage

 

ii  

 

 

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW AGREEMENT, dated as of [●], 20[●], among SYNCHRONY BANK, a federal savings association, as Seller (“ Seller ”), RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, as Transferor (“ Transferor ”), SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL, a Delaware corporation, individually (“ Synchrony Financial ”) and as Servicer (in such capacity, “ Servicer ”), SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust, as Issuer (“ Issuer ”), and CLAYTON FIXED INCOME SERVICES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Asset Representations Reviewer (in such capacity, “ Vendor ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

In connection with its credit card securitization program, Seller transferred, and will transfer, receivables arising in certain credit card accounts to Transferor. Transferor has transferred, and will transfer, such receivables to Issuer.

 

Issuer has granted a security interest in such receivables to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (“ Indenture Trustee ”), as security for Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture (as defined herein).

 

Issuer has determined to engage Vendor to perform reviews of compliance of Seller and Transferor with the representations and warranties made by Seller and Transferor with respect to certain credit card accounts and receivables as set forth herein.

 

The parties agree as follows.

 

ARTICLE I
USAGE AND DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.           Usage and Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning (if any) specified in the Indenture (including any supplement thereto).

 

Section 1.2.           Additional Definitions . The following terms have the meanings given below:

 

Affiliate ” of a person (the “first person”) means a person or entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the first person.

 

Agreement ” means, collectively, this Agreement, and the schedules, attachments and exhibits attached hereto.

 

Annual Fee ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(a) .

 

Asset Representations Review ” means the performance by Vendor of the testing procedures for each Test and each Subject Account and Subject Receivable according to Section 3.4 .

 

 

 

 

Asset Representations Reviewer ” means Vendor, and any successor or permitted assign thereof, performing the obligations of Vendor under this Agreement.

 

Company ” means, collectively, Synchrony Financial and the Synchrony Affiliates.

 

Deliverables ” individual items or combinations of Proprietary Materials, Synchrony Proprietary Materials, Vendor Materials, or Third Party Materials delivered to Company under this Agreement.

 

Designated Persons ” has the meaning stated in Section 5.2(a) .

 

Documentation ” means all written materials related to any Services or Deliverables that are supplied by Vendor to Company hereunder, including any and all manuals, training materials, guides, functional and/or technical specifications, commentary, listings and other materials, in any or all media, for use in conjunction with the applicable Services or Deliverables.

 

Force Majeure Events ” has the meaning stated in Section 12.13 .

 

Good Industry Practice ” means, in relation to any undertaking and any circumstances, the exercise of a high degree of skill, diligence, prudence and foresight that would reasonably be expected from a highly skilled and experienced Person engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances.

 

Indenture ” means that certain Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, by and between Issuer and Indenture Trustee, as such agreement may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Intellectual Property Rights ” means all right, title and interest, including all copyright rights, patent rights (including rights under all patent applications, patents, letters patent, supplementary patent certificates, inventor’s certificates, continued prosecution applications, requests for continued examination, and other similar filings or stages thereof) and trademark rights, as well as all proprietary rights (including Trade Secrets) and moral rights (including the rights of authorship and attribution and subsequent modification) throughout the world, whether under the laws of the United States, any of its several states or any foreign jurisdiction and whether or not evidenced by certificates, applications or registrations therefor and whether granted permanently, on initial issuance or granted upon reissue, re-examination, division, extension, provisionally, in continuation or in continuation-in-part and at all times further including all goodwill associated with all such right.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Notices ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.4 .

 

Permitted Resignation Date ” means the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement, as such date may be extended by agreement of the Issuer, Synchrony and the Asset Representations Reviewer.

 

  2  

 

 

Personal Data ” means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person.

 

PII ” means information in any format about an identifiable individual, including, name, address, phone number, e-mail address, account number(s), identification number(s), any other actual or assigned attribute associated with, or identifiable to, an individual and any information that when used separately or in combination with other information could identify an individual.

 

Processing ” of Personal Data shall mean and include any operation or set of operations which is performed upon Personal Data, whether or not by automatic means, such as collections, recording, organization, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, accessing, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, blocking, erasure or destruction. “ Processed ” shall have the correlative meaning.

 

Proprietary Materials ” means: (a) all inventions and discoveries, whether or not patentable, reduced to practice or recorded in a medium; (b) all published and unpublished works of authorship including audio-visual works, “look and feel,” artwork, illustrations, images, photographs and printed or graphic matter; (c) all tangible materials, including all prototypes, models, designs, files, templates, libraries, tools, graphics, screen displays and/or their other user interface components or “look and feel” (as that phrase is understood and applied under Title 17 U.S.C.), creative content, algorithms, formulae data, information, reports and technologies; and (d) business and technical requirements and system designs and architectures in any form or medium.

 

Review Fee ” has the meaning stated in Section 4.3(b) .

 

Review Materials ” means, for an Asset Representations Review and a Subject Account and Subject Receivable, the documents and other materials for each Test listed under “Review Materials” in Schedule A or any additional documents or other materials that Vendor may reasonably request.

 

Review Report ” means, for an Asset Representations Review, the report of Vendor prepared according to Section 3.5 .

 

Review Satisfaction Date ” means the date on which the Noteholders have voted to cause Vendor to conduct an Asset Representations Review pursuant to Section 5.18 of the Indenture.

 

Security Breach ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.4 .

 

Servicer ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Services ” means the services to be performed by Vendor pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Subject Accounts ” means, for any Asset Representations Review, the related credit card accounts in which the Subject Receivables arose.

 

  3  

 

 

Subject Receivables ” means, for any Asset Representations Review, all Transferred Receivables which are 60-Day Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the Monthly Period prior to the related Review Satisfaction Date.

 

Synchrony Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of Synchrony Financial, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Issuer.

 

Synchrony Confidential Information ” has the meaning stated in Section 7.2 .

 

Synchrony Financial ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Synchrony Financial PII ” means PII furnished by Company to Vendor and PII developed or otherwise collected or acquired by Vendor in performing its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Synchrony Information Privacy Laws ” has the meaning stated in Section 6.3 .

 

Synchrony Personal Data ” includes (i) Personal Data provided to Vendor by or on behalf of Company; (ii) Personal Data (from whatever source) being Processed by Vendor on behalf of Company; (iii) Personal Data (from whatever source) pertaining to personnel of Company; and (iv) Personal Data created by Vendor based on data in sub-section (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

Synchrony Proprietary Materials ” shall mean any and all data, designs, specifications, inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, know-how, techniques, materials, program materials, flow charts, notes, outlines, lists, compilations, manuscripts, writings, pictorial materials, schematics, and other items, supplied by Synchrony to Vendor in connection with the Services hereunder.

 

Test ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Test Complete ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(c) .

 

Test Fail ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Test Pass ” has the meaning stated in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Third Party Auditor ” means an independent public accounting firm that is not Affiliated with Vendor or Company.

 

Third Party Materials ” means all Proprietary Materials the Intellectual Property Rights for which are owned, by an individual or entity other than Issuer and/or Synchrony Affiliates and Vendor (including Affiliates of Vendor).

 

Trade Secrets ” means any business, scientific or technical data, information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable to either party and is not generally known in the industry. Each party acknowledges that the Trade Secrets of the other party have been developed by that party at great expense and with the considerable effort of skilled professionals. Each party also acknowledges that the Services and Deliverables under this Agreement may by necessity incorporate Trade Secrets.

 

  4  

 

 

Transferor ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Vendor ” has the meaning stated in the initial paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Vendor Materials ” means those concepts, ideas, models, know-how, software, methodologies, technologies or techniques owned by Vendor that were not or are not created, developed or supplied specifically to Synchrony Financial.

 

Work Product ” means all designs, specifications, inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas, know-how, techniques, materials, program materials, flow charts, notes, outlines, lists, compilations, manuscripts, writings, pictorial materials, schematics, and other items, created, developed or supplied specifically for Synchrony Financial in connection with the Services, including, without limitation, any improvements of any Vendor Materials (as defined below), any improvements on any Synchrony Proprietary Materials, and, to the extent permitted, any improvements on materials of any third party.

 

ARTICLE II
ENGAGEMENT OF ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

 

Section 2.1.           Engagement; Acceptance . Issuer engages Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC to perform the obligations of Vendor hereunder. Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC accepts the engagement and agrees to perform the obligations of Vendor hereunder on the terms set forth in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Vendor shall be the Asset Representations Reviewer (as defined in the Indenture).

 

Section 2.2.           Confirmation of Status . The parties confirm that Vendor is not responsible for (a) reviewing the Transferred Receivables and Accounts for compliance with the representations and warranties under the Transfer Agreement or the Bank Receivables Sales Agreement, except as described in this Agreement, or (b) determining whether noncompliance with the representations or warranties constitutes a breach of the Transfer Agreement or the Bank Receivables Sales Agreement.

 

Section 2.3.           Subcontractors . The unique abilities, knowledge and skills of Vendor and its personnel constitute material consideration of this Agreement. Vendor agrees that it shall not employ any agent or subcontractor in connection with the performance of any Services without the prior written consent of Synchrony Financial, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Synchrony Financial does consent, Vendor shall provide Synchrony Financial with written evidence (reasonably acceptable to Synchrony Financial) of said agent’s or subcontractor’s compliance with the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement prior to the disclosure of any Synchrony Confidential Information to, or the performance by, any such agent or subcontractor in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor shall have formal written contracts with all subcontractors and shall ensure that all confidentiality, regulatory, and similar obligations of Vendor are contractually undertaken by each subcontractor. Vendor shall include in its subcontracts as flow-down provisions, provisions relating to, or in connection with, Vendor personnel, audit, security and safeguarding of data, confidentiality, work standards, relationship of the parties of this Agreement, and any other provisions as necessary for Vendor to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. Even if there is no breach of the underlying obligation, a failure to obtain such written agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 2.4.           Timely and Quality Performance . Vendor personnel shall perform the Services with promptness and diligence and in accordance with Good Industry Practice. Vendor shall be responsible for the management of all Vendor personnel in the performance of Services, the integrity and quality of all Services and Deliverables, and the required periodic reporting of the status of all Services and Deliverables to Issuer.

 

Section 2.5.           Synchrony Financial Review and Acceptance . If any Vendor personnel performing Services are found to be unacceptable to Synchrony Financial for cause, including demonstration that he or she is not qualified to perform the Services assigned, Synchrony Financial shall notify Vendor of such fact and Vendor shall immediately remove said Vendor personnel and, if requested by Synchrony Financial, provide a qualified replacement. If any Vendor personnel are found to be unacceptable to Synchrony Financial for any other lawful reason, Synchrony Financial shall notify Vendor of such fact in writing and Vendor shall promptly take reasonable and appropriate action.

 

ARTICLE III
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW PROCESS

 

Section 3.1.           Review Notices . On receipt of a Review Notice from Issuer in accordance with Section 5.18 of the Indenture, Vendor will start an Asset Representations Review. Vendor will have no obligation to start an Asset Representations Review until a Review Notice is received.

 

Section 3.2.           Identification of Subject Receivables . Within [●] [Business Days][calendar days] after receipt of a Review Notice, Servicer will deliver to Vendor a list of the Accounts in which the Subject Receivables arise.

 

Section 3.3.           Review Materials .

 

(a)           Access to Review Materials . Servicer will give Vendor access to the Review Materials for all of the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables within [sixty] calendar days after receipt of the Review Notice in one or more of the following ways: (i) by providing access to Servicer’s receivables systems, either remotely or at one of the properties of Servicer, (ii) by electronic posting to a password-protected website to which Vendor has access, (iii) by providing originals or photocopies of documents relating to the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables at one of the properties of Servicer or (iv) in another manner agreed by Servicer and Vendor. Servicer may redact or remove PII from the Review Materials without changing the usefulness of the Review Materials for the Asset Representations Review.

 

(b)           Missing or Insufficient Review Materials . Vendor will review the Review Materials to determine if any Review Materials are missing or insufficient for Vendor to perform any Test. If Vendor determines that any of the Review Materials are missing or insufficient for Vendor to perform any Test, Vendor will notify Servicer promptly, and in any event no less than [thirty] calendar days before completing the Asset Representations Review. Servicer will have [fifteen] calendar days to give Vendor access to such missing Review Materials or other documents or information to correct the insufficiency. If the missing or insufficient Review Materials or other documents have not been provided by Servicer within [fifteen] calendar days after receipt of such notice, the parties agree that each Subject Account and Subject Receivable subject to the applicable Test(s) will have a Test Fail for the related Test(s) and the Test(s) will be considered completed and the Review Report will indicate the reason for the Test Fail.

 

  6  

 

 

Section 3.4.           Performance of Reviews .

 

(a)           Test Procedures . For an Asset Representations Review, Vendor will perform for the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables the procedures listed under “Tests” in Schedule A for each representation and warranty (each, a “ Test ”), using the Review Materials listed for each such Test in Schedule A . For each Test, Vendor will determine in its reasonable judgment if the Test has been satisfied (a “ Test Pass ”) or if the Test has not been satisfied (a “ Test Fail ”). Vendor will use such determination for all Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables that are subject to the same Test.

 

(b)           Review Period . Vendor will complete the Asset Representations Review of all of the Subject Receivables within [90] calendar days after receiving access to the Review Materials as contemplated by Section 3.3(a) . However, if additional Review Materials are provided to Vendor under Section 3.3(b) , the permissible period for the Asset Representations Review will be extended for an additional [30] calendar days (as such period may be extended, the “ Asset Representations Review Period ”).

 

(c)           Completion of Asset Representations Review for Certain Subject Receivables . Following the delivery of the list of the Subject Receivables and before the delivery of the Review Report by Vendor, Servicer may notify Vendor if a Subject Receivable is paid in full by the related Obligor or purchased by Servicer, Seller or Transferor according to the applicable Related Document. On receipt of notice, Vendor will immediately terminate all Tests of such Subject Receivables and the Asset Representations Review of such Subject Receivables will be considered complete (a “ Test Complete ”). In this case, the Review Report will indicate a Test Complete for such Subject Receivables and the related reason.

 

(d)           Previously Performed Test . If any Test was performed for a Subject Account or Subject Receivable included in a prior Asset Representations Review, Vendor will not perform such Test again, but will include the results of such previous Tests for any such duplicate Subject Account or Subject Receivable in the Review Report for the current Asset Representations Review. If the same Test is required for more than one representation or warranty listed on Schedule A , Vendor will only perform the Test once but will report the results of the Test for each applicable representations or warranty on the Review Report.

 

(e)           Termination of Asset Representations Review . If an Asset Representations Review is in process and all Outstanding Notes of Issuer will be paid in full on the next Payment Date, Servicer will notify Vendor and Indenture Trustee no less than [ten] calendar days before such Payment Date. On receipt of notice, Vendor will terminate the Asset Representations Review immediately and will have no obligation to deliver a Review Report.

 

  7  

 

 

Section 3.5.           Review Reports . Within [five] calendar days after the end of the Asset Representations Review Period, Vendor will deliver to Indenture Trustee, Synchrony Financial, Servicer, Synchrony Bank and Transferor a Review Report indicating for each Subject Account and Subject Receivables whether there was a Test Pass or a Test Fail for each Test, or whether such Subject Account and Subject Receivable was assigned a Test Complete and the related reason. The Review Report will contain a summary of the Asset Representations Review results, which may (in whole or in part) be included in the Form 10-D report with respect to Issuer for the Monthly Period in which the Review Report is received. Vendor will ensure that the Review Report does not contain any Synchrony Financial PII. On reasonable request of Servicer, Vendor will provide additional detail on the Test results.

 

Section 3.6.           Review Representatives; Cooperation .

 

(a)           Servicer, Seller, and Transferor Representatives . Each of Servicer, Seller and Transferor agrees to designate one or more representatives who will be available to assist Vendor in performing the Asset Representations Review, including responding to requests and answering questions from Vendor about access to Review Materials, obtaining missing or insufficient Review Materials and/or providing clarification of any Review Materials or Tests.

 

(b)           Vendor Representative . Vendor will designate one or more representatives who will be available to Issuer, Servicer, Seller, Transferor and Indenture Trustee during the performance of an Asset Representations Review.

 

(c)           Seller and Transferor Cooperation . Each of Seller and Transferor shall (i) cooperate with Vendor in completing procedures for an Asset Representations Review and (ii) provide Vendor with reasonable access to its offices and information databases upon written request from Vendor.

 

(d)           Questions About Asset Representations Review . Vendor will make appropriate personnel available to respond in writing to written questions or requests for clarification of any Review Report from Issuer, Indenture Trustee, Seller, Transferor or Servicer until the earlier of (i) the payment in full of all of the Outstanding Notes of Issuer and (ii) one year after the delivery of the Review Report. Vendor will not be obligated to respond to questions or requests for clarification from Noteholders or any other Person and will direct such Persons to submit written questions or requests to Indenture Trustee.

 

Section 3.7.           Dispute Resolution . Vendor agrees and acknowledges that any Review Report may be used by Issuer, Seller, Transferor, Indenture Trustee or Servicer in any dispute resolution proceeding related to the Subject Receivables and/or Subject Accounts. No additional fees or reimbursement of expenses shall be paid to Vendor regarding the Issuer’s, Seller’s Transferor’s, Indenture Trustee’s or Servicer’s use of any Review Report; provided that Vendor will be reimbursed for Vendor’s out of pocket expenses incurred in its participation in any dispute resolution proceeding.

 

Section 3.8.           Limitations on Review Obligations .

 

(a)           Review Process Limitations . Vendor will have no obligation:

 

  8  

 

 

(i)          to determine whether a Delinquency Trigger has occurred or whether the required percentage of Noteholders has voted to direct an Asset Representations Review under the Indenture, and may rely on the information in any Review Notice delivered to Vendor;

 

(ii)         to determine which Accounts and Transferred Receivables are subject to an Asset Representations Review, and may rely on the lists of Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables provided by Servicer;

 

(iii)        to obtain or confirm the validity of the Review Materials;

 

(iv)        to obtain missing or insufficient Review Materials from any party or any other source;

 

(v)         to determine whether noncompliance with the representations or warranties constitutes a breach of the provisions of any of the Related Documents;

 

(vi)        to take any action or cause any other party to take any action under any of the Related Documents or otherwise to enforce any remedies against any Person for breaches of representations or warranties about the Subject Accounts and Subject Receivables;

 

(vii)       to determine the reason for the delinquency of any Transferred Receivable, the creditworthiness of any Obligor, the overall quality of any Transferred Receivable or the compliance by Servicer with its covenants with respect to the servicing of such Transferred Receivable; or

 

(viii)      to establish cause, materiality or recourse for any failed Test.

 

(b)           Testing Procedure Limitations . Vendor will only be required to perform the testing procedures listed under “Tests” in Schedule A , and will not be obligated to perform additional procedures on any Subject Account or Subject Receivable or to provide any information other than a Review Report indicated for each Subject Account and Subject Receivable whether there was a Test Pass or a Test Fail for each Test, or whether the Subject Account or Subject Receivable was a Test Complete and the related reason. However, Vendor may provide additional information about any Subject Account or Subject Receivable that it determines in good faith to be material to the Review. Issuer expressly agrees that Vendor is not advising Issuer or any investor or future investor in securities issued by the Issuer concerning the suitability of the Issuer or any investment strategy. Issuer expressly acknowledges and agrees that Vendor is not an expert in accounting, tax, regulatory, or legal matters, and that Vendor does not provide legal advice as to any matter.

 

ARTICLE IV
ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

 

Section 4.1.           Representations and Warranties . Vendor represents and warrants to Issuer as of the date hereof and at all times prior to the termination of this Agreement:

 

  9  

 

 

(a)           No Proceedings . There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best of Vendor’s knowledge, threatened in writing before a federal or State court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over Vendor or its properties (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Vendor’s ability to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

 

(b)           Eligibility . Vendor meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 .

 

(c)           Safeguards . Vendor has, and will continue to have, adequate administrative, technical and physical safeguards designed to: (i) ensure the security and confidentiality of all Synchrony Confidential Information, (ii) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Synchrony Confidential Information and (iii) protect against any unauthorized acquisition of, access to or use of Synchrony Confidential Information.

 

(d)           Interference with Services . Vendor is under no obligation or restriction, nor will it assume any such obligation or restriction that does or would in any way interfere or conflict with, or would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by Vendor of any of the terms of this Agreement or of the Services.

 

(e)           Performance . All Services will be performed accurately, completely and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Additionally, Vendor represents and warrants that its Services hereunder will be performed by qualified individuals in a professional, workmanlike and timely manner conforming to Good Industry Practice, and in strict accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, codes and standards of government agencies or authorities having jurisdiction.

 

(f)           Organizational Existence . Vendor (i) is a corporation or organization duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (ii) is duly qualified as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications; (iii) has the requisite corporate power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage, and operate its properties, to lease the properties it operates under lease, and to conduct its business as now conducted and hereafter contemplated to be conducted; (iv) has all necessary licenses, permits, consents, or approvals from or by, and has made all necessary notices to, all authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for such current ownership and operation or as proposed to be conducted; and (v) is in compliance with its certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

 

  10  

 

 

(g)           Corporate Power . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder: (i) are within the party’s corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper corporate action; (iii) do not and will not contravene any provisions of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws; (iv) will not violate any law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality; (v) will not conflict with or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement, or other instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its property is bound; and (vi) do not require any filing or registration with or the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, authority, or any other person which has not been made or obtained previously. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered, and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to the availability of equitable remedies.

 

(h)           Solvency . Vendor is solvent.

 

(i)           No Default . Vendor is not in default with respect to any material contract, agreement, lease, or other instrument to which it is a party, nor has it received any notice of default under any such material contract, agreement, lease or other instrument which as a consequence of any such default, would materially and adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(j)           No Burdensome Restrictions . No contract, lease agreement, or other instrument to which Vendor is a party or by which it is bound, and no provision of applicable law or governmental regulation, materially and adversely affects its business, operation, prospects, property or financial condition such as to impair its ability to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(k)           Accuracy of Information Correct . To the best of Vendor’s knowledge and belief, all information furnished by Vendor for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any information hereafter furnished by Vendor, is true and correct in all material respects and no such information omits to state a material fact necessary to make the information so furnished not misleading. Vendor further warrants that there is no fact known which has not been disclosed and which materially and adversely affects its financial condition, business, property, or prospects.

 

(l)           No Claims/No Infringement . Vendor has, and during the term of this Agreement will continue to have, all rights to any and all intellectual property used in connection with the provision of the Services. No claim (whether or not embodied in an action, past or present) that the Services infringe on any patent, copyright, trademark or service mark, or misappropriate any trade secret or other proprietary right, has been threatened or asserted, and no such claim is pending against Vendor or against any entity from which Vendor obtained such rights. To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief, the Issuer’s use of the Services as contemplated in this Agreement will not infringe on any patent, copyright, trademark, or service mark or misappropriate any trade secret or infringe any proprietary or Intellectual Property Right of any party, including Vendor, any employee or contractor of Vendor or any third party. Synchrony Financial shall be notified in writing immediately of any such claim described in this Section 4.1(l) .

 

  11  

 

 

(m)           Sarbanes Oxley . If applicable, Vendor is in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley ”) and it will supply to Synchrony Financial, in a form and manner specified by Synchrony Financial, documents attesting that Vendor has in place key controls that are effective and have been tested by a third party, such as a Third Party Auditor, that monitor and ensure compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Upon Synchrony’s written request, Vendor shall certify such of its internal systems and processes as Synchrony Financial deems necessary to support Synchrony Financial’s compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes Oxley.

 

(n)           Complaint Tracking . To the extent not prohibited by law, rule or order, Vendor shall, as soon as reasonably practical upon Vendor’s knowledge thereof, notify Synchrony Financial of all complaints, counterclaims, actions or suits received by Vendor relating to any Services provided by Vendor to Issuer hereunder, including, but not limited to, complaints, counterclaims, actions or suits received from or filed or made by any governmental agency or department, or other third party. Copies of all written materials or communications relating to adverse claims and governmental investigations shall be forwarded to Synchrony Financial. Vendor shall maintain a written log of all complaints received by Vendor, which shall be available for review by Synchrony Financial’s auditors or any regulatory body. Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to any threatened or filed complaint, action, suit or counterclaim relating to any Services provided by Vendor to Issuer hereunder, Vendor immediately shall forward a copy of all related correspondence to Synchrony Financial within two (2) Business Days after receipt by Vendor.

 

(o)           Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

(p)           Independent Contractors . Vendor has complied with, and covenants that during the term of this Agreement, shall continue to comply with, all laws, rules and regulations required by appropriate government authorities of independent contractors, including the appropriate withholding, reporting and payment of all required taxes/

 

Section 4.2.           Covenants . Vendor covenants and agrees that:

 

(a)           Eligibility . It will notify Issuer, Transferor, Seller, Synchrony Financial, Servicer and Indenture Trustee promptly if it no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 .

 

(b)           Review Systems; Personnel . It will maintain business process management and/or other systems necessary to ensure that it can perform each Test and, on execution of this Agreement, will load each Test into these systems. Vendor will ensure that these systems allow for each Subject Account and Subject Receivable and the related Review Materials to be individually tracked and stored as contemplated by this Agreement and in accordance with Good Industry Practice. Vendor will maintain adequate staff that is properly trained to conduct Asset Representations Reviews as required by this Agreement.

 

(c)           Maintenance of Review Materials . It will maintain copies of any Review Materials, Review Reports and other documents relating to an Asset Representations Review, including internal correspondence and work papers, for a period of [two years] after the delivery of any Review Report. After such [two year] period, Vendor shall (at Synchrony Financial’s option) either (i) promptly return to Synchrony Financial all such information in its possession or (ii) destroy or erase permanently all such information and confirm in writing to Synchrony Financial that it has done so.

 

  12  

 

 

(d)           Work Product . Synchrony Financial shall be the sole owner of, and Vendor will assign, and does hereby assign, to Synchrony Financial, all Work Product and all copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret and other proprietary rights in and to the Work Product, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, custodianships, security interest or other encumbrances, restrictions, claims or charges of any kind.

 

(e)           Business Continuity . Vendor will prepare and maintain, at no additional cost to Synchrony Financial, a Business Continuity Plan (“ BCP ”) designed to enable Vendor to continue to provide services in the event of a disaster or other BCP-triggering event. At Synchrony Financial’s request, Vendor will provide Synchrony Financial with a copy of the BCP. Vendor will maintain the BCP, update it and test it at least once every calendar year.

 

(f)           Opinion of Counsel . On the date hereof and promptly upon written request, Vendor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which may be an opinion of in-house counsel, addressed to Servicer, Synchrony Financial, Indenture Trustee, the owner trustee of Issuer, Issuer, each Rating Agency and the underwriters or purchasers of asset-backed notes issued by, or lenders to, Issuer to the effect that:

 

(i)          Vendor is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power and authority to transact the business in which it is now engaged and to enter into and to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(ii)         the execution, delivery and performance by Vendor of this Agreement and the consummation by Vendor of the Services contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action;

 

(iii)        this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Vendor, enforceable against Vendor in accordance with its term; and

 

(iv)        the execution and delivery by Vendor of this Agreement and the consummation of the Services contemplated hereby will not conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under (A) the limited liability company agreement of Vendor, (B) to such counsel’s knowledge, any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of agreement to which Vendor is a party or by which Vendor is bound or (C) to such counsel’s knowledge, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over Vendor.

 

  13  

 

 

(g)           Control .        It will comply with all Company policies, including but not limited to, data security and data protection policies, provided to and acknowledged and accepted in writing by it in connection with performing its duties under this Agreement and the Indenture. It shall also adhere to reasonable quality assurance procedures to ensure that the performance of the Asset Representations Reviews have been delivered in accordance with Good Industry Practice.

 

(h)           Insurance .        Vendor shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Agreement, insurance coverage for the benefit of Vendor and Company, issued by insurance carriers with a minimum A.M. Best rating of A, VII, as set forth in Attachment 1 as Attachment 1 may be updated and modified from time to time. To the extent permitted by its respective policies of insurance, Vendor hereby waives any right of recovery against Company for any loss or damage that is covered by any insurance policy maintained or required to be maintained with respect to this Agreement. Vendor shall inform its insurers of this waiver and shall secure from them amendments to the policies recognizing and providing such waiver. The insurance obtained and maintained by Vendor in accordance with this Agreement shall in no way affect the limitations of Vendor’s liability or indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 4.3.           Fees and Expenses .

 

(a)           Annual Fee . Synchrony Financial will pay Vendor, as compensation for agreeing to act as Asset Representations Reviewer under this Agreement, an annual fee of $[●] (the “ Annual Fees ”). The Annual Fee will be paid as agreed in this Section 4.3(a) and Section 4.4 by Synchrony Financial until this Agreement is terminated. The Annual Fee will be initially payable on the date of this Agreement and then payable annually on each anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)           Review Fee . Following the completion of an Asset Representations Review and the delivery to Indenture Trustee, Synchrony Financial, Servicer and Transferor of the Review Report, or the termination of an Asset Representations Review according to Section 3.4(e) , and the delivery to Synchrony Financial of a detailed invoice, Vendor will be entitled to a fee of [$[●] for each Account containing a Subject Receivable][$[●] per hour][insert any other rate agreed upon by Vendor and Synchrony Financial] (the “ Review Fee ”). However, no Review Fee will be charged for any Tests that were performed in a prior Asset Representations Review or for any Asset Representations Review in which no Tests were completed prior to Vendor being notified of a termination of the Asset Representations Review in accordance with Section 3.4(e) . Synchrony Financial will pay the Review Fee to Vendor in accordance with the terms of the detailed invoice from Vendor.

 

(c)           Reimbursement of Travel Expenses . If the Servicer provides access to the Review Materials at one of its properties, Synchrony Financial will reimburse Vendor for its reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with the Asset Representations Review within thirty (30) days of receipt of a detailed invoice.

 

(d)           Dispute Resolution Expenses . If the Asset Representations Reviewer participates in a dispute resolution proceeding and its reasonable expenses for participating in the proceeding are not paid by a party to the dispute resolution within ninety (90) days after the end of the proceeding, Synchrony Financial will reimburse the Asset Representations Reviewer for such expenses within thirty (30) days of receipt of a detailed invoice.

 

  14  

 

 

(e)           No Hidden Charges . Except as provided in Section 4.3(c) and (d) , all Annual Fees and Review Fees shall be inclusive of all overhead costs, payroll taxes, employee benefits, training, travel and living, supplies, administration, insurance and other expenses or costs of any nature and all Vendor’s equipment.

 

Section 4.4.           Invoices . Vendor shall submit invoices in the month following the month in which the services were furnished, and Synchrony Financial shall pay all undisputed correct invoices within thirty (30) days following the receipt thereof by Synchrony Financial. Synchrony Financial reserves the right not to pay any invoice issued more than one hundred eighty (180) days from delivery of the related Deliverable or completion of the related Services and/or after such other mutually agreed payment date.

 

Section 4.5.           Taxes . All fees are exclusive of any taxes that may be levied or assessed on the services (except for taxes which may be levied on Vendor’s gross revenues or net income or business privileges, property, or license taxes of Vendor, which taxes shall not be the responsibility of either Synchrony Financial or any Synchrony Affiliate). All taxes, duties, fees and other governmental charges of any kind (including sales, services and use taxes, but excluding taxes based on the gross revenues or net income of Vendor or business privileges, property, or license taxes of Vendor) which are imposed by or under the authority of any government or any political subdivision thereof on the fees for any of the Services shall be borne by Synchrony Financial and shall not be considered a part of, a deduction from or an offset against such fees. Vendor and Synchrony Financial shall cooperate with each other in minimizing any applicable tax and in obtaining any exemption from or reduced rate of tax available under any applicable law or tax treaty.

 

Section 4.6.           Delegation of Obligations . Vendor may not delegate or subcontract its obligations under this Agreement to any Person without the consent of Synchrony Financial, which may be withheld in Synchrony Financial’s sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE V
compliance

 

Section 5.1.           Synchrony Financial Policies and Directives . Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2(g) , Vendor shall, and shall ensure that all Vendor personnel will, abide by all reasonable directives issued by Synchrony Financial, including those relating to its Code of Conduct for Suppliers, Contractors and Consultants as described at http://investors.synchronyfinancial.com/corporate-governance/code-of-conduct.aspx, all on-site rules of behavior, work schedules, security procedures and other standards and procedures as may be established by Synchrony Financial from time to time and as such are applicable to Vendor; provided that in the event of a conflict between such directives, including Synchrony Financial’s Code of Conduct for Suppliers, Contractors and Consultants, the provisions of this Agreement will govern.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 5.2.           Books, Records, Audit and Inspections .

 

(a)          Vendor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Synchrony Financial in meeting its audit and regulatory requirements. During the term of this Agreement, the records regarding Company that are maintained and/or produced by Vendor under this Agreement shall be made available for examination and audit by any regulatory agency or government agency that has jurisdiction over Company’s business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein precludes or prevents Synchrony Financial from conducting an audit or review arising from one or more questions or issues with respect to which Synchrony Financial has provided prior notice to Vendor. Vendor shall permit (i) Synchrony Financial and any of its designated and identified employees; (ii) any existing customer whose business is being directly supported by the Services and to whom Synchrony Financial is obligated to provide such access, provided, that in each such instance, such individual(s) shall be subject to confidentiality requirements consistent with those in this Agreement; and (iii) any regulatory body (collectively, the “ Designated Persons ”) to access (A) any Vendor resource performing Services for Issuer; (B) any part of the premises where the Services are being performed for Issuer; (C) systems used to perform Services for Issuer; and (D) any data and records owned or maintained by Vendor pursuant to this Agreement. Such access shall include making copies of files. Such access shall be provided no more than once annually (unless circumstances arise that warrant additional audits) at reasonable hours and in a manner designed to avoid unreasonable interference with the performance of the Services. Vendor will cooperate fully with, and will provide reasonable assistance to, the Designated Persons in connection with such access. If Synchrony Financial or Vendor learn, through any such audit or review or otherwise, that any invoice rendered by Vendor to Synchrony Financial was not correct, then, as appropriate, Vendor shall promptly reimburse Synchrony Financial for the amount of any overcharge or Synchrony Financial shall promptly pay to Vendor the amount of any undercharge. In addition, upon reasonable request of Synchrony Financial, the Vendor shall provide an independent audit report from a nationally recognized Third Party Auditor to Synchrony Financial as to the security, availability and processing integrity of Vendor’s third party data center and backup tape storage center, which report shall, if Vendor is not otherwise obtaining such a report for itself or other clients or in accordance with laws, rules and regulations applicable to it, be obtained at the expense of Synchrony Financial. In the event Synchrony Financial finds it reasonably necessary in its sole discretion, based on any material deficiencies found during audit(s) described in this Section, to perform follow-up audits or reviews, Vendor will be responsible for all reasonable expenses incurred by Synchrony Financial, including without limitation, the auditor’s or review personnel’s salary for such subsequent audits or reviews.

 

ARTICLE VI
security

 

Section 6.1.           Synchrony Financial Security . Vendor is responsible for providing network security and security for such of its facilities where its servers or other network equipment are located and at facilities where work on the Services is conducted. If applicable and as mutually agreed by Synchrony Financial and Vendor from time to time pursuant to Section 4.2(g) , Vendor will ensure that such security materially meets Synchrony Financial standards as to network and physical level security as described in the assessment questionnaires. Vendor will implement and maintain physical, technical and organizational measures designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of Synchrony Confidential Information in order to prevent, among other things, accidental, unauthorized or unlawful access, use, modification, disclosure, loss, or destruction of Synchrony Confidential Information. The security measures taken will be in compliance with applicable data protection laws and will be implemented and maintained as appropriate to the risks represented by the processing and the nature of the Synchrony Confidential Information.

 

  16  

 

 

Section 6.2.           Use of Synchrony Financial Resources . In the course of performing Services, Vendor may have access to Synchrony Financial’s or a Synchrony Affiliate’s information technology resources. In such event, Vendor shall use such resources exclusively for performing Services on authorized efforts. Unauthorized use of Synchrony Financial’s or a Synchrony Affiliate’s information technology resources includes, but is not limited to, the following:

 

(a)          failure to reasonably safeguard resources from damage, misuse or theft;

 

(b)          circumventing or attempting to compromise, for any reason, computer security regulations such as security software, computer dial-up controls and administrative or operational procedures, without consent of Synchrony Financial;

 

(c)          tampering with a computer system in a manner which is generally believed to (i) cause harm to computer information, or (ii) lead to the unavailability of the computer resources; and

 

(d)          performing work of a personal or business nature not directly related to the work required to be performed under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.3.           PCI Compliance/GLB . If Vendor receives PCI Data from Synchrony Financial or a Synchrony Affiliate, Vendor agrees to comply with and adhere to the Payment Card Industry (“ PCI ”) Data Security Standards promulgated by the PCI Data Security Standards Council and available at https://www.pcisecuritystandards.org. If at any time during the term hereof, Vendor is required to receive PCI Data in order to perform Services and fails to be in full compliance with the then current PCI Data Security Standards, Synchrony Financial shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, subject to Section 8.2(b) , upon immediate written notice to Vendor, without penalty or further obligation of any kind. If Vendor shall process any Synchrony Confidential Information (including but not limited to Personal Data) that is subject to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 and regulations promulgated thereunder or other federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing the privacy and security of Synchrony Confidential Information (collectively “ Synchrony Information Privacy Laws ”), Vendor agrees to comply with Synchrony Information Privacy Laws, and to protect and maintain the privacy of such Synchrony Confidential Information accordingly.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 6.4.           Notification of Security Breach . Vendor shall notify Synchrony Financial as soon as reasonably practical, but in no event less than forty-eight (48) hours upon discovery or notification of any actual, suspected, potential or threatened Security Breach (as defined below). Vendor agrees to take action immediately, at its own expense, to identify and eradicate (or to equip Synchrony Financial to identify and eradicate) any further Security Breach and carry out any recovery reasonably necessary to remedy any impact of such Security Breach. Vendor shall also provide Synchrony Financial with a detailed description of the Security Breach, the type of data that was the subject of the Security Breach, the identity of each affected Person, and any other information Synchrony Financial may request concerning such affected Persons and the details of the breach, as soon as such information can be collected or otherwise becomes available. Vendor shall also carry out any recovery actions and notify, at its expense, all affected Persons as required by applicable law or by Synchrony Financial in its sole discretion. The foregoing does not relieve Vendor or prohibit Vendor from commencing any actions related to any notice or other obligations it may have under the law. The content of any filings, communications, notices, press releases, or reports related to any Security Breach (“ Notices ”) must first be approved by Synchrony Financial prior to any publication or communication thereof to any third party, except that the foregoing shall not prohibit Vendor from communicating with local, state or federal law enforcement when required to do so by law. Vendor shall pay for or reimburse Synchrony Financial for all costs, losses and expenses relating to any Security Breach, including without limitation, the cost of Notices; any such costs, losses and/or expenses shall not in any way be limited under this Agreement. “ Security Breach ” means any event or circumstances that involve unauthorized access, use, or acquisition of data that compromises the confidentiality, integrity or availability of any Synchrony Confidential Information (including any Personal Data) maintained, processed or transmitted by Vendor or any Affiliate of Vendor or subcontractors, or the loss or inability to account for any medium or equipment containing such Synchrony Confidential Information in an unencrypted state or any other circumstances as defined in any applicable local law.

 

Section 6.5.           Synchrony Financial PII . Company does not grant Vendor any rights to Synchrony Financial PII. Company does not intend to share, provide or supply any Synchrony Financial PII to Vendor. However, if Vendor receives any Synchrony Financial PII, Vendor will immediately (i) notify Synchrony Financial and (ii) indefeasibly delete and destroy such Synchrony Financial PII subject to Section 7.4 .

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Section 7.1.           Agreements of Vendor Personnel . Vendor represents, warrants, and covenants that prior to the commencement of any Services, all Vendor personnel shall have executed a confidentiality and assignment agreement that is at least as restrictive as this Article VII , and that assigns full ownership of all Work Product and rights therein to Vendor, so that Vendor may transfer the relevant rights in the Work Product (other than those owned by Vendor under the express terms of Article VII ) to Synchrony Financial in accordance with Article VII . Vendor shall not allow any Vendor personnel to provide any Services or to access Synchrony Confidential Information unless such Vendor personnel has signed such an agreement.

 

Section 7.2.           Confidentiality .

 

(a)           Non-Disclosure . Vendor shall keep in strictest confidence all information of Synchrony Financial or any Synchrony Affiliate that is confidential or proprietary in nature, including all such information identified as confidential at the time of disclosure or that, from the circumstances, in good faith should be treated as confidential, and that relates in any way to the business and affairs of Synchrony Financial, Synchrony Affiliates or their vendors or customers, that Vendor or Vendor personnel may acquire or develop in connection with or as a result of this Agreement or the Services to be provided hereunder (“ Synchrony Confidential Information ”). Synchrony Confidential Information expressly includes, but is not limited to, (i) the Work Product other than any Work Product filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) all non-public financial information, business records, Synchrony Financial data, business processes, employee information, marketing plans, databases, reports, diagrams, schematics, log files, flow charts, software programs, hardware configurations, network architecture, security protocols, firewall settings and other technical information and (iii) Synchrony Personal Data. Vendor shall handle all Synchrony Confidential Information with the same degree of care as it uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information, which shall in no event be less than the highest degree of care.

 

  18  

 

 

(b)           Exclusions . Vendor’s obligations under this Article VII shall not apply to any portion of Synchrony Confidential Information that: (i) at the time of its disclosure to Vendor was in the public domain or subsequently becomes a part of the public domain other than by breach of a confidentiality obligation, (ii) Vendor had in its possession at the time of disclosure by Synchrony Financial, as established by written documentation in existence at that time, and that was not acquired directly or indirectly from Synchrony Financial or with knowledge of confidentiality restrictions; or (iii) Vendor subsequently independently acquires by lawful means from a third party whose disclosure to Vendor does not violate a duty of confidentiality.

 

(c)           Compelled Disclosure . Should Vendor become compelled by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction to disclose any portion of Synchrony Confidential Information in connection with a lawsuit or similar proceeding or to any governmental agency, Vendor shall, to the extent not prohibited by law, rule or order, give Synchrony Financial prompt prior written notice of such fact, including in its notice the legal basis for the required disclosure and the nature of the Synchrony Confidential Information that must be disclosed. Vendor shall cooperate fully with Synchrony Financial in obtaining a protective order or other appropriate protection relating to the disclosure and subsequent use of the Synchrony Confidential Information. Vendor will disclose only that portion of the Synchrony Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed.

 

Section 7.3.           Acknowledgements and Restrictions . Vendor acknowledges that all Synchrony Confidential Information is valuable, is deemed to be a Trade Secret, and will be protected by civil and criminal law, including where appropriate, copyright law. As between the parties, all Synchrony Confidential Information shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Synchrony Financial or Synchrony Affiliates and other than the licenses expressly granted herein, no disclosure or permitted use of Synchrony Confidential Information under this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of any right, title or interest, by license or otherwise, in or to Synchrony Confidential Information. Except where Synchrony Financial is required by applicable law to permit it, neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel may reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble Synchrony Confidential Information nor circumvent any protection schemes or devices supplied with any Synchrony Confidential Information. If Synchrony Financial grants Vendor or any Vendor personnel access to a Company computer network, Vendor or such Vendor personnel (as applicable) shall abide by all Company network use policies. Vendor shall access and use Synchrony Confidential Information only to the minimum extent necessary to exercise its rights or fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. Vendor agrees to protect the confidentiality of the applicable access password(s) and agrees to be strictly liable for any unauthorized access using such password(s). Vendor will not use or permit the use of any Synchrony Confidential Information for the benefit of anyone other than Company or as required to perform its obligations under this Agreement. Neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel will use, copy, reprint, duplicate, or recreate in whole or in part, alone or in combination with anything else, any Synchrony Confidential Information, except as required for Vendor’s performance pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Article VII shall be inadequate, and in addition to any other remedy available at law, in equity or under this Agreement, Synchrony Financial shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 7.4.           Return . Vendor covenants that upon demand therefor, upon the completion of any Services or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, and upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, it will deliver to Synchrony Financial (or, to the extent lawful, destroy and certify to Synchrony Financial the destruction of) all copies of any and all Synchrony Confidential Information and all materials related or pertaining to this Agreement, including relevant planning data, or any technical and programming documentation and files, and will not retain any Synchrony Confidential Information in any form without the prior written consent of Synchrony Financial. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Vendor (a) may retain copies of Synchrony Confidential Information for the purposes of maintaining legal or regulatory compliance to which it may be subject or in connection with its internal document retention or corporate governance policies, and (b) is not required to destroy any computer records or files containing Synchrony Confidential Information which have been created pursuant to automatic archiving and back-up procedures. The terms and conditions set forth herein shall survive termination of this Agreement with respect to Synchrony Confidential Information retained pursuant to this Section 7.4 .

 

ARTICLE VIII
RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL;
SUCCESSOR ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEWER

 

Section 8.1.           Eligibility Requirements for Vendor . Vendor must be a Person who (a) is not an Affiliate of Seller, Transferor, Servicer, Indenture Trustee, Trustee or any of their Affiliates and (b) was not, and is not an Affiliate of a Person that was, engaged by Seller or any underwriter to perform any due diligence on the Transferred Receivables.

 

Section 8.2.           Resignation and Removal of Vendor .

 

(a)           No Resignation of Vendor . Vendor will not resign as Asset Representations Reviewer unless (i) Vendor no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 ; (ii) upon determination that the performance of its duties under this Agreement is no longer permissible under applicable law, (iii) with the consent of Synchrony Financial; (iv) in the event of non-receipt of payment, as described in this Section 8.2 or (v) upon one year’s (or such shorter period of time to which the Issuer may agree) written notice to the other parties hereto, which notice may be delivered at any time on or after the Permitted Resignation Date. Except as otherwise provided in clause (v) of the immediately preceding sentence, Vendor will deliver [ninety] days’ prior written notice of its resignation to the other parties hereto, and, in the case of a resignation pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Vendor shall deliver with such notice of resignation, an Opinion of Counsel supporting its determination.

 

  20  

 

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Asset Representations Reviewer may resign and terminate this Agreement if it does not receive any payment required to be made in connection with an undisputed invoice under the terms of this Agreement, which failure continues un-remedied for a period of ninety (90) days after written notice of such failure shall have been given to Synchrony Financial.

 

(b)           Removal of Vendor for Cause . Subject to Section 8.2(e) , Issuer, by notice to Vendor, may immediately remove Vendor and terminate its rights and obligations under this Agreement if any of the following events shall occur:

 

(i)          Vendor no longer meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 ;

 

(ii)         Vendor breaches any of its representations, warranties, covenants or obligations in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)        an Insolvency Event of Vendor occurs.

 

(c)           Voluntary Removal of Vendor . Subject to Section 8.2(e) , Issuer, in its sole discretion, may remove Vendor and terminate its rights and obligations under this Agreement by providing Vendor with at least [thirty] calendar days’ prior written notice (or, in the case of any violation of Section 6.3 , immediately); provided , however , that any such termination without cause shall not be effective until the Vendor has completed and delivered all Review Reports for any then in-progress Asset Representations Review.

 

(d)           Notice of Resignation or Removal . Issuer will notify Synchrony Financial, Transferor, Seller, Servicer, Trustee and Indenture Trustee of any resignation or removal of Vendor.

 

(e)           Continue to Perform After Resignation or Removal . No resignation or removal of Vendor will be effective, and Vendor will continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement, until a successor Vendor has accepted its engagement according to Section 8.3(b) .

 

Section 8.3.           Successor Vendor .

 

(a)           Engagement of Successor Vendor . Following the resignation or removal of Vendor, Issuer will engage a successor Vendor who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 8.1 .

 

(b)           Effectiveness of Resignation or Removal . No resignation or removal of Vendor will be effective until the successor Vendor has executed and delivered to Issuer, Seller, Synchrony Financial, Servicer and Transferor an agreement accepting its engagement and agreeing to perform the obligations of Vendor under this Agreement or entering into a new agreement with Issuer, Servicer, Seller, Synchrony Financial and Transferor on substantially the same terms as this Agreement.

 

  21  

 

 

(c)           Transition and Expenses . If Vendor resigns or is removed, Vendor will cooperate with Synchrony Financial, Seller, Servicer, Transferor and Indenture Trustee and take all actions reasonably requested to assist Synchrony Financial, Servicer, Transferor and Indenture Trustee in making an orderly transition of Vendor’s rights and obligations under this Agreement to the successor Vendor. Vendor will pay the reasonable expenses of transitioning Vendor’s obligations under this Agreement and preparing the successor Vendor to take on the obligations on receipt of an invoice with reasonable detail of the expenses from Synchrony Financial, Transferor or the successor Vendor; provided that Vendor will not be responsible for paying the transition expenses as described in this Section 8.3(c) if Vendor is removed by Issuer without cause or if Vendor is removed in accordance with clause (iv) of the first sentence of Section 8.2(a) . Synchrony Financial will pay any reasonable expenses of transitioning Vendor’s obligations under this Agreement and preparing a successor Asset Representations Reviewer to take on the obligations of the Asset Representations Reviewer to the extent not paid by Vendor.

 

Section 8.4.           Merger, Consolidation or Succession . Any Person (a) into which Vendor is merged or consolidated, (b) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which Vendor is a party or (c) succeeding to the business of Vendor, if that Person meets the eligibility requirements in Section 8.1 , will be the successor to Vendor under this Agreement. Such Person will execute and deliver to Issuer and Servicer an agreement to assume Vendor’s obligations under this Agreement (unless the assumption happens by operation of law).

 

ARTICLE IX
OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

Section 9.1.           No Petition . Each of the parties, by entering into this Agreement, agrees that, before the date that is one year and one day (or, if longer, any applicable preference period) after payment in full of (a) all securities issued by Transferor or by a trust for which Transferor was a depositor or (b) the Notes, it will not start or pursue against, or join any other Person in starting or pursuing against (i) Transferor or (ii) Issuer, respectively, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings under any bankruptcy or similar law. This Section 9.1 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.2.           Limitation of Liability. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this document is executed and delivered by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of Issuer, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of Issuer is made and intended not as a personal representation, undertaking and agreement by BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (d) under no circumstances shall BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by Issuer under this document.

 

Section 9.3.           Termination of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate, except as provided in Section 12.10 or as otherwise stated in this Agreement, on the earlier of (a) the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and (b) the date Issuer is terminated under the Trust Agreement.

 

  22  

 

 

Section 9.4.           Independence of Vendor . Vendor will be an independent contractor and will not be subject to the supervision of the Issuer for the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Unless authorized by the Issuer, Vendor will have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer and will not be considered an agent of the Issuer. Nothing in this agreement will make Vendor and the Issuer members of any partnership, joint venture or other separate entity or impose any liability of such on either of them.

 

ARTICLE X
indemnification

 

Section 10.1.           Indemnification by Vendor . Vendor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Synchrony Financial, Synchrony Affiliates and assigns and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents harmless against any and all suits, claims, actions, proceedings, demands, damages, judgments, liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation and settlement awards) of any kind (collectively, “ Losses ”) asserted by any person or entity (including, without limitation, relating to injury or death of any person or destruction of any property, real or personal) arising out of, connected with or resulting from (i) the material or intentional breach or violation by Vendor of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under this Agreement (including without limitation any other agreement or instrument delivered by it in connection with this Agreement or any applicable policy of Synchrony Financial provided to and acknowledged and accepted in writing by Vendor); (ii) the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Vendor in the performance of its duties under this Agreement; (iii) the failure of Vendor or any subcontractor to properly and securely handle and manage Synchrony Confidential Information, including any Personal Data, or any breach of data security or confidentiality relating thereto; or (iv) any and all lien notices, lien claims, liens, encumbrances, security interests, or other lien rights of any kind filed by any party, including without limitation any subcontractor, which in whole or in part are based on any work, goods, services, material or equipment provided or to be provided under this Agreement.

 

Section 10.2.           Procedure . With respect to any claim for indemnification hereunder, the indemnified party shall send a written notice to the indemnifying party promptly upon becoming aware of any claim covered hereunder; provided, however, that the indemnified party’s failure to notify the indemnifying party of any such claim shall not relieve indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder. Indemnifying party shall have the obligation to assume the defense of any such claim if it gives written notice of its intent to assume the defense of such claim within twenty (20) days of receipt of indemnified party’s notice of such claim. If indemnifying party does so assume the defense of such claim, it may control such defense and any action related to such claim, and may enter into any settlement or compromise of such claim, provided that such settlement or compromise requires only the payment of money damages, all of which shall be paid by indemnifying party. Any other settlement or compromise shall require the prior written consent of indemnified party, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. Indemnified Party may also participate in such defense through its own counsel at its own expense. If indemnifying party fails to diligently defend any claim, or it fails to give notice of its assumption of the control and defense of any such claim within the requisite notice period as herein provided, then indemnified party shall have the right to defend any such claim in its sole discretion and with counsel of its own choosing, all at indemnifying party’s expense.

 

  23  

 

 

Section 10.3.           Indemnification by Synchrony Financial . Synchrony Financial agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Vendor, Affiliates of Vendor and assigns and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents harmless against any and all Losses of any kind asserted by any person or entity (including, without limitation, relating to injury or death of any person or destruction of any property, real or personal), arising out of, connected with or resulting from any act taken by the Asset Representations Reviewer (acting in good faith) under this Agreement or the Indenture, unless such Losses are the result of (a) the material breach of this Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable, by the Asset Representations Reviewer, (b) the Asset Representations Reviewer’s failure to comply with requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, in performing its duties as the Asset Representations Reviewer hereunder or the Indenture, as applicable, (c) the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Asset Representations Reviewer, or (d) any material failure of the representations, warranties or covenants made by the Asset Representations Reviewer hereunder or in connection herewith to be true and correct.

 

ARTICLE XI
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.

 

Section 11.1.           Limitation of Liability . The Asset Representations Reviewer will not be liable to any person for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith under this Agreement or for errors in judgment; however, the Asset Representations Reviewer will be liable for its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence in performing its obligations under this Agreement and the Indenture. In no event will any party hereto be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages (including loss of profit).

 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 12.1.           Amendments .

 

(a)          This Agreement only can be modified in a written document executed by the parties hereto without the consent of the Noteholders or any other Person; provided, that, except with respect to amendments (i) to clarify an ambiguity, correct an error or correct or supplement any term of this Agreement that may be defective or inconsistent with the other terms of this Agreement or to provide for, or facilitate the acceptance of this Agreement by, a successor Vendor or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement, either (a) such amendment shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel or officer’s certificate, materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of any outstanding Note or (b) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment. With respect to any amendment for which clauses (a) or (b) of the immediately preceding sentence cannot be satisfied, this Agreement can be amended with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority of the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Notes of each adversely affected Series.

 

(b)           Notice of Amendments . Transferor will notify the Rating Agencies in advance of any amendment. Promptly after the execution of an amendment, Transferor will deliver a copy of the amendment to the Rating Agencies.

 

  24  

 

 

Section 12.2.           Assignment; Benefit of Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

(a)           Assignment . Except as stated in Section 8.4 , this Agreement may not be assigned by Vendor without the consent of Synchrony Financial, Seller, Servicer and Transferor. Any Synchrony Affiliate party to this Agreement may assign, upon notice to Vendor, any of its rights and delegate any of its duties under this Agreement, either in whole or in part at anytime, to any Synchrony Affiliate or successor of any Synchrony Affiliate. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(b)           Benefit of Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the benefit of and will be binding on the parties and their permitted successors and assigns. Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, and the Synchrony Affiliates will be third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and entitled to enforce this Agreement against Vendor. No other Person will have any right or obligation under this Agreement.

 

Section 12.3.           Notices .

 

(a)           Notice . All notices to be given to the parties hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given and be effective when delivered personally or if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth in Section 12.3(b) , or to such other address as either party may designate by notice to the other parties pursuant to this Section.

 

(b)           Notice Addresses . Any notice, request, demand, consent, waiver or other communication will be delivered or addressed to (i) (a) in the case of Synchrony Financial, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: [●], (b) in the case of Transferor, 777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, Attention: [●], (c) in the case of Indenture Trustee, 60 Wall Street, 16 th Floor, Mail Stop NYC60-1625, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, (d) in the case of Servicer, [777 Long Ridge Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06902], Attention: [●], (e) in the case of Vendor, Clayton Fixed Income Services LLC, 1700 Lincoln Street, Suite 1600, Denver, Colorado 80203, Attention: [●], and (f) in the case of Issuer, [●]; or (ii) as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

 

Section 12.4.           Language . Regardless of any language into which this Agreement may be translated and/or thereafter executed, the official, controlling and governing version of this Agreement shall be exclusively the English language version. The headings as to the contents of particular sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit, expand, or otherwise affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

 

  25  

 

 

Section 12.5.           Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed under the laws of the State of New York, U.S.A., without regard to its conflicts of law principles. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is excluded. Any judicial action or proceeding between the parties relating to this Agreement must be brought in the courts of the State of New York, U.S.A., or the United States District Court for New York. Each party consents to the jurisdiction of such courts, agrees to accept service of process by mail, and hereby waives all jurisdictional and venue defenses otherwise available to it.

 

Section 12.6.           No Waiver . The failure of either party at any time or times to enforce or require performance of any provision contained in this Agreement shall in no way operate as a waiver or affect the right of such party at a later time to enforce such provision.

 

Section 12.7.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior written agreements and contemporaneous oral agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, that if the parties have entered into a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement, the terms of such agreement shall survive and govern the parties’ obligations as set forth in such agreement between the execution date thereof and the effective date of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representation of the other not set forth herein as an inducement to enter into this Agreement.

 

Section 12.8.           Severability . Each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses of the Agreement. Moreover, if any provision contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject, or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law.

 

Section 12.9.           Independent Contractor . Vendor and all Vendor personnel are independent contractors and neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel shall be deemed an employee of Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or agency relationship between the parties. Neither Vendor nor any Vendor personnel shall have the right to bind Company to any contract, agreement, or obligation.

 

Section 12.10.          Survival . All provisions of this Agreement related to confidentiality, indemnification, intellectual property rights, warranties, non-solicitation, and limitations on liability shall expressly survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.11.          Use of Marks . Vendor parties shall not use Synchrony Financial’s or any Synchrony Affiliate’s name, photographs, logo, trademark, or other identifying characteristics or that of any Synchrony Affiliate without Synchrony Financial’s prior written approval.

 

Section 12.12.          Interpretation . Whenever any provision of this Agreement uses the term “including” (or “includes”), such term shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation” and “including but not limited to” (or “includes without limitations” and “includes but is not limited to”) regardless of whether the words “without limitation” or “but not limited to” actually follow the term “including” (or “includes”). The words, “Herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and other equivalent words shall refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not solely to the particular portion of this Agreement in which any such word is used. All definitions set forth herein shall be deemed applicable whether the words defined are used herein in the singular or the plural. Wherever used herein, any pronoun or pronouns shall be deemed to include both the singular and plural and to cover all genders.

 

  26  

 

 

Section 12.13.          Force Majeure . Subject to paragraph (b) below, neither party shall be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent such failure or delay both: (i) is caused by any of the following: acts of war, terrorism, civil riots or rebellions; quarantines, embargoes and other similar unusual governmental action; extraordinary elements of nature or acts of God (other than localized fire, hurricane, tornado or flood); and (ii) could not have been prevented by the non-performing party’s reasonable precautions or commercially accepted processes, or could not reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing party through the use of substitute services, alternate sources, work-around plans or other means by which the requirements of a customer of services substantively similar to the Services hereunder would be satisfied. Events meeting both of the criteria set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above are referred to individually and collectively as “ Force Majeure Events .” The parties expressly acknowledge that Force Majeure Events do not include vandalism, the regulatory acts of governmental agencies, labor strikes, or the non-performance of third parties or subcontractors relied on for the delivery of the Services, unless such failure or non-performance by a third party or subcontractor is itself caused by a Force Majeure Event, as defined above. Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the non-performing party shall be excused from any further performance or observance of the affected obligation(s) for as long as such circumstances prevail, and such party continues to attempt to recommence performance or observance to the greatest extent possible without delay provided that the non-performing party shall provide the other party with written notice immediately upon becoming actually aware of its occurrence.

 

Section 12.14.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

  27  

 

 

EXECUTED BY:

 

  SYNCHRONY FINANCIAL
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  SYNCHRONY BANK, as Seller
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., as Transferor
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [●], as Servicer
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Asset Representations Review Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  SYNCHRONY CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
     
  CLAYTON FIXED INCOME SERVICES LLC, as Asset Representations Reviewer
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Asset Representations Review Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

 

Representations and Warranties, Review Materials and Tests

 

Representations and Warranty

 

Review Materials

 

Tests

         

 

 

 

 

Attachment 1

REQUIRED INSURANCE COVERAGE
As Required by Article IV of the Agreement

 

Vendor, shall at its own expense provide and maintain throughout the performance of Services, the following insurance coverages and limits:

 

Employer’s Liability Insurance/Workers’ Compensation Insurance, including coverage for occupational injury, illness and disease, and other similar social insurance as prescribed by the law of the state in which the Services are to be performed with minimum limits per employee and per event of $1,000,000 USD or the minimum limits required by law, whichever limits are greater;

 

Commercial General liability Insurance, including Products, Completed Operations, Premises Operations, Personal and Advertising Injury, Contractual and Broad Form Property Damage liability coverages, on an occurrence basis, with a minimum combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

Automotive Liability Insurance covering use of all owned (if any), non-owned and hired automobiles for bodily injury, property damage, uninsured motorist and underinsured motorist liability with a minimum combined single limit per accident of $1,000,000 USD or the minimum limit required by law, whichever limit is greater;

 

Comprehensive Crime, Employee Dishonesty and Computer Theft coverage, for loss arising out of or in connection with any fraudulent or dishonest acts committed by the employees of Vendor, acting alone or in collusion with others, including the property and funds of others in their possession, care, custody or control, and such policy extends to Company’s property in the event of any theft of Company money or property, or money or property of others for which Company is responsible and in the possession of Vendor, with a minimum limit per event of not less than $1,000,000 USD;

 

Professional Errors & Omission insurance covering the activities of Vendor, with coverage limits of not less than Five Million Dollars per claim or per occurrence/Five Million Dollars aggregate ($5,000,000/$5,000,000). Policy may be placed either on an “occurrence” basis with full prior acts coverage for claims arising out of services rendered on a “claims made” basis, providing coverage for claims arising out of services rendered without any limitations for prior acts, and which may provide a one (1) year tail or grace period for claims made after the expiration date of the policy.

 

If Vendor will have access to IT systems or Personal or Synchrony Personal Data, Privacy Liability and Network Risk Insurance covering the activities of the contractor, including loss of, mishandling of or failure to prevent unauthorized access to, or use of, systems or data, including data containing private or confidential information of Company or others for which Company is responsible, with coverage limits of not less than $10,000,000 in the aggregate. Policy may be placed either on an “occurrence” basis with full prior acts coverage for claims arising out of services rendered on a “claims made” basis, providing coverage for claims arising out of services rendered without any limitations for prior acts, and which may provide a one (1) year tail or grace period for claims made after the expiration date of the policy.

 

 

 

 

Umbrella Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $5,000,000 USD in excess of the insurance coverage described in, Section 13.05 (b) and (c) above;

 

Vendor will add Company as an additional insured to the insurance policies noted in this section of the agreement with the exception of errors and omissions, workers compensation insurance and Crime Insurance , and provide Company at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice prior to lapse or termination of any of the above insurance coverages. Upon Company’s request, Vendor shall provide Company with a certificate of insurance certifying that minimum insurance coverages as required above are in effect. Vendor shall notify Company promptly of any modification, cancellation or lapse of any insurance coverage required by this Attachment 1 to the Agreement.

 

Insurance companies affording coverage hereunder must have an A-VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies. If during the term of this Agreement an Vendor insurer fails to meet or exceed such rating, Vendor will place such coverage with an insurer with such rating as soon as commercially reasonable. Vendor will require that its Subcontractors maintain adequate levels of insurance coverage, with limits commensurate with the nature and extent of the services being performed by such Subcontractor.

 

All insurance maintained by Vendor in compliance with this Agreement, shall be primary to any other insurance owned, secured or placed on behalf of Company, which insurance shall not be called upon by Vendor’s insurer to contribute in any way. Vendor shall secure endorsements to this effect from all insurers of such policies.

 

 

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

____________________

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

x    CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

______________________________

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

(formerly BANKERS TRUST COMPANY)

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

NEW YORK 13-4941247
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or (I.R.S. Employer
organization if not a U.S. national bank) Identification no.)
   
60 WALL STREET  
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
(Address of principal (Zip Code)
executive offices)  

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Attention: Catherine Wang

Legal Department

60 Wall Street, 36th Floor

New York, New York 10005

(212) 250 – 7544

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

______________________________________________________


RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.

(Depositor to Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware 57-1173164
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
   
777 Long Ridge Road  
Stamford, CT  
(877) 441-5094  
  06902
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

_____________________________

 

Asset-Backed Notes
(Title of the Indenture securities)

 

 

 

 

Item   1. General Information.
   
  Furnish the following information as to the trustee.
   
  (a)      Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.  

 

  Name Address
     
  Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District) New York, NY
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Washington, D.C.
  New York State Banking Department Albany, NY

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
    Yes.

 

Item   2. Affiliations with Obligor.
   
  If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.
   
None
   
Item 3. -15. Not Applicable
   
Item  16. List of Exhibits.
   

 

Exhibit 1 - Restated Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated August 6, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated September 16, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated December 16, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated July 30, 1999, and Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated February 27, 2002, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-201810.
   
Exhibit 2 - Certificate of Authority to commence business, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-201810.
   
Exhibit 3 - Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-201810.
   
Exhibit 4 - Existing By-Laws of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended on July 24, 2014, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-201810.
   
Exhibit 5 - Not applicable.
   
Exhibit 6 - Consent of Bankers Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Act, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-201810.
   
Exhibit 7 - The latest report of condition of  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas dated as of September 30, 2015. Copy attached.
   
Exhibit 8 - Not Applicable.
   
Exhibit 9 - Not Applicable.

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this 30th day of December, 2015.

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

 

By:         /s/ Louis Bodi

Name:   Louis Bodi

Title:     Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 36.1

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

I, [Name of Chief Executive Officer of RFS Holding, L.L.C.], certify as of [the date of the final prospectus] that:

 

1.          I have reviewed the prospectus, dated [●], 20[●], relating to the Synchrony Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 20[●]-[●] notes (the “securities”) and am familiar with, in all material respects, the following: the characteristics of the securitized assets underlying the offering (the “securitized assets”), the structure of the securitization, and all material underlying transaction agreements as described in the prospectus;

 

2.          Based on my knowledge, the prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading;

 

3.          Based on my knowledge, the prospectus and other information included in the registration statement of which it is a part fairly present, in all material respects, the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization and the risks of ownership of the securities, including the risks relating to the securitized assets that would affect the cash flows available to service payments or distributions on the securities in accordance with their terms; and

 

4.          Based on my knowledge, taking into account all material aspects of the characteristics of the securitized assets, the structure of the securitization, and the related risks as described in the prospectus, there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the securitization is structured to produce, but is not guaranteed by this certification to produce, expected cash flows at times and in amounts to service scheduled payments of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal on the securities (or other scheduled or required distributions on the securities, however denominated) in accordance with their terms as described in the prospectus.

 

5.          The foregoing certifications are given subject to any and all defenses available to me under the federal securities laws, including any and all defenses available to an executive officer that signed the registration statement of which the prospectus referred to in this certification is part.

 

  By:   
     
  Name: [Chief Executive Officer of RFS Holding, L.L.C.]
  Title: Chief Executive Officer of RFS Holding, L.L.C.